Solid Waste Tenders

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines Metro San Fernando Water District (l.u.) Contract Monitoring Office City Of San Fernando, La Union Philippine Bidding Documents Procurement Of Goods Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Projects At Baroro River Basin Sixth Edition July 2020 Preface These Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) For The Procurement Of Goods Through Competitive Bidding Have Been Prepared By The Government Of The Philippines For Use By Any Branch, Constitutional Commission Or Office, Agency, Department, Bureau, Office, Or Instrumentality Of The Government Of The Philippines, National Government Agencies, Including Government-owned And/or Controlled Corporations, Government Financing Institutions, State Universities And Colleges, And Local Government Unit. The Procedures And Practices Presented In This Document Have Been Developed Through Broad Experience, And Are For Mandatory Use In Projects That Are Financed In Whole Or In Part By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution In Accordance With The Provisions Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Republic Act No. 9184. The Bidding Documents Shall Clearly And Adequately Define, Among Others: (i) The Objectives, Scope, And Expected Outputs And/or Results Of The Proposed Contract Or Framework Agreement, As The Case May Be; (ii) The Eligibility Requirements Of Bidders; (iii) The Expected Contract Or Framework Agreement Duration, The Estimated Quantity In The Case Of Procurement Of Goods, Delivery Schedule And/or Time Frame; And (iv) The Obligations, Duties, And/or Functions Of The Winning Bidder. Care Should Be Taken To Check The Relevance Of The Provisions Of The Pbds Against The Requirements Of The Specific Goods To Be Procured. If Duplication Of A Subject Is Inevitable In Other Sections Of The Document Prepared By The Procuring Entity, Care Must Be Exercised To Avoid Contradictions Between Clauses Dealing With The Same Matter. Moreover, Each Section Is Prepared With Notes Intended Only As Information For The Procuring Entity Or The Person Drafting The Bidding Documents. They Shall Not Be Included In The Final Documents. The Following General Directions Should Be Observed When Using The Documents: A. All The Documents Listed In The Table Of Contents Are Normally Required For The Procurement Of Goods. However, They Should Be Adapted As Necessary To The Circumstances Of The Particular Procurement Project. B. Specific Details, Such As The “name Of The Procuring Entity” And “address For Bid Submission,” Should Be Furnished In The Instructions To Bidders, Bid Data Sheet, And Special Conditions Of Contract. The Final Documents Should Contain Neither Blank Spaces Nor Options. C. This Preface And The Footnotes Or Notes In Italics Included In The Invitation To Bid, Bid Data Sheet, General Conditions Of Contract, Special Conditions Of Contract, Schedule Of Requirements, And Specifications Are Not Part Of The Text Of The Final Document, Although They Contain Instructions That The Procuring Entity Should Strictly Follow. D. The Cover Should Be Modified As Required To Identify The Bidding Documents As To The Procurement Project, Project Identification Number, And Procuring Entity, In Addition To The Date Of Issue. E. Modifications For Specific Procurement Project Details Should Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract As Amendments To The Conditions Of Contract. For Easy Completion, Whenever Reference Has To Be Made To Specific Clauses In The Bid Data Sheet Or Special Conditions Of Contract, These Terms Shall Be Printed In Bold Typeface On Sections I (instructions To Bidders) And Iii (general Conditions Of Contract), Respectively. F. For Guidelines On The Use Of Bidding Forms And The Procurement Of Foreign-assisted Projects, These Will Be Covered By A Separate Issuance Of The Government Procurement Policy Board. Table Of Contents Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations ………………………….4 Section I. Invitation To Bid……………………………………………………..7 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders…………………………………………...11 1. Scope Of Bid ………………………………………………………………………. 12 2. Funding Information………………………………………………………………. 12 3. Bidding Requirements ……………………………………………………………. 12 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices………………………….. 12 5. Eligible Bidders…………………………………………………………………… 12 6. Origin Of Goods ………………………………………………………………….. 13 7. Subcontracts ……………………………………………………………………… 13 8. Pre-bid Conference ………………………………………………………………. 13 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents …………………………… 13 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components …………. 13 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component …………………………... 14 12. Bid Prices …………………………………………………………………………. 14 13. Bid And Payment Currencies ……………………………………………………… 15 14. Bid Security ………………………………………………………………………. 15 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids ……………………………………………………… 15 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids …………………………………………………. 15 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids ………………………………….. 16 18. Domestic Preference ……………………………………………………………… 16 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids ……………………………………. 16 20. Post-qualification ………………………………………………………………… 17 21. Signing Of The Contract …………………………………………………………… 17 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet …………………………………………………..18 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract ……………………...………..21 1. Scope Of Contract ………………………………………………………………… 22 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment ……………………………………….. 22 3. Performance Security ……………………………………………………………. 22 4. Inspection And Tests ……………………………………………………………… 22 5. Warranty …………………………………………………………………………. 22 6. Liability Of The Supplier ………………………………………………………….. 23 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract ………………………………….24 Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements ……………………………………....29 Section Vii. Technical Specifications …………………………………………32 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents …………..36 Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Cda - Cooperative Development Authority. Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Cif – Cost Insurance And Freight. Cip – Carriage And Insurance Paid. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Ddp – Refers To The Quoted Price Of The Goods, Which Means “delivered Duty Paid.” Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Exw – Ex Works. Fca – “free Carrier” Shipping Point. Fob – “free On Board” Shipping Point. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project– Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Framework Agreement – Refers To A Written Agreement Between A Procuring Entity And A Supplier Or Service Provider That Identifies The Terms And Conditions, Under Which Specific Purchases, Otherwise Known As “call-offs,” Are Made For The Duration Of The Agreement. It Is In The Nature Of An Option Contract Between The Procuring Entity And The Bidder(s) Granting The Procuring Entity The Option To Either Place An Order For Any Of The Goods Or Services Identified In The Framework Agreement List Or Not Buy At All, Within A Minimum Period Of One (1) Year To A Maximum Period Of Three (3) Years. (gppb Resolution No. 27-2019) Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Gppb – Government Procurement Policy Board. Incoterms – International Commercial Terms. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Supplier – Refers To A Citizen, Or Any Corporate Body Or Commercial Company Duly Organized And Registered Under The Laws Where It Is Established, Habitually Established In Business And Engaged In The Manufacture Or Sale Of The Merchandise Or Performance Of The General Services Covered By His Bid. (item 3.8 Of Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019, Dated 23 May 2019). Supplier As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Distributor, Manufacturer, Contractor, Or Consultant. Un – United Nations. Section I. Invitation To Bid Notes On The Invitation To Bid The Invitation To Bid (ib) Provides Information That Enables Potential Bidders To Decide Whether To Participate In The Procurement At Hand. The Ib Shall Be Posted In Accordance With Section 21.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Apart From The Essential Items Listed In The Bidding Documents, The Ib Should Also Indicate The Following: A. The Date Of Availability Of The Bidding Documents, Which Shall Be From The Time The Ib Is First Advertised/posted Until The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; B. The Place Where The Bidding Documents May Be Acquired Or The Website Where It May Be Downloaded; C. The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; And D. Any Important Bid Evaluation Criteria (e.g., The Application Of A Margin Of Preference In Bid Evaluation). The Ib Should Be Incorporated In The Bidding Documents. The Information Contained In The Ib Must Conform To The Bidding Documents And In Particular To The Relevant Information In The Bid Data Sheet. Invitation For Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin In View Of The Board Resolution No. 04-424, Series Of 2025, “resolution Terminating The Joint Venture Agreement (jva) With Primewater Infrastructure Corporation (pwic) And For Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) To Directly Manage, Control, And Operate The Water Supply System, The Msfwd (l.u.) Bids And Awards Committee (bac) Invite Suppliers To Participate In The Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Foregoing Procurement In Accordance With Section 53.2 Of The Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184, Otherwise Known As The “government Procurement Reform Act” It Is Resolved In The Foregoing Board Resolution That Due To The Exigency Of The Service And In Order To Prevent Disruption Of Essential Operations, It Is Imperative That All Necessary Actions Be Undertaken Immediately And That All Expenses To Be Incurred In Relation To This Matter Are Hereby Deemed As Emergency Expenditures And Shall Be Processed And Defrayed Accordingly. 1. The Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union), Through The Corporate Operating Budget For The Contract Approved By The Governing Board For The Cy 2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of Six Million One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Pesos (php6,175,000.00) Being The Abc To Payments Under The Contract For The Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Now Invites Bids For The: Item Specifications Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) 1.0 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) Php2,845,000.00 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 2.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) Php1,510,000.00 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 3.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) Php1,820,000.00 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). Total: Php6,175,000.00 Delivery Of Goods Is Required Forty-five (45) Days From The Date Of Award. Bidders Should Have Completed, Within Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders. 3. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) 9184, Otherwise Known As The “government Procurement Reform Act”. Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, Or Organizations With At Least Sixty Percent (60%) Interest Or Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines, And To Citizens Or Organizations Of A Country The Laws Or Regulations Of Which Grant Similar Rights Or Privileges To Filipino Citizens, Pursuant To Ra No. 5183. 4. Prospective Bidders May Obtain Further Information From The Msfwd-bids And Awards Committee (bac) Secretariat Through The Contact Details Given Below During 8:00 A.m. To 5:00 P.m. And Inspect The Bidding Documents As Posted On The Websites Of The Msfwd And The Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System (philgeps). 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Purchased By Interesed Bidders On May 19, 2025 Until Before The Deadline For Submission Of Bids On June 9, 2025 From The Address Below And Upon Payment Of A Nonrefundable Fee For The Bidding Documents In The Amount Of Seven Thousand Pesos (php7,000.00). Bidding Document Fee For Bidder/s Who Have Bought Bidding Documents For The First Bidding Is Waived Provided The Bidder Shall Attach The Proof Of Payment For The Bidding Document. 6. The Msfwd (la Union) Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On May 27, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. 7. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Msfwd-bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Office Address Indicated Below On Or Before June 9, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 14. 9. Bid Opening Shall Be On June 9, 2025 At 10:30 A.m. At The Metro San Fernando Water District (l.u.) Administration Building, Quezon Avenue, City Of San Fernando, La Union. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. 10. The Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. 11. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Mr. Valdimir A. Vega Bac Secretariat Metro San Fernando Water District (l.u.), 3/f Msfwd Administration Building, Quezon Avenue, City Of San Fernando, 2500, La Union Tel. No. (63 72) 700-3554, Email Address: Cmo.msfwd@gmail.com (sgd.) Engr. Benjamin Q. Galvan, Jr. Chairperson Bids And Awards Committee Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Notes On The Instructions To Bidders This Section On The Instruction To Bidders (itb) Provides The Information Necessary For Bidders To Prepare Responsive Bids, In Accordance With The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity. It Also Provides Information On Bid Submission, Eligibility Check, Opening And Evaluation Of Bids, Post-qualification, And On The Award Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Wishes To Receive Bids For The Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 2. Funding Information 2.1. The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For Cy 2025 In The Amount Of Six Million One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Pesos (php6,175,000.00). 2.2. The Source Of Funding Is: Gocc The Approved Corporate Operating Budget. 3. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manuals And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Ib By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Verified And Accepted The General Requirements Of This Project, Including Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Suppliers, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. 5. Eligible Bidders 5.1. Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. 5.2. Foreign Ownership Limited To Those Allowed Under The Rules May Participate In This Project. 5.3. Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No.9184, The Bidder Shall Have An Slcc That Is At Least One (1) Contract Similar To The Project The Value Of Which, Adjusted To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Must Be At Least Equivalent To: A. The Bidder Must Have Completed A Single Contract That Is Similar To This Project, Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Or B. The Bidder Must Have Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts: I. The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc For This Project; And Ii. The Largest Of These Similar Contracts Must Be Equivalent To At Least Half Of The Percentage Of The Abc As Required Above (i.e., Twenty-five Percent [25]). 5.4. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.1 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6. Origin Of Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un, Subject To Domestic Preference Requirements Under Itb Clause 18. 7. Subcontracts The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 8. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On May 27, 2025 At 10:00 A.m. At Its Physical Address 3/f Msfwd Admin Bldg., Quezon Ave., Sevilla, City Of San Fernando, La Union As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10.1. The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 10.2. The Bidder’s Slcc As Indicated In Itb Clause 5.3 Should Have Been Completed Within Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. 10.3. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. Similar To The Required Authentication Above, For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 11.1. The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 11.2. If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity, A Certification Issued By Dti Shall Be Provided By The Bidder In Accordance With Section 43.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 11.3. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. 11.4. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 12. Bid Prices 12.1. Prices Indicated On The Price Schedule Shall Be Entered Separately In The Following Manner: A. For Goods Offered From Within The Procuring Entity’s Country: I. The Price Of The Goods Quoted Exw (ex-works, Ex-factory, Ex-warehouse, Ex-showroom, Or Off-the-shelf, As Applicable); Ii. The Cost Of All Customs Duties And Sales And Other Taxes Already Paid Or Payable; Iii. The Cost Of Transportation, Insurance, And Other Costs Incidental To Delivery Of The Goods To Their Final Destination; And Iv. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, Listed In The Bds. B. For Goods Offered From Abroad: I. Unless Otherwise Stated In The Bds, The Price Of The Goods Shall Be Quoted Delivered Duty Paid (ddp) With The Place Of Destination In The Philippines As Specified In The Bds. In Quoting The Price, The Bidder Shall Be Free To Use Transportation Through Carriers Registered In Any Eligible Country. Similarly, The Bidder May Obtain Insurance Services From Any Eligible Source Country. Ii. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, As Listed In The Bds. 13. Bid And Payment Currencies 13.1. For Goods That The Bidder Will Supply From Outside The Philippines, The Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies, Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 13.2. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In Philippine Pesos. 14. Bid Security 14.1. The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. 14.2. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until October 7, 2025. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 16.1. The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 17.1. The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. 17.2. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 18. Domestic Preference The Procuring Entity Will Grant A Margin Of Preference For The Purpose Of Comparison Of Bids In Accordance With Section 43.1.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 19.1. The Procuring Entity’s Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed,” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19.2. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, Bidders May Submit A Proposal On Any Of The Lots Or Items, And Evaluation Will Be Undertaken On A Per Lot Or Item Basis, As The Case Maybe. In This Case, The Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 14 Shall Be Submitted For Each Lot Or Item Separately. 19.3. The Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items Shall Be Indicated In Section Vii (technical Specifications), Although The Abcs Of These Lots Or Items Are Indicated In The Bds For Purposes Of The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Nfcc Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 19.4. The Project Shall Be Awarded As One Project Having Several Items That Shall Be Awarded As One Contract. 19.5. Except For Bidders Submitting A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation, All Bids Must Include The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Which Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. For Bidders Submitting The Committed Line Of Credit, It Must Be At Least Equal To Ten Percent (10%) Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 20. Post-qualification Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. 21. Signing Of The Contract 21.1. The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Notes On The Bid Data Sheet The Bid Data Sheet (bds) Consists Of Provisions That Supplement, Amend, Or Specify In Detail, Information, Or Requirements Included In The Itb Found In Section Ii, Which Are Specific To Each Procurement. This Section Is Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing The Specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Itb And Has To Be Prepared For Each Specific Procurement. The Procuring Entity Should Specify In The Bds Information And Requirements Specific To The Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Processing Of The Procurement, And The Bid Evaluation Criteria That Will Apply To The Bids. In Preparing The Bds, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Specifies And Complements Provisions Of The Itb Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements, If Any, To Provisions Of The Itb As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Procurement, Must Also Be Incorporated. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.3 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Shall Be: A. Refer To The Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. B. Completed Within Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. 7.1 Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 12 The Price Of The Goods Shall Be Quoted Ddp Delivered To Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union), Quezon Ave., Sevilla, City Of San Fernando, La Union Or The Applicable International Commercial Terms (incoterms) For This Project. 14.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration, Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: A. The Amount Of Not Less Than P123,500.00, If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; Or B. The Amount Of Not Less Than P308,750.00, If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 19.3 The Computation Of A Prospective Bidder’s Nfcc Must Be At Least Equal To The Abc To Be Bid, Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 20.2 The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Bid Shall Submit All Of The Following Post-qualification Requirements: 1. Photocopy/ies Of Contract/s Or Purchase Order/s Of One Of The Following: I. A Single Contract That Is Similar To The Project And Whose Value Must Be At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc To Be Bid; Or Ii. At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts: (a) The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc; And (b) The Largest Of These Similar Contracts Must Be Equivalent To At Least Half Of The Percentage Of The Abc As Required Above (i.e., Twenty-five Percent [25%]). 2. The Corresponding Proof Of Completion, Which Could Either Be: I. Certificate/s Of Final Acceptance/completion From The Bidder’s Client/s; Or Ii. Official Receipt/s Or Sales Invoice/s Of The Bidder Covering The Full Amount Of The Contract/s. 3. Latest Income And Business Tax Returns, Filed And Paid Through The Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps), Consisting Of The Following: I. 2023 Income Tax Return With Proof Of Payment; And Ii. Vat Returns (2550q) Or Percentage Tax Returns (2551q) With Proof Of Payment Covering The Months From January 2025 To March 2025 21.2 Additional Conditions: * Failure To Submit Any Of The Post-qualification Requirements On Time, Or A Finding Against The Veracity Thereof, Shall Disqualify The Bidder For Award: Provided, That In The Event That A Finding Against The Veracity Of Any Of The Documents Submitted Is Made, It Shall Cause The Forfeiture Of The Bid Security In Accordance With Section 69 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. ** In Case The Notice For The Submission Of Post-qualification Documents Is Sent Via The Bidder’s Email, It Shall Be Considered As Received By The Bidder On The Date And Time The Email Was Sent, Whether Or Not The Bidder Acknowledged The Said Email. It Shall Be The Bidder’s Responsibility To Check Its/his/her Email For The Purpose. *** In Case Of A Tie And Two (2) Or More Bidders Have Been Post-qualified As Lowest Calculated Responsive Bidders (lcrbs), The Tie-breaking Measure Determined By The Procuring Entity Shall Be Non-discretionary And Nondiscriminatory Such That The Same Is Based On Sheer Luck Or Chance. As A Matter Of Information To The Prospective Bidders, The Msfwd-bac Has Determined To Use The Method Of A “raffle,” Wherein The Names Of The Bidders Involved In The Tie And Declared As Lcrbs Will Be Written In Separate Similar Unmarked Papers, And Will Be Folded And Placed In A Container. Thereafter, A Msfwd-bac Representative Will Draw The Raffle In An Order Wherein The First Drawn Bidder Shall Be Considered As The Winning Lcrb And Awarded The Contract. The Second Drawn Bidder Shall Be The Second Ranked Lcrb, And So On Until All Lcrbs Are Drawn And Ranked. In Case Of The Failure, Refusal Or Inability Of The Winning Lcrb To Submit The Documents Required Under Section 37.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or To Enter Into Contract And Post The Required Performance Security, As Provided In Section 40 Of The Same Irr, The Bac Shall Disqualify The Said Lcrb, And Shall Proceed To Award The Contract To The Second Ranked Lcrb. This Procedure Shall Be Repeated Until A Notice To Proceed Has Been Issued.   Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Notes On The General Conditions Of Contract The General Conditions Of Contract (gcc) In This Section, Read In Conjunction With The Special Conditions Of Contract In Section V And Other Documents Listed Therein, Should Be A Complete Document Expressing All The Rights And Obligations Of The Parties. Matters Governing Performance Of The Supplier, Payments Under The Contract, Or Matters Affecting The Risks, Rights, And Obligations Of The Parties Under The Contract Are Included In The Gcc And Special Conditions Of Contract. Any Complementary Information, Which May Be Needed, Shall Be Introduced Only Through The Special Conditions Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Additional Requirements For The Completion Of This Contract Shall Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc). 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment No Advance Payment Of The Contract Amount. Payment Shall Be Made Within Thirty (30) Days From Delivery And Acceptance Of The Vehicle. 3. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award By The Bidder From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 4. Inspection And Tests The Procuring Entity Or Its Representative Shall Have The Right To Inspect And/or To Test The Goods To Confirm Their Conformity To The Project Specifications At No Extra Cost To The Procuring Entity In Accordance With The Generic Procurement Manual. In Addition To Tests In The Scc, Section Vii (technical Specifications) Shall Specify What Inspections And/or Tests The Procuring Entity Requires, And Where They Are To Be Conducted. The Procuring Entity Shall Notify The Supplier In Writing, In A Timely Manner, Of The Identity Of Any Representatives Retained For These Purposes. All Reasonable Facilities And Assistance For The Inspection And Testing Of Goods, Including Access To Drawings And Production Data, Shall Be Provided By The Supplier To The Authorized Inspectors At No Charge To The Procuring Entity. 5. Warranty 5.1 In Order To Assure That Manufacturing Defects Shall Be Corrected By The Supplier, A Warranty Shall Be Required From The Supplier As Provided Under Section 62.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 5.2 The Procuring Entity Shall Promptly Notify The Supplier In Writing Of Any Claims Arising Under This Warranty. Upon Receipt Of Such Notice, The Supplier Shall, Repair Or Replace The Defective Goods Or Parts Thereof Without Cost To The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To The Generic Procurement Manual. 6. Liability Of The Supplier The Supplier’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Supplier Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Notes On The Special Conditions Of Contract Similar To The Bds, The Clauses In This Section Are Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing Contract-specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Gcc Found In Section Iv. The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc) Complement The Gcc, Specifying Contractual Requirements Linked To The Special Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Procuring Entity’s Country, The Sector, And The Goods Purchased. In Preparing This Section, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Complements Provisions Of The Gcc Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements To Provisions Of The Gcc As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Purchase, Must Also Be Incorporated. However, No Special Condition Which Defeats Or Negates The General Intent And Purpose Of The Provisions Of The Gcc Should Be Incorporated Herein. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 1 Delivery And Documents – For Purposes Of The Contract, “exw,” “fob,” “fca,” “cif,” “cip,” “ddp” And Other Trade Terms Used To Describe The Obligations Of The Parties Shall Have The Meanings Assigned To Them By The Current Edition Of Incoterms Published By The International Chamber Of Commerce, Paris. The Delivery Terms Of This Contract Shall Be As Follows: “the Delivery Terms Applicable To The Contract Are Ddp Delivered To Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union), Quezon Ave., Sevilla, City Of San Fernando, La Union. In Accordance With Incoterms.” Delivery Of The Goods Shall Be Made By The Supplier In Accordance With The Terms Specified In Section Vi (schedule Of Requirements). For Purposes Of This Clause The Procuring Entity’s Representative At The Project Site Is Oic-general Manager. Incidental Services – The Supplier Is Required To Provide All Of The Following Services, Including Additional Services, If Any, Specified In Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements: A. Performance Or Supervision Of On-site Assembly And/or Start-up Of The Supplied Goods; B. Furnishing Of Tools Required For Assembly And/or Maintenance Of The Supplied Goods; C. Furnishing Of A Detailed Operations And Maintenance Manual For Each Appropriate Unit Of The Supplied Goods; And D. Performance Or Supervision Or Maintenance And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods, For A Period Of Time Agreed By The Parties, Provided That This Service Shall Not Relieve The Supplier Of Any Warranty Obligations Under This Contract. The Contract Price For The Goods Shall Include The Prices Charged By The Supplier For Incidental Services And Shall Not Exceed The Prevailing Rates Charged To Other Parties By The Supplier For Similar Services. Packaging – The Supplier Shall Provide Such Packaging Of The Goods As Is Required To Prevent Their Damage Or Deterioration During Transit To Their Final Destination, As Indicated In This Contract. The Packaging Shall Be Sufficient To Withstand, Without Limitation, Rough Handling During Transit And Exposure To Extreme Temperatures, Salt And Precipitation During Transit, And Open Storage. Packaging Case Size And Weights Shall Take Into Consideration, Where Appropriate, The Remoteness Of The Goods’ Final Destination And The Absence Of Heavy Handling Facilities At All Points In Transit. The Packaging, Marking, And Documentation Within And Outside The Packages Shall Comply Strictly With Such Special Requirements As Shall Be Expressly Provided For In The Contract, Including Additional Requirements, If Any, Specified Below, And In Any Subsequent Instructions Ordered By The Procuring Entity. The Outer Packaging Must Be Clearly Marked On At Least Four (4) Sides As Follows: Name Of The Procuring Entity Name Of The Supplier Contract Description Final Destination Gross Weight Any Special Lifting Instructions Any Special Handling Instructions Any Relevant Hazchem Classifications A Packaging List Identifying The Contents And Quantities Of The Package Is To Be Placed On An Accessible Point Of The Outer Packaging If Practical. If Not Practical The Packaging List Is To Be Placed Inside The Outer Packaging But Outside The Secondary Packaging. Transportation – Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip, Or Ddp, Transport Of The Goods To The Port Of Destination Or Such Other Named Place Of Destination In The Philippines, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged And Paid For By The Supplier, And The Cost Thereof Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under This Contract To Transport The Goods To A Specified Place Of Destination Within The Philippines, Defined As The Project Site, Transport To Such Place Of Destination In The Philippines, Including Insurance And Storage, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged By The Supplier, And Related Costs Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip Or Ddp, Goods Are To Be Transported On Carriers Of Philippine Registry. In The Event That No Carrier Of Philippine Registry Is Available, Goods May Be Shipped By A Carrier Which Is Not Of Philippine Registry Provided That The Supplier Obtains And Presents To The Procuring Entity Certification To This Effect From The Nearest Philippine Consulate To The Port Of Dispatch. In The Event That Carriers Of Philippine Registry Are Available But Their Schedule Delays The Supplier In Its Performance Of This Contract The Period From When The Goods Were First Ready For Shipment And The Actual Date Of Shipment The Period Of Delay Will Be Considered Force Majeure. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Intellectual Property Rights – The Supplier Shall Indemnify The Procuring Entity Against All Third-party Claims Of Infringement Of Patent, Trademark, Or Industrial Design Rights Arising From Use Of The Goods Or Any Part Thereof. Regular And Recurring Services – [in Case Of Contracts For Regular And Recurring Services, State:] “the Contract For Regular And Recurring Services Shall Be Subject To A Renewal Whereby The Performance Evaluation Of The Service Provider Shall Be Conducted In Accordance With Section Vii. Technical Specifications.” 2.2 One-time Payment Shall Be Made, Upon Issuance Of A Certificate Of Acceptance By The Administrative Service, In Accordance With Budgeting, Accounting, And Auditing Laws, Rules, And Regulations. In Order To Proceed With The Payment Process, The Bidder Must Submit The Following Documents In Case They Were Not Submitted During The Deadline For The Submission Of Bidding Documents/post-qualification Stage/contract Signing Stage, As Applicable: A. Notarized Omnibus Sworn Statement In Lieu Of The Submitted Unnotarized Omnibus Sworn Statement; And B. Notarized Performance Securing Declaration (psd) Or Any Form Of Performance Security, As Stated In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, In Lieu Of The Unnotarized Psd. 4 The Inspections And Tests That Will Be Conducted Are: The Inspection And Approval As To The Acceptability Of The Goods Vis-à-vis Its Compliance With The Technical Specifications Will Be Done With Prior Written Notice To The Authorized Representative Of The Supplier. The Inspection Will Push Through As Scheduled Even In The Absence Of The Supplier’s Representative, If The Latter Was Duly Notified. In Which Case, The Result Of The Inspection Conducted By The Procuring Entity Shall Be Final And Binding Upon The Supplier. Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements The Delivery Schedule Expressed As Weeks/months Stipulates Hereafter A Delivery Date Which Is The Date Of Delivery To The Project Site. Item Number Description Quantity Delivered, Weeks/months 1 Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 1 Within Forty-five (45) Calendar Days From The Receipt Of The Notice To Proceed, To The Msfwd (la Union), Quezon Ave., Sevilla, City Of San Fernando, La Union. 1.0 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 2.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 3.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). * The Period For The Performance Of The Obligations Under The Contract Shall Not Be Beyond The Validity Of The Corresponding Appropriations For The Project. I Hereby Certify To Comply And Deliver All The Above Requirements. _______________________ _________________________________________ ________ Name Of Company/bidder Signature Over Printed Name Of Representative Date   Section Vii. Technical Specifications Notes For Preparing The Technical Specifications A Set Of Precise And Clear Specifications Is A Prerequisite For Bidders To Respond Realistically And Competitively To The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity Without Qualifying Their Bids. In The Context Of Competitive Bidding, The Specifications (e.g. Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And After-sales Service/parts, Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items) Must Be Prepared To Permit The Widest Possible Competition And, At The Same Time, Present A Clear Statement Of The Required Standards Of Workmanship, Materials, And Performance Of The Goods And Services To Be Procured. Only If This Is Done Will The Objectives Of Transparency, Equity, Efficiency, Fairness, And Economy In Procurement Be Realized, Responsiveness Of Bids Be Ensured, And The Subsequent Task Of Bid Evaluation And Post-qualification Facilitated. The Specifications Should Require That All Items, Materials And Accessories To Be Included Or Incorporated In The Goods Be New, Unused, And Of The Most Recent Or Current Models, And That They Include Or Incorporate All Recent Improvements In Design And Materials Unless Otherwise Provided In The Contract. Samples Of Specifications From Previous Similar Procurements Are Useful In This Respect. The Use Of Metric Units Is Encouraged. Depending On The Complexity Of The Goods And The Repetitiveness Of The Type Of Procurement, It May Be Advantageous To Standardize The General Technical Specifications And Incorporate Them In A Separate Subsection. The General Technical Specifications Should Cover All Classes Of Workmanship, Materials, And Equipment Commonly Involved In Manufacturing Similar Goods. Deletions Or Addenda Should Then Adapt The General Technical Specifications To The Particular Procurement. Care Must Be Taken In Drafting Specifications To Ensure That They Are Not Restrictive. In The Specification Of Standards For Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship, Recognized Philippine And International Standards Should Be Used As Much As Possible. Where Other Particular Standards Are Used, Whether National Standards Or Other Standards, The Specifications Should State That Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship That Meet Other Authoritative Standards, And Which Ensure At Least A Substantially Equal Quality Than The Standards Mentioned, Will Also Be Acceptable. The Following Clause May Be Inserted In The Special Conditions Of Contract Or The Technical Specifications. Sample Clause: Equivalency Of Standards And Codes Wherever Reference Is Made In The Technical Specifications To Specific Standards And Codes To Be Met By The Goods And Materials To Be Furnished Or Tested, The Provisions Of The Latest Edition Or Revision Of The Relevant Standards And Codes Shall Apply, Unless Otherwise Expressly Stated In The Contract. Where Such Standards And Codes Are National Or Relate To A Particular Country Or Region, Other Authoritative Standards That Ensure Substantial Equivalence To The Standards And Codes Specified Will Be Acceptable. Reference To Brand Name And Catalogue Number Should Be Avoided As Far As Possible; Where Unavoidable They Should Always Be Followed By The Words “or At Least Equivalent.” References To Brand Names Cannot Be Used When The Funding Source Is The Gop. Where Appropriate, Drawings, Including Site Plans As Required, May Be Furnished By The Procuring Entity With The Bidding Documents. Similarly, The Supplier May Be Requested To Provide Drawings Or Samples Either With Its Bid Or For Prior Review By The Procuring Entity During Contract Execution. Bidders Are Also Required, As Part Of The Technical Specifications, To Complete Their Statement Of Compliance Demonstrating How The Items Comply With The Specification. In Case Of Renewal Of Regular And Recurring Services, The Procuring Entity Must Indicate Here The Technical Requirements For The Service Provider, Which Must Include The Set Criteria In The Conduct Of Its Performance Evaluation. Technical Specifications Item Specification Bidder’s Statement Of Compliance [bidders Must State Here Either “comply” Or “not Comply” Against Each Of The Individual Parameters Of Each Specification Stating The Corresponding Performance Parameter Of The Equipment Offered. Statements Of “comply” Or “not Comply” Must Be Supported By Evidence In A Bidders Bid And Cross-referenced To That Evidence. Evidence Shall Be In The Form Of Manufacturer’s Un-amended Sales Literature, Unconditional Statements Of Specification And Compliance Issued By The Manufacturer, Samples, Independent Test Data Etc., As Appropriate. A Statement That Is Not Supported By Evidence Or Is Subsequently Found To Be Contradicted By The Evidence Presented Will Render The Bid Under Evaluation Liable For Rejection. A Statement Either In The Bidder's Statement Of Compliance Or The Supporting Evidence That Is Found To Be False Either During Bid Evaluation, Post-qualification Or The Execution Of The Contract May Be Regarded As Fraudulent And Render The Bidder Or Supplier Liable For Prosecution Subject To The Applicable Laws And Issuances.] 1 Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 1.0 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 2.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 3.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). I Hereby Certify To Comply With All The Above Technical Specifications. _______________________ _________________________________________ ________ Name Of Company/bidder Signature Over Printed Name Of Representative Date   Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Notes On The Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents The Prescribed Documents In The Checklist Are Mandatory To Be Submitted In The Bid, But Shall Be Subject To The Following: A. Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 On The Efficient Procurement Measures During A State Of Calamity Or Other Similar Issuances That Shall Allow The Use Of Alternate Documents In Lieu Of The Mandated Requirements; Or B. Any Subsequent Gppb Issuances Adjusting The Documentary Requirements After The Effectivity Of The Adoption Of The Pbds. The Bac Shall Be Checking The Submitted Documents Of Each Bidder Against This Checklist To Ascertain If They Are All Present, Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion Pursuant To Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents I. Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ (a) Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages) In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of The Irr; Technical Documents ⬜ (b) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (c) Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Sections 23.4.1.3 And 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Within The Relevant Period As Provided In The Bidding Documents; And ⬜ (d) Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And ⬜ (e) Conformity With The Technical Specifications, Which May Include Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And/or After-sales/parts, If Applicable; And ⬜ (f) Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss) And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ (g) The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) Or A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation. Class “b” Documents ⬜ (h) If Applicable, A Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Ii. Financial Component Envelope ⬜ (i) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And ⬜ (j) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Price Schedule(s). Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 (as Applicable) ⬜ (k) [for Foreign Bidders Claiming By Reason Of Their Country’s Extension Of Reciprocal Rights To Filipinos] Certification From The Relevant Government Office Of Their Country Stating That Filipinos Are Allowed To Participate In Government Procurement Activities For The Same Item Or Product. ⬜ (l) Certification From The Dti If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity.   Statement Of All Ongoing Government And Private Contracts Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Business Name: Business Address: Name Of Client/contact Person/contact Number/contact Email Address Date Of The Contract Title Of The Contract / Name Of The Project Kinds Of Goods Total Amount Of Contract Value Of Outstanding Contract Date Of Delivery Government Private Submitted By : (printed Name And Signature) Designation : Date : Instructions: I. State All Ongoing Contracts Including Those Awarded But Not Yet Started (government And Private Contracts Which May Be Similar Or Not Similar To The Project Being Bidded) Within Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids. Ii. If There Is No Ongoing Contract Including Those Awarded But Not Yet Started As Of The Aforementioned Period, State None Or Equivalent Term. Iii. The Total Amount Of The Ongoing And Awarded But Not Yet Started Contracts Should Be Consistent With Those Used In The Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc).   Statement Of Single Largest Completed Contract Which Is Similar In Nature [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Business Name: Business Address: Name Of Client/contact Person/contact Number/contac T Email Address Date Of The Contract Title Of The Contract / Name Of The Project Kinds Of Goods Amount Of Contract Date Of Acceptance * End User’s Acceptance Or Official Receipt(s) Issued For The Contract Submitted By : (printed Name And Signature) Designation : Date : Instructions: A. Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, The Bidder Shall Have An Slcc That Is At Least One (1) Contract Similar To The Project, The Value Of Which, Adjusted To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Must Be At Least Equivalent To The Following Requirements: I. A Single Contract That Is Similar To This Project, Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc; Or Ii. At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts: (a) The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc For This Project; And (b) The Largest Of These Similar Contracts Must Be Equivalent To At Least Half Of The Percentage Of The Abc As Required Above (i.e., Twenty- Five Percent [25%]). B. The Slcc Should Have Been Completed (i.e., Accepted) Within Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids. C. The Similar Contract For This Project Shall Refer To The Supply And Delivery Of Motor Vehicles. If The Supply And Delivery Of Motor Vehicles Form Part Of A Bigger Contract, Only The Cost Component Of The Supply And Delivery Of Motor Vehicles Shall Be Considered For Purposes Of Comparing The Value Thereof To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc. * Date Of Acceptance Shall Mean The Date When The Items Delivered Have Satisfactorily Met The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity, As Evidenced By Either A Certificate Of Final Acceptance/completion From The Bidder’s Client, Or An Official Receipt Or A Sales Invoice (to Be Submitted During Post-qualification).   Bid Securing Declaration Form [shall Be Submitted With The Bid If Bidder Opts To Provide This Form Of Bid Security] Republic Of The Philippines) City Of ) S.s. Bid Securing Declaration To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we, The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration. 2. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Procurement Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f),of The Irr Of Ra No. 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. 3. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: A. Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; B. I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; And C. I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice]   Omnibus Sworn Statement [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. [select One, Delete The Rest:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: A. Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; B. Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C. Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D. Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. 10. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This _______day Of _________, 20 ______at _____________________philippines. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice]   Bid Form For The Procurement Of Goods [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Bid Form Date : To: [name And Address Of Procuring Entity] Having Examined The Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) Including The Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin Numbers [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Offer Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin In Conformity With The Said Pbds For The Sum Of Six Million One Hundred Seventy Five Thousand Pesos (php6,175,000.00) Or The Total Calculated Bid Price, As Evaluated And Corrected For Computational Errors, And Other Bid Modifications In Accordance With The Details Provided Herein And Made Part Of This Bid. The Total Bid Price Includes The Cost Of All Taxes. Particulars Quantity Unit Cost Total Cost (inclusive Of Vat) Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 1 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) 1 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) 1 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) 1 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). Total Signature Of Authorized Signatory: Total If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Undertake: A. To Deliver The Goods In Accordance With The Delivery Schedule Specified In The Schedule Of Requirements Of The Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds); B. To Provide A Performance Security In The Form, Amounts, And Within The Times Prescribed In The Pbds; C. To Abide By The Bid Validity Period Specified In The Pbds And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period. Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed, This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof And Your Notice Of Award, Shall Be Binding Upon Us. We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Bid You May Receive. We Certify/confirm That We Comply With The Eligibility Requirements Pursuant To The Pbds. The Undersigned Is Authorized To Submit The Bid On Behalf Of [name Of The Bidder] As Evidenced By The Attached [state The Written Authority]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Name: Legal Capacity: Signature: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And Behalf Of: Date:   Price Schedule For Goods Offered From Abroad [shall Be Submitted With The Bid If Bidder Is Offering Goods From Abroad] Name Of Bidder Page Of____ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Item Description Country Of Origin Quantity* Unit Price Cif Port Of Entry (specify Port) Or Cip Named Place Total Cif Or Cip Price Per Item Unit Price Delivered Duty Unpaid (ddu) Unit Price Delivered Duty Paid (ddp) Total Price Delivered Ddp (col 4 X 8) (col. 4 X 5) (specify Border Point Or Place Of Destination) Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 1 1.0 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) 1 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 2.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 3.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). Total Name: Legal Capacity: Signature: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And Behalf Of: Price Schedule For Goods Offered From Within The Philippines [shall Be Submitted With The Bid If Bidder Is Offering Goods From Within The Philippines] For Goods Offered From Within The Philippines Name Of Bidder Page Of 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Item Description Count Ry Of Origin Quantity Unit Price Exw Per Item Transportation And All Other Costs Incidental To Delivery, Per Item Sales And Other Taxes Payable If Contract Is Awarded, Per Item Cost Of Incidental Services, If Applicable, Per Item Total Price, Per Unit (col 5+ 6+7+8) Total Price Delivered Final Destination (col 9) X (col 4) Negotiated Procurement Under Emergency Cases For The Supply, Delivery And Installation Of (a) Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories, (b) Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories, (c) Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly And (d) Pump Testing Of Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin. 1.0 Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (new Ballay Deep Well #9) 1 1.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 1.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 1.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 2.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #12) 2.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 2.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 2.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly. 3.0 Water Source Development Project At Baroro River Basin (new Naguirangan Deep Well #10) 3.1 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Electro-mechanical Equipment, Materials And Accessories; 3.2 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing Pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories; 3.3 Supply, Delivery And Installation Of Well Apron/platform And Bipod/tripod Assembly; 3.4 Performance Of Pump Testing/ Well Testing (labor, Equipment And Fuel). Total Name: Legal Capacity: Signature: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And Behalf Of: _____________________________   Contract No. 2025- Name Of Project Contract Agreement This Agreement Made This Day Of 20 Between The Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Of The Philippines (hereinafter Called “the Entity”) Of The One Part And Of City, Philippines (hereinafter Called “the Supplier”) Of The Other Part; Whereas, The Entity Invited Bids For Certain Goods And Ancillary Services, Particularly , And Has Accepted A Bid By The Supplier For The Supply Of Those Goods And Services In The Sum Of Pesos (p ) (hereinafter Called “the Contract Price”). Now This Agreement Witnesseth As Follows: 1. In This Agreement, Words And Expressions Shall Have The Same Meanings As Are Respectively Assigned To Them In The Conditions Of Contract Referred To. 2. The Following Documents As Required By The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Republic Act No. 9184 Shall Be Deemed To Form And Be Read And Construed As Integral Part Of This Agreement, Viz.: I. Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds); I. Schedule Of Requirements; Ii. Technical Specifications; Iii. General And Special Conditions Of Contract; And Iv. Supplemental Or Bid Bulletins, If Any Ii. Winning Bidder’s Bid, Including The Eligibility Requirements, Technical And Financial Proposals, And All Other Documents Or Statements Submitted; Bid Form, Including All The Documents/statements Contained In The Bidder’s Bidding Envelopes, As Annexes, And All Other Documents Submitted (e.g., Bidder’s Response To Request For Clarifications On The Bid), Including Corrections To The Bid, If Any, Resulting From The Procuring Entity’s Bid Evaluation; Iii. Performance Security; Iv. Notice Of Award Of Contract And The Bidder’s Conforme Thereto; And V. Other Contract Documents That May Be Required By Existing Laws And/or The Procuring Entity Concerned In The Pbds. Winning Bidder Agrees That Additional Contract Documents Or Information Prescribed By The Gppb That Are Subsequently Required For Submission After The Contract Execution, Such As The Notice To Proceed, Variation Orders, And Warranty Security, Shall Likewise Form Part Of The Contract. 3. In Consideration For The Sum Of (p ) Or Such Other Sums As May Be Ascertained, Agrees To Deliver The In Accordance With His/her/its Bid. 4. The Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Agrees To Pay The Above-mentioned Sum In Accordance With The Terms Of The Bidding. 5. The Period For The Performance Of The Obligations Under This Contract Shall Not Go Beyond The Validity Of The Appropriation For This Project. 6. In Compliance With Item 4.3 Of Appendix 33 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 And Consistent With Administrative Order No. 34, S. 2020 (directing Strict Compliance By All Agencies And Instrumentalities Of The Executive Department With Transparency, Accountability And Good Governance Policies And Measures In The Procurement Process), The Msfwd Shall Publish In Its Official Website And Social Media Platform The Following Post-award Information: (a) Project Name; (b) Approved Budget For The Contract; (c) Contract Period; (d) Name Of The Winning Bidder And Its Official Business Address; (e) Amount Of Contract Awarded; (f) Date Of Award And Acceptance; And (g) Implementing Office/unit/division/bureau Of The Concerned Agency Or Instrumentality. In Witness Whereof, The Parties Hereto Have Caused This Agreement To Be Executed In Accordance With The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines On The Day And Year First Above Written. Oic-general Manager For: Metro San Fernando Water District (la Union) Authorized Representative For:   A C K N O W L E D G M E N T Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ) S.s. Before Me, A Notary Public For And In The City Of , Philippines On This Day Of , 2025 Personally Appeared The Following: Name Valid Id Valid Until Msfwd Id No. Known To Me To Be The Same Persons Who Executed The Foregoing Contract And Who Acknowledged To Me That The Same Is Their Free And Voluntary Act And Deed And Of The Entities They Respectively Represent. This Contract For The Was Signed By The Parties On Each And Every Page Thereof. Witness My Hand And Seal This Day Of , 2025. Doc. No ; Page No ; Book No ; Series Of 2025. Republic Of The Philippines) City/municipality Of S.s. X------------------------------------------------------ Performance Securing Declaration Invitation To Bid: To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we, The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, To Guarantee The Faithful Performance By The Supplier/distributor/manufacturer/contractor/consultant Of Its Obligations Under The Contract, I/we Shall Submit A Performance Securing Declaration Within A Maximum Period Of Ten (10) Calendar Days From The Receipt Of The Notice Of Award Prior To The Signing Of The Contract. 2. I/we Accept That I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Procurement Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of One (1) Year If In Case It Is My First Offense, Or Two (2) Years If I Have A Prior Similar Offense Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order If I/we Have Violated My/our Obligations Under The Contract. 3. I/we Understand That This Performance Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid Upon: A. Issuance By The Procuring Entity Of The Certificate Of Final Acceptance, Subject To The Following Conditions: I. Procuring Entity Has No Claims Filed Against The Contract Awardee; Ii. It Has No Claims For Labor And Materials Filed Against The Contractor; And Iii. Other Terms Of The Contract; Or B. Replacement By The Winning Bidder Of The Submitted Psd With A Performance Security In Any Of The Prescribed Forms Under Section 39.2 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184 As Required By The End-user. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder’s Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. [select One Of The Two Following Paragraphs And Delete The Other] Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2005 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No.02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used] With No. Issued On At . Witness My Hand And Seal This Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission __________ Notary Public For Until______ Roll Of Attorneys No. ____________ Ptr No. , [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. , [date Issued], [place Issued] Doc. No. Page No. Book No. Series Of .   Annexes Name Of Project: Water Source Development Project At Bauang River Basin (dw9) (installation Of 50 Hp Submersible Motor-pump, Civil Works & Other Electro-mechanical Equipments) Location: Brgy. Ballay, Bauang, La Union Owner: Metro San Fernando Water District Subject: Bill Of Quantities /cost Estimates Item Description Unit Qty. Unit Cost Total Cost No. Php Php 1.0 Electro-mechanical Equipment ,materials & Accessories 1.1 Submersible Pump S8s475-5/sp95-5-b, 28lps @90 Meters Tdh, 8"ø Stainless Steel Construction Complete With Cable Guard And Built-in Check Valve Unit 1 1.2 Franklin Submersible Motor, 50hp, 460v, 3 Phase, 6"ø, Complete With Pigtail And Removable Water Blocked Lead Connector Unit 1 1.3 50 Hp Delta Variable Frequency Drive, 50/60 Hz, 3 Phase, 460v With Pres. Transmitter, Thermal Overload Relay, Phase Failure, Under/over Relay, Circuit Breaker, Square D Tvss Lightning Arrester, Magnetic Contactor Nema 1 Enclosure And Complete Accessories Assy. 1 1.4 Submersible Cable 22 Mm2/3c Meters 35 1.5 Submersible Cable 60 Mm2/3c Meters 30 1.6 Thhn Wire 60 Mm2 Meters 570 1.7 Electrical Pvc Pipe 50 Mmø X 3.0 Meters, Orange Pcs. 66 1.8 Electrical Pvc Pipe Coupling 50 Mmø, Orange Pcs. 66 1.9 Solvent Cement, 400 Cc Pcs. 5 1.10 Cri Upvc Riser Pipe, 5"ø X 3m, Heavy Duty Pcs. 7 1.10 Top & Bottom Adaptor, 5"ø, Stainless Steel Set 1 Sub-total P- 2.0 Discharge Head Assembly, Plumbing/pipelines, Air Ventilation System And Accessories 2.1 Sanitary Well Seal 400 Mmø X 100mmø (16"ø X 4"ø) Materials For Fabrication: 2.1.1 Ci Companion Flange 10"ø , Plain/ No Thread Alternative: Pc. 1 Steel Plate, 400mm X 400mm X 25 Mm Thick (for Fabrication) 2.1.2 Ci Companion Reducing Flange 10"ø With 4"ø Hole At The Middle, Threaded Alternative: Steel Plate, 400mm X 400mm X 25 Mm Thick (for Fabrication) 2.1.3 Capscrew 5/8"ø X 4" W/nut & Flat Washer Pcs. 8 2.1.4 Stainless Steel Nipple 4" X 12" Sch 40, Threaded Pc. 1 2.2 Ci Gate Valve 100 Mmø (4"ø), F/f W/ Rubberized Disc Pcs. 3 2.3 Ci Horizontal/swing Valve, 100 Mmø (4"ø) F/f Pcs. 1 2.4 Ci Flow Meter, 100 Mmø (4"ø) Arad, F/f Pcs. 1 2.5 Gi Elbow 100 Mmø X 90 Deg. (4"ø X 90o Pcs. 2 2.6 Gi Elbow 100 Mmø X 45 Deg. (4"ø X 45o) Pcs. 4 2.7 Air Release Valve, 50 Mmø ( 2"ø) Pcs. 1 2.8 Ci Tee 100 Mmø X 100 Mmø (4"ø X 4"ø), F/f Pcs. 1 2.9 Ci Sleeve Coupling For Gi Pipes 100 Mmø (4"ø) Pcs. 1 2.10 Ci Companion Flange 100 Mmø (4"ø) Pcs. 9 2.11 Gi Pipe 100 Mmø X 6 Meters (4"ø X 20"), S40 Pcs. 2 (for Discharge Pipeline/nipples) 2.12 Upvc Pipe 100 Mmø X 6 Meters (4"ø X 20"), C-150 Pcs. 10 2.13 Ci Elbow 100 Mmø X 45 Deg. (4"ø X 45o) M/m Pcs. 7 2.14 Plain Round Bar 16mmø X 6m Pcs. 2 2.15 Nut And Flat Washer 5/8"ø Pcs. 16 2.16 Pressure Gauge, 0-400 Psi,u.s. Heavy Duty Pcs. 1 2.17 Ball Valve 2"ø Pcs. 1 2.18 Gi Nipple 2"ø X 4", S40 Pcs. 3 2.19 Gi Tee Reducer 2"ø X 1"ø Pcs. 1 2.20 Mudguard, Black 1/4" Thick Pcs. 2 2.21 Capscrew 5/8"ø X 3 1/2" W/nut & Flat Washer Pcs. 72 2.22 Steel Plate 3/8" X 3" X 6" Alternative: Auto Leaf Spring/mulye (for Fabrication) Pcs. 8 2.23 Red Oxide Primer Gals. 2 2.24 Quick Drying Enamel, Royal Blue Gals. 2 2.25 Lacquer Thinner Gal. 1 2.26 Paint Thinner Gal. 1 2.27 Paint Brush 3" Pcs. 2 2.28 Paint Brush 2" Pcs. 2 2.29 Paint Brush 1 1/2" Pcs. 2 2.30 Air Ventilation System With Goose Neck Vent 2.30.1 H.d.p.e. Pipe, Sdr-11, 60 Meters/roll Meters 60 2.30.2 Gi Pipe 50 Mmø X 6 Meters (2"ø X 20"), S40 Pcs 2 2.30.3 Gi Elbow 50 Mmø X 90 Deg. (2"ø X 90 Deg.) Pcs 3 2.30.4 Gi Coupling 50 Mmø, Hd Pc 1 2.30.5 Ci Universal Sleeve Type Coupling 50 Mmø (for Hdpe & Gi) Pcs 2 Sub-total P- 3.0 Well Apron/ Platform, Bipod/tripod Assembly 3.1 Portland Cement Bags 50 3.2 Washed Sand Cu.ms. 4 3.3 Gravel/crushed Stones - 3/4" Cu.ms. 6 3.4 Chb, 5" Pcs. 250 3.5 Boulders Cu.ms. 32 3.6 Deformed Bars, 12mmø Pcs. 45 3.7 Deformed Bars, 10mmø Pcs. 25 3.8 G. I. Tie Wire, # 16 Kgs. 8 3.9 Common Nails, 3", 2 1/2" & 2" Kgs. 6 3.10 Common Nails, 1" Kgs. 1 3.11 Wood, 2" X 2" X 12' (4bd.ft.) @ 55.00/bd.ft Pcs. 40 3.12 Wood, 2" X 4" X 10' (3.33 Bd.ft.) @ 55.00/bd.ft Pcs. 32 Marine Plywood ,4' X 8' X 1/4" Pcs. 10 3.13 Welding Rod, 6013 Pcs. 6 3.14 G.i. Pipe, S40 2 1/2"ø X 20ft. Pcs. 2 3.15 G.i. Pipe, S40 3"ø X 20ft. Pcs. 1 3.16 Channel Bar, 2" X 4", Thickness At Least 3mm Pcs. 2 3.17 Turnbuckles, 5/8"ø Pcs. 4 3.18 Stainless/galvanized Steel Wire Rope, 12mmø Meters 55 3.19 Stainless Steel Wire Rope Clips Clamps Heavy Duty Wire Rope Grip 304 Cable Clamp, 16mmø Pcs. 40 3.20 Angle Bars, 2 1/2" X 2 1/2" X 20ft(thickness=6mm Or 1/4 Inch) Pcs. 2 3.21 Angle Bars, 2" X 2" X 20ft. (thickness=6mm Or 1/4 Inch) Pcs. 2 Sub-total P- Total Direct Cost Of Materials P- 4.0 Labor Costs 4.1 Electrical Works 4.1.1 Labor For The Installation Of Submersible Pump, Motor, Riser Pipes, Cables And Vfd Motor Controller, Testing And Commissioning Lot 1 4.1.2 Labor For The Excavation Works And Installation Of Submersible Cable & Protective Casing From Deep Well No. 9 Up To Ballay Pumping Station No. 2 Controller Room, Min Depth = 1.0 Meter. Including Backfilling, Installation Of Thrust Blocks, Tamping Works, And Restoration Works. Meters 190 Sub-total 4.2 Plumbing Works 4.2.1 Excavation Of Trench Meters 62 4.2.2 Pipelaying And Jointing Of 4"ø Upvc, 4"ø Gi Pipe & 2 "ø Hdpe Pipe Meters 62 4.2.3 Installation Of Air Ventilation System Including Footing, Thrust Block And Goose Neck Unit 1 4.2.4 Backfilling & Tamping Works Meters 62 4.2.5 Disinfection And Hydrotesting (well & Pipeline) Lot 1 4.2.6 Installation Of Pump Plumbing Assembly, Welding Works, Machining Works & Installation Of Thrust Blocks Lot 1 4.2.7 Interconnection Works Lot 1 4.2.8 Fabrication Of Sanitary Seal & Other Plumbing Acc. Lot 1 Sub-total P- 4.3 Civil Works Construction Of Well Apron, Platform, Bipod/ Tripod Assembly & Riprappings Surrounding The Lot 1 Well Apron/platform ( 45 % Of The Cost Of Materials) Sub-total P- 5.0 Total Direct Cost Of Labor P- 6.0 Total Direct Cost (labor & Materials) P- 7.0 Contingencies (5% Of Total Direct Cost) P- 8.0 Total Project Cost P- Prepared By: Engr. Arturo N. Rimando Technical/production Division Manager Approved By: Engr. Eric F. Carpina Oic-general Manager

Details: Description Republic Of The Philippines 1 Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau National Capital Region Request For Quotation (rfq) Transport And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste Rfq No. 2025-ord-013 The Department Of Environment And Natural Resources – Environmental Management Bureau – National Capital Region (denr-emb-ncr) Hereinafter Referred To As The “purchaser” Now Requests For Submission Of Price Quotations For The Procurement Of The Aforesaid Items Described In The Technical Specifications. The Denr-emb-ncr Intends To Apply The Sum Of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Pesos Only (php 150,000.00) Being The Transport And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste, Rfq No. 2025-ord-013. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. A Set Of Technical Specifications Are Provided In Attachment 1. All Items Listed Under The Purchaser’s Specifications Must Be Complied With On A Pass-fail Basis. Failure To Meet Any One Of The Requirements May Result In Rejection Of The Quotation. Small-value Procurement/shopping Procedures Will Be Conducted In Accordance With The Provisions Of The Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act 9184. It Is The Intent Of The Purchaser To Evaluate The Bid/quotation On A Per Item Basis, And Award Will Be Made To The Bid/quotation Or Combination Of Quotations Resulting In The Lowest Evaluated Quotation Meeting The Purchaser’s Technical Specifications. Quotations Must Be Delivered At The Address Below Not Later Than 12:00 P.m. Of April 18, 2025. Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau National Capital Region National Ecology Center Compound, East Avenue Diliman, Quezon City Prices Must Be Quoted In Philippine Peso And Must Include The Unit Price And Total Price, Inclusive Of All Taxes To Be Paid And Other Incidental Cost To The Delivery Site/s If The Contract Is Awarded. Bid/quotation May Be Typewritten And May Be Placed In A Sealed Envelope Marked The Transport And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste, Rfq No. 2025-ord-013. Or You May Send Your Bid-quotation Through Fax (02-9313134) Or E-mail (emb.bacsec.ncr125@gmail.com). Bids/quotations Shall Be Valid For Sixty (60) Calendar Days From The Deadline Of Submission Of Bids. The Delivery Period Shall Be Within Fifteen (15) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Purchase Order (p.o) And/or Job Order (j.o). The Supplier Should Inform The Purchaser At Least Three (3) Days Before The Date Of Delivery. The Delivery Will Be Made Only During Working Days And Hours. Delivery Sites: See Delivery Sites Enumerated In The Quotation Form Protect Environment | Protect Life Emb-ncr Building, National Ecology Center Compound, East Ave., Diliman, Quezon City 1100 Telephone No.: (02) 8931-1331 | E-mail: Recordsncr@emb.gov.ph | Ncrsupport@emb.gov.ph Website: Www.ncr.emb.gov.ph Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau National Capital Region National Ecology Center Compound, East Avenue, Diliman, Quezon City The Applicable Rate For Late Deliveries Is One Tenth (1/10) Of One (1) Percent Of The Cost Of The Unperformed Portion Of The Contract For Every Day Of Delay. The Maximum Deduction Shall Be Ten Percent (10%) Of The Amount Of Contract. Once The Cumulative Amount Of Liquidated Damages Reaches Ten Percent (10%) Of The Contract Amount, The Purchaser Shall Rescind The Contract Without Prejudice To Other Courses Of Action And Remedies Open To It. The Purchaser Reserves The Right To Accept Or Reject Any Quotation, And To Annul The Bidding/shopping Process Or Reject All Quotations At Any Time Prior To Contract Award, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder/bidders. The Purchaser Also Reserves The Right To Waive Minor Deviations/defects Or Infirmities Therein. A Minor Deviation/defect Or Infirmity Is One That Does Not Materially Affect The Overall Functionality Of The Material And The Capability Of The Supplier To Perform The Contract. The Prospective Bidder Shall Submit The Following: Signed Quotation Form Goods- Technical Specifications And Certification From Regulatory Offices, If Applicable (dole Doh And Etc.) Food Services- Menu Civil Works- Plan, Layout, And Design Proof Of Philgeps Registration; Sec Registration/dti Certificate; Business Permit; Tax Clearance Annual Income Tax Return; Preferably With Proof That The Offered Products/items Are Manufactured By An Iso-9001 And Iso14001 Company Whose Certifications Are Valid On Opening Of Proposal; Preferably In Compliance With Philippine Green Public Procurement Roadmap Of Government Procurement Policy Board (gppb); Failure To Follow The Above Requirements May Result In Outright Rejection Of Submitted Quotation/s. Awarded Bidder Should Sign The Conforme Within Three (3) Working Days Upon Receipt. Failure To Conform Shall Be The Basis In The Consideration Of Appropriate Responsiveness Of The Bidder, In Which The Procuring Entity Shall Proceed To The Next Lowest Calculated And Responsive Bid. Engr. Divina C. Camarao Bac, Chairperson Attachment 1 Technical Specifications No. Purchaser’s Specifications Quantity / Uom Abc Per Unit Total Abc Rfq No. 2025-ord-013 Transport And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste 1 Lot ₱150,000.00 ₱ 150,000.00 Along With Your Signed Quotation Please Submit The Ff: Philgeps Certificate Dti/ Sec Mayor’s Permit Tax Clearance Annual Income Tax Return Preferably With Proof That The Offered Products / Items Are Manufactured By An Iso-9001 And Iso-14001 Company Whose Certifications Are Valid On The Opening On Proposal Quotation Form Date: Rfq No. Attention: Fad-procurement And Property Management Unit Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau-national Capital Region National Ecology Center Compound East Avenue, Diliman, Quezon City 1) Having Examined The Subject Request For Quotation (rfq) Including The Technical Specifications, We, The Undersigned Offer To Supply And Deliver The Following: No. Description Quantit Y / Uom Delivery Site Unit Price (php) Total Price (php) Rfq No. 2025-ord-013 Transport And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste Emb- Ncr We Undertake, If Our Quotation Or Bid Is Accepted, To Deliver The Above Goods Within The Fifteen (15)-day Delivery Period From Receipt Purchase Order (p.o) Or Job Order (j.o). We Agree To Abide By This Quotation/bid For A Period Of Sixty (60) Days After The Deadline Of Submission Specified In The Rfq. We Understand That Payment For Items Delivered Will Be Made To The Winning Supplier After The Inspection And Acceptance Of Goods Delivered. Name Of Company : Postal Address : Email Address : Telephone & Fax No. : Supplier’s Representative : Signature Over Printed Name : Account Name And Branch : Preferably Landbank Account. In Case Of Other Banks, Charges May Apply. Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau National Capital Region Emb-ncr Bldg. National Ecology Center Compound, East Ave., Diliman, Quezon City E-mail: Recordsncr@emb.gov.ph | Ncrsupport@emb.gov.ph Tel.#: 8931-1331 Local: | Cpd:1110-1113 | Emed:1118-1124 | Fad:1103-1107 | Ord:1114-1117 | Hotline Number: 8931-3023 | 8931-2954 | 8931-2684 | 8931-2397 | 8931-1834 | 8931-3632 | 8931-2654 Terms Of Reference Annex A: Procurement Of Hauling And Treatment Of Hazardous Waste And Wastewater Of Emb-ncr Inventory Of Hazardous Wastes And Wastewater As Of 2 April 2025 Hw No. Hw Class Hw Nature Hw Cataloguing Generate D Hw (in Mt) G704 Non-halogenated Organic Solvent Liquid Toxic 0.060 M503 Pharmaceuticals And Drugs Liquid Toxic 0.2100 B299 Other Acid Wastes Liquid Toxic Corrosive 1.5101 C399 Other Alkali Base Liquid Toxic 0.3107 D405 Chromium Compounds Liquid Toxic 0.034 D406 Lead And Its Compounds Liquid Toxic 0.002 D407 Mercury Compound Liquid Toxic 0.012 D499 Other Wastes With Inorganic Chemicals Liquid Toxic 0.080 J201 Containers Previously Containing Toxic Chemical Substances Solid Toxic 0.300 D407 Busted Fluorescent Lamps Solid Toxic 0.012 M506 Waste Electrical And Electronic Equipment Solid Toxic 3.200 M507 Special Waste: Batteries Solid Toxic 0.0345 A101 Waste With Cyanide Liquid Toxic 0.0015 E501 Oxidizing Agent Solid Toxic 0.0016 E502 Reducing Agent Solid Toxic 0.001 E599 Highly Reactive Chemical Solid Toxic 0.027 Laboratory Washings Stored In Storage Tank 1.10 Cubic Meters Republic Of The Philippines Department Of Environment And Natural Resources Environmental Management Bureau National Capital Region Emb-ncr Bldg. National Ecology Center Compound, East Ave., Diliman, Quezon City E-mail: Recordsncr@emb.gov.ph | Ncrsupport@emb.gov.ph Tel.#: 8931-1331 Local: | Cpd:1110-1113 | Emed:1118-1124 | Fad:1103-1107 | Ord:1114-1117 | Hotline Number: 8931-3023 | 8931-2954 | 8931-2684 | 8931-2397 | 8931-1834 | 8931-3632 | 8931-2654 Project Coverage: The Project Must Be Completed Within 30 Days Upon Notarization Of The Contract. The Contractor Must Be A Denr Accredited Hazardous Wastes Transporter And Treatment, Storage And Disposal (tsd). The Contractor Will Assist Emb-ncr In Securing The Permit To Transport Through The Hwms Online. The Hauling And Treatment Services Shall Cover The Above-listed Hazardous Waste Materials Placed In The Waste Storage Area And Wastewater Stored In The Storage Tank Within Emb-ncr. The Contractor Will Provide Three (3) Personnel (1 Driver And 2 Helpers) For The Collection And Transport Of The Wastes From The Waste Storage Area; A Manifest Of Transport Must Be Provided By The Hw Transporter During Hauling And Issuance Of Certificate Of Treatment (cot) By The Tds Facility Upon Completion Of The Waste Disposal; Process The Necessary Permits For Transport And Treatment Of The Laboratory Wastes; Emb-ncr Shall Pay The Contractor The Amount Of One Hundred Fifty Thousand Pesos (php 150,000.00) For Hauling And Treatment Of Hazardous Wastes Of Emb-ncr After The Issuance Of Certificate Of Treatment (cot). The Contractor Must Issue A Receipt For Every Payment Made By The Emb-ncr. Cause The Notarization Of The Contract. Prepared By: Sr. Ems/ Head, Chemical Permitting Unit/ Pollution Control Officer 3 April 2025 Omnibus Sworn Statement (revised) [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This Day Of , 20 At , Philippines. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial]

Details: Description Philippine Bidding Documents (as Harmonized With Development Partners) Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo Bid No. Agr-25-219-b Iloilo Provincial Government Sixth Edition Table Of Contents Glossary Of Terms, Abbreviations, And Acronyms 4 Section I. Invitation To Bid 6 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders 8 1. Scope Of Bid 8 2. Funding Information 8 3. Bidding Requirements 8 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices 8 5. Eligible Bidders 9 6. Origin Of Associated Goods 9 7. Subcontracts 9 8. Pre-bid Conference 9 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents 9 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 10 12. Alternative Bids 10 13. Bid Prices 11 14. Bid And Payment Currencies 11 15. Bid Security 11 16. Sealing And Marking Of Bids 11 17. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 11 18. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 12 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 12 20. Post Qualification 12 21. Signing Of The Contract 12 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet 13 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract 15 1. Scope Of Contract 15 2. Sectional Completion Of Works 15 3. Possession Of Site 15 4. The Contractor’s Obligations 15 5. Performance Security 16 6. Site Investigation Reports 16 7. Warranty 16 8. Liability Of The Contractor 16 9. Termination For Other Causes 16 10. Dayworks 17 11. Program Of Work 17 12. Instructions, Inspections And Audits 17 13. Advance Payment 17 14. Progress Payments 17 15. Operating And Maintenance Manuals 17 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract 18 Section Vi. Specifications 19 Section Vii. Drawings 27 Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities 49 Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents 52 Glossary Of Terms, Abbreviations, And Acronyms Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Arcc – Allowable Range Of Contract Cost. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Cda – Cooperative Development Authority. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Contractor – Is A Natural Or Juridical Entity Whose Proposal Was Accepted By The Procuring Entity And To Whom The Contract To Execute The Work Was Awarded. Contractor As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Supplier, Distributor, Manufacturer, Or Consultant. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Dole – Department Of Labor And Employment. Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project – Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Pcab – Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Un – United Nations. Republic Of The Philippines Iloilo Provincial Government Section I. Invitation To Bid For Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo Bid No. Agr-25-219-b The Iloilo Provincial Government, Through The 20% Nta Development Fund Fy-2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of Five Million Pesos (p5,000,000.00) Being The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) To Payments Under The Contract For Agr-25-219-b For The Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo For The Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. The Iloilo Provincial Government Now Invites Bids For The Above Procurement Project. Completion Of The Works Is Required Ninety (90) Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instructions To Bidders). Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information From The Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below From 8:00am To 5:00pm. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On May 14, 2025 From Given Address And Website/s Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Five Thousand Pesos (p5, 000,00). The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees In Person. The Iloilo Provincial Government Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On May 22, 2025, 9:00 A.m. At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines, And/or Through Videoconferencing/webcasting Via Zoom Conference Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. The Default Meeting Id And Password Shall Be: Meeting Id: 4340851724 // Password: 0922 Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City On Or Before June 5, 2025, 9:00 A.m. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 16. Bid Opening Shall Be On June 5, 2025, 9:01 A.m. At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. The Iloilo Provincial Government Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Atty. Raemman M. Lagrada Head, Bac Secretariat 5f New Iloilo Provincial Capitol Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City Tel. No. (33) 336-0736 Fax No. (33) 337-7731 Email: Ipg_bacs@yahoo.com You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Www.iloilo.gov.ph May 7, 2025 Atty. Dennis T. Ventilacion Bac Chairperson Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Iloilo Provincial Government Invites Bids For The Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo With Project Identification Number Agr-25-219-b. The Procurement Project (referred To Herein As “project”) Is For The Construction Of Works, As Described In Section Vi (specifications). Funding Information The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For 2025 In The Amount Of Five Million Pesos (p5,000,000.00) The Source Of Funding Is: A. Lgu’s, 20% Nta Development Fund Fy 2025, As Approved By The Sanggunian. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manual And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Invitation To Bid By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Inspected The Site, Determined The General Characteristics Of The Contracted Works And The Conditions For This Project, Such As The Location And The Nature Of The Work; (b) Climatic Conditions; (c) Transportation Facilities; (c) Nature And Condition Of The Terrain, Geological Conditions At The Site Communication Facilities, Requirements, Location And Availability Of Construction Aggregates And Other Materials, Labor, Water, Electric Power And Access Roads; And (d) Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Contractors, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. Eligible Bidders Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. The Bidder Must Have An Experience Of Having Completed A Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) That Is Similar To This Project, Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Adjusted, If Necessary, By The Bidder To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Section 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. A Contract Is Considered To Be “similar” To The Contract To Be Bid If It Has The Major Categories Of Work Stated In The Bds. For Foreign-funded Procurement, The Procuring Entity And The Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution May Agree On Another Track Record Requirement, As Specified In The Bidding Document Prepared For This Purpose. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.2 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Origin Of Associated Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un. Subcontracts The Bidder May Subcontract Portions Of The Project To The Extent Allowed By The Procuring Entity As Stated Herein, But In No Case More Than Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Project. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address At Bac Office, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Iloilo City And/or Through Videoconferencing As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. In Joint Ventures, A Special Pcab License, And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract For This Project, Shall Be Required. Any Additional Type Of Contractor License Or Permit Shall Be Indicated In The Bds. A List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen) Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data Shall Be Provided. These Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set In The Bds. A List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership, Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be, Must Meet The Minimum Requirements For The Contract Set In The Bds. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Alternative Bids Bidders Shall Submit Offers That Comply With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents, Including The Basic Technical Design As Indicated In The Drawings And Specifications. Unless There Is A Value Engineering Clause In The Bds, Alternative Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. Bid Prices All Bid Prices For The Given Scope Of Work In The Project As Awarded Shall Be Considered As Fixed Prices, And Therefore Not Subject To Price Escalation During Contract Implementation, Except Under Extraordinary Circumstances As Determined By The Neda And Approved By The Gppb Pursuant To The Revised Guidelines For Contract Price Escalation Guidelines. Bid And Payment Currencies Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In: Philippine Pesos. Bid Security The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until October 3, 2025. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission To The Given Website Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. Deadline For Submission Of Bids The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids The Procuring Entity’s Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, All Bids And Combinations Of Bids As Indicated In The Bds Shall Be Received By The Same Deadline And Opened And Evaluated Simultaneously So As To Determine The Bid Or Combination Of Bids Offering The Lowest Calculated Cost To The Procuring Entity. Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 16 Shall Be Submitted For Each Contract (lot) Separately. In All Cases, The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. Post Qualification Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps), And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. Signing Of The Contract The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.2 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Refer To Contracts Which Have The Same Major Categories Of Work, Which Shall Be: Structural Works 7.1 The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 10.3 [specify If Another Contractor License Or Permit Is Required.] 10.4 The Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set Below: Key Personnel General Experience Relevant Experience 1-project Engineer 1 Year 1 Year 1-material Engineer 1 Year 1 Year 1-health & Safety Officer 1 Year 1 Year 1-foreman 1 Year 1 Year 10.5 The Minimum Major Equipment Requirements Are The Following: Equipment Capacity Number Of Units Bar Cutter & Bar Bender - 1 Concrete Vibrator - 1 One-bagger Mixer - 1 Generator - 1 11.2 The Abc Of This Project Is Php5,000,000.00 The Bid Amount For The Project Shall Not Exceed On Its Abc. Any Bid That Is Exceeding In The Abc Shall Not Be Accepted. 12 Alternative Bids Are Not Allowed 15.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: The Amount Of Not Less Than Two Percent (2%) Of Abc, If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; The Amount Of Not Less Than Five Percent (5%) Of Abc If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 16 All Envelopes Shall: A. Contain The Name Of The Contract To Be Bid In Capital Letters: “improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo” B. Bear The Name And Address Of The Bidder In Capital Letters; Addressed To: Atty. Dennis T. Ventilacion, Chairperson, Bids And Awards Committee: D. Bear The Specific Identification Of This Procurement: “agr-25-219-b” E. Bear A Warning “do Not Open Before June 5, 2025” Indicating The Date And Time For The Submission Of Bids On The Blank: Bid Envelopes That Are Not Properly Sealed And Marked, As Required In The Bidding Documents, Shall Not Be Rejected, But The Bidder Or Its Duly Authorized Representative Shall Acknowledge Such Condition Of The Bid As Submitted. The Bac Or The Procuring Entity Shall Assume No Responsibility For The Misplacement Of The Contents Of The Improperly Sealed Or Marked Bid, Or For Its Premature Opening. Any Interlineations, Erasures, Or Overwriting Shall Be Valid Only If They Are Signed Or Initialed By The Duly Authorized Representative/s Of The Bidder 19.2 Partial Bid Is Not Allowed 20 All Communications With Regards To This Procurement Shall Be Submitted Through Personal Receipt By Bidder To The Bac Secretariat Or Through Electronic Mail. Official Communications Through Email Shall Be Sent To The Official Email Address Ipg_bacs@yahoo.com. Only Communications Through Bidder’s Official Email Address Or Authorized Representative Shall Be Entertained. 21 The Additional Contract Documents Relevant To The Project That Are Required By The Procuring Entity Are: A. Construction Schedule And S-curve; B. Manpower Schedule; C. Construction Methods; D. Equipment Utilization Schedule; E. Construction Safety And Health Program Approved By The Department Of Labor And Employment; And F. Pert/cpm Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Sectional Completion Of Works If Sectional Completion Is Specified In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc), References In The Conditions Of Contract To The Works, The Completion Date, And The Intended Completion Date Shall Apply To Any Section Of The Works (other Than References To The Completion Date And Intended Completion Date For The Whole Of The Works). Possession Of Site The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Or Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Based On The Schedule Of Delivery Indicated In The Scc, Which Corresponds To The Execution Of The Works. If The Contractor Suffers Delay Or Incurs Cost From Failure On The Part Of The Procuring Entity To Give Possession In Accordance With The Terms Of This Clause, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Give The Contractor A Contract Time Extension And Certify Such Sum As Fair To Cover The Cost Incurred, Which Sum Shall Be Paid By Procuring Entity. If Possession Of A Portion Is Not Given By The Above Date, The Procuring Entity Will Be Deemed To Have Delayed The Start Of The Relevant Activities. The Resulting Adjustments In Contract Time To Address Such Delay May Be Addressed Through Contract Extension Provided Under Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Contractor’s Obligations The Contractor Shall Employ The Key Personnel Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel Indicating Their Designation, In Accordance With Itb Clause 10.3 And Specified In The Bds, To Carry Out The Supervision Of The Works. The Procuring Entity Will Approve Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If Their Relevant Qualifications And Abilities Are Equal To Or Better Than Those Of The Personnel Listed In The Schedule. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr. The Contractor, By Entering Into The Contract With The Procuring Entity, Acknowledges The Right Of The Procuring Entity To Institute Action Pursuant To Ra No. 3688 Against Any Subcontractor Be They An Individual, Firm, Partnership, Corporation, Or Association Supplying The Contractor With Labor, Materials And/or Equipment For The Performance Of This Contract. Site Investigation Reports The Contractor, In Preparing The Bid, Shall Rely On Any Site Investigation Reports Referred To In The Scc Supplemented By Any Information Obtained By The Contractor. Warranty In Case The Contractor Fails To Undertake The Repair Works Under Section 62.2.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr, The Procuring Entity Shall Forfeit Its Performance Security, Subject Its Property(ies) To Attachment Or Garnishment Proceedings, And Perpetually Disqualify It From Participating In Any Public Bidding. All Payables Of The Gop In His Favor Shall Be Offset To Recover The Costs. The Warranty Against Structural Defects/failures, Except That Occasioned-on Force Majeure, Shall Cover The Period From The Date Of Issuance Of The Certificate Of Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity. Specific Duration Of The Warranty Is Found In The Scc. Liability Of The Contractor Subject To Additional Provisions, If Any, Set Forth In The Scc, The Contractor’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Contractor Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Termination For Other Causes Contract Termination Shall Be Initiated In Case It Is Determined Prima Facie By The Procuring Entity That The Contractor Has Engaged, Before, Or During The Implementation Of The Contract, In Unlawful Deeds And Behaviors Relative To Contract Acquisition And Implementation, Such As, But Not Limited To Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices As Stated In Itb Clause 4. Dayworks Subject To The Guidelines On Variation Order In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, And If Applicable As Indicated In The Scc, The Dayworks Rates In The Contractor’s Bid Shall Be Used For Small Additional Amounts Of Work Only When The Procuring Entity’s Representative Has Given Written Instructions In Advance For Additional Work To Be Paid For In That Way. Program Of Work The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval The Said Program Of Work Showing The General Methods, Arrangements, Order, And Timing For All The Activities In The Works. The Submissions Of The Program Of Work Are Indicated In The Scc. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval An Updated Program Of Work At Intervals No Longer Than The Period Stated In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Submit An Updated Program Of Work Within This Period, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From The Next Payment Certificate And Continue To Withhold This Amount Until The Next Payment After The Date On Which The Overdue Program Of Work Has Been Submitted. Instructions, Inspections And Audits The Contractor Shall Permit The Gop Or The Procuring Entity To Inspect The Contractor’s Accounts And Records Relating To The Performance Of The Contractor And To Have Them Audited By Auditors Of The Gop Or The Procuring Entity, As May Be Required. Advance Payment The Procuring Entity Shall, Upon A Written Request Of The Contractor Which Shall Be Submitted As A Contract Document, Make An Advance Payment To The Contractor In An Amount Not Exceeding Fifteen Percent (15%) Of The Total Contract Price, To Be Made In Lump Sum, Or At The Most Two Installments According To A Schedule Specified In The Scc, Subject To The Requirements In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Progress Payments The Contractor May Submit A Request For Payment For Work Accomplished. Such Requests For Payment Shall Be Verified And Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative/project Engineer. Except As Otherwise Stipulated In The Scc, Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Put In Place Shall Not Be Included For Payment. Operating And Maintenance Manuals If Required, The Contractor Will Provide “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals As Specified In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Provide The Drawings And/or Manuals By The Dates Stated Above, Or They Do Not Receive The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From Payments Due To The Contractor. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 2 As Per Construction Schedule/contract Period 3.1 The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Upon Effectivity Of The Contracts. 6 No Further Instructions 7.2 [in Case Of Permanent Structures, Such As Buildings Of Types 4 And 5 As Classified Under The National Building Code Of The Philippines And Other Structures Made Of Steel, Iron, Or Concrete Which Comply With Relevant Structural Codes (e.g., Dpwh Standard Specifications), Such As, But Not Limited To, Steel/concrete Bridges, Flyovers, Aircraft Movement Areas, Ports, Dams, Tunnels, Filtration And Treatment Plants, Sewerage Systems, Power Plants, Transmission And Communication Towers, Railway System, And Other Similar Permanent Structures:] Fifteen (15) Years. 10 Dayworks Are Applicable At The Rate Shown In The Contractor’s Original Bid. 11.1 No Further Instructions 11.2 No Further Instructions 13 The Amount Of The Advance Shall Not Exceed 15% Of The Total Contract Price. 14 Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Installed Or Constructed Shall Not Be Included For Payment. 15.1 The Date By Which Operating And Maintenance Manuals Are Required Shall Be At Least 5 Days Before The Testing And Commissioning. The Date By Which “as Built” Drawings Are Required Prior To The Final Billing. 15.2 The Amount To Be Withheld For Failing To Produce “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals By The Date Required Is 1% Of The Final Contract Amount. Section Vi. Specification Scope Of Works The Works Include Furnishing Of Labor, Materials, Tools, Equipment And Other Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Project Such As: Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking, Excavation Works, Backfill, Concrete Works (concreting, Gravel Bedding, Steel Works, And Formworks), Masonry Works, And Plastering Works. Other General Requirements B.4 - Construction Survey And Staking B.4.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing The Necessary Equipment And Material To Survey, Stake, Calculate, And Record Data For The Control Of Work In Accordance With This Specification And In Conformity With The Lines, Grades And Dimensions Shown On The Plans Or As Established By The Engineer. B.4.2 Construction Requirements B.4.2.1 General Staking Activities Shall Be Included In The Construction Schedule To Be Submitted By The Contractor. Dates And Sequence Of Each Staking Activity Shall Be Included. The Engineer Shall Set Initial Reference Lines, Horizontal And Vertical Control Points, And Shall Furnish The Data For Use In Establishing Control For The Completion Of Each Element Of The Work. Data Relating To Horizontal And Vertical Alignments, Theoretical Slope Stake Catch Points, And Other Design Data Shall Be Furnished. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The True Settling Of The Works Or Improvements And For Correctness Of Positions, Levels, Dimensions And Alignment Of All Parts Of The Works. He Shall Provide All Necessary Instruments, Appliances, Materials And Supplies, And Labor In Connection Therewith. The Contractor Shall Provide A Survey Crew Supervisor At The Project Site Whenever Surveying/staking Activity Is In Progress. Prior To Construction, The Engineer Shall Be Notified Of Any Missing Initial Reference Lines, Controls, Points, Or Stakes. The Engineer Shall Reestablish Missing Initial Reference Lines, Controls, Points, Or Stakes. The Contractor For Convenient Use Of Government-furnished Data Shall Perform Additional Calculations. Immediate Notification Of Apparent Errors In The Initial Staking Or In The Furnished Data Shall Be Provided. All Initial Reference And Control Points Shall Be Preserved. At The Start Of Construction, All Destroyed Or Disturbed Initial Reference Or Control Points Necessary To The Work Shall Be Replaced. Before Surveying And Staking, The Contractor Shall Discuss And Coordinate The Following With The Engineer: 1. Surveying And Staking Methods 2. Stake Marking/concrete Monuments 3. Grade Control For Courses Of Material 4. Referencing 5. Structure Control 6. Any Other Procedures And Controls Necessary For The Work Established Controls Shall Be Within The Tolerances Shown In Table 1. Table 1: Construction Survey And Staking Tolerances (1) Staking Phase Horizontal Vertical Existing Government Network Control Points ±20mm ±8mm X √k ² Local Supplemental Control Points Set From Existing Government Network Points ±10mm ±3mm X √n³ Centerline Points (4) - (pc), (pt), (pot), And (pac) Including References ±10mm ±10mm Other Centerline Points ±50mm ±50mm Cross-section Points And Slope Stakes (5) ±50mm ±50mm Slope Stakes References ±50mm ±50mm Culverts, Ditches, And Minor Drainage Structures ±50mm ±20mm Retaining Walls And Curb And Gutter ±20mm ±10mm Bridge Substructures ±10mm (6) ±10mm Bridge Superstructures ±10mm (6) ±10mm Clearing And Grubbing Limits ±500mm Roadway Subgrade Finish Stakes (7) ±50mm ±10mm Roadway Finish Grade Stakes (7) ±50mm ±10mm (1) At 95% Confidence Level. Tolerances Are Relative To Existing Government Network Control Points. (2) K Is The Distance In Kilometers. (3) N Is The Number Of Instrument Setups. (4) Centerline Points: Pc - Point Of Curve, Pt - Point Of Tangent, Pot - Point On Tangent, Poc - Point On Curve (5) Take The Cross-sections Normal To The Centerline + 1 Degree. (6) Bridge Control Is Established As Local Network And The Tolerances Are Relative To That Network. (7) Include Pave Ditches. The Contractor Shall Prepare Field Notes In An Approved Format. All Field Notes And Supporting Documentation Shall Become The Property Of The Government Upon Completion Of The Work. Work Shall Only Be Started After Staking For The Affected Work Is Accepted. The Construction Survey And Staking Work May Be Spot-checked By The Engineer For Accuracy, And Unacceptable Portions Of Work May Be Rejected. Rejected Work Shall Be Resurveyed, And Work That Is Not Within The Tolerances Specified In Table 1 Shall Be Corrected. Acceptance Of The Construction Staking Shall Not Relieve The Contractor Of Responsibility For Correcting Errors Discovered During The Work And For Bearing All Additional Costs Associated With The Error, Unless Such Error Is Based On Incorrect Data Supplied In Writing By The Engineer, In Which Case, The Expense In Rectifying The Same Shall Be At The Expense Of The Government. In The Case Of "change" Or "changed Conditions" Which Involve Any Change In Stakeout, The Contractor Shall Coordinate With The Engineer And Facilitate The Prompt Reestablishment Of The Field Control For The Altered Or Adjusted Work. All Flagging, Lath, Stakes, And Other Staking Materials Shall Be Removed And Disposed After The Project Is Completed. B.4.2.2 Equipment Survey Instruments And Supporting Equipment Capable Of Achieving The Specified Tolerances Shall Be Furnished. Acceptable Tools, Supplies, And Stakes Of The Type And Quality Normally Used In Highway Survey Work And Suitable For The Intended Use Shall Be Furnished. Stakes And Hubs Of Sufficient Length To Provide A Solid Set In The Ground With Sufficient Surface Area Above Ground For Necessary Legible Markings Shall Also Be Furnished. B.4.2.3 Survey And Staking Requirements All Survey, Staking, Recording Of Data, And Calculations Necessary To Construct The Project From The Initial Layout To Final Completion Shall Be Performed. Stakes Shall Be Reset As Many Times As Necessary To Construct The Work. 1. Control Points Established Initial Horizontal And Vertical Control Points In Conflict With Construction Shall Be Relocated To Areas That Will Not Be Disturbed By Construction Operations. The Coordinates And Elevations For The Relocated Points Shall Be Furnished Before The Initial Points Are Disturbed. 2. Roadway Cross-sections Roadway Cross-sections Shall Be Taken Normal Or Perpendicular To The Centerline. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters, Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At A Maximum Centerline Spacing Of 10 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At A Maximum Centerline Spacing Of 20 Meters. Additional Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At Significant Breaks In Topography And At Changes In The Typical Roadway Section Including Transition Change To Super Elevated Sections. Along Each Cross-section, Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded At Breaks In Topography And At Changes In Typical Roadway Section Including Transition Change To Super Elevated Sections And Shall Be No Further Apart Than 5 Meters. Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded To At Least The Anticipated Slope Stake And Reference Locations. All Cross-section Distances Shall Be Reduced To Horizontal Distances From Centerline. 3. Slope Stakes And References Slope Stakes And References Shall Be Set On Both Sides Of Centerline At The Cross-section Locations. Slope Stakes Shall Be Established In The Field As The Actual Point Of Intersection Of The Design Roadway Slope With The Natural Ground Line. Slope Stake References Shall Be Set Outside The Clearing Limits. All Reference Point And Slope Stake Information Shall Be Included On The Reference Stakes. When Initial References Are Provided, Slope Stakes May Be Set From These Points With Verification Of The Slope Stake Location With Field Measurements. Slope Stakes On Any Section That Do Not Match With The Staking Report Within The Tolerances Established In Table 1 Shall Be Recatched. Roadway Cross-section Data Shall Be Taken Between Centerline And The New Slope Stake Location. Additional References Shall Be Set Even When The Initial References Are Provided. 4. Clearing And Grubbing Limits Clearing And Grubbing Limits Shall Be Set On Both Sides Of Centerline At Roadway Cross-section Locations, Extending One (1) Meter Beyond The Toe Of The Fill Slopes Or Beyond Rounding Of Cut Slopes As The Case Maybe For The Entire Length Of The Project Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer. 5. Centerline Reestablishment Centerline Shall Be Reestablished From Instrument Control Points. The Maximum Spacing Between Centerline Points Shall Be 10 Meters When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, The Maximum Distance Between Centerline Points Shall Be 20 Meters. 6. Grade Finishing Stakes Grade Finishing Stakes Shall Be Set For Grade Elevations And Horizontal Alignment, At The Centerline And At Each Shoulder Of Roadway Cross-section Locations. Stakes Shall Be Set At The Top Of Subgrade And The Top Of Each Aggregate Course. Where Turnouts Are Constructed, Stakes Shall Be Set At The Centerline, At Each Normal Shoulder, And At The Shoulder Of The Turnout. In Parking Areas, Hubs Shall Be Set At The Center And Along The Edges Of The Parking Area. Stakes Shall Be Set At All Ditches To Be Paved. The Maximum Longitudinal Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 10 Meters When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, The Maximum Longitudinal Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 20 Meters. The Maximum Transverse Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 5 Meters. Brushes Or Guard Stakes Shall Be Used At Each Stake. 7. Culverts Culverts Shall Be Staked To Fit Field Conditions. The Location Of Culverts May Differ From The Plans. The Following Shall Be Performed: A. Survey And Record The Ground Profile Along The Culvert Centerline Including Inlet And Outlet Channel Profile Of At Least 10 Meters And As Additionally Directed By The Engineer So As To Gather All Necessary Data For The Preparation Of Pipe Projection Plan. B. Determine The Slope Catch Points At The Inlet And Outlet. C. Set The Reference Points And Record Information Necessary To Determine Culvert Length And End Treatments. D. Plot Into Scale The Profile Along The Culvert Centerline Reflecting The Natural Ground Elevation, Invert Elevation, The Flow Line, The Roadway Section, And The Size, Length And The Degree Of Elbow Of Culvert, End Treatments, Grade And Other Appurtenances. E. Plot Into Scale The Cross-section Of Inlet And Outlet Channel At Not More Than 5 Meters Interval. F. Submit The Plotted Pipe Projection Plan For Approval Of Final Culvert Length, Alignment And Headwall. G. When The Pipe Projection Plan Has Been Approved, Set Drainage Culvert Structure Survey And Reference Stakes, And Stake Inlet And Outlet To Make The Structure Functional. 8. Retaining Walls And Other Types Of Slope Protection Works Profile Measurements Along The Face Of The Proposed Wall And 2 Meters In Front Of The Wall Face Shall Be Surveyed And Recorded. Cross-sections Shall Be Taken Within The Limits Designated By The Engineer At Every 5 Meters Along The Length Of The Wall And All Major Breaks In Terrain. For Each Cross-section, Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded Every 5 Meters And At All Major Breaks In Terrain. Adequate References And Horizontal And Vertical Control Points Shall Be Set. 9. Borrow And Waste Sites The Work Essential For Initial Layout And Measurement Of The Borrow Or Waste Site Shall Be Performed. A Referenced Baseline, Site Limits, And Clearing Limits Shall Be Established. Initial And Final Cross-sections Shall Be Surveyed And Recorded. 10. Permanent Monuments And Markers All Survey And Staking Necessary To Establish Permanent Monuments And Markers Shall Be Performed. 11. Miscellaneous Survey And Staking All Surveying, Staking, And Recording Of Data Essential For Establishing The Layout And Control Of The Following Shall Be Performed, As Applicable: A. Approach Roads And Trails B. Road Right Of Way And Construction Limit In Accordance With The Approved Parcellary Plan. C. Curb And Gutter D. Guardrail E. Parking Areas F. Paved Waterways And Outfall Structures G. Lined Canals And Other Ditches H. Chutes And Spillways I. Turf Establishment-s J. Utilities K. Signs, Delineators, And Object 9 Markers I. Pavement Markings B.4.3 Method Of Measurement Construction Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Slope, Reference, And Clearing And Grubbing Stakes Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Centerline Establishment Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Centerline Reestablishment Shall Be Measured Only One Time. Culvert Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Each. Grade Finishing Stakes Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Subgrade Shall Be Measured One Time And Each Aggregate Course Shall Also Be Measured One Time. Permanent Monuments And Markers Shall Be Measured By Each Unit Placed And Installed At The Proper Locations. Miscellaneous Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Hour Of Survey Work Ordered Or By The Lump Sum. For Miscellaneous Survey And Staking Paid By The Hour, The Minimum Survey Crew Size Shall Be 2 Persons. Time Spent In Making Preparations, Travelling To And From The Project Site, Performing Calculations, Plotting Cross Sections And Other Data, Processing Computer Data, And Other Efforts Necessary To Successfully Accomplish Construction Survey And Staking Shall Not Be Measured Separately But Deemed Included As Subsidiary For Each Of The Pay Item. Project Sign Board / Billboard The Contractor Shall Ensure That The Project Site Is Identified With Information Billboard Which Shall Be Erected At The Beginning And Ending Of The Proposed Project. The Layout Of The Billboard Shall Accord To The Specifications Pursuant To The Commission On Audit (coa) Circular No. 2013-004 Issued On January 30, 2013. Coa Billboard Pao Billboard The Billboard’s Specifications Shall Conform To The Following Requirements: Tarpaulin, White, 8ft X 8ft (coa) And 4ft X 8ft (pao): Resolution: 70 Dpi; Font: Helvetica; Font Size: Main Information – 3”; Sub-information – 1”; Font Color: Black; Suitable Frame: Rigid Wood Or Steel Frame With Post; And, Posting: Outside Display At The Project Location After Award Has Been Made. Measurement The Supply And Erection Of Project Billboard Shall Be In Accordance With Provisions Of This Specification And Shall Be Measured For Payment. Basis Of Payment Payment Shall Be In Accordance With All The Cost Associated With The Compliance Of This Specification And Shall Be Included In The Contractor’s Bid Price. No Additional Or Separate Payment Will Be Made In This Regard As Well As For The Maintenance Of The Billboard. Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement B.5 Project Billboard Each Part C – Earthwork Item 100 – Clearing And Grubbing 100.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Clearing, Grubbing, Removing And Disposing All Vegetation And Debris As Designated In The Contract, Except Those Objects That Are Designated To Remain In Place Or Are To Be Removed In Consonance With Other Provisions Of This Specification. The Work Shall Also Include The Preservation From Injury Or Defacement Of All Objects Designated To Remain. 100.2 Construction Requirements 100.2.1 General The Engineer Will Establish The Limits Of Work And Designate All Trees, Shrubs, Plants And Other Things To Remain. The Contractor Shall Preserve All Objects Designated To Remain. Paint Required For Cut Or Scarred Surface Of Trees Or Shrubs Selected For Retention Shall Be An Approved Asphaltum Base Paint Prepared Especially For Tree Surgery. Clearing Shall Extend One (1) Meter Beyond The Toe Of The Fill Slopes Or Beyond Rounding Of Cut Slopes As The Case Maybe For The Entire Length Of The Project Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer And Provided It Is Within The Right Of Way Limits Of The Project, With The Exception Of Trees Under The Jurisdiction Of The Forest Management Bureau (fmb). 100.2.2 Clearing And Grubbing All Surface Objects And All Trees, Stumps, Roots And Other Protruding Obstructions, Not Designated To Remain, Shall Be Cleared And/or Grubbed, Including Mowing As Required, Except As Provided Below: (1) Removal Of Undisturbed Stumps And Roots And Nonperishable Solid Objects With A Minimum Depth Of One (1) Meter Below Subgrade Or Slope Of Embankment Will Not Be Required. (2) In Areas Outside Of The Grading Limits Of Cut And Embankment Areas, Stumps And Nonperishable Solid Objects Shall Be Cut Off Not More Than 150 Mm (6 Inches) Above The Ground Line Or Low Water Level. (3) In Areas To Be Rounded At The Top Of Cut Slopes, Stumps Shall Be Cut Off Flush With Or Below The Surface Of The Final Slope Line. (4) Grubbing Of Pits, Channel Changes And Ditches Will Be Required Only To The Depth Necessitated By The Proposed Excavation Within Such Areas. (5) In Areas Covered By Cogon/talahib, Wild Grass And Other Vegetations, Top Soil Shall Be Cut To A Maximum Depth Of 150 Mm Below The Original Ground Surface Or As Designated By The Engineer, And Disposed Outside The Clearing And Grubbing Limits As Indicated In The Typical Roadway Section. Except In Areas To Be Excavated, Stump Holes And Other Holes From Which Obstructions Are Removed Shall Be Backfilled With Suitable Material And Compacted To The Required Density. If Perishable Material Is Burned, It Shall Be Burned Under The Constant Care Of Component Watchmen At Such Times And In Such A Manner That The Surrounding Vegetation, Other Adjacent Property, Or Anything Designated To Remain On The Right Of Way Will Not Be Jeopardized. If Permitted, Burning Shall Be Done In Accordance With Applicable Laws, Ordinances, And Regulation. The Contractor Shall Use High Intensity Burning Procedures, (i.e., Incinerators, High Stacking Or Pit And Ditch Burning With Forced Air Supplements) That Produce Intense Burning With Little Or No Visible Smoke Emission During The Burning Process. At The Conclusion Of Each Burning Session, The Fire Shall Be Completely Extinguished So That No Smoldering Debris Remains. In The Event That The Contractor Is Directed By The Engineer Not To Start Burning Operations Or To Suspend Such Operations Because Of Hazardous Weather Conditions, Material To Be Burned Which Interferes With Subsequent Construction Operations Shall Be Moved By The Contractor To Temporary Locations Clear Of Construction Operations And Later, If Directed By The Engineer, Shall Be Placed On A Designated Spot And Burned. Materials And Debris Which Cannot Be Burned And Perishable Materials May Be Disposed Off By Methods And At Locations Approved By The Engineer, On Or Off The Project. If Disposal Is By Burying, The Debris Shall Be Placed In Layers With The Material So Disturbed To Avoid Nesting. Each Layer Shall Be Covered Or Mixed With Earth Material By The Land-fill Method To Fill All Voids. The Top Layer Of Material Buried Shall Be Covered With At Least 300 Mm (12 Inches) Of Earth Or Other Approved Material And Shall Be Graded, Shaped And Compacted To Present A Pleasing Appearance. If The Disposal Location Is Off The Project, The Contractor Shall Make All Necessary Arrangements With Property Owners In Writing For Obtaining Suitable Disposal Locations Which Are Outside The Limits Of View From The Project. The Cost Involved Shall Be Included In The Unit Bid Price. A Copy Of Such Agreement Shall Be Furnished To The Engineer. The Disposal Areas Shall Be Seeded, Fertilized And Mulched At The Contractor’s Expense. Woody Material May Be Disposed Off By Chipping. The Wood Chips May Be Used For Mulch, Slope Erosion Control Or May Be Uniformly Spread Over Selected Areas As Directed By The Engineer. Wood Chips Used As Mulch For Slope Erosion Control Shall Have A Maximum Thickness Of 12 Mm (1/2 Inch) And Faces Not Exceeding 3900 Mm2 (6 Square Inches) On Any Individual Surface Area. Wood Chips Not Designated For Use Under Other Sections Shall Be Spread Over The Designated Areas In Layers Not To Exceed 75 Mm (3 Inches) Loose Thickness. Diseased Trees Shall Be Buried Or Disposed Off As Directed By The Engineer. All Merchantable Timber In The Clearing Area Which Has Not Been Removed From The Right Of Way Prior To The Beginning Of Construction, Shall Become The Property Of The Contractor, Unless Otherwise Provided. Low Hanging Branches And Unsound Or Unsightly Branches On Trees Or Shrubs Designated To Remain Shall Be Trimmed As Directed. Branches Of Trees Extending Over The Roadbed Shall Be Trimmed To Give A Clear Height Of 6 M (20 Feet) Above The Roadbed Surface. All Trimming Shall Be Done By Skilled Workmen And In Accordance With Good Tree Surgery Practices. Timber Cut Inside The Area Staked For Clearing Shall Be Felled Within The Area To Be Cleared. 100.2.3 Individual Removal Of Trees Or Stumps Individual Trees Or Stumps Designated By The Engineer For Removal And Located In Areas Other Than Those Established For Clearing And Grubbing And Roadside Cleanup Shall Be Removed And Disposed Off As Specified Under Subsection 100.2.2 Except Trees Removed Shall Be Cut As Nearly Flush With The Ground As Practicable Without Removing Stumps. 100.3 Method Of Measurement Measurement Will Be By One Or More Of The Following Alternate Methods: 1. Area Basis. The Work To Be Paid For Shall Be The Number Of Hectares And Fractions Thereof Acceptably Cleared And Grubbed Within The Limits Indicated On The Plans Or As May Be Adjusted In Field Staking By The Engineer. Areas Not Within The Clearing And Grubbing Limits Shown On The Plans Or Not Staked For Clearing And Grubbing Will Not Be Measured For Payment. 2. Lump-sum Basis. When The Bill Of Quantities Contains A Clearing And Grubbing Lump-sum Item, No Measurement Of Area Will Be Made For Such Item. 3. Individual Unit Basis (selective Clearing). The Diameter Of Trees Will Be Measured At A Height Of 1.4 M (54 Inches) Above The Ground. Trees Less Than 150 Mm (6 Inches) In Diameter Will Not Be Measured For Payment. When Bill Of Quantities Indicates Measurement Of Trees By Individual Unit Basis, The Units Will Be Designated And Measured In Accordance With The Following Schedule Of Sizes: Diameter At Height Of 1.4 M Pay Item Designation Over 150 Mm To 900 Mm Small Over 900 Mm Large 100.4 Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantities, Measured As Prescribed In Section 100.3, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Each Of The Pay Items Listed Below That Is Included In The Bill Of Quantities, Which Price And Payment Shall Be Full Compensation For Furnishing All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In This Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 100 (1) Clearing And Grubbing Hectare 100 (2) Clearing And Grubbing Lump Sum 100 (3) Individual Removal Of Trees, Small Each 100 (4) Individual Removal Of Trees, Large Each Item 103 - Structure Excavation 103.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of The Necessary Excavation For Foundation Of Bridges, Culverts, Underdrains, And Other Structures Not Otherwise Provided For In The Specifications. Except As Otherwise Provided For Pipe Culverts, The Backfilling Of Completed Structures And The Disposal Of All Excavated Surplus Materials, Shall Be In Accordance With These Specifications And In Reasonably Close Conformity With The Plans Or As Established By The Engineer. This Item Shall Include Necessary Diverting Of Live Streams, Bailing, Pumping, Draining, Sheeting, Bracing, And The Necessary Construction Of Cribs And Cofferdams, And Furnishing The Materials Therefore, And The Subsequent Removal Of Cribs And Cofferdams And The Placing Of All Necessary Backfill. It Shall Also Include The Furnishing And Placing Of Approved Foundation Fill Material To Replace Unsuitable Material Encountered Below The Foundation Elevation Of Structures. No Allowance Will Be Made For Classification Of Different Types Of Material Encountered. 103.2 Construction Requirements 103.2.1 Clearing And Grubbing Prior To Starting Excavation Operations In Any Area, All Necessary Clearing And Grubbing In That Area Shall Have Been Performed In Accordance With Item 100, Clearing And Grubbing. 103.2.2 Excavation (1) General, All Structures. The Contractor Shall Notify The Engineer Sufficiently In Advance Of The Beginning Of Any Excavation So That Cross-sectional Elevations And Measurements May Be Taken On The Undisturbed Ground. The Natural Ground Adjacent To The Structure Shall Not Be Disturbed Without Permission Of The Engineer. Trenches Or Foundation Pits For Structures Or Structure Footings Shall Be Excavated To The Lines And Grades Or Elevations Shown On The Plans Or As Staked By The Engineer. They Shall Be Of Sufficient Size To Permit The Placing Of Structures Or Structure Footings Of The Full Width And Length Shown. The Elevations Of The Bottoms Of Footings, As Shown On The Plans, Shall Be Considered As Approximate Only And The Engineer May Order, In Writing, Such Changes In Dimensions Or Elevations Of Footings As May Be Deemed Necessary, To Secure A Satisfactory Foundation. Boulders, Logs, And Other Objectionable Materials Encountered In Excavation Shall Be Removed. After Each Excavation Is Completed, The Contractor Shall Notify The Engineer To That Effect And No Footing, Bedding Material Or Pipe Culvert Shall Be Placed Until The Engineer Has Approved The Depth Of Excavation And The Character Of The Foundation Material. (2) Structures Other Than Pipe Culverts. All Rock Or Other Hard Foundation Materials Shall Be Cleaned Of All Loose Materials, And Cut To A Firm Surface, Either Level, Stepped, Or Serrated As Directed By The Engineer. All Seams Or Crevices Shall Be Cleaned And Grouted. All Loose And Disintegrated Rocks And Thin Strata Shall Be Removed. When The Footing Is To Rest On Material Other Than Rock, Excavation To Final Grade Shall Not Be Made Until Just Before The Footing Is To Be Placed. When The Foundation Material Is Soft Or Mucky Or Otherwise Unsuitable, As Determined By The Engineer, The Contractor Shall Remove The Unsuitable Material And Backfill With Approved Granular Material. This Foundation Fill Shall Be Placed And Compacted In 150 Mm Layers Up To The Foundation Elevation. When Foundation Piles Are Used, The Excavation Of Each Pit Shall Be Completed Before The Piles Are Driven And Any Placing Of Foundation Fill Shall Be Done After The Piles Are Driven. After The Driving Is Completed, All Loose And Displaced Materials Shall Be Removed, Leaving A Smooth, Solid Bed To Receive The Footing. (3) Pipe Culverts. The Width Of The Pipe Trench Shall Be Sufficient To Permit Satisfactory Jointing Of The Pipe And Thorough Tamping Of The Bedding Material Under And Around The Pipe. Where Rock, Hardpan, Or Other Unyielding Material Is Encountered, It Shall Be Removed Below The Foundation Grade For A Depth Of At Least 300 Mm Or 4 Mm For Each 100 Mm Of Fill Over The Top Of Pipe, Whichever Is Greater, But Not To Exceed Three-quarters Of The Vertical Inside Diameter Of The Pipe. The Width Of The Excavation Shall Be At Least 300 Mm Greater Than The Horizontal Outside Diameter Of The Pipe. The Excavation Below Grade Shall Be Backfilled With Selected Fine Compressible Material, Such As Silty Clay Or Loam, And Lightly Compacted In Layers Not Over 150 Mm In Uncompacted Depth To Form A Uniform But Yielding Foundation. Where A Firm Foundation Is Not Encountered At The Grade Established, Due To Soft, Spongy, Or Other Unstable Soil, Such Unstable Soil Under The Pipe And For A Width Of At Least One Diameter On Each Side Of The Pipe Shall Be Removed To The Depth Directed By The Engineer And Replaced With Approved Granular Foundation Fill Material Properly Compacted To Provide Adequate Support For The Pipe, Unless Other Special Construction Methods Are Called For On The Plans. The Foundation Surface Shall Provide A Firm Foundation Of Uniform Density Throughout The Length Of The Culvert And If Directed By The Engineer, Shall Be Cambered In The Direction Parallel To The Pipe Centerline. Where Pipe Culverts Are To Be Placed In Trenches Excavated In Embankments, The Excavation Of Each Trench Shall Be Performed After The Embankment Has Been Constructed To A Plane Parallel To The Proposed Profile Grade And To Such Height Above The Bottom Of The Pipe As Shown On The Plans Or Directed By The Engineer. 103.2.3 Utilization Of Excavated Materials All Excavated Materials, So Far As Suitable, Shall Be Utilized As Backfill Or Embankment. The Surplus Materials Shall Be Disposed Of In Such Manner As Not To Obstruct The Stream Or Otherwise Impair The Efficiency Or Appearance Of The Structure. No Excavated Materials Shall Be Deposited At Any Time So As To Endanger The Partly Finished Structure. 103.2.4 Cofferdams Suitable And Practically Watertight Cofferdams Shall Be Used Wherever Water-bearing Strata Are Encountered Above The Elevation Of The Bottom Of The Excavation. If Requested, The Contractor Shall Submit Drawings Showing His Proposed Method Of Cofferdam Construction, As Directed By The Engineer. Cofferdams Or Cribs For Foundation Construction Shall In General, Be Carried Well Below The Bottoms Of The Footings And Shall Be Well Braced And As Nearly Watertight As Practicable. In General, The Interior Dimensions Of Cofferdams Shall Be Such As To Give Sufficient Clearance For The Construction Of Forms And The Inspection Of Their Exteriors, And To Permit Pumping Outside Of The Forms. Cofferdams Or Cribs Which Are Tilted Or Moved Laterally During The Process Of Sinking Shall Be Righted Or Enlarged So As To Provide The Necessary Clearance. When Conditions Are Encountered Which, As Determined By The Engineer, Render It Impracticable To Dewater The Foundation Before Placing The Footing, The Engineer May Require The Construction Of A Concrete Foundation Seal Of Such Dimensions As He May Consider Necessary, And Of Such Thickness As To Resist Any Possible Uplift. The Concrete For Such Seal Shall Be Placed As Shown On The Plans Or Directed By The Engineer. The Foundation Shall Then Be Dewatered And The Footing Placed. When Weighted Cribs Are Employed And The Mass Is Utilized To Overcome Partially The Hydrostatic Pressure Acting Against The Bottom Of The Foundation Seal, Special Anchorage Such As Dowels Or Keys Shall Be Provided To Transfer The Entire Mass Of The Crib To The Foundation Seal. When A Foundation Seal Is Placed Under Water, The Cofferdams Shall Be Vented Or Ported At Low Water Level As Directed. Cofferdams Shall Be Constructed So As To Protect Green Concrete Against Damage From Sudden Rising Of The Stream And To Prevent Damage To The Foundation By Erosion. No Timber Or Bracing Shall Be Left 30 In Cofferdams Or Cribs In Such A Way As To Extend Into Substructure Masonry, Without Written Permission From The Engineer. Any Pumping That May Be Permitted From The Interior Of Any Foundation Enclosure Shall Be Done In Such A Manner As To Preclude The Possibility Of Any Portion Of The Concrete Material Being Carried Away. Any Pumping Required During The Placing Of Concrete, Or For A Period Of At Least 24 Hours Thereafter, Shall Be Done From A Suitable Sump Located Outside The Concrete Forms. Pumping To Dewater A Sealed Cofferdam Shall Not Commence Until The Seal Has Set Sufficiently To Withstand The Hydrostatic Pressure. Unless Otherwise Provided, Cofferdams Or Cribs, With All Sheeting And Bracing Involved Therewith, Shall Be Removed By The Contractor After The Completion Of The Substructure. Removal Shall Be Effected In Such Manner As Not To Disturb Or Mar Finished Masonry. 103.2.5 Preservation Of Channel Unless Otherwise Permitted, No Excavation Shall Be Made Outside Of Caissons, Cribs, Cofferdams, Or Sheet Piling, And The Natural Stream Bed Adjacent To Structure Shall Not Be Disturbed Without Permission From The Engineer. If Any Excavation Or Dredging Is Made At The Side Of The Structure Before Caissons, Cribs, Or Cofferdams Are Sunk In Place, The Contractor Shall, After The Foundation Base Is In Place, Backfill All Such Excavations To The Original Ground Surface Or Stream Bed With Material Satisfactory To The Engineer. 103.2.6 Backfill And Embankment For Structures Other Than Pipe Culverts Excavated Areas Around Structures Shall Be Backfilled With Free Draining Granular Material Approved By The Engineer And Placed In Horizontal Layers Not Over 150 Mm In Thickness, To The Level Of The Original Ground Surface. Each Layer Shall Be Moistened Or Dried As Required And Thoroughly Compacted With Mechanical Tampers. In Placing Backfills Or Embankment, The Material Shall Be Placed Simultaneously In So Far As Possible To Approximately The Same Elevation On Both Sides Of An Abutment, Pier, Or Wall. If Conditions Require Placing Backfill Or Embankment Appreciably Higher On One Side Than On The Opposite Side, The Additional Material On The Higher Side Shall Not Be Placed Until The Masonry Has Been In Place For 14 Days, Or Until Tests Made By The Laboratory Under The Supervision Of The Engineer Establishes That The Masonry Has Attained Sufficient Strength To Withstand Any Pressure Created By The Methods Used And Materials Placed Without Damage Or Strain Beyond A Safe Factor. Backfill Or Embankment Shall Not Be Placed Behind The Walls Of Concrete Culverts Or Abutments Or Rigid Frame Structures Until The Top Slab Is Placed And Cured. Backfill And Embankment Behind Abutments Held At The Top By The Superstructure, And Behind The Sidewalls Of Culverts, Shall Be Carried Up Simultaneously Behind Opposite Abutments Or Sidewalls. All Embankments Adjacent To Structures Shall Be Constructed In Horizontal Layers And Compacted As Prescribed In Subsection 104.3.3 Except That Mechanical Tampers May Be Used For The Required Compaction. Special Care Shall Be Taken To Prevent Any Wedging Action Against The Structure, And Slopes Bounding Or Within The Areas To Be Filled Shall Be Benched Or Serrated To Prevent Wedge Action. The Placing Of Embankment And The Benching Of Slopes Shall Continue In Such A Manner That At All Times There Will Be Horizontal Berm Of Thoroughly Compacted Material For A Distance At Least Equal To The Height Of The Abutment Or Wall To Be Backfilled Against Except Insofar As Undisturbed Material Obtrudes Upon The Area. Broken Rock Or Coarse Sand And Gravel Shall Be Provided For A Drainage Filter At Weepholes As Shown On The Plans. 103.2.7 Bedding, Backfill, And Embankment For Pipe Culverts Bedding, Backfill And Embankment For Pipe Culverts Shall Be Done In Accordance With Item 500, Pipe Culverts And Storm Drains. 103.3 Method Of Measurement 103.3.1 Structure Excavation The Volume Of Excavation To Be Paid For Will Be The Number Of Cubic Meters Measured In Original Position Of Material Acceptably Excavated In Conformity With The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer, But In No Case, Except As Noted, Will Any Of The Following Volumes Be Included In The Measurement For Payment: (1) The Volume Outside Of Vertical Planes 450 Mm Outside Of And Parallel To The Neat Lines Of Footings And The Inside Walls Of Pipe And Pipe-arch Culverts At Their Widest Horizontal Dimensions. (2) The Volume Of Excavation For Culvert And Sections Outside The Vertical Plane For Culverts Stipulated In (1) Above. (3) The Volume Outside Of Neat Lines Of Underdrains As Shown On The Plans, And Outside The Limits Of Foundation Fill As Ordered By The Engineer. (4) The Volume Included Within The Staked Limits Of The Roadway Excavation, Contiguous Channel Changes, Ditches, Etc., For Which Payment Is Otherwise Provided In The Specification. (5) Volume Of Water Or Other Liquid Resulting From Construction Operations And Which Can Be Pumped Or Drained Away. (6) The Volume Of Any Excavation Performed Prior To The Taking Of Elevations And Measurements Of The Undisturbed Ground. (7) The Volume Of Any Material Rehandled, Except That Where The Plans Indicate Or The Engineer Directs The Excavation After Embankment Has Been Placed And Except That When Installation Of Pipe Culverts By The Imperfect Trench Method Specified In Item 500 Is Required, The Volume Of Material Reexcavated As Directed Will Be Included. (8) The Volume Of Excavation For Footings Ordered At A Depth More Than 1.5 M Below The Lowest Elevation For Such Footings Shown On The Original Contract Plans, Unless The Bill Of Quantities Contains A Pay Item For Excavation Ordered Below The Elevations Shown On The Plans For Individual Footings. Item 404 – Reinforcing Steel Description This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing, Bending, Fabricating And Placing Of Steel Reinforcement Of The Type, Size, Shape And Grade Required In Accordance With This Specification And In Conformity With The Requirements Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer. Strictly Implement The Usage Of Grade 40 Reinforcing Steel. Material Requirements Reinforcing Steel Shall Meet The Requirements Of Item 710, Reinforcing Steel And Wire Rope. Construction Requirements 404.3.1 Order Lists Before Materials Are Ordered, All Order Lists And Bending Diagrams Shall Be Furnished By The Contractor, For Approval Of The Engineer. The Approval Of Order Lists And Bending Diagrams By The Engineer Shall In No Way Relieve The Contractor Of Responsibility For The Correctness Of Such Lists And Diagrams. Any Expense Incident To The Revisions Of Materials Furnished In Accordance With Such Lists And Diagrams To Make Them Comply With The Plans Shall Be Borne By The Contractor. 404.3.2 Protection Of Material Steel Reinforcement Shall Be Stored Above The Surface Of The Ground Upon Platforms, Skids, Or Other Supports And Shall Be Protected As Far As Practicable From Mechanical Injury And Surface Deterioration Caused By Exposure To Conditions Producing Rust. When Placed In The Work, Reinforcement Shall Be Free From Dirt, Detrimental Rust, Loose Scale, Paint, Grease, Oil, Or Other Foreign Materials. Reinforcement Shall Be Free From Injurious Defects Such As Cracks And Laminations. Rust, Surface Seams, Surface Irregularities Or Mill Scale Will Not Be Cause For Rejection, Provided The Minimum Dimensions, Cross Sectional Area And Tensile Properties Of A Hand Wire Brushed Specimen Meets The Physical Requirements For The Size And Grade Of Steel Specified. Bending All Reinforcing Bars Requiring Bending Shall Be Cold-bent To The Shapes Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer. Bars Shall Be Bent Around A Circular Pin Having The Following Diameters (d) In Relation To The Diameter Of The Bar (d): Nominal Diameter, D, Mm Pin Diameter (d) 10 To 20 25 To 28 32 And Greater 6d 8d 10d Bends And Hooks In Stirrups Or Ties May Be Bent To The Diameter Of The Principal Bar Enclosed Therein. Placing And Fastening All Steel Reinforcement Shall Be Accurately Placed In The Position Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer And Firmly Held There During The Placing And Setting Of The Concrete. Bars Shall Be Tied At All Intersections Except Where Spacing Is Less Than 300mm In Each Directions, In Which Case, Alternate Intersections Shall Be Tied. Ties Shall Be Fastened On The Inside. Distance From The Forms Shall Be Maintained By Means Of Stays, Blocks, Ties, Hangers, Or Other Approved Supports, So That It Does Not Vary From The Position Indicated On The Plans By More Than 6mm. Blocks For Holding Reinforcement From Contact With The Forms Shall Be Precast Mortar Blocks Of Approved Shapes And Dimensions. Layers Of Bars Shall Be Separated By Precast Mortar Blocks Or By Other Equally Suitable Devices. The Use Of Pebbles, Pieces Of Broken Stone Or Brick, Metal Pipe And Wooden Blocks Shall Not Be Permitted. Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer, The Minimum Distance Between Bars Shall Be 40mm. Reinforcement In Any Member Shall Be Placed And Then Inspected And Approved By The Engineer Before The Placing Of Concrete Begins. Concrete Placed In Violation Of This Provision May Be Rejected And Removal May Be Required. If Fabric Reinforcement Is Shipped In Rolls, It Shall Be Straightened Before Being Placed. Bundled Bars Shall Be Tied Together At Not More Than 1.8m Intervals. Splicing All Reinforcement Shall Be Furnished In The Full Lengths Indicated On The Plans. Splicing Of Bars, Except Where Shown On The Plans, Will Not Be Permitted Without The Written Approval Of The Engineer. Splices Shall Be Staggered As Far As Possible And With A Minimum Separation Of Not Less Than 40 Bar Diameters. Not More Than One-third Of The Bars May Be Spliced In The Same Cross-section, Except Where Shown On The Plans. Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans, Bars Shall Be Lapped A Minimum Distance Of: Splice Type Grade 40 Min. Lap Grade 60 Min. Lap But Not Less Than Tension 24 Bar Dia 36 Bar Dia 300 Mm Compression 20 Bar Dia 24 Bar Dia 300 Mm In Lapped Splices, The Bars Shall Be Placed In Contact And Wired Together. Lapped Splices Will Not Be Permitted At Locations Where The Concrete Section Is Insufficient To Provide Minimum Clear Distance Of One And One-third The Maximum Size Of Coarse Aggregate Between The Splice And The Nearest Adjacent Bar. Welding Of Reinforcing Steel Shall Be Done Only If Detailed On The Plans Or If Authorized By The Engineer In Writing. Spiral Reinforcement Shall Be Spliced By Lapping At Least One And A Half Turns Or By Butt Welding Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans. Lapping Of Bar Mat Sheets Of Mesh Or Bar Mat Reinforcement Shall Overlap Each Other Sufficiently To Maintain A Uniform Strength And Shall Be Securely Fastened At The Ends And Edges. The Overlap Shall Not Be Less Than One Mesh In Width. Method Of Measurement The Quantity Of Reinforcing Steel To Be Paid For Will Be The Final Quantity Placed And Accepted In The Completed Structure. No Allowance Will Be Made For Tie-wires, Separators, Wire Chairs And Other Material Used In Fastening The Reinforcing Steel In Place. If Bars Are Substituted Upon The Contractor’s Request And Approved By The Engineer And As A Result Thereof More Steel Is Used Than Specified, Only The Mass Specified Shall Be Measured For Payment. No Measurement Or Payment Will Be Made For Splices Added By The Contractor Unless Directed Or Approved By The Engineer. When There Is No Item For Reinforcing Steel In The Bill Of Quantities, Costs Will Be Considered As Incidental To The Other Items In The Bill Of Quantities. Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantity, Measured As Prescribed In Section 404.4, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Reinforcing Steel Which Price And Payment Shall Be Full Compensation For Furnishing And Placing All Materials, Including All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In This Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 404 Reinforcing Steel Kilogram Item 405 – Structural Concrete Description 405.1.1 Scope This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing, Bending, Placing And Finishing Concrete In All Structures Except Pavements In Accordance With This Specification And Conforming To The Lines, Grades, And Dimensions Shown On The Plans. Concrete Shall Consist Of A Mixture Of Portland Cement, Fine Aggregate, Coarse Aggregate, Admixture When Specified, And Water Mixed In The Proportions Specified Or Approved By The Engineer. The Structural Strength Of Concrete Shall Be 24 Mpa. 405.1.2 Classes And Uses Of Concrete Five Classes Of Concrete Are Provided For In This Item, Namely: A, B, C, P And Seal. Each Class Shall Be Used In That Part Of The Structure As Called For On The Plans. The Classes Of Concrete Will Generally Be Used As Follows: Class A – All Superstructures And Heavily Reinforced Substructures. The Important Parts Of The Structure Included Are Slabs, Beams, Girders, Columns, Arch Ribs, Box Culverts, Reinforced Abutments, Retaining Walls, And Reinforced Footings. Class B – Footings, Pedestals, Massive Pier Shafts, Pipe Bedding, And Gravity Walls, Unreinforced Or With Only A Small Amount Of Reinforcement. Class C – Thin Reinforced Sections, Railings, Precast R.c. Piles And Cribbing And For Filler In Steel Grid Floors. Class P – Prestressed Concrete Structures And Members. Seal – Concrete Deposited In Water. Material Requirements 405.2.1 Portland Cement It Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.1. Fine Aggregate It Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.2. Coarse Aggregate It Shall Conform All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.3 Except That Gradation Shall Conform To Table 405.1. Table 405.1 – Grading Requirements For Coarse Aggregate Sieve Designation Mass Percent Passing Standard Mm Alternate Us Standard Class A Class B Class C Class P Class Seal 63 50 37.5 25 19.0 12.5 9.5 4.75 2-1/2” 2” 1-1/2” 1” ¾” ½” 3/8” No.4 100 95 – 100 - 35 – 70 - 10 – 30 0 - 5 100 95 – 100 - 35 – 70 - 10 – 30 - 0 - 5 100 90 – 100 40 – 70 0 – 15* 100 95 – 100 - 20 – 55 0 – 10* 100 95 – 100 - 25 – 60 - 0 – 10* * The Measured Cement Content Shall Be Within Plus (+) Or Minus (-) 2 Mass Percent Of The Design Cement Content. Water It Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.4 Reinforcing Steel It Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Item 710, Reinforcing Steel And Wire Rope. Admixtures Admixtures Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.7 Curing Materials Curing Materials Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.8. Expansion Joint Materials Expansion Joint Materials Shall Be: Preformed Sponge Rubber And Cork, Conforming To Aashto M 153. Hot-poured Elastic Type, Conforming To Aashto M 173. Preformed Fillers, Conforming To Aashto M 213. Elastomeric Compression Joint Seals These Shall Conform To Aashto M 220. Elastomeric Bearing Pads These Shall Conform To Aashto M 251 Or Item 412 – Elastomeric Bearing Pads. Storage Of Cement And Aggregates Storage Of Cement And Aggregates Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.10. Sampling And Testing Of Structural Concrete As Work Progresses, At Least One (1) Sample Consisting Of Three (3) Concrete Cylinder Test Specimens, 150 X 300mm (6 X 12 Inches), Shall Be Taken From Each Seventy-five (75) Cubic Meters Of Each Class Of Concrete Or Fraction Thereof Placed Each Day. Compliance With The Requirements Of This Section Shall Be Determined In Accordance With The Following Standard Methods Of Aashto: Sampling Of Fresh Concrete Weight Per Cubic Metre And Air Content (gravi- Metric) Of Concrete Sieve Analysis Of Fine And Coarse Aggregates Slump Of Portland Cement Concrete Specific Gravity And Absorption Of Fine Aggregate T 141 T 121 T 27 T 119 T 84 Tests For Strength Shall Be Made In Accordance With The Following: Making And Curing Concrete Compressive And Flexural Tests Specimens In The Field Compressive Strength Of Molded Concrete Cylinders T 23 T 22 Production Requirements Proportioning And Strength Of Structural Concrete The Concrete Materials Shall Be Proportioned In Accordance With The Requirements For Each Class Of Concrete As Specified In Table 405.2, Using The Absolute Volume Method As Outlined In The American Concrete Institute (aci) Standard 211.1. “recommended Practice For Selecting Proportions For Normal And Heavyweight Concrete”. Other Methods Of Proportioning May Be Employed In The Mix Design With Prior Approval Of The Engineer. The Mix Shall Either Be Designed Or Approved By The Engineer. A Change In The Source Of Materials During The Progress Of Work May Necessitate A New Mix Design. The Strength Requirements For Each Class Of Concrete Shall Be As Specified In Table 405.2. Table 405.2 - Composition And Strength Of Concrete For Use In Structures Class Of Concrete Minimum Cement Content Per M3 Kg (bag**) Maximum Water/ Cement Ratio Kg/kg Consistency Range In Slump Mm (inch) Designated Size Of Coarse Aggregate Square Opening Std. Mm Minimum Compressive Strength Of 150x300mm Concrete Cylinder Specimen At 28 Days, Mn/m2 (psi) A B C P Seal 360 (9 Bags) 320 (8 Bags) 380 (9.5 Bags) 440 (11 Bags) 380 (9.5 Bags) 0.53 0.58 0.55 0.49 0.58 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 100 Max. (4 Max.) 100 – 200 (4 - 8) 37.5 – 4.75 (1-1/2” – No. 4) 50 – 4.75 (2” – No. 4) 12.5 – 4.75 (1/2” – No. 4) 19.0 – 4.75 (3/4” – No. 4) 25 – 4.75 (1” – No. 4) 20.7 (3000) 16.5 (2400) 20.7 (3000) 37.7 (5000) 20.7 (3000) * The Measured Cement Content Shall Be Within Plus Or Minus 2 Mass Percent Of The Design Cement Content. ** Based On 40 Kg/bag 405.4.2 Consistency Concrete Shall Have A Consistency Such That It Will Be Workable In The Required Position. It Shall Be Of Such A Consistency That It Will Flow Around Reinforcing Steel But Individual Particles Of The Coarse Aggregate When Isolated Shall Show A Coating Of Mortar Containing Its Proportionate Amount Of Sand. The Consistency Of Concrete Shall Be Gauged By The Ability Of The Equipment To Properly Place It And Not By The Difficulty In Mixing And Transporting. The Quantity Of Mixing Water Shall Be Determined By The Engineer And Shall Not Be Varied Without His Consent. Concrete As Dry As It Is Practical To Place With The Equipment Specified Shall Be Used. 405.4.3 Batching Measuring And Batching Of Materials Shall Be Done At A Batching Plant. Portland Cement Either Sacked Or Bulk Cement May Be Used. No Fraction Of A Sack Of Cement Shall Be Used In A Batch Of Concrete Unless The Cement Is Weighed. All Bulk Cement Shall Be Weighed On An Approved Weighing Device. The Bulk Cement Weighing Hopper Shall Be Properly Sealed And Vented To Preclude Dusting Operation. The Discharge Chute Shall Not Be Suspended From The Weighing Hopper And Shall Be So Arranged That Cement Will Neither Be Lodged In It Nor Leak From It. Accuracy Of Batching Shall Be Within Plus (+) Or Minus (-) 1 Mass Percent. Water Water May Be Measured Either By Volume Or By Weight. The Accuracy Of Measuring The Water Shall Be Within A Range Of Error Of Not More Than 1 Percent. Aggregates Stockpiling Of Aggregates Shall Be In Accordance With Subsection 311.2.10. All Aggregates Whether Produced Or Handled By Hydraulic Methods Or Washed, Shall Be Stockpiled Or Binned For Draining For At Least 12 Hours Prior To Batching. Rail Shipment Requiring More Than12 Hours Will Be Accepted As Adequate Binning Only If The Car Bodies Permit Free Drainage. If The Aggregates Contain High Or Non-uniform Moisture Content, Storage Or Stockpile Period In Excess Of 12 Hours May Be Required By The Engineer. Batching Shall Be Conducted As To Result In A 2 Mass Percent Maximum Tolerance For The Required Materials. Bins And Scales The Batching Plant Shall Include Separate Bins For Bulk Cement, Fine Aggregate And For Each Size Of Coarse Aggregate, A Weighing Hopper, And Scales Capable Of Determining Accurately The Mass Of Each Component Of The Batch. Scales Shall Be Accurate To One-half (0.5) Percent Throughout The Range Used. Batching When Batches Are Hauled To The Mixer, Bulk Cement Shall Be Transported Either In Waterproof Compartments Or Between The Fine And Coarse Aggregate. When Cement Is Placed In Contact With Moist Aggregates, Batches Will Be Rejected Unless Mixed Within 1-1/2 Hours Of Such Contact. Sacked Cement May Be Transported On Top Of The Aggregates. Batches Shall Be Delivered To The Mixer Separate And Intact. Each Batch Shall Be Dumped Cleanly Into The Mixer Without Loss, And, When More Than One Batch Is Carried On The Truck, Without Spilling Of Material From One Batch Compartment Into Another. Admixtures The Contractor Shall Follow An Approved Procedure For Adding The Specified Amount Of Admixture To Each Batch And Will Be Responsible For Its Uniform Operation During The Progress Of The Work. He Shall Provide Separate Scales For The Admixtures Which Are To Be Proportioned By Weight, And Accurate Measures For Those To Be Proportioned By Volume. Admixtures Shall Be Measured Into The Mixer With An Accuracy Of Plus Or Minus Three (3) Percent. The Use Of Calcium Chloride As An Admixture Will Not Be Permitted. 405.4.4 Mixing And Delivery Concrete May Be Mixed At The Site Of Construction, At A Central Point Or By A Combination Of Central Point And Truck Mixing Or By A Combination Of Central Point Mixing And Truck Agitating. Mixing And Delivery Of Concrete Shall Be In Accordance With The Appropriate Requirements Of Aashto M 157 Except As Modified In The Following Paragraphs Of This Section, For Truck Mixing Or A Combination Of Central Point And Truck Mixing Or Truck Agitating. Delivery Of Concrete Shall Be Regulated So That Placing Is At A Continuous Rate Unless Delayed By The Placing Operations. The Intervals Between Delivery Of Batches Shall Not Be So Great As To Allow The Concrete Inplace To Harden Partially, And In No Case Shall Such An Interval Exceed 30 Minutes. In Exceptional Cases And When Volumetric Measurements Are Authorized, For Small Project Requiring Less Than 75 Cu.m. Per Day Of Pouring, The Weight Proportions Shall Be Converted To Equivalent Volumetric Proportions. In Such Cases, Suitable Allowance Shall Be Made For Variations In The Moisture Condition Of The Aggregates, Including The Bulking Effect In The Fine Aggregate. Batching And Mixing Shall Be In Accordance With Astm C 685, Section 6 Through 9. Concrete Mixing, By Chute Is Allowed Provided That A Weighing Scales For Determining The Batch Weight Will Be Used. For Batch Mixing At The Site Of Construction Or At A Central Point, A Batch Mixer Of An Approved Type Shall Be Used. Mixer Having A Rated Capacity Of Less Than A One-bag Batch Shall Not Be Used. The Volume Of Concrete Mixed Per Batch Shall Not Exceed The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Standard Rating Plate On The Mixer Except That An Overload Up To 10 Percent Above The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity May Be Permitted, Provided Concrete Test Data For Strength, Segregation, And Uniform Consistency Are Satisfactory And Provided No Spillage Of Concrete Takes Place. The Batch Shall Be So Charge Into The Drum That A Portion Of The Water Shall Enter In Advance Of The Cement And Aggregates. The Flow Of Water Shall Be Uniform And All Water Shall Be In The Drum By The End Of The First 15 Seconds Of The Mixing Period. Mixing Time Shall Be Measured From The Time All Materials, Except Water, Are In The Drum. Mixing Time Shall Not Be Less Than 60 Seconds For Mixers Having A Capacity Of 1.5m3 Or Less. For Mixers Having A Capacity Greater Than 1.5m3, The Mixing Time Shall Not Be Less Than 90 Seconds. If Timing Starts, The Instant The Skip Reaches Its Maximum Raised Position, 4 Seconds Shall Be Added To The Specified Mixing Time. Mixing Time Ends When The Discharge Chute Opens. The Mixer Shall Be Operated At The Drum Speed As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Name Plate On The Mixer. Any Concrete Mixed Less Than The Specified Time Shall Be Discarded And Disposed Off By The Contractor At His Own Expenses. The Timing Device On Stationary Mixers Shall Be Equipped With A Bell Or Other Suitable Warning Device Adjusted To Give A Clearly Audible Signal Each Time The Lock Is Released. In Case Of Failure Of The Timing Device, The Contractor Will Be Permitted To Continue Operations While It Is Being Repaired, Provided He Furnishes An Approved Timepiece Equipped With Minute And Second Hands. If The Timing Device Is Not Placed In Good Working Order Within 24 Hours, Further Use Of The Mixer Will Be Prohibited Until Repairs Are Made. Retempering Concrete Will Not Be Permitted. Admixtures For Increasing The Workability, For Retarding The Set, Or For Accelerating The Set Or Improving The Pumping Characteristics Of The Concrete Will Be Permitted Only When Specifically Provided For In The Contract, Or Authorized In Writing By The Engineer. Mixing Concrete: General Concrete Shall Be Thoroughly Mixed In A Mixer Of An Approved Size And Type That Will Insure A Uniform Distribution Of The Materials Throughout The Mass. All Concrete Shall Be Mixed In Mechanically Operated Mixers. Mixing Plant And Equipment For Transporting And Placing Concrete Shall Be Arranged With An Ample Auxiliary Installation To Provide A Minimum Supply Of Concrete In Case Of Breakdown Of Machinery Or In Case The Normal Supply Of Concrete Is Disrupted. The Auxiliary Supply Of Concrete Shall Be Sufficient To Complete The Casting Of A Section Up To A Construction Joint That Will Meet The Approval Of The Engineer. Equipment Having Components Made Of Aluminum Or Magnesium Alloys, Which Would Have Contact With Plastic Concrete During Mixing, Transporting Or Pumping Of Portland Cement Concrete, Shall Not Be Used. Concrete Mixers Shall Be Equipped With Adequate Water Storage And A Device Of Accurately Measuring And Automatically Controlling The Amount Of Water Used. Materials Shall Be Measured By Weighing. The Apparatus Provided For Weighing The Aggregates And Cement Shall Be Suitably Designed And Constructed For This Purpose. The Accuracy Of All Weighing Devices Except That For Water Shall Be Such That Successive Quantities Can Be Measured To Within One Percent Of The Desired Amounts. The Water Measuring Device Shall Be Accurate To Plus Or Minus 0.5 Mass Percent. All Measuring Devices Shall Be Subject To The Approval Of The Engineer. Scales And Measuring Devices Shall Be Tested At The Expense Of The Contractor As Frequently As The Engineer May Deem Necessary To Insure Their Accuracy. Weighing Equipment Shall Be Insulated Against Vibration Or Movement Of Other Operating Equipment In The Plant. When The Entire Plant Is Running, The Scale Reading At Cut-off Shall Not Vary From The Weight Designated By The Engineer More Than One Mass Percent For Cement, 1-1/2 Mass Percent For Any Size Of Aggregate, Or One (1) Mass Percent For The Total Aggregate In Any Batch. Mixing Concrete At Site Concrete Mixers May Be Of The Revolving Drum Or The Revolving Blade Type And The Mixing Drum Or Blades Shall Be Operated Uniformly At The Mixing Speed Recommended By The Manufacturer. The Pick-up And Throw-over Blades Of Mixers Shall Be Restored Or Replaced When Any Part Or Section Is Worn 20mm Or More Below The Original Height Of The Manufacturer’s Design. Mixers And Agitators Which Have An Accumulation Of Hard Concrete Or Mortar Shall Not Be Used. When Bulk Cement Is Used And Volume Of The Batch Is 0.5m3 Or More, The Scale And Weigh Hopper For Portland Cement Shall Be Separate And Distinct From The Aggregate Hopper Or Hoppers. The Discharge Mechanism Of The Bulk Cement Weigh Hopper Shall Be Interlocked Against Opening Before The Full Amount Of Cement Is In The Hopper. The Discharging Mechanism Shall Also Be Interlocked Against Opening When The Amount Of Cement In The Hopper Is Underweight By More Than One (1) Mass Percent Or Overweight By More Than 3 Mass Percent Of The Amount Specified. When The Aggregate Contains More Water Than The Quantity Necessary To Produce A Saturated Surface Dry Condition, Representative Samples Shall Be Taken And The Moisture Content Determined For Each Kind Of Aggregate. The Batch Shall Be So Charged Into The Mixer That Some Water Will Enter In Advance Of Cement And Aggregate. All Water Shall Be In The Drum By The End Of The First Quarter Of The Specified Mixing Time. Cement Shall Be Batched And Charged Into The Mixer So That It Will Not Result In Loss Of Cement Due To The Effect Of Wind, Or In Accumulation Of Cement On Surface Of Conveyors Or Hoppers, Or In Other Conditions Which Reduce Or Vary The Required Quantity Of Cement In The Concrete Mixture. The Entire Content Of A Batch Mixer Shall Be Removed From The Drum Before Materials For A Succeeding Batch Are Placed Therein. The Materials Composing A Batch Except Water Shall Be Deposited Simultaneously Into The Mixer. All Concrete Shall Be Mixed For A Period Of Not Less Than 1-1/2 Minutes After All Materials, Including Water, Are In The Mixer. During The Period Of Mixing, The Mixer Shall Operate At The Speed For Which It Has Been Designed. Mixers Shall Be Operated With An Automatic Timing Device That Can Be Locked By The Engineer. The Time Device And Discharge Mechanics Shall Be So Interlocked That During Normal Operation No Part Of The Batch Will Be Charged Until The Specified Mixing Time Has Elapsed. The First Batch Of Concrete Materials Placed In The Mixer Shall Contain A Sufficient Excess Of Cement, Sand, And Water To Coat Inside Of The Drum Without Reducing The Required Mortar Content Of The Mix. When Mixing Is To Cease For A Period Of One Hour Or More, The Mixer Shall Be Thoroughly Cleaned. Mixing Concrete At Central Plant Mixing At Central Plant Shall Conform To The Requirements For Mixing At The Site. Mixing Concrete In Truck Truck Mixers, Unless Otherwise Authorized By The Engineer, Shall Be Of The Revolving Drum Type, Water-tight, And So Constructed That The Concrete Can Be Mixed To Insure A Uniform Distribution Of Materials Throughout The Mass. All Solid Materials For The Concrete Shall Be Accurately Measured And Charged Into The Drum At The Proportioning Plant. Except As Subsequently Provided, The Truck Mixer Shall Be Equipped With A Device By Which The Quantity Of Water Added Can Be Readily Verified. The Mixing Water May Be Added Directly To The Batch, In Which Case A Tank Is Not Required. Truck Mixers May Be Required To Be Provided With A Means Of Which The Mixing Time Can Be Readily Verified By The Engineer. The Maximum Size Of Batch In Truck Mixers Shall Not Exceed The Minimum Rated Capacity Of The Mixer As Stated By The Manufacturer And Stamped In Metal On The Mixer. Truck Mixing, Shall, Unless Other-wise Directed Be Continued For Not Less Than 100 Revolutions After All Ingredients, Including Water, Are In The Drum. The Mixing Speed Shall Not Be Less Than 4 Rpm, Nor More Than 6 Rpm. Mixing Shall Begin Within 30 Minutes After The Cement Has Been Added Either To The Water Or Aggregate, But When Cement Is Charged Into A Mixer Drum Containing Water Or Surface Wet Aggregate And When The Temperature Is Above 32oc, This Limit Shall Be Reduced To 15 Minutes. The Limitation In Time Between The Introduction Of The Cement To The Aggregate And The Beginning Of The Mixing May Be Waived When, In The Judgement Of The Engineer, The Aggregate Is Sufficiently Free From Moisture, So That There Will Be No Harmful Effects On The Cement. When A Truck Mixer Is Used For Transportation, The Mixing Time Specified In Subsection 405.4.4 (3) At A Stationary Mixer May Be Reduced To 30 Seconds And The Mixing Completed In A Truck Mixer. The Mixing Time In The Truck Mixer Shall Be As Specified For Truck Mixing. Transporting Mixed Concrete Mixed Concrete May Only Be Transported To The Delivery Point In Truck Agitators Or Truck Mixers Operating At The Speed Designated By The Manufacturers Of The Equipment As Agitating Speed, Or In Non-agitating Hauling Equipment, Provided The Consistency And Workability Of The Mixed Concrete Upon Discharge At The Delivery Point Is Suitable Point For Adequate Placement And Consolidation In Place. Truck Agitators Shall Be Loaded Not To Exceed The Manufacturer’s Guaranteed Capacity. They Shall Maintain The Mixed Concrete In A Thoroughly Mixed And Uniform Mass During Hauling. No Additional Mixing Water Shall Be Incorporated Into The Concrete During Hauling Or After Arrival At The Delivery Point. The Rate Of Discharge Of Mixed Concrete From Truck Mixers Or Agitators Shall Be Controlled By The Speed Of Rotation Of The Drum In The Discharge Direction With The Discharge Gate Fully Open. When A Truck Mixer Or Agitator Is Used For Transporting Concrete To The Delivery Point, Discharge Shall Be Completed Within One Hour, Or Before 250 Revolutions Of The Drum Or Blades, Whichever Comes First, After The Introduction Of The Cement To The Aggregates. Under Conditions Contributing To Quick Stiffening Of The Concrete Or When The Temperature Of The Concrete Is 30oc, Or Above, A Time Less Than One Hour Will Be Required. Delivery Of Mixed Concrete The Contractor Shall Have Sufficient Plant Capacity And Transportation Apparatus To Insure Continuous Delivery At The Rate Required. The Rate Of Delivery Of Concrete During Concreting Operations Shall Be Such As To Provide For The Proper Handling, Placing And Finishing Of The Concrete. The Rate Shall Be Such That The Interval Between Batches Shall Not Exceed 20 Minutes. The Methods Of Delivering And Handling The Concrete Shall Be Such As Will Facilitate Placing Of The Minimum Handling. Method Of Measurement The Quantity Of Structural Concrete To Be Paid For Will Be The Final Quantity Placed And Accepted In The Completed Structure. No Deduction Will Be Made For The Volume Occupied By Pipe Less Than 100mm (4 Inches) In Diameter Or By Reinforcing Steel, Anchors, Conduits, Weep Holes Or Expansion Joint Materials. Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantities, Measured As Prescribed In Section 405.5, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Each Of The Pay Item Listed Below That Is Included In The Bill Of Quantities. Payment Shall Constitute Full Compensation For Furnishing, Placing And Finishing Concrete Including All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In The Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 405 (1) 405 (2) 405 (3) 405 (4) 405 (5) Structural Concrete, Class A Structural Concrete, Class B Structural Concrete, Class C Structural Concrete, Class P Seal Concrete Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter V. Concrete, Masonry And Plastering Works A. General: All Concrete Works To Be Done Herein Shall Be In Accordance With Aci Requirement And/ Or Standard Specifications As Adopted By The Government. B. Cement Shall Be Portland Cement (type1) With 40 Kgs/bag. C. Fine Aggregates Shall Be Clean Hold River Sand, Free From Injurious Amount Of Clay, Loam And Vegetable Matter. D. Coarse Aggregates Shall Be River Run Gravel Or Broken Stones. The Maximum Size Shall Be 1/5 Of The Nearest Dimensions Between Side Forms Of The Concrete Members Or ¾ The Maximum Clear Spacing Between Reinforcing Bars. E. Reinforcing Bars: Reinforcing Bars Shall Be Intermediate Grade And Deformed And Shall Have Minimum Yield Strength Of 275 Mpa (40,000 Psi) F. The Wires Shall Be Locally Produced G.i. Wire Gauge No. 16. G. Placing Reinforcement Provide Bars, Wire Fabrics, Wire Ties, Supports And Other Devices Necessary To Install And Secure Reinforcement. Reinforcement Shall Not Contain Rust, Scale Oil, Grease Clay And Foreign Substances That Would Reduce The Bond. Rusting Of Reinforcement Is A Basis Of Rejection If The Effective Cross-sectional Area Of The Normal Weight Per Foot Of The Reinforcement Has Been Reduced To Less Than Specified In Paragraph Entitled “reinforcing Bars”. Remove Loose Rust Prior To Placing Of Steel. Splices Shall Be Approved Prior To Use. Do Not Splice At Points Of Maximum Stress. Overlapped Welded Wire Fabric The Spacing Of The Cross Wires, Plus 50 Mm (2 Inches). H. Concrete Hollow Blocks: 1. For Walls And Partitions, Use Chb Or Its Equivalent. 2. Minimum Comprehensive Strength Shall Be 700 Psi. I. All Concrete Cured For Least Seven (7) Days To Twenty-eight (28) Days If Possible After Placement To Attain The Required Strength Of Concrete. J. Removal Of Forms: Forms Shall Be Removed In Such A Manner As Not To Impair The Safety And Serviceability Of The Structures. K. Proportions Of All Materials Entering Into Concrete Shall Be Of Class “a”. L. Mixture For Concrete Slab: Thickness Of Slab Shall Be 200mm Thick. A Mixture Of Washed Sand, Screened Gravel And Portland Cement. M. Mixture For Plastering: Thickness Of Plaster Shall Be 16mm Thick. A Mixture Of Washed Sand And Portland Cement. Vi. Wall Installation Use 0.5mm Thk G.i. Rib-type Longspan Prepainted For Wall Cladding And 2” X 4” X 1.5mm X 6m C-purlins For Wall Cladding Framing. Section Vii. Drawings Annex A – Architectural Design Annex B- Project Billboard Plan Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities Bid No. Agr- 25-219-b Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total Cost No. I. Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking 733.50 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m. P Ii. Excavation Works 391.77 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Cu.m. P Iii. Backfill 275.16 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Cu.m P Iv-a. Concreting (concrete Works) 185.02 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) /cu.m. P Iv-b. Gravel Bedding (concrete Works) 16.28 Cu.m Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) /cu.m P Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total Cost No. Iv-c. Steel Works (concrete Works) 11,500.00 Kgs. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Kgs. P Iv-d Formworks (concrete Works) 1,356.36 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m. P V. Masonry Works 1,271.40 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m P Vi. Plastering Works 2,886.00 Sq..m Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) /sq.m P Total Bid Cost In Figures P Total Bid Cost In Words Summary Of Costs Item No. Bid Amount Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking ₱ _____________________________ Excavation Works ₱ _____________________________ Backfill ₱ _____________________________ Iv-a. Concreting (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-b. Gravel Bedding (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-c. Steel Works (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-d. Formworks (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ V. Masonry Works ₱ _____________________________ Vi. Plastering Works ₱ _____________________________ Total Bid Amount ₱ _____________________________ Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages) In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of The Irr; 1. Registration Certificate From Sec, Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) For Sole Proprietorship Or Cda For Cooperatives, Or Any Proof Of Such Registration. 2. Mayor’s Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality – Where The Principal Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located; 3. Tax Clearance Per Executive Order 398, Series Of 2005, A S Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bir 4. Audited Financial Statements, Showing, Among Others, The Prospective Total And Current Assets And Liabilities, Stamped “received” By The Bir Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions For The Preceding Calendar Year Which Should Not Be Earlier Than Two (2) Years From The Date Of Bid Submission; For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid Technical Documents ⬜ Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided Under The Rules; And ⬜ Special Pcab License In Case Of Joint Ventures; And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission; Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And Project Requirements, Which Shall Include The Following: ⬜ Organizational Chart For The Contract To Be Bid; ⬜ List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen), To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data; ⬜ List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership Or Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be; And ⬜ Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc). Class “b” Documents ⬜ If Applicable, Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Accordance With Ra No. 4566 And Its Irr In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence; Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Financial Component Envelope ⬜ Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 ⬜ Original Of Duly Signed Bid Prices In The Bill Of Quantities; And ⬜ Duly Accomplished Detailed Estimates Form, Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates, And Equipment Rentals Used In Coming Up With The Bid; And ⬜ Cash Flow By Quarter. Bid Form For The Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Bid Form Date : Project Identification No. : To: [name And Address Of Procuring Entity] Having Examined The Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) Including The Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin Numbers [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Declare That: We Have No Reservation To The Pbds, Including The Supplemental Or Bid Bulletins, For The Procurement Project: [insert Name Of Contract]; We Offer To Execute The Works For This Contract In Accordance With The Pbds; The Total Price Of Our Bid In Words And Figures, Excluding Any Discounts Offered Below Is: [insert Information]; The Discounts Offered And The Methodology For Their Application Are: [insert Information]; The Total Bid Price Includes The Cost Of All Taxes, Such As, But Not Limited To: [specify The Applicable Taxes, E.g. (i) Value Added Tax (vat), (ii) Income Tax, (iii) Local Taxes, And (iv) Other Fiscal Levies And Duties], Which Are Itemized Herein And Reflected In The Detailed Estimates, Our Bid Shall Be Valid Within The Period Stated In The Pbds, And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period; If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Commit To Obtain A Performance Security In The Amount Of [insert Percentage Amount] Percent Of The Contract Price For The Due Performance Of The Contract, Or A Performance Securing Declaration In Lieu Of The The Allowable Forms Of Performance Security, Subject To The Terms And Conditions Of Issued Gppb Guidelines12 For This Purpose; We Are Not Participating, As Bidders, In More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process, Other Than Alternative Offers In Accordance With The Bidding Documents; We Understand That This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof Included In Your Notification Of Award, Shall Constitute A Binding Contract Between Us, Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed; And We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Other Bid That You May Receive. We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, Is The Duly Authorized Representative Of The Bidder, And Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute 12 Currently Based On Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For The [name Of Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Bill Of Quantities, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Name: Legal Capacity: Signature: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And Behalf Of: Date: Bid Securing Declaration Form [shall Be Submitted With The Bid If Bidder Opts To Provide This Form Of Bid Security] Republic Of The Philippines) City Of ) S.s. Bid Securing Declaration Project Identification No.: [insert Number] To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we, The Undersigned, Declare That: I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Procurement Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f),of The Irr Of Ra No. 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; And I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice] Omnibus Sworn Statement (revised) [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; [select One, Delete The Rest:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This Day Of , 20 At , Philippines. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice]

Details: Description Philippine Bidding Documents (as Harmonized With Development Partners) Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo Bid No. Agr-25-219-b Iloilo Provincial Government Sixth Edition Table Of Contents Glossary Of Terms, Abbreviations, And Acronyms 4 Section I. Invitation To Bid 6 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders 8 1. Scope Of Bid 8 2. Funding Information 8 3. Bidding Requirements 8 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices 8 5. Eligible Bidders 9 6. Origin Of Associated Goods 9 7. Subcontracts 9 8. Pre-bid Conference 9 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents 9 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 10 12. Alternative Bids 10 13. Bid Prices 11 14. Bid And Payment Currencies 11 15. Bid Security 11 16. Sealing And Marking Of Bids 11 17. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 11 18. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 12 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 12 20. Post Qualification 12 21. Signing Of The Contract 12 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet 13 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract 15 1. Scope Of Contract 15 2. Sectional Completion Of Works 15 3. Possession Of Site 15 4. The Contractor’s Obligations 15 5. Performance Security 16 6. Site Investigation Reports 16 7. Warranty 16 8. Liability Of The Contractor 16 9. Termination For Other Causes 16 10. Dayworks 17 11. Program Of Work 17 12. Instructions, Inspections And Audits 17 13. Advance Payment 17 14. Progress Payments 17 15. Operating And Maintenance Manuals 17 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract 18 Section Vi. Specifications 19 Section Vii. Drawings 27 Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities 49 Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents 52 Glossary Of Terms, Abbreviations, And Acronyms Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Arcc – Allowable Range Of Contract Cost. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Cda – Cooperative Development Authority. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Contractor – Is A Natural Or Juridical Entity Whose Proposal Was Accepted By The Procuring Entity And To Whom The Contract To Execute The Work Was Awarded. Contractor As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Supplier, Distributor, Manufacturer, Or Consultant. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Dole – Department Of Labor And Employment. Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project – Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Pcab – Philippine Contractors Accreditation Board. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Un – United Nations. Republic Of The Philippines Iloilo Provincial Government Section I. Invitation To Bid For Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo Bid No. Agr-25-219-b The Iloilo Provincial Government, Through The 20% Nta Development Fund Fy-2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of Five Million Pesos (p5,000,000.00) Being The Approved Budget For The Contract (abc) To Payments Under The Contract For Agr-25-219-b For The Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo For The Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. The Iloilo Provincial Government Now Invites Bids For The Above Procurement Project. Completion Of The Works Is Required Ninety (90) Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instructions To Bidders). Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184. Interested Bidders May Obtain Further Information From The Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below From 8:00am To 5:00pm. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On March 28, 2025 From Given Address And Website/s Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Five Thousand Pesos (p5, 000,00). The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees In Person. The Iloilo Provincial Government Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On April 8, 2025, 9:00 A.m. At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines, And/or Through Videoconferencing/webcasting Via Zoom Conference Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. The Default Meeting Id And Password Shall Be: Meeting Id: 4340851724 // Password: 0922 Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City On Or Before April 22, 2025, 9:00 A.m. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 16. Bid Opening Shall Be On April 22, 2025, 9:01 A.m. At Bids And Awards Committee Secretariat, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City, Philippines. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. The Iloilo Provincial Government Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Atty. Raemman M. Lagrada Head, Bac Secretariat 5f New Iloilo Provincial Capitol Bonifacio Drive, Iloilo City Tel. No. (33) 336-0736 Fax No. (33) 337-7731 Email: Ipg_bacs@yahoo.com You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Www.iloilo.gov.ph March 17, 2025 Atty. Dennis T. Ventilacion Bac Chairperson Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Iloilo Provincial Government Invites Bids For The Improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo With Project Identification Number Agr-25-219-b. The Procurement Project (referred To Herein As “project”) Is For The Construction Of Works, As Described In Section Vi (specifications). Funding Information The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For 2025 In The Amount Of Five Million Pesos (p5,000,000.00) The Source Of Funding Is: A. Lgu’s, 20% Nta Development Fund Fy 2025 As Approved By The Sanggunian. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manual And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Invitation To Bid By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Inspected The Site, Determined The General Characteristics Of The Contracted Works And The Conditions For This Project, Such As The Location And The Nature Of The Work; (b) Climatic Conditions; (c) Transportation Facilities; (c) Nature And Condition Of The Terrain, Geological Conditions At The Site Communication Facilities, Requirements, Location And Availability Of Construction Aggregates And Other Materials, Labor, Water, Electric Power And Access Roads; And (d) Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Contractors, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. Eligible Bidders Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. The Bidder Must Have An Experience Of Having Completed A Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) That Is Similar To This Project, Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Adjusted, If Necessary, By The Bidder To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Section 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. A Contract Is Considered To Be “similar” To The Contract To Be Bid If It Has The Major Categories Of Work Stated In The Bds. For Foreign-funded Procurement, The Procuring Entity And The Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution May Agree On Another Track Record Requirement, As Specified In The Bidding Document Prepared For This Purpose. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.2 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Origin Of Associated Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un. Subcontracts The Bidder May Subcontract Portions Of The Project To The Extent Allowed By The Procuring Entity As Stated Herein, But In No Case More Than Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Project. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address At Bac Office, 5th Floor, New Iloilo Provincial Capitol, Iloilo City And/or Through Videoconferencing As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. In Joint Ventures, A Special Pcab License, And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract For This Project, Shall Be Required. Any Additional Type Of Contractor License Or Permit Shall Be Indicated In The Bds. A List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen) Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data Shall Be Provided. These Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set In The Bds. A List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership, Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be, Must Meet The Minimum Requirements For The Contract Set In The Bds. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Alternative Bids Bidders Shall Submit Offers That Comply With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents, Including The Basic Technical Design As Indicated In The Drawings And Specifications. Unless There Is A Value Engineering Clause In The Bds, Alternative Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. Bid Prices All Bid Prices For The Given Scope Of Work In The Project As Awarded Shall Be Considered As Fixed Prices, And Therefore Not Subject To Price Escalation During Contract Implementation, Except Under Extraordinary Circumstances As Determined By The Neda And Approved By The Gppb Pursuant To The Revised Guidelines For Contract Price Escalation Guidelines. Bid And Payment Currencies Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In: Philippine Pesos. Bid Security The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until August 20, 2025. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission To The Given Website Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. Deadline For Submission Of Bids The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids The Procuring Entity’s Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, All Bids And Combinations Of Bids As Indicated In The Bds Shall Be Received By The Same Deadline And Opened And Evaluated Simultaneously So As To Determine The Bid Or Combination Of Bids Offering The Lowest Calculated Cost To The Procuring Entity. Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 16 Shall Be Submitted For Each Contract (lot) Separately. In All Cases, The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. Post Qualification Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps), And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. Signing Of The Contract The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.2 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Refer To Contracts Which Have The Same Major Categories Of Work, Which Shall Be: Structural Works 7.1 The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 10.3 [specify If Another Contractor License Or Permit Is Required.] 10.4 The Key Personnel Must Meet The Required Minimum Years Of Experience Set Below: Key Personnel General Experience Relevant Experience 1-project Engineer 1 Year 1 Year 1-material Engineer 1 Year 1 Year 1-health & Safety Officer 1 Year 1 Year 1-foreman 1 Year 1 Year 10.5 The Minimum Major Equipment Requirements Are The Following: Equipment Capacity Number Of Units Bar Cutter & Bar Bender - 1 Concrete Vibrator - 1 One-bagger Mixer - 1 Generator - 1 12 Alternative Bids Are Not Allowed 15.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: The Amount Of Not Less Than Two Percent (2%) Of Abc, If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; The Amount Of Not Less Than Five Percent (5%) Of Abc If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 16 Bidders Shall Prepare An Original Of The First (eligibility And Technical) And Second (financial) Envelopes. In Addition, Bidders Shall Submit Separate Copies Of The First And Second Envelopes (copy 1, Copy 2) And Each Set Of Documents Must Clearly Indicate Whether The Same Is Original, Copy 1, Or Copy 2. In The Event Of Any Discrepancy Between The Original And The Copies, The Original Shall Prevail. Itb Clause 16 All Envelopes Shall: A. Contain The Name Of The Contract To Be Bid In Capital Letters: “improvement Of Perimeter Fence At Art Center, Brgy. Nanga, Pototan, Iloilo” B. Bear The Name And Address Of The Bidder In Capital Letters; Addressed To: Atty. Dennis T. Ventilacion, Chairperson, Bids And Awards Committee: D. Bear The Specific Identification Of This Procurement: “agr-25-219-b” E. Bear A Warning “do Not Open Before April 22, 2025” Indicating The Date And Time For The Submission Of Bids On The Blank: Bid Envelopes That Are Not Properly Sealed And Marked, As Required In The Bidding Documents, Shall Not Be Rejected, But The Bidder Or Its Duly Authorized Representative Shall Acknowledge Such Condition Of The Bid As Submitted. The Bac Or The Procuring Entity Shall Assume No Responsibility For The Misplacement Of The Contents Of The Improperly Sealed Or Marked Bid, Or For Its Premature Opening. Any Interlineations, Erasures, Or Overwriting Shall Be Valid Only If They Are Signed Or Initialed By The Duly Authorized Representative/s Of The Bidder 19.2 Partial Bid Is Not Allowed 20 No Further Instructions. 21 The Additional Contract Documents Relevant To The Project That Are Required By The Procuring Entity Are: A. Construction Schedule And S-curve; B. Manpower Schedule; C. Construction Methods; D. Equipment Utilization Schedule; E. Construction Safety And Health Program Approved By The Department Of Labor And Employment; And F. Pert/cpm Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Sectional Completion Of Works If Sectional Completion Is Specified In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc), References In The Conditions Of Contract To The Works, The Completion Date, And The Intended Completion Date Shall Apply To Any Section Of The Works (other Than References To The Completion Date And Intended Completion Date For The Whole Of The Works). Possession Of Site The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Or Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Based On The Schedule Of Delivery Indicated In The Scc, Which Corresponds To The Execution Of The Works. If The Contractor Suffers Delay Or Incurs Cost From Failure On The Part Of The Procuring Entity To Give Possession In Accordance With The Terms Of This Clause, The Procuring Entity’s Representative Shall Give The Contractor A Contract Time Extension And Certify Such Sum As Fair To Cover The Cost Incurred, Which Sum Shall Be Paid By Procuring Entity. If Possession Of A Portion Is Not Given By The Above Date, The Procuring Entity Will Be Deemed To Have Delayed The Start Of The Relevant Activities. The Resulting Adjustments In Contract Time To Address Such Delay May Be Addressed Through Contract Extension Provided Under Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Contractor’s Obligations The Contractor Shall Employ The Key Personnel Named In The Schedule Of Key Personnel Indicating Their Designation, In Accordance With Itb Clause 10.3 And Specified In The Bds, To Carry Out The Supervision Of The Works. The Procuring Entity Will Approve Any Proposed Replacement Of Key Personnel Only If Their Relevant Qualifications And Abilities Are Equal To Or Better Than Those Of The Personnel Listed In The Schedule. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr. The Contractor, By Entering Into The Contract With The Procuring Entity, Acknowledges The Right Of The Procuring Entity To Institute Action Pursuant To Ra No. 3688 Against Any Subcontractor Be They An Individual, Firm, Partnership, Corporation, Or Association Supplying The Contractor With Labor, Materials And/or Equipment For The Performance Of This Contract. Site Investigation Reports The Contractor, In Preparing The Bid, Shall Rely On Any Site Investigation Reports Referred To In The Scc Supplemented By Any Information Obtained By The Contractor. Warranty In Case The Contractor Fails To Undertake The Repair Works Under Section 62.2.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr, The Procuring Entity Shall Forfeit Its Performance Security, Subject Its Property(ies) To Attachment Or Garnishment Proceedings, And Perpetually Disqualify It From Participating In Any Public Bidding. All Payables Of The Gop In His Favor Shall Be Offset To Recover The Costs. The Warranty Against Structural Defects/failures, Except That Occasioned-on Force Majeure, Shall Cover The Period From The Date Of Issuance Of The Certificate Of Final Acceptance By The Procuring Entity. Specific Duration Of The Warranty Is Found In The Scc. Liability Of The Contractor Subject To Additional Provisions, If Any, Set Forth In The Scc, The Contractor’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Contractor Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Termination For Other Causes Contract Termination Shall Be Initiated In Case It Is Determined Prima Facie By The Procuring Entity That The Contractor Has Engaged, Before, Or During The Implementation Of The Contract, In Unlawful Deeds And Behaviors Relative To Contract Acquisition And Implementation, Such As, But Not Limited To Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices As Stated In Itb Clause 4. Dayworks Subject To The Guidelines On Variation Order In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, And If Applicable As Indicated In The Scc, The Dayworks Rates In The Contractor’s Bid Shall Be Used For Small Additional Amounts Of Work Only When The Procuring Entity’s Representative Has Given Written Instructions In Advance For Additional Work To Be Paid For In That Way. Program Of Work The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval The Said Program Of Work Showing The General Methods, Arrangements, Order, And Timing For All The Activities In The Works. The Submissions Of The Program Of Work Are Indicated In The Scc. The Contractor Shall Submit To The Procuring Entity’s Representative For Approval An Updated Program Of Work At Intervals No Longer Than The Period Stated In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Submit An Updated Program Of Work Within This Period, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From The Next Payment Certificate And Continue To Withhold This Amount Until The Next Payment After The Date On Which The Overdue Program Of Work Has Been Submitted. Instructions, Inspections And Audits The Contractor Shall Permit The Gop Or The Procuring Entity To Inspect The Contractor’s Accounts And Records Relating To The Performance Of The Contractor And To Have Them Audited By Auditors Of The Gop Or The Procuring Entity, As May Be Required. Advance Payment The Procuring Entity Shall, Upon A Written Request Of The Contractor Which Shall Be Submitted As A Contract Document, Make An Advance Payment To The Contractor In An Amount Not Exceeding Fifteen Percent (15%) Of The Total Contract Price, To Be Made In Lump Sum, Or At The Most Two Installments According To A Schedule Specified In The Scc, Subject To The Requirements In Annex “e” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Progress Payments The Contractor May Submit A Request For Payment For Work Accomplished. Such Requests For Payment Shall Be Verified And Certified By The Procuring Entity’s Representative/project Engineer. Except As Otherwise Stipulated In The Scc, Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Put In Place Shall Not Be Included For Payment. Operating And Maintenance Manuals If Required, The Contractor Will Provide “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals As Specified In The Scc. If The Contractor Does Not Provide The Drawings And/or Manuals By The Dates Stated Above, Or They Do Not Receive The Procuring Entity’s Representative’s Approval, The Procuring Entity’s Representative May Withhold The Amount Stated In The Scc From Payments Due To The Contractor. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 2 As Per Construction Schedule/contract Period 3.1 The Procuring Entity Shall Give Possession Of All Parts Of The Site To The Contractor Upon Effectivity Of The Contracts. 6 No Further Instructions 7.2 [in Case Of Permanent Structures, Such As Buildings Of Types 4 And 5 As Classified Under The National Building Code Of The Philippines And Other Structures Made Of Steel, Iron, Or Concrete Which Comply With Relevant Structural Codes (e.g., Dpwh Standard Specifications), Such As, But Not Limited To, Steel/concrete Bridges, Flyovers, Aircraft Movement Areas, Ports, Dams, Tunnels, Filtration And Treatment Plants, Sewerage Systems, Power Plants, Transmission And Communication Towers, Railway System, And Other Similar Permanent Structures:] Fifteen (15) Years. 10 Dayworks Are Applicable At The Rate Shown In The Contractor’s Original Bid. 11.1 No Further Instructions 11.2 No Further Instructions 13 The Amount Of The Advance Shall Not Exceed 15% Of The Total Contract Price. 14 Materials And Equipment Delivered On The Site But Not Completely Installed Or Constructed Shall Not Be Included For Payment. 15.1 The Date By Which Operating And Maintenance Manuals Are Required Shall Be At Least 5 Days Before The Testing And Commissioning. The Date By Which “as Built” Drawings Are Required Prior To The Final Billing. 15.2 The Amount To Be Withheld For Failing To Produce “as Built” Drawings And/or Operating And Maintenance Manuals By The Date Required Is 1% Of The Final Contract Amount. Section Vi. Specification Scope Of Works The Works Include Furnishing Of Labor, Materials, Tools, Equipment And Other Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Project Such As: Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking, Excavation Works, Backfill, Concrete Works (concreting, Gravel Bedding, Steel Works, And Formworks), Masonry Works, And Plastering Works. Other General Requirements B.4 - Construction Survey And Staking B.4.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing The Necessary Equipment And Material To Survey, Stake, Calculate, And Record Data For The Control Of Work In Accordance With This Specification And In Conformity With The Lines, Grades And Dimensions Shown On The Plans Or As Established By The Engineer. B.4.2 Construction Requirements B.4.2.1 General Staking Activities Shall Be Included In The Construction Schedule To Be Submitted By The Contractor. Dates And Sequence Of Each Staking Activity Shall Be Included. The Engineer Shall Set Initial Reference Lines, Horizontal And Vertical Control Points, And Shall Furnish The Data For Use In Establishing Control For The Completion Of Each Element Of The Work. Data Relating To Horizontal And Vertical Alignments, Theoretical Slope Stake Catch Points, And Other Design Data Shall Be Furnished. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The True Settling Of The Works Or Improvements And For Correctness Of Positions, Levels, Dimensions And Alignment Of All Parts Of The Works. He Shall Provide All Necessary Instruments, Appliances, Materials And Supplies, And Labor In Connection Therewith. The Contractor Shall Provide A Survey Crew Supervisor At The Project Site Whenever Surveying/staking Activity Is In Progress. Prior To Construction, The Engineer Shall Be Notified Of Any Missing Initial Reference Lines, Controls, Points, Or Stakes. The Engineer Shall Reestablish Missing Initial Reference Lines, Controls, Points, Or Stakes. The Contractor For Convenient Use Of Government-furnished Data Shall Perform Additional Calculations. Immediate Notification Of Apparent Errors In The Initial Staking Or In The Furnished Data Shall Be Provided. All Initial Reference And Control Points Shall Be Preserved. At The Start Of Construction, All Destroyed Or Disturbed Initial Reference Or Control Points Necessary To The Work Shall Be Replaced. Before Surveying And Staking, The Contractor Shall Discuss And Coordinate The Following With The Engineer: 1. Surveying And Staking Methods 2. Stake Marking/concrete Monuments 3. Grade Control For Courses Of Material 4. Referencing 5. Structure Control 6. Any Other Procedures And Controls Necessary For The Work Established Controls Shall Be Within The Tolerances Shown In Table 1. Table 1: Construction Survey And Staking Tolerances (1) Staking Phase Horizontal Vertical Existing Government Network Control Points ±20mm ±8mm X √k ² Local Supplemental Control Points Set From Existing Government Network Points ±10mm ±3mm X √n³ Centerline Points (4) - (pc), (pt), (pot), And (pac) Including References ±10mm ±10mm Other Centerline Points ±50mm ±50mm Cross-section Points And Slope Stakes (5) ±50mm ±50mm Slope Stakes References ±50mm ±50mm Culverts, Ditches, And Minor Drainage Structures ±50mm ±20mm Retaining Walls And Curb And Gutter ±20mm ±10mm Bridge Substructures ±10mm (6) ±10mm Bridge Superstructures ±10mm (6) ±10mm Clearing And Grubbing Limits ±500mm Roadway Subgrade Finish Stakes (7) ±50mm ±10mm Roadway Finish Grade Stakes (7) ±50mm ±10mm (1) At 95% Confidence Level. Tolerances Are Relative To Existing Government Network Control Points. (2) K Is The Distance In Kilometers. (3) N Is The Number Of Instrument Setups. (4) Centerline Points: Pc - Point Of Curve, Pt - Point Of Tangent, Pot - Point On Tangent, Poc - Point On Curve (5) Take The Cross-sections Normal To The Centerline + 1 Degree. (6) Bridge Control Is Established As Local Network And The Tolerances Are Relative To That Network. (7) Include Pave Ditches. The Contractor Shall Prepare Field Notes In An Approved Format. All Field Notes And Supporting Documentation Shall Become The Property Of The Government Upon Completion Of The Work. Work Shall Only Be Started After Staking For The Affected Work Is Accepted. The Construction Survey And Staking Work May Be Spot-checked By The Engineer For Accuracy, And Unacceptable Portions Of Work May Be Rejected. Rejected Work Shall Be Resurveyed, And Work That Is Not Within The Tolerances Specified In Table 1 Shall Be Corrected. Acceptance Of The Construction Staking Shall Not Relieve The Contractor Of Responsibility For Correcting Errors Discovered During The Work And For Bearing All Additional Costs Associated With The Error, Unless Such Error Is Based On Incorrect Data Supplied In Writing By The Engineer, In Which Case, The Expense In Rectifying The Same Shall Be At The Expense Of The Government. In The Case Of "change" Or "changed Conditions" Which Involve Any Change In Stakeout, The Contractor Shall Coordinate With The Engineer And Facilitate The Prompt Reestablishment Of The Field Control For The Altered Or Adjusted Work. All Flagging, Lath, Stakes, And Other Staking Materials Shall Be Removed And Disposed After The Project Is Completed. B.4.2.2 Equipment Survey Instruments And Supporting Equipment Capable Of Achieving The Specified Tolerances Shall Be Furnished. Acceptable Tools, Supplies, And Stakes Of The Type And Quality Normally Used In Highway Survey Work And Suitable For The Intended Use Shall Be Furnished. Stakes And Hubs Of Sufficient Length To Provide A Solid Set In The Ground With Sufficient Surface Area Above Ground For Necessary Legible Markings Shall Also Be Furnished. B.4.2.3 Survey And Staking Requirements All Survey, Staking, Recording Of Data, And Calculations Necessary To Construct The Project From The Initial Layout To Final Completion Shall Be Performed. Stakes Shall Be Reset As Many Times As Necessary To Construct The Work. 1. Control Points Established Initial Horizontal And Vertical Control Points In Conflict With Construction Shall Be Relocated To Areas That Will Not Be Disturbed By Construction Operations. The Coordinates And Elevations For The Relocated Points Shall Be Furnished Before The Initial Points Are Disturbed. 2. Roadway Cross-sections Roadway Cross-sections Shall Be Taken Normal Or Perpendicular To The Centerline. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters, Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At A Maximum Centerline Spacing Of 10 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At A Maximum Centerline Spacing Of 20 Meters. Additional Cross-sections Shall Be Taken At Significant Breaks In Topography And At Changes In The Typical Roadway Section Including Transition Change To Super Elevated Sections. Along Each Cross-section, Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded At Breaks In Topography And At Changes In Typical Roadway Section Including Transition Change To Super Elevated Sections And Shall Be No Further Apart Than 5 Meters. Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded To At Least The Anticipated Slope Stake And Reference Locations. All Cross-section Distances Shall Be Reduced To Horizontal Distances From Centerline. 3. Slope Stakes And References Slope Stakes And References Shall Be Set On Both Sides Of Centerline At The Cross-section Locations. Slope Stakes Shall Be Established In The Field As The Actual Point Of Intersection Of The Design Roadway Slope With The Natural Ground Line. Slope Stake References Shall Be Set Outside The Clearing Limits. All Reference Point And Slope Stake Information Shall Be Included On The Reference Stakes. When Initial References Are Provided, Slope Stakes May Be Set From These Points With Verification Of The Slope Stake Location With Field Measurements. Slope Stakes On Any Section That Do Not Match With The Staking Report Within The Tolerances Established In Table 1 Shall Be Recatched. Roadway Cross-section Data Shall Be Taken Between Centerline And The New Slope Stake Location. Additional References Shall Be Set Even When The Initial References Are Provided. 4. Clearing And Grubbing Limits Clearing And Grubbing Limits Shall Be Set On Both Sides Of Centerline At Roadway Cross-section Locations, Extending One (1) Meter Beyond The Toe Of The Fill Slopes Or Beyond Rounding Of Cut Slopes As The Case Maybe For The Entire Length Of The Project Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer. 5. Centerline Reestablishment Centerline Shall Be Reestablished From Instrument Control Points. The Maximum Spacing Between Centerline Points Shall Be 10 Meters When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, The Maximum Distance Between Centerline Points Shall Be 20 Meters. 6. Grade Finishing Stakes Grade Finishing Stakes Shall Be Set For Grade Elevations And Horizontal Alignment, At The Centerline And At Each Shoulder Of Roadway Cross-section Locations. Stakes Shall Be Set At The Top Of Subgrade And The Top Of Each Aggregate Course. Where Turnouts Are Constructed, Stakes Shall Be Set At The Centerline, At Each Normal Shoulder, And At The Shoulder Of The Turnout. In Parking Areas, Hubs Shall Be Set At The Center And Along The Edges Of The Parking Area. Stakes Shall Be Set At All Ditches To Be Paved. The Maximum Longitudinal Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 10 Meters When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Less Than Or Equal To 100 Meters. When The Centerline Horizontal Curve Radius Is Greater Than 150 Meters And Vertical Parabolic Curve Radius Is Greater Than 100 Meters, The Maximum Longitudinal Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 20 Meters. The Maximum Transverse Spacing Between Stakes Shall Be 5 Meters. Brushes Or Guard Stakes Shall Be Used At Each Stake. 7. Culverts Culverts Shall Be Staked To Fit Field Conditions. The Location Of Culverts May Differ From The Plans. The Following Shall Be Performed: A. Survey And Record The Ground Profile Along The Culvert Centerline Including Inlet And Outlet Channel Profile Of At Least 10 Meters And As Additionally Directed By The Engineer So As To Gather All Necessary Data For The Preparation Of Pipe Projection Plan. B. Determine The Slope Catch Points At The Inlet And Outlet. C. Set The Reference Points And Record Information Necessary To Determine Culvert Length And End Treatments. D. Plot Into Scale The Profile Along The Culvert Centerline Reflecting The Natural Ground Elevation, Invert Elevation, The Flow Line, The Roadway Section, And The Size, Length And The Degree Of Elbow Of Culvert, End Treatments, Grade And Other Appurtenances. E. Plot Into Scale The Cross-section Of Inlet And Outlet Channel At Not More Than 5 Meters Interval. F. Submit The Plotted Pipe Projection Plan For Approval Of Final Culvert Length, Alignment And Headwall. G. When The Pipe Projection Plan Has Been Approved, Set Drainage Culvert Structure Survey And Reference Stakes, And Stake Inlet And Outlet To Make The Structure Functional. 8. Retaining Walls And Other Types Of Slope Protection Works Profile Measurements Along The Face Of The Proposed Wall And 2 Meters In Front Of The Wall Face Shall Be Surveyed And Recorded. Cross-sections Shall Be Taken Within The Limits Designated By The Engineer At Every 5 Meters Along The Length Of The Wall And All Major Breaks In Terrain. For Each Cross-section, Points Shall Be Measured And Recorded Every 5 Meters And At All Major Breaks In Terrain. Adequate References And Horizontal And Vertical Control Points Shall Be Set. 9. Borrow And Waste Sites The Work Essential For Initial Layout And Measurement Of The Borrow Or Waste Site Shall Be Performed. A Referenced Baseline, Site Limits, And Clearing Limits Shall Be Established. Initial And Final Cross-sections Shall Be Surveyed And Recorded. 10. Permanent Monuments And Markers All Survey And Staking Necessary To Establish Permanent Monuments And Markers Shall Be Performed. 11. Miscellaneous Survey And Staking All Surveying, Staking, And Recording Of Data Essential For Establishing The Layout And Control Of The Following Shall Be Performed, As Applicable: A. Approach Roads And Trails B. Road Right Of Way And Construction Limit In Accordance With The Approved Parcellary Plan. C. Curb And Gutter D. Guardrail E. Parking Areas F. Paved Waterways And Outfall Structures G. Lined Canals And Other Ditches H. Chutes And Spillways I. Turf Establishment-s J. Utilities K. Signs, Delineators, And Object 9 Markers I. Pavement Markings B.4.3 Method Of Measurement Construction Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Slope, Reference, And Clearing And Grubbing Stakes Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Centerline Establishment Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Centerline Reestablishment Shall Be Measured Only One Time. Culvert Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Each. Grade Finishing Stakes Shall Be Measured By The Kilometer. Subgrade Shall Be Measured One Time And Each Aggregate Course Shall Also Be Measured One Time. Permanent Monuments And Markers Shall Be Measured By Each Unit Placed And Installed At The Proper Locations. Miscellaneous Survey And Staking Shall Be Measured By The Hour Of Survey Work Ordered Or By The Lump Sum. For Miscellaneous Survey And Staking Paid By The Hour, The Minimum Survey Crew Size Shall Be 2 Persons. Time Spent In Making Preparations, Travelling To And From The Project Site, Performing Calculations, Plotting Cross Sections And Other Data, Processing Computer Data, And Other Efforts Necessary To Successfully Accomplish Construction Survey And Staking Shall Not Be Measured Separately But Deemed Included As Subsidiary For Each Of The Pay Item. Project Sign Board / Billboard The Contractor Shall Ensure That The Project Site Is Identified With Information Billboard Which Shall Be Erected At The Beginning And Ending Of The Proposed Project. The Layout Of The Billboard Shall Accord To The Specifications Pursuant To The Commission On Audit (coa) Circular No. 2013-004 Issued On January 30, 2013. Coa Billboard Pao Billboard The Billboard’s Specifications Shall Conform To The Following Requirements: Tarpaulin, White, 8ft X 8ft (coa) And 4ft X 8ft (pao): Resolution: 70 Dpi; Font: Helvetica; Font Size: Main Information – 3”; Sub-information – 1”; Font Color: Black; Suitable Frame: Rigid Wood Or Steel Frame With Post; And, Posting: Outside Display At The Project Location After Award Has Been Made. Measurement The Supply And Erection Of Project Billboard Shall Be In Accordance With Provisions Of This Specification And Shall Be Measured For Payment. Basis Of Payment Payment Shall Be In Accordance With All The Cost Associated With The Compliance Of This Specification And Shall Be Included In The Contractor’s Bid Price. No Additional Or Separate Payment Will Be Made In This Regard As Well As For The Maintenance Of The Billboard. Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement B.5 Project Billboard Each Part C – Earthwork Item 100 – Clearing And Grubbing 100.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of Clearing, Grubbing, Removing And Disposing All Vegetation And Debris As Designated In The Contract, Except Those Objects That Are Designated To Remain In Place Or Are To Be Removed In Consonance With Other Provisions Of This Specification. The Work Shall Also Include The Preservation From Injury Or Defacement Of All Objects Designated To Remain. 100.2 Construction Requirements 100.2.1 General The Engineer Will Establish The Limits Of Work And Designate All Trees, Shrubs, Plants And Other Things To Remain. The Contractor Shall Preserve All Objects Designated To Remain. Paint Required For Cut Or Scarred Surface Of Trees Or Shrubs Selected For Retention Shall Be An Approved Asphaltum Base Paint Prepared Especially For Tree Surgery. Clearing Shall Extend One (1) Meter Beyond The Toe Of The Fill Slopes Or Beyond Rounding Of Cut Slopes As The Case Maybe For The Entire Length Of The Project Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer And Provided It Is Within The Right Of Way Limits Of The Project, With The Exception Of Trees Under The Jurisdiction Of The Forest Management Bureau (fmb). 100.2.2 Clearing And Grubbing All Surface Objects And All Trees, Stumps, Roots And Other Protruding Obstructions, Not Designated To Remain, Shall Be Cleared And/or Grubbed, Including Mowing As Required, Except As Provided Below: (1) Removal Of Undisturbed Stumps And Roots And Nonperishable Solid Objects With A Minimum Depth Of One (1) Meter Below Subgrade Or Slope Of Embankment Will Not Be Required. (2) In Areas Outside Of The Grading Limits Of Cut And Embankment Areas, Stumps And Nonperishable Solid Objects Shall Be Cut Off Not More Than 150 Mm (6 Inches) Above The Ground Line Or Low Water Level. (3) In Areas To Be Rounded At The Top Of Cut Slopes, Stumps Shall Be Cut Off Flush With Or Below The Surface Of The Final Slope Line. (4) Grubbing Of Pits, Channel Changes And Ditches Will Be Required Only To The Depth Necessitated By The Proposed Excavation Within Such Areas. (5) In Areas Covered By Cogon/talahib, Wild Grass And Other Vegetations, Top Soil Shall Be Cut To A Maximum Depth Of 150 Mm Below The Original Ground Surface Or As Designated By The Engineer, And Disposed Outside The Clearing And Grubbing Limits As Indicated In The Typical Roadway Section. Except In Areas To Be Excavated, Stump Holes And Other Holes From Which Obstructions Are Removed Shall Be Backfilled With Suitable Material And Compacted To The Required Density. If Perishable Material Is Burned, It Shall Be Burned Under The Constant Care Of Component Watchmen At Such Times And In Such A Manner That The Surrounding Vegetation, Other Adjacent Property, Or Anything Designated To Remain On The Right Of Way Will Not Be Jeopardized. If Permitted, Burning Shall Be Done In Accordance With Applicable Laws, Ordinances, And Regulation. The Contractor Shall Use High Intensity Burning Procedures, (i.e., Incinerators, High Stacking Or Pit And Ditch Burning With Forced Air Supplements) That Produce Intense Burning With Little Or No Visible Smoke Emission During The Burning Process. At The Conclusion Of Each Burning Session, The Fire Shall Be Completely Extinguished So That No Smoldering Debris Remains. In The Event That The Contractor Is Directed By The Engineer Not To Start Burning Operations Or To Suspend Such Operations Because Of Hazardous Weather Conditions, Material To Be Burned Which Interferes With Subsequent Construction Operations Shall Be Moved By The Contractor To Temporary Locations Clear Of Construction Operations And Later, If Directed By The Engineer, Shall Be Placed On A Designated Spot And Burned. Materials And Debris Which Cannot Be Burned And Perishable Materials May Be Disposed Off By Methods And At Locations Approved By The Engineer, On Or Off The Project. If Disposal Is By Burying, The Debris Shall Be Placed In Layers With The Material So Disturbed To Avoid Nesting. Each Layer Shall Be Covered Or Mixed With Earth Material By The Land-fill Method To Fill All Voids. The Top Layer Of Material Buried Shall Be Covered With At Least 300 Mm (12 Inches) Of Earth Or Other Approved Material And Shall Be Graded, Shaped And Compacted To Present A Pleasing Appearance. If The Disposal Location Is Off The Project, The Contractor Shall Make All Necessary Arrangements With Property Owners In Writing For Obtaining Suitable Disposal Locations Which Are Outside The Limits Of View From The Project. The Cost Involved Shall Be Included In The Unit Bid Price. A Copy Of Such Agreement Shall Be Furnished To The Engineer. The Disposal Areas Shall Be Seeded, Fertilized And Mulched At The Contractor’s Expense. Woody Material May Be Disposed Off By Chipping. The Wood Chips May Be Used For Mulch, Slope Erosion Control Or May Be Uniformly Spread Over Selected Areas As Directed By The Engineer. Wood Chips Used As Mulch For Slope Erosion Control Shall Have A Maximum Thickness Of 12 Mm (1/2 Inch) And Faces Not Exceeding 3900 Mm2 (6 Square Inches) On Any Individual Surface Area. Wood Chips Not Designated For Use Under Other Sections Shall Be Spread Over The Designated Areas In Layers Not To Exceed 75 Mm (3 Inches) Loose Thickness. Diseased Trees Shall Be Buried Or Disposed Off As Directed By The Engineer. All Merchantable Timber In The Clearing Area Which Has Not Been Removed From The Right Of Way Prior To The Beginning Of Construction, Shall Become The Property Of The Contractor, Unless Otherwise Provided. Low Hanging Branches And Unsound Or Unsightly Branches On Trees Or Shrubs Designated To Remain Shall Be Trimmed As Directed. Branches Of Trees Extending Over The Roadbed Shall Be Trimmed To Give A Clear Height Of 6 M (20 Feet) Above The Roadbed Surface. All Trimming Shall Be Done By Skilled Workmen And In Accordance With Good Tree Surgery Practices. Timber Cut Inside The Area Staked For Clearing Shall Be Felled Within The Area To Be Cleared. 100.2.3 Individual Removal Of Trees Or Stumps Individual Trees Or Stumps Designated By The Engineer For Removal And Located In Areas Other Than Those Established For Clearing And Grubbing And Roadside Cleanup Shall Be Removed And Disposed Off As Specified Under Subsection 100.2.2 Except Trees Removed Shall Be Cut As Nearly Flush With The Ground As Practicable Without Removing Stumps. 100.3 Method Of Measurement Measurement Will Be By One Or More Of The Following Alternate Methods: 1. Area Basis. The Work To Be Paid For Shall Be The Number Of Hectares And Fractions Thereof Acceptably Cleared And Grubbed Within The Limits Indicated On The Plans Or As May Be Adjusted In Field Staking By The Engineer. Areas Not Within The Clearing And Grubbing Limits Shown On The Plans Or Not Staked For Clearing And Grubbing Will Not Be Measured For Payment. 2. Lump-sum Basis. When The Bill Of Quantities Contains A Clearing And Grubbing Lump-sum Item, No Measurement Of Area Will Be Made For Such Item. 3. Individual Unit Basis (selective Clearing). The Diameter Of Trees Will Be Measured At A Height Of 1.4 M (54 Inches) Above The Ground. Trees Less Than 150 Mm (6 Inches) In Diameter Will Not Be Measured For Payment. When Bill Of Quantities Indicates Measurement Of Trees By Individual Unit Basis, The Units Will Be Designated And Measured In Accordance With The Following Schedule Of Sizes: Diameter At Height Of 1.4 M Pay Item Designation Over 150 Mm To 900 Mm Small Over 900 Mm Large 100.4 Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantities, Measured As Prescribed In Section 100.3, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Each Of The Pay Items Listed Below That Is Included In The Bill Of Quantities, Which Price And Payment Shall Be Full Compensation For Furnishing All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In This Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 100 (1) Clearing And Grubbing Hectare 100 (2) Clearing And Grubbing Lump Sum 100 (3) Individual Removal Of Trees, Small Each 100 (4) Individual Removal Of Trees, Large Each Item 103 - Structure Excavation 103.1 Description This Item Shall Consist Of The Necessary Excavation For Foundation Of Bridges, Culverts, Underdrains, And Other Structures Not Otherwise Provided For In The Specifications. Except As Otherwise Provided For Pipe Culverts, The Backfilling Of Completed Structures And The Disposal Of All Excavated Surplus Materials, Shall Be In Accordance With These Specifications And In Reasonably Close Conformity With The Plans Or As Established By The Engineer. This Item Shall Include Necessary Diverting Of Live Streams, Bailing, Pumping, Draining, Sheeting, Bracing, And The Necessary Construction Of Cribs And Cofferdams, And Furnishing The Materials Therefore, And The Subsequent Removal Of Cribs And Cofferdams And The Placing Of All Necessary Backfill. It Shall Also Include The Furnishing And Placing Of Approved Foundation Fill Material To Replace Unsuitable Material Encountered Below The Foundation Elevation Of Structures. No Allowance Will Be Made For Classification Of Different Types Of Material Encountered. 103.2 Construction Requirements 103.2.1 Clearing And Grubbing Prior To Starting Excavation Operations In Any Area, All Necessary Clearing And Grubbing In That Area Shall Have Been Performed In Accordance With Item 100, Clearing And Grubbing. 103.2.2 Excavation (1) General, All Structures. The Contractor Shall Notify The Engineer Sufficiently In Advance Of The Beginning Of Any Excavation So That Cross-sectional Elevations And Measurements May Be Taken On The Undisturbed Ground. The Natural Ground Adjacent To The Structure Shall Not Be Disturbed Without Permission Of The Engineer. Trenches Or Foundation Pits For Structures Or Structure Footings Shall Be Excavated To The Lines And Grades Or Elevations Shown On The Plans Or As Staked By The Engineer. They Shall Be Of Sufficient Size To Permit The Placing Of Structures Or Structure Footings Of The Full Width And Length Shown. The Elevations Of The Bottoms Of Footings, As Shown On The Plans, Shall Be Considered As Approximate Only And The Engineer May Order, In Writing, Such Changes In Dimensions Or Elevations Of Footings As May Be Deemed Necessary, To Secure A Satisfactory Foundation. Boulders, Logs, And Other Objectionable Materials Encountered In Excavation Shall Be Removed. After Each Excavation Is Completed, The Contractor Shall Notify The Engineer To That Effect And No Footing, Bedding Material Or Pipe Culvert Shall Be Placed Until The Engineer Has Approved The Depth Of Excavation And The Character Of The Foundation Material. (2) Structures Other Than Pipe Culverts. All Rock Or Other Hard Foundation Materials Shall Be Cleaned Of All Loose Materials, And Cut To A Firm Surface, Either Level, Stepped, Or Serrated As Directed By The Engineer. All Seams Or Crevices Shall Be Cleaned And Grouted. All Loose And Disintegrated Rocks And Thin Strata Shall Be Removed. When The Footing Is To Rest On Material Other Than Rock, Excavation To Final Grade Shall Not Be Made Until Just Before The Footing Is To Be Placed. When The Foundation Material Is Soft Or Mucky Or Otherwise Unsuitable, As Determined By The Engineer, The Contractor Shall Remove The Unsuitable Material And Backfill With Approved Granular Material. This Foundation Fill Shall Be Placed And Compacted In 150 Mm Layers Up To The Foundation Elevation. When Foundation Piles Are Used, The Excavation Of Each Pit Shall Be Completed Before The Piles Are Driven And Any Placing Of Foundation Fill Shall Be Done After The Piles Are Driven. After The Driving Is Completed, All Loose And Displaced Materials Shall Be Removed, Leaving A Smooth, Solid Bed To Receive The Footing. (3) Pipe Culverts. The Width Of The Pipe Trench Shall Be Sufficient To Permit Satisfactory Jointing Of The Pipe And Thorough Tamping Of The Bedding Material Under And Around The Pipe. Where Rock, Hardpan, Or Other Unyielding Material Is Encountered, It Shall Be Removed Below The Foundation Grade For A Depth Of At Least 300 Mm Or 4 Mm For Each 100 Mm Of Fill Over The Top Of Pipe, Whichever Is Greater, But Not To Exceed Three-quarters Of The Vertical Inside Diameter Of The Pipe. The Width Of The Excavation Shall Be At Least 300 Mm Greater Than The Horizontal Outside Diameter Of The Pipe. The Excavation Below Grade Shall Be Backfilled With Selected Fine Compressible Material, Such As Silty Clay Or Loam, And Lightly Compacted In Layers Not Over 150 Mm In Uncompacted Depth To Form A Uniform But Yielding Foundation. Where A Firm Foundation Is Not Encountered At The Grade Established, Due To Soft, Spongy, Or Other Unstable Soil, Such Unstable Soil Under The Pipe And For A Width Of At Least One Diameter On Each Side Of The Pipe Shall Be Removed To The Depth Directed By The Engineer And Replaced With Approved Granular Foundation Fill Material Properly Compacted To Provide Adequate Support For The Pipe, Unless Other Special Construction Methods Are Called For On The Plans. The Foundation Surface Shall Provide A Firm Foundation Of Uniform Density Throughout The Length Of The Culvert And If Directed By The Engineer, Shall Be Cambered In The Direction Parallel To The Pipe Centerline. Where Pipe Culverts Are To Be Placed In Trenches Excavated In Embankments, The Excavation Of Each Trench Shall Be Performed After The Embankment Has Been Constructed To A Plane Parallel To The Proposed Profile Grade And To Such Height Above The Bottom Of The Pipe As Shown On The Plans Or Directed By The Engineer. 103.2.3 Utilization Of Excavated Materials All Excavated Materials, So Far As Suitable, Shall Be Utilized As Backfill Or Embankment. The Surplus Materials Shall Be Disposed Of In Such Manner As Not To Obstruct The Stream Or Otherwise Impair The Efficiency Or Appearance Of The Structure. No Excavated Materials Shall Be Deposited At Any Time So As To Endanger The Partly Finished Structure. 103.2.4 Cofferdams Suitable And Practically Watertight Cofferdams Shall Be Used Wherever Water-bearing Strata Are Encountered Above The Elevation Of The Bottom Of The Excavation. If Requested, The Contractor Shall Submit Drawings Showing His Proposed Method Of Cofferdam Construction, As Directed By The Engineer. Cofferdams Or Cribs For Foundation Construction Shall In General, Be Carried Well Below The Bottoms Of The Footings And Shall Be Well Braced And As Nearly Watertight As Practicable. In General, The Interior Dimensions Of Cofferdams Shall Be Such As To Give Sufficient Clearance For The Construction Of Forms And The Inspection Of Their Exteriors, And To Permit Pumping Outside Of The Forms. Cofferdams Or Cribs Which Are Tilted Or Moved Laterally During The Process Of Sinking Shall Be Righted Or Enlarged So As To Provide The Necessary Clearance. When Conditions Are Encountered Which, As Determined By The Engineer, Render It Impracticable To Dewater The Foundation Before Placing The Footing, The Engineer May Require The Construction Of A Concrete Foundation Seal Of Such Dimensions As He May Consider Necessary, And Of Such Thickness As To Resist Any Possible Uplift. The Concrete For Such Seal Shall Be Placed As Shown On The Plans Or Directed By The Engineer. The Foundation Shall Then Be Dewatered And The Footing Placed. When Weighted Cribs Are Employed And The Mass Is Utilized To Overcome Partially The Hydrostatic Pressure Acting Against The Bottom Of The Foundation Seal, Special Anchorage Such As Dowels Or Keys Shall Be Provided To Transfer The Entire Mass Of The Crib To The Foundation Seal. When A Foundation Seal Is Placed Under Water, The Cofferdams Shall Be Vented Or Ported At Low Water Level As Directed. Cofferdams Shall Be Constructed So As To Protect Green Concrete Against Damage From Sudden Rising Of The Stream And To Prevent Damage To The Foundation By Erosion. No Timber Or Bracing Shall Be Left 30 In Cofferdams Or Cribs In Such A Way As To Extend Into Substructure Masonry, Without Written Permission From The Engineer. Any Pumping That May Be Permitted From The Interior Of Any Foundation Enclosure Shall Be Done In Such A Manner As To Preclude The Possibility Of Any Portion Of The Concrete Material Being Carried Away. Any Pumping Required During The Placing Of Concrete, Or For A Period Of At Least 24 Hours Thereafter, Shall Be Done From A Suitable Sump Located Outside The Concrete Forms. Pumping To Dewater A Sealed Cofferdam Shall Not Commence Until The Seal Has Set Sufficiently To Withstand The Hydrostatic Pressure. Unless Otherwise Provided, Cofferdams Or Cribs, With All Sheeting And Bracing Involved Therewith, Shall Be Removed By The Contractor After The Completion Of The Substructure. Removal Shall Be Effected In Such Manner As Not To Disturb Or Mar Finished Masonry. 103.2.5 Preservation Of Channel Unless Otherwise Permitted, No Excavation Shall Be Made Outside Of Caissons, Cribs, Cofferdams, Or Sheet Piling, And The Natural Stream Bed Adjacent To Structure Shall Not Be Disturbed Without Permission From The Engineer. If Any Excavation Or Dredging Is Made At The Side Of The Structure Before Caissons, Cribs, Or Cofferdams Are Sunk In Place, The Contractor Shall, After The Foundation Base Is In Place, Backfill All Such Excavations To The Original Ground Surface Or Stream Bed With Material Satisfactory To The Engineer. 103.2.6 Backfill And Embankment For Structures Other Than Pipe Culverts Excavated Areas Around Structures Shall Be Backfilled With Free Draining Granular Material Approved By The Engineer And Placed In Horizontal Layers Not Over 150 Mm In Thickness, To The Level Of The Original Ground Surface. Each Layer Shall Be Moistened Or Dried As Required And Thoroughly Compacted With Mechanical Tampers. In Placing Backfills Or Embankment, The Material Shall Be Placed Simultaneously In So Far As Possible To Approximately The Same Elevation On Both Sides Of An Abutment, Pier, Or Wall. If Conditions Require Placing Backfill Or Embankment Appreciably Higher On One Side Than On The Opposite Side, The Additional Material On The Higher Side Shall Not Be Placed Until The Masonry Has Been In Place For 14 Days, Or Until Tests Made By The Laboratory Under The Supervision Of The Engineer Establishes That The Masonry Has Attained Sufficient Strength To Withstand Any Pressure Created By The Methods Used And Materials Placed Without Damage Or Strain Beyond A Safe Factor. Backfill Or Embankment Shall Not Be Placed Behind The Walls Of Concrete Culverts Or Abutments Or Rigid Frame Structures Until The Top Slab Is Placed And Cured. Backfill And Embankment Behind Abutments Held At The Top By The Superstructure, And Behind The Sidewalls Of Culverts, Shall Be Carried Up Simultaneously Behind Opposite Abutments Or Sidewalls. All Embankments Adjacent To Structures Shall Be Constructed In Horizontal Layers And Compacted As Prescribed In Subsection 104.3.3 Except That Mechanical Tampers May Be Used For The Required Compaction. Special Care Shall Be Taken To Prevent Any Wedging Action Against The Structure, And Slopes Bounding Or Within The Areas To Be Filled Shall Be Benched Or Serrated To Prevent Wedge Action. The Placing Of Embankment And The Benching Of Slopes Shall Continue In Such A Manner That At All Times There Will Be Horizontal Berm Of Thoroughly Compacted Material For A Distance At Least Equal To The Height Of The Abutment Or Wall To Be Backfilled Against Except Insofar As Undisturbed Material Obtrudes Upon The Area. Broken Rock Or Coarse Sand And Gravel Shall Be Provided For A Drainage Filter At Weepholes As Shown On The Plans. 103.2.7 Bedding, Backfill, And Embankment For Pipe Culverts Bedding, Backfill And Embankment For Pipe Culverts Shall Be Done In Accordance With Item 500, Pipe Culverts And Storm Drains. 103.3 Method Of Measurement 103.3.1 Structure Excavation The Volume Of Excavation To Be Paid For Will Be The Number Of Cubic Meters Measured In Original Position Of Material Acceptably Excavated In Conformity With The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer, But In No Case, Except As Noted, Will Any Of The Following Volumes Be Included In The Measurement For Payment: (1) The Volume Outside Of Vertical Planes 450 Mm Outside Of And Parallel To The Neat Lines Of Footings And The Inside Walls Of Pipe And Pipe-arch Culverts At Their Widest Horizontal Dimensions. (2) The Volume Of Excavation For Culvert And Sections Outside The Vertical Plane For Culverts Stipulated In (1) Above. (3) The Volume Outside Of Neat Lines Of Underdrains As Shown On The Plans, And Outside The Limits Of Foundation Fill As Ordered By The Engineer. (4) The Volume Included Within The Staked Limits Of The Roadway Excavation, Contiguous Channel Changes, Ditches, Etc., For Which Payment Is Otherwise Provided In The Specification. (5) Volume Of Water Or Other Liquid Resulting From Construction Operations And Which Can Be Pumped Or Drained Away. (6) The Volume Of Any Excavation Performed Prior To The Taking Of Elevations And Measurements Of The Undisturbed Ground. (7) The Volume Of Any Material Rehandled, Except That Where The Plans Indicate Or The Engineer Directs The Excavation After Embankment Has Been Placed And Except That When Installation Of Pipe Culverts By The Imperfect Trench Method Specified In Item 500 Is Required, The Volume Of Material Reexcavated As Directed Will Be Included. (8) The Volume Of Excavation For Footings Ordered At A Depth More Than 1.5 M Below The Lowest Elevation For Such Footings Shown On The Original Contract Plans, Unless The Bill Of Quantities Contains A Pay Item For Excavation Ordered Below The Elevations Shown On The Plans For Individual Footings. Item 404 – Reinforcing Steel Description This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing, Bending, Fabricating And Placing Of Steel Reinforcement Of The Type, Size, Shape And Grade Required In Accordance With This Specification And In Conformity With The Requirements Shown On The Plans Or As Directed By The Engineer. Strictly Implement The Usage Of Grade 40 Reinforcing Steel. Material Requirements Reinforcing Steel Shall Meet The Requirements Of Item 710, Reinforcing Steel And Wire Rope. Construction Requirements 404.3.1 Order Lists Before Materials Are Ordered, All Order Lists And Bending Diagrams Shall Be Furnished By The Contractor, For Approval Of The Engineer. The Approval Of Order Lists And Bending Diagrams By The Engineer Shall In No Way Relieve The Contractor Of Responsibility For The Correctness Of Such Lists And Diagrams. Any Expense Incident To The Revisions Of Materials Furnished In Accordance With Such Lists And Diagrams To Make Them Comply With The Plans Shall Be Borne By The Contractor. 404.3.2 Protection Of Material Steel Reinforcement Shall Be Stored Above The Surface Of The Ground Upon Platforms, Skids, Or Other Supports And Shall Be Protected As Far As Practicable From Mechanical Injury And Surface Deterioration Caused By Exposure To Conditions Producing Rust. When Placed In The Work, Reinforcement Shall Be Free From Dirt, Detrimental Rust, Loose Scale, Paint, Grease, Oil, Or Other Foreign Materials. Reinforcement Shall Be Free From Injurious Defects Such As Cracks And Laminations. Rust, Surface Seams, Surface Irregularities Or Mill Scale Will Not Be Cause For Rejection, Provided The Minimum Dimensions, Cross Sectional Area And Tensile Properties Of A Hand Wire Brushed Specimen Meets The Physical Requirements For The Size And Grade Of Steel Specified. Bending All Reinforcing Bars Requiring Bending Shall Be Cold-bent To The Shapes Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer. Bars Shall Be Bent Around A Circular Pin Having The Following Diameters (d) In Relation To The Diameter Of The Bar (d): Nominal Diameter, D, Mm Pin Diameter (d) 10 To 20 25 To 28 32 And Greater 6d 8d 10d Bends And Hooks In Stirrups Or Ties May Be Bent To The Diameter Of The Principal Bar Enclosed Therein. Placing And Fastening All Steel Reinforcement Shall Be Accurately Placed In The Position Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer And Firmly Held There During The Placing And Setting Of The Concrete. Bars Shall Be Tied At All Intersections Except Where Spacing Is Less Than 300mm In Each Directions, In Which Case, Alternate Intersections Shall Be Tied. Ties Shall Be Fastened On The Inside. Distance From The Forms Shall Be Maintained By Means Of Stays, Blocks, Ties, Hangers, Or Other Approved Supports, So That It Does Not Vary From The Position Indicated On The Plans By More Than 6mm. Blocks For Holding Reinforcement From Contact With The Forms Shall Be Precast Mortar Blocks Of Approved Shapes And Dimensions. Layers Of Bars Shall Be Separated By Precast Mortar Blocks Or By Other Equally Suitable Devices. The Use Of Pebbles, Pieces Of Broken Stone Or Brick, Metal Pipe And Wooden Blocks Shall Not Be Permitted. Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans Or Required By The Engineer, The Minimum Distance Between Bars Shall Be 40mm. Reinforcement In Any Member Shall Be Placed And Then Inspected And Approved By The Engineer Before The Placing Of Concrete Begins. Concrete Placed In Violation Of This Provision May Be Rejected And Removal May Be Required. If Fabric Reinforcement Is Shipped In Rolls, It Shall Be Straightened Before Being Placed. Bundled Bars Shall Be Tied Together At Not More Than 1.8m Intervals. Splicing All Reinforcement Shall Be Furnished In The Full Lengths Indicated On The Plans. Splicing Of Bars, Except Where Shown On The Plans, Will Not Be Permitted Without The Written Approval Of The Engineer. Splices Shall Be Staggered As Far As Possible And With A Minimum Separation Of Not Less Than 40 Bar Diameters. Not More Than One-third Of The Bars May Be Spliced In The Same Cross-section, Except Where Shown On The Plans. Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans, Bars Shall Be Lapped A Minimum Distance Of: Splice Type Grade 40 Min. Lap Grade 60 Min. Lap But Not Less Than Tension 24 Bar Dia 36 Bar Dia 300 Mm Compression 20 Bar Dia 24 Bar Dia 300 Mm In Lapped Splices, The Bars Shall Be Placed In Contact And Wired Together. Lapped Splices Will Not Be Permitted At Locations Where The Concrete Section Is Insufficient To Provide Minimum Clear Distance Of One And One-third The Maximum Size Of Coarse Aggregate Between The Splice And The Nearest Adjacent Bar. Welding Of Reinforcing Steel Shall Be Done Only If Detailed On The Plans Or If Authorized By The Engineer In Writing. Spiral Reinforcement Shall Be Spliced By Lapping At Least One And A Half Turns Or By Butt Welding Unless Otherwise Shown On The Plans. Lapping Of Bar Mat Sheets Of Mesh Or Bar Mat Reinforcement Shall Overlap Each Other Sufficiently To Maintain A Uniform Strength And Shall Be Securely Fastened At The Ends And Edges. The Overlap Shall Not Be Less Than One Mesh In Width. Method Of Measurement The Quantity Of Reinforcing Steel To Be Paid For Will Be The Final Quantity Placed And Accepted In The Completed Structure. No Allowance Will Be Made For Tie-wires, Separators, Wire Chairs And Other Material Used In Fastening The Reinforcing Steel In Place. If Bars Are Substituted Upon The Contractor’s Request And Approved By The Engineer And As A Result Thereof More Steel Is Used Than Specified, Only The Mass Specified Shall Be Measured For Payment. No Measurement Or Payment Will Be Made For Splices Added By The Contractor Unless Directed Or Approved By The Engineer. When There Is No Item For Reinforcing Steel In The Bill Of Quantities, Costs Will Be Considered As Incidental To The Other Items In The Bill Of Quantities. Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantity, Measured As Prescribed In Section 404.4, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Reinforcing Steel Which Price And Payment Shall Be Full Compensation For Furnishing And Placing All Materials, Including All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In This Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 404 Reinforcing Steel Kilogram Item 405 – Structural Concrete Description 405.1.1 Scope This Item Shall Consist Of Furnishing, Bending, Placing And Finishing Concrete In All Structures Except Pavements In Accordance With This Specification And Conforming To The Lines, Grades, And Dimensions Shown On The Plans. Concrete Shall Consist Of A Mixture Of Portland Cement, Fine Aggregate, Coarse Aggregate, Admixture When Specified, And Water Mixed In The Proportions Specified Or Approved By The Engineer. The Structural Strength Of Concrete Shall Be 24 Mpa. 405.1.2 Classes And Uses Of Concrete Five Classes Of Concrete Are Provided For In This Item, Namely: A, B, C, P And Seal. Each Class Shall Be Used In That Part Of The Structure As Called For On The Plans. The Classes Of Concrete Will Generally Be Used As Follows: Class A – All Superstructures And Heavily Reinforced Substructures. The Important Parts Of The Structure Included Are Slabs, Beams, Girders, Columns, Arch Ribs, Box Culverts, Reinforced Abutments, Retaining Walls, And Reinforced Footings. Class B – Footings, Pedestals, Massive Pier Shafts, Pipe Bedding, And Gravity Walls, Unreinforced Or With Only A Small Amount Of Reinforcement. Class C – Thin Reinforced Sections, Railings, Precast R.c. Piles And Cribbing And For Filler In Steel Grid Floors. Class P – Prestressed Concrete Structures And Members. Seal – Concrete Deposited In Water. Material Requirements 405.2.1 Portland Cement It Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.1. Fine Aggregate It Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.2. Coarse Aggregate It Shall Conform All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.3 Except That Gradation Shall Conform To Table 405.1. Table 405.1 – Grading Requirements For Coarse Aggregate Sieve Designation Mass Percent Passing Standard Mm Alternate Us Standard Class A Class B Class C Class P Class Seal 63 50 37.5 25 19.0 12.5 9.5 4.75 2-1/2” 2” 1-1/2” 1” ¾” ½” 3/8” No.4 100 95 – 100 - 35 – 70 - 10 – 30 0 - 5 100 95 – 100 - 35 – 70 - 10 – 30 - 0 - 5 100 90 – 100 40 – 70 0 – 15* 100 95 – 100 - 20 – 55 0 – 10* 100 95 – 100 - 25 – 60 - 0 – 10* * The Measured Cement Content Shall Be Within Plus (+) Or Minus (-) 2 Mass Percent Of The Design Cement Content. Water It Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.4 Reinforcing Steel It Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Item 710, Reinforcing Steel And Wire Rope. Admixtures Admixtures Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.7 Curing Materials Curing Materials Shall Conform To The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.8. Expansion Joint Materials Expansion Joint Materials Shall Be: Preformed Sponge Rubber And Cork, Conforming To Aashto M 153. Hot-poured Elastic Type, Conforming To Aashto M 173. Preformed Fillers, Conforming To Aashto M 213. Elastomeric Compression Joint Seals These Shall Conform To Aashto M 220. Elastomeric Bearing Pads These Shall Conform To Aashto M 251 Or Item 412 – Elastomeric Bearing Pads. Storage Of Cement And Aggregates Storage Of Cement And Aggregates Shall Conform To All The Requirements Of Subsection 311.2.10. Sampling And Testing Of Structural Concrete As Work Progresses, At Least One (1) Sample Consisting Of Three (3) Concrete Cylinder Test Specimens, 150 X 300mm (6 X 12 Inches), Shall Be Taken From Each Seventy-five (75) Cubic Meters Of Each Class Of Concrete Or Fraction Thereof Placed Each Day. Compliance With The Requirements Of This Section Shall Be Determined In Accordance With The Following Standard Methods Of Aashto: Sampling Of Fresh Concrete Weight Per Cubic Metre And Air Content (gravi- Metric) Of Concrete Sieve Analysis Of Fine And Coarse Aggregates Slump Of Portland Cement Concrete Specific Gravity And Absorption Of Fine Aggregate T 141 T 121 T 27 T 119 T 84 Tests For Strength Shall Be Made In Accordance With The Following: Making And Curing Concrete Compressive And Flexural Tests Specimens In The Field Compressive Strength Of Molded Concrete Cylinders T 23 T 22 Production Requirements Proportioning And Strength Of Structural Concrete The Concrete Materials Shall Be Proportioned In Accordance With The Requirements For Each Class Of Concrete As Specified In Table 405.2, Using The Absolute Volume Method As Outlined In The American Concrete Institute (aci) Standard 211.1. “recommended Practice For Selecting Proportions For Normal And Heavyweight Concrete”. Other Methods Of Proportioning May Be Employed In The Mix Design With Prior Approval Of The Engineer. The Mix Shall Either Be Designed Or Approved By The Engineer. A Change In The Source Of Materials During The Progress Of Work May Necessitate A New Mix Design. The Strength Requirements For Each Class Of Concrete Shall Be As Specified In Table 405.2. Table 405.2 - Composition And Strength Of Concrete For Use In Structures Class Of Concrete Minimum Cement Content Per M3 Kg (bag**) Maximum Water/ Cement Ratio Kg/kg Consistency Range In Slump Mm (inch) Designated Size Of Coarse Aggregate Square Opening Std. Mm Minimum Compressive Strength Of 150x300mm Concrete Cylinder Specimen At 28 Days, Mn/m2 (psi) A B C P Seal 360 (9 Bags) 320 (8 Bags) 380 (9.5 Bags) 440 (11 Bags) 380 (9.5 Bags) 0.53 0.58 0.55 0.49 0.58 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 50 – 100 (2 – 4) 100 Max. (4 Max.) 100 – 200 (4 - 8) 37.5 – 4.75 (1-1/2” – No. 4) 50 – 4.75 (2” – No. 4) 12.5 – 4.75 (1/2” – No. 4) 19.0 – 4.75 (3/4” – No. 4) 25 – 4.75 (1” – No. 4) 20.7 (3000) 16.5 (2400) 20.7 (3000) 37.7 (5000) 20.7 (3000) * The Measured Cement Content Shall Be Within Plus Or Minus 2 Mass Percent Of The Design Cement Content. ** Based On 40 Kg/bag 405.4.2 Consistency Concrete Shall Have A Consistency Such That It Will Be Workable In The Required Position. It Shall Be Of Such A Consistency That It Will Flow Around Reinforcing Steel But Individual Particles Of The Coarse Aggregate When Isolated Shall Show A Coating Of Mortar Containing Its Proportionate Amount Of Sand. The Consistency Of Concrete Shall Be Gauged By The Ability Of The Equipment To Properly Place It And Not By The Difficulty In Mixing And Transporting. The Quantity Of Mixing Water Shall Be Determined By The Engineer And Shall Not Be Varied Without His Consent. Concrete As Dry As It Is Practical To Place With The Equipment Specified Shall Be Used. 405.4.3 Batching Measuring And Batching Of Materials Shall Be Done At A Batching Plant. Portland Cement Either Sacked Or Bulk Cement May Be Used. No Fraction Of A Sack Of Cement Shall Be Used In A Batch Of Concrete Unless The Cement Is Weighed. All Bulk Cement Shall Be Weighed On An Approved Weighing Device. The Bulk Cement Weighing Hopper Shall Be Properly Sealed And Vented To Preclude Dusting Operation. The Discharge Chute Shall Not Be Suspended From The Weighing Hopper And Shall Be So Arranged That Cement Will Neither Be Lodged In It Nor Leak From It. Accuracy Of Batching Shall Be Within Plus (+) Or Minus (-) 1 Mass Percent. Water Water May Be Measured Either By Volume Or By Weight. The Accuracy Of Measuring The Water Shall Be Within A Range Of Error Of Not More Than 1 Percent. Aggregates Stockpiling Of Aggregates Shall Be In Accordance With Subsection 311.2.10. All Aggregates Whether Produced Or Handled By Hydraulic Methods Or Washed, Shall Be Stockpiled Or Binned For Draining For At Least 12 Hours Prior To Batching. Rail Shipment Requiring More Than12 Hours Will Be Accepted As Adequate Binning Only If The Car Bodies Permit Free Drainage. If The Aggregates Contain High Or Non-uniform Moisture Content, Storage Or Stockpile Period In Excess Of 12 Hours May Be Required By The Engineer. Batching Shall Be Conducted As To Result In A 2 Mass Percent Maximum Tolerance For The Required Materials. Bins And Scales The Batching Plant Shall Include Separate Bins For Bulk Cement, Fine Aggregate And For Each Size Of Coarse Aggregate, A Weighing Hopper, And Scales Capable Of Determining Accurately The Mass Of Each Component Of The Batch. Scales Shall Be Accurate To One-half (0.5) Percent Throughout The Range Used. Batching When Batches Are Hauled To The Mixer, Bulk Cement Shall Be Transported Either In Waterproof Compartments Or Between The Fine And Coarse Aggregate. When Cement Is Placed In Contact With Moist Aggregates, Batches Will Be Rejected Unless Mixed Within 1-1/2 Hours Of Such Contact. Sacked Cement May Be Transported On Top Of The Aggregates. Batches Shall Be Delivered To The Mixer Separate And Intact. Each Batch Shall Be Dumped Cleanly Into The Mixer Without Loss, And, When More Than One Batch Is Carried On The Truck, Without Spilling Of Material From One Batch Compartment Into Another. Admixtures The Contractor Shall Follow An Approved Procedure For Adding The Specified Amount Of Admixture To Each Batch And Will Be Responsible For Its Uniform Operation During The Progress Of The Work. He Shall Provide Separate Scales For The Admixtures Which Are To Be Proportioned By Weight, And Accurate Measures For Those To Be Proportioned By Volume. Admixtures Shall Be Measured Into The Mixer With An Accuracy Of Plus Or Minus Three (3) Percent. The Use Of Calcium Chloride As An Admixture Will Not Be Permitted. 405.4.4 Mixing And Delivery Concrete May Be Mixed At The Site Of Construction, At A Central Point Or By A Combination Of Central Point And Truck Mixing Or By A Combination Of Central Point Mixing And Truck Agitating. Mixing And Delivery Of Concrete Shall Be In Accordance With The Appropriate Requirements Of Aashto M 157 Except As Modified In The Following Paragraphs Of This Section, For Truck Mixing Or A Combination Of Central Point And Truck Mixing Or Truck Agitating. Delivery Of Concrete Shall Be Regulated So That Placing Is At A Continuous Rate Unless Delayed By The Placing Operations. The Intervals Between Delivery Of Batches Shall Not Be So Great As To Allow The Concrete Inplace To Harden Partially, And In No Case Shall Such An Interval Exceed 30 Minutes. In Exceptional Cases And When Volumetric Measurements Are Authorized, For Small Project Requiring Less Than 75 Cu.m. Per Day Of Pouring, The Weight Proportions Shall Be Converted To Equivalent Volumetric Proportions. In Such Cases, Suitable Allowance Shall Be Made For Variations In The Moisture Condition Of The Aggregates, Including The Bulking Effect In The Fine Aggregate. Batching And Mixing Shall Be In Accordance With Astm C 685, Section 6 Through 9. Concrete Mixing, By Chute Is Allowed Provided That A Weighing Scales For Determining The Batch Weight Will Be Used. For Batch Mixing At The Site Of Construction Or At A Central Point, A Batch Mixer Of An Approved Type Shall Be Used. Mixer Having A Rated Capacity Of Less Than A One-bag Batch Shall Not Be Used. The Volume Of Concrete Mixed Per Batch Shall Not Exceed The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Standard Rating Plate On The Mixer Except That An Overload Up To 10 Percent Above The Mixer’s Nominal Capacity May Be Permitted, Provided Concrete Test Data For Strength, Segregation, And Uniform Consistency Are Satisfactory And Provided No Spillage Of Concrete Takes Place. The Batch Shall Be So Charge Into The Drum That A Portion Of The Water Shall Enter In Advance Of The Cement And Aggregates. The Flow Of Water Shall Be Uniform And All Water Shall Be In The Drum By The End Of The First 15 Seconds Of The Mixing Period. Mixing Time Shall Be Measured From The Time All Materials, Except Water, Are In The Drum. Mixing Time Shall Not Be Less Than 60 Seconds For Mixers Having A Capacity Of 1.5m3 Or Less. For Mixers Having A Capacity Greater Than 1.5m3, The Mixing Time Shall Not Be Less Than 90 Seconds. If Timing Starts, The Instant The Skip Reaches Its Maximum Raised Position, 4 Seconds Shall Be Added To The Specified Mixing Time. Mixing Time Ends When The Discharge Chute Opens. The Mixer Shall Be Operated At The Drum Speed As Shown On The Manufacturer’s Name Plate On The Mixer. Any Concrete Mixed Less Than The Specified Time Shall Be Discarded And Disposed Off By The Contractor At His Own Expenses. The Timing Device On Stationary Mixers Shall Be Equipped With A Bell Or Other Suitable Warning Device Adjusted To Give A Clearly Audible Signal Each Time The Lock Is Released. In Case Of Failure Of The Timing Device, The Contractor Will Be Permitted To Continue Operations While It Is Being Repaired, Provided He Furnishes An Approved Timepiece Equipped With Minute And Second Hands. If The Timing Device Is Not Placed In Good Working Order Within 24 Hours, Further Use Of The Mixer Will Be Prohibited Until Repairs Are Made. Retempering Concrete Will Not Be Permitted. Admixtures For Increasing The Workability, For Retarding The Set, Or For Accelerating The Set Or Improving The Pumping Characteristics Of The Concrete Will Be Permitted Only When Specifically Provided For In The Contract, Or Authorized In Writing By The Engineer. Mixing Concrete: General Concrete Shall Be Thoroughly Mixed In A Mixer Of An Approved Size And Type That Will Insure A Uniform Distribution Of The Materials Throughout The Mass. All Concrete Shall Be Mixed In Mechanically Operated Mixers. Mixing Plant And Equipment For Transporting And Placing Concrete Shall Be Arranged With An Ample Auxiliary Installation To Provide A Minimum Supply Of Concrete In Case Of Breakdown Of Machinery Or In Case The Normal Supply Of Concrete Is Disrupted. The Auxiliary Supply Of Concrete Shall Be Sufficient To Complete The Casting Of A Section Up To A Construction Joint That Will Meet The Approval Of The Engineer. Equipment Having Components Made Of Aluminum Or Magnesium Alloys, Which Would Have Contact With Plastic Concrete During Mixing, Transporting Or Pumping Of Portland Cement Concrete, Shall Not Be Used. Concrete Mixers Shall Be Equipped With Adequate Water Storage And A Device Of Accurately Measuring And Automatically Controlling The Amount Of Water Used. Materials Shall Be Measured By Weighing. The Apparatus Provided For Weighing The Aggregates And Cement Shall Be Suitably Designed And Constructed For This Purpose. The Accuracy Of All Weighing Devices Except That For Water Shall Be Such That Successive Quantities Can Be Measured To Within One Percent Of The Desired Amounts. The Water Measuring Device Shall Be Accurate To Plus Or Minus 0.5 Mass Percent. All Measuring Devices Shall Be Subject To The Approval Of The Engineer. Scales And Measuring Devices Shall Be Tested At The Expense Of The Contractor As Frequently As The Engineer May Deem Necessary To Insure Their Accuracy. Weighing Equipment Shall Be Insulated Against Vibration Or Movement Of Other Operating Equipment In The Plant. When The Entire Plant Is Running, The Scale Reading At Cut-off Shall Not Vary From The Weight Designated By The Engineer More Than One Mass Percent For Cement, 1-1/2 Mass Percent For Any Size Of Aggregate, Or One (1) Mass Percent For The Total Aggregate In Any Batch. Mixing Concrete At Site Concrete Mixers May Be Of The Revolving Drum Or The Revolving Blade Type And The Mixing Drum Or Blades Shall Be Operated Uniformly At The Mixing Speed Recommended By The Manufacturer. The Pick-up And Throw-over Blades Of Mixers Shall Be Restored Or Replaced When Any Part Or Section Is Worn 20mm Or More Below The Original Height Of The Manufacturer’s Design. Mixers And Agitators Which Have An Accumulation Of Hard Concrete Or Mortar Shall Not Be Used. When Bulk Cement Is Used And Volume Of The Batch Is 0.5m3 Or More, The Scale And Weigh Hopper For Portland Cement Shall Be Separate And Distinct From The Aggregate Hopper Or Hoppers. The Discharge Mechanism Of The Bulk Cement Weigh Hopper Shall Be Interlocked Against Opening Before The Full Amount Of Cement Is In The Hopper. The Discharging Mechanism Shall Also Be Interlocked Against Opening When The Amount Of Cement In The Hopper Is Underweight By More Than One (1) Mass Percent Or Overweight By More Than 3 Mass Percent Of The Amount Specified. When The Aggregate Contains More Water Than The Quantity Necessary To Produce A Saturated Surface Dry Condition, Representative Samples Shall Be Taken And The Moisture Content Determined For Each Kind Of Aggregate. The Batch Shall Be So Charged Into The Mixer That Some Water Will Enter In Advance Of Cement And Aggregate. All Water Shall Be In The Drum By The End Of The First Quarter Of The Specified Mixing Time. Cement Shall Be Batched And Charged Into The Mixer So That It Will Not Result In Loss Of Cement Due To The Effect Of Wind, Or In Accumulation Of Cement On Surface Of Conveyors Or Hoppers, Or In Other Conditions Which Reduce Or Vary The Required Quantity Of Cement In The Concrete Mixture. The Entire Content Of A Batch Mixer Shall Be Removed From The Drum Before Materials For A Succeeding Batch Are Placed Therein. The Materials Composing A Batch Except Water Shall Be Deposited Simultaneously Into The Mixer. All Concrete Shall Be Mixed For A Period Of Not Less Than 1-1/2 Minutes After All Materials, Including Water, Are In The Mixer. During The Period Of Mixing, The Mixer Shall Operate At The Speed For Which It Has Been Designed. Mixers Shall Be Operated With An Automatic Timing Device That Can Be Locked By The Engineer. The Time Device And Discharge Mechanics Shall Be So Interlocked That During Normal Operation No Part Of The Batch Will Be Charged Until The Specified Mixing Time Has Elapsed. The First Batch Of Concrete Materials Placed In The Mixer Shall Contain A Sufficient Excess Of Cement, Sand, And Water To Coat Inside Of The Drum Without Reducing The Required Mortar Content Of The Mix. When Mixing Is To Cease For A Period Of One Hour Or More, The Mixer Shall Be Thoroughly Cleaned. Mixing Concrete At Central Plant Mixing At Central Plant Shall Conform To The Requirements For Mixing At The Site. Mixing Concrete In Truck Truck Mixers, Unless Otherwise Authorized By The Engineer, Shall Be Of The Revolving Drum Type, Water-tight, And So Constructed That The Concrete Can Be Mixed To Insure A Uniform Distribution Of Materials Throughout The Mass. All Solid Materials For The Concrete Shall Be Accurately Measured And Charged Into The Drum At The Proportioning Plant. Except As Subsequently Provided, The Truck Mixer Shall Be Equipped With A Device By Which The Quantity Of Water Added Can Be Readily Verified. The Mixing Water May Be Added Directly To The Batch, In Which Case A Tank Is Not Required. Truck Mixers May Be Required To Be Provided With A Means Of Which The Mixing Time Can Be Readily Verified By The Engineer. The Maximum Size Of Batch In Truck Mixers Shall Not Exceed The Minimum Rated Capacity Of The Mixer As Stated By The Manufacturer And Stamped In Metal On The Mixer. Truck Mixing, Shall, Unless Other-wise Directed Be Continued For Not Less Than 100 Revolutions After All Ingredients, Including Water, Are In The Drum. The Mixing Speed Shall Not Be Less Than 4 Rpm, Nor More Than 6 Rpm. Mixing Shall Begin Within 30 Minutes After The Cement Has Been Added Either To The Water Or Aggregate, But When Cement Is Charged Into A Mixer Drum Containing Water Or Surface Wet Aggregate And When The Temperature Is Above 32oc, This Limit Shall Be Reduced To 15 Minutes. The Limitation In Time Between The Introduction Of The Cement To The Aggregate And The Beginning Of The Mixing May Be Waived When, In The Judgement Of The Engineer, The Aggregate Is Sufficiently Free From Moisture, So That There Will Be No Harmful Effects On The Cement. When A Truck Mixer Is Used For Transportation, The Mixing Time Specified In Subsection 405.4.4 (3) At A Stationary Mixer May Be Reduced To 30 Seconds And The Mixing Completed In A Truck Mixer. The Mixing Time In The Truck Mixer Shall Be As Specified For Truck Mixing. Transporting Mixed Concrete Mixed Concrete May Only Be Transported To The Delivery Point In Truck Agitators Or Truck Mixers Operating At The Speed Designated By The Manufacturers Of The Equipment As Agitating Speed, Or In Non-agitating Hauling Equipment, Provided The Consistency And Workability Of The Mixed Concrete Upon Discharge At The Delivery Point Is Suitable Point For Adequate Placement And Consolidation In Place. Truck Agitators Shall Be Loaded Not To Exceed The Manufacturer’s Guaranteed Capacity. They Shall Maintain The Mixed Concrete In A Thoroughly Mixed And Uniform Mass During Hauling. No Additional Mixing Water Shall Be Incorporated Into The Concrete During Hauling Or After Arrival At The Delivery Point. The Rate Of Discharge Of Mixed Concrete From Truck Mixers Or Agitators Shall Be Controlled By The Speed Of Rotation Of The Drum In The Discharge Direction With The Discharge Gate Fully Open. When A Truck Mixer Or Agitator Is Used For Transporting Concrete To The Delivery Point, Discharge Shall Be Completed Within One Hour, Or Before 250 Revolutions Of The Drum Or Blades, Whichever Comes First, After The Introduction Of The Cement To The Aggregates. Under Conditions Contributing To Quick Stiffening Of The Concrete Or When The Temperature Of The Concrete Is 30oc, Or Above, A Time Less Than One Hour Will Be Required. Delivery Of Mixed Concrete The Contractor Shall Have Sufficient Plant Capacity And Transportation Apparatus To Insure Continuous Delivery At The Rate Required. The Rate Of Delivery Of Concrete During Concreting Operations Shall Be Such As To Provide For The Proper Handling, Placing And Finishing Of The Concrete. The Rate Shall Be Such That The Interval Between Batches Shall Not Exceed 20 Minutes. The Methods Of Delivering And Handling The Concrete Shall Be Such As Will Facilitate Placing Of The Minimum Handling. Method Of Measurement The Quantity Of Structural Concrete To Be Paid For Will Be The Final Quantity Placed And Accepted In The Completed Structure. No Deduction Will Be Made For The Volume Occupied By Pipe Less Than 100mm (4 Inches) In Diameter Or By Reinforcing Steel, Anchors, Conduits, Weep Holes Or Expansion Joint Materials. Basis Of Payment The Accepted Quantities, Measured As Prescribed In Section 405.5, Shall Be Paid For At The Contract Unit Price For Each Of The Pay Item Listed Below That Is Included In The Bill Of Quantities. Payment Shall Constitute Full Compensation For Furnishing, Placing And Finishing Concrete Including All Labor, Equipment, Tools And Incidentals Necessary To Complete The Work Prescribed In The Item. Payment Will Be Made Under: Pay Item Number Description Unit Of Measurement 405 (1) 405 (2) 405 (3) 405 (4) 405 (5) Structural Concrete, Class A Structural Concrete, Class B Structural Concrete, Class C Structural Concrete, Class P Seal Concrete Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter Cubic Meter V. Concrete, Masonry And Plastering Works A. General: All Concrete Works To Be Done Herein Shall Be In Accordance With Aci Requirement And/ Or Standard Specifications As Adopted By The Government. B. Cement Shall Be Portland Cement (type1) With 40 Kgs/bag. C. Fine Aggregates Shall Be Clean Hold River Sand, Free From Injurious Amount Of Clay, Loam And Vegetable Matter. D. Coarse Aggregates Shall Be River Run Gravel Or Broken Stones. The Maximum Size Shall Be 1/5 Of The Nearest Dimensions Between Side Forms Of The Concrete Members Or ¾ The Maximum Clear Spacing Between Reinforcing Bars. E. Reinforcing Bars: Reinforcing Bars Shall Be Intermediate Grade And Deformed And Shall Have Minimum Yield Strength Of 275 Mpa (40,000 Psi) F. The Wires Shall Be Locally Produced G.i. Wire Gauge No. 16. G. Placing Reinforcement Provide Bars, Wire Fabrics, Wire Ties, Supports And Other Devices Necessary To Install And Secure Reinforcement. Reinforcement Shall Not Contain Rust, Scale Oil, Grease Clay And Foreign Substances That Would Reduce The Bond. Rusting Of Reinforcement Is A Basis Of Rejection If The Effective Cross-sectional Area Of The Normal Weight Per Foot Of The Reinforcement Has Been Reduced To Less Than Specified In Paragraph Entitled “reinforcing Bars”. Remove Loose Rust Prior To Placing Of Steel. Splices Shall Be Approved Prior To Use. Do Not Splice At Points Of Maximum Stress. Overlapped Welded Wire Fabric The Spacing Of The Cross Wires, Plus 50 Mm (2 Inches). H. Concrete Hollow Blocks: 1. For Walls And Partitions, Use Chb Or Its Equivalent. 2. Minimum Comprehensive Strength Shall Be 700 Psi. I. All Concrete Cured For Least Seven (7) Days To Twenty-eight (28) Days If Possible After Placement To Attain The Required Strength Of Concrete. J. Removal Of Forms: Forms Shall Be Removed In Such A Manner As Not To Impair The Safety And Serviceability Of The Structures. K. Proportions Of All Materials Entering Into Concrete Shall Be Of Class “a”. L. Mixture For Concrete Slab: Thickness Of Slab Shall Be 200mm Thick. A Mixture Of Washed Sand, Screened Gravel And Portland Cement. M. Mixture For Plastering: Thickness Of Plaster Shall Be 16mm Thick. A Mixture Of Washed Sand And Portland Cement. Vi. Wall Installation Use 0.5mm Thk G.i. Rib-type Longspan Prepainted For Wall Cladding And 2” X 4” X 1.5mm X 6m C-purlins For Wall Cladding Framing. Section Vii. Drawings Annex A – Architectural Design Annex B- Project Billboard Plan Section Viii. Bill Of Quantities Bid No. Agr- 24-219-b Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total Cost No. I. Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking 733.50 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m. P Ii. Excavation Works 391.77 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Cu.m. P Iii. Backfill 275.16 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Cu.m P Iv-a. Concreting (concrete Works) 185.02 Cu.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) /cu.m. P Iv-b. Gravel Bedding (concrete Works) 16.28 Cu.m Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) /cu.m P Item Description Quantity Unit Unit Cost Total Cost No. Iv-c. Steel Works (concrete Works) 11,500.00 Kgs. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Kgs. P Iv-d Formworks (concrete Works) 1,356.36 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m. P V. Masonry Works 1,271.40 Sq.m. Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Sq.m P Vi. Plastering Works 2,886.00 Sq..m Pesos And Ctvs. (p ) / Cu.m P Total Bid Cost In Figures P Total Bid Cost In Words Summary Of Costs Item No. Bid Amount Clearing, Grubbing, And Staking ₱ _____________________________ Excavation Works ₱ _____________________________ Backfill ₱ _____________________________ Iv-a. Concreting (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-b. Gravel Bedding (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-c. Steel Works (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ Iv-d. Formworks (concrete Works) ₱ _____________________________ V. Masonry Works ₱ _____________________________ Vi. Plastering Works ₱ _____________________________ Total Bid Amount ₱ _____________________________ Section Ix. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages) In Accordance With Section 8.5.2 Of The Irr; 1. Registration Certificate From Sec, Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) For Sole Proprietorship Or Cda For Cooperatives, Or Any Proof Of Such Registration. 2. Mayor’s Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality – Where The Principal Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located; 3. Tax Clearance Per Executive Order 398, Series Of 2005,a S Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bir 4. Audited Financial Statements, Showing, Among Others, The Prospective Total And Current Assets And Liabilities, Stamped “received” By The Bir Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions For The Preceding Calendar Year Which Should Not Be Earlier Than Two(2) Years From The Date Of Bid Submission; For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid Technical Documents ⬜ Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided Under The Rules; And ⬜ Special Pcab License In Case Of Joint Ventures; And Registration For The Type And Cost Of The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission; Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And Project Requirements, Which Shall Include The Following: ⬜ Organizational Chart For The Contract To Be Bid; ⬜ List Of Contractor’s Key Personnel (e.g., Project Manager, Project Engineers, Materials Engineers, And Foremen), To Be Assigned To The Contract To Be Bid, With Their Complete Qualification And Experience Data; ⬜ List Of Contractor’s Major Equipment Units, Which Are Owned, Leased, And/or Under Purchase Agreements, Supported By Proof Of Ownership Or Certification Of Availability Of Equipment From The Equipment Lessor/vendor For The Duration Of The Project, As The Case May Be; And ⬜ Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc). Class “b” Documents ⬜ If Applicable, Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Accordance With Ra No. 4566 And Its Irr In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence; Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Financial Component Envelope ⬜ Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 ⬜ Original Of Duly Signed Bid Prices In The Bill Of Quantities; And ⬜ Duly Accomplished Detailed Estimates Form, Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates, And Equipment Rentals Used In Coming Up With The Bid; And ⬜ Cash Flow By Quarter. Bid Form For The Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Bid Form Date : Project Identification No. : To: [name And Address Of Procuring Entity] Having Examined The Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) Including The Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin Numbers [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Declare That: We Have No Reservation To The Pbds, Including The Supplemental Or Bid Bulletins, For The Procurement Project: [insert Name Of Contract]; We Offer To Execute The Works For This Contract In Accordance With The Pbds; The Total Price Of Our Bid In Words And Figures, Excluding Any Discounts Offered Below Is: [insert Information]; The Discounts Offered And The Methodology For Their Application Are: [insert Information]; The Total Bid Price Includes The Cost Of All Taxes, Such As, But Not Limited To: [specify The Applicable Taxes, E.g. (i) Value Added Tax (vat), (ii) Income Tax, (iii) Local Taxes, And (iv) Other Fiscal Levies And Duties], Which Are Itemized Herein And Reflected In The Detailed Estimates, Our Bid Shall Be Valid Within The Period Stated In The Pbds, And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period; If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Commit To Obtain A Performance Security In The Amount Of [insert Percentage Amount] Percent Of The Contract Price For The Due Performance Of The Contract, Or A Performance Securing Declaration In Lieu Of The The Allowable Forms Of Performance Security, Subject To The Terms And Conditions Of Issued Gppb Guidelines12 For This Purpose; We Are Not Participating, As Bidders, In More Than One Bid In This Bidding Process, Other Than Alternative Offers In Accordance With The Bidding Documents; We Understand That This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof Included In Your Notification Of Award, Shall Constitute A Binding Contract Between Us, Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed; And We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Other Bid That You May Receive. We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, Is The Duly Authorized Representative Of The Bidder, And Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute 12 Currently Based On Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For The [name Of Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Bill Of Quantities, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Name: Legal Capacity: Signature: Duly Authorized To Sign The Bid For And Behalf Of: Date: Bid Securing Declaration Form [shall Be Submitted With The Bid If Bidder Opts To Provide This Form Of Bid Security] Republic Of The Philippines) City Of ) S.s. Bid Securing Declaration Project Identification No.: [insert Number] To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we, The Undersigned, Declare That: I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Procurement Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f),of The Irr Of Ra No. 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; And I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice] Omnibus Sworn Statement (revised) [shall Be Submitted With The Bid] Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; [select One, Delete The Other:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; [if A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture:] I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board, By Itself Or By Relation, Membership, Association, Affiliation, Or Controlling Interest With Another Blacklisted Person Or Entity As Defined And Provided For In The Uniform Guidelines On Blacklisting; Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; [select One, Delete The Rest:] [if A Sole Proprietorship:] The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Partnership Or Cooperative:] None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [if A Corporation Or Joint Venture:] None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Responsibilities As A Bidder In Compliance With The Philippine Bidding Documents, Which Includes: Carefully Examining All Of The Bidding Documents; Acknowledging All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; Making An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And Inquiring Or Securing Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Case Advance Payment Was Made Or Given, Failure To Perform Or Deliver Any Of The Obligations And Undertakings In The Contract Shall Be Sufficient Grounds To Constitute Criminal Liability For Swindling (estafa) Or The Commission Of Fraud With Unfaithfulness Or Abuse Of Confidence Through Misappropriating Or Converting Any Payment Received By A Person Or Entity Under An Obligation Involving The Duty To Deliver Certain Goods Or Services, To The Prejudice Of The Public And The Government Of The Philippines Pursuant To Article 315 Of Act No. 3815 S. 1930, As Amended, Or The Revised Penal Code. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This Day Of , 20 At , Philippines. [insert Name Of Bidder Or Its Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant [jurat] [format Shall Be Based On The Latest Rules On Notarial Practice]

Details: Description Subject : Design And Build Of Dedvmh Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities Location : Dedvmh Compound, Bood, Ubay, Bohol Terms Of Reference I. Background Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital (dedvmh) Is A Licensed Level 2 General Hospital Located In Ubay, Bohol With 200 Authorized Bed Capacity Which Aims To Provide Highly Specialized Quality Healthcare Services To All Where Human Dignity Is Valued And Respected By Competent And Committed Personnel. In Accordance With The Provisions Of And Related Issuances Of Doh Administrative Order No. 2019-0056 Increasing The Bed Capacity Of Dedvmh From 50 Beds To 300 Beds And R.a. No. 11223, Or The “universal Health Care Act”, The Hospital Shall Provide Promotive, Preventive, Diagnostic, Curative, And Palliative Care Services, And Research, Professional Teaching And Training Programs And Shall Be Fully Equipped With The State-of-the Art Equipment And Facilities, Complemented By Adequately Trained And Competent Human Resources For Health Appropriate For A Licensed And Accredited Tertiary General Hospital. Dedvmh Shall Strengthen Its Existing Basic Services, And Aim For The Improvement Of Its Service Capability And Capacity Serving As Referral Hospital In The Northeastern Section Of The Bohol Province, Complementing Local Health Systems And Providers Of Municipalities In The Area. In Order To Fulfill This Mandate, Dedvmh Is Upgrading Its Services To Become A Level Iii Hospital To Provide Better And Quality Healthcare Services Especially In The Northeastern Part Of Bohol, Its Catchment Areas And Nearby Provinces. The Increase In The Bed Capacity And Expansion Of Services And Capability Are Consistent With The Dedvmh’s Hospital Development Plan (hdp) And Philippine Health Facility Development Plan (phfdp) 2020-2040. Ii. Objectives As Food Preparation Is Part Of The Critical Functions In Delivering Quality Healthcare Service, It Is Important That Its Site Be Given Adequate Repair And Renovation. The Objective Is To Repair And Expand The Existing Dietary Area Resulting To A More Spacious, Comfortable And Hygienic Station For Its End-users To Work Around. The Improvement Is Expected To Evoke A Less Stressful Environment And Increased Productivity Among Workers. The Design Must Also Conform To The Standards Of Set By In Accordance To The Manual On Technical Guidelines For Hospitals Planning And Design (level 3) And Doh Green And Safe Health Facilities Manual To Develop Climate Smart Health Facilities That Address And Adapt To The Impacts On The Environment. The Winning Bidder Shall Design For This Project With The Approval Of The Medical Center Including The Approved Detailed Estimates, Bill Of Quantities, Technical Specifications, And Methodology Of Construction And Scope Of Works Of The Project. Iii. Conceptual Design The Design Concept Of The Project Was Governed By The Planning And Design Standards Of Level 3 Service Capability Hospital Facility As Prescribed By The Latest Requirements Of The Department Of Health And Other Concerned Agencies. Building Design Shall Conform To The Provisions Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096), Accessibility Law (bp 344), Architecture Law (ra 9266), National Structural Code Of The Philippines, Electrical Engineering Law (ra 7920), Mechanical Engineering Law (ra 5336), Plumbing Code (ra 1378, 1993-1994 Revisions), Fire Code (ra 9514) And Other Laws And Regulations Covering Environmental Concerns And Local Ordinances And Regulations. The As-built Plan And Proposed Schematic Lay-out/call-out Will Be Provided As Basis Reference In The Development Of Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans To Be Submitted As Part Of The Technical Proposal. However, It Is The Responsibility Of The Bidder To Verify Actual Site Conditions And Dimensions. The Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans And Perspectives Shall Be Included Construed Part Of The Technical Proposal As Follows: Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans Required Specified Degree Of Details 1. Schematic Floor Plans: A. Ground Floor All Schematic Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper And Shall Meet The Minimum Space Requirements And Planning/design Guidelines Of Level 3 Hospital For: - Existing Dietary Complex Expansion And Improvement - Into Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans Required Specified Degree Of Details A. Aerial Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. B. Man’s Eye / Worm’s Eye Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. C. Front Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. D. Rear Perspective View In Conformance With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. E. Left & Right-side Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered F. Longitudinal And Transverse Section Plans At Least One Longitudinal And One Transverse Section Plans In At Least A3 Size Paper The Conceptualization Of The Design Including Its Specifications And Space Requirements Shall Complement And/or Supplement With The Existing Site Conditions And Specification Of The Existing Dietary Area At Ground Floor. Proponent’s Input, Suggestion And Recommendations With Regard To The Identification Of The Scope Or Physical Components And Structures, Specific Outputs And Requirements And Proposed Construction Methods Shall Be Considered. Iv. Performance Specifications And Parameters Site And Space Planning Were Governed By The Standards, Rules And Regulations On The Design Of Level 3 Hospitals As Prescribed By The Department Of Health And Other Concerned Agencies. Building Design Shall Conform To The Provisions Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096), Accessibility Law (bp 344), Architectural Law (ra 9266), Civil Engineering Law (ra 544), National Structural Code Of The Philippines, Electrical Engineering Law (ra 7920), Mechanical Engineering Law (ra5336), Plumbing Code (ra 1378, 1993-1994 Revisions), Fire Code (ra 9514) And Other Laws And Regulations Covering Environmental Concerns And Local Ordinances And Regulations. A. Pre-detailed Design 1. Engineering Surveys And Investigations 1.1 Surveys And Investigations Of The Site Includes Elevations And Contours (at 0.5m Interval), Soil Tests, Location, Dimension, Floor Elevations And Other Pertinent Data On Existing Buildings And Improvements (roads, Parking Areas, Mature Trees) And Existing Utility Lines (e.g. Water, Power, Telephone). 2. Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans/perspective 2.1 Preparation Of The Following Drawings For Design Development Based On The As Built Plan And Schematic Lay-out/call-out Prepared By The Procuring Entity. Please Refer To Section Iii. Conceptual Design. B. Detailed Design Preparation Of Final Design Concept And Detailed Architecture And Engineering Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Schematic Plans For Hospital Building And Design Conceptualization Duly Approved By The Dedvmh. In Determining The Final Design Concept And Detailed Architecture And Engineering Design, The Implementing Unit Together With The Design And Build Contractor Shall Initiate The Coordination Meeting With The Concerned Stakeholders In The Following Schedule: First Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The First Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Second Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The First Revision Of Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents, If There Any, Within Twenty (20) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Third Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The Second Revision Of Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents, If There Any, Within Thirty (30) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Upon Approval Of The Final Schematic Plan And Design Concept, The Design And Build Contractor Shall Then Proceed For The Design Phase, Enumerated As Follows: 1. Preparation Of The Following Detailed Design Drawings Of Entire Building (see Doh Checklist Of Drawings Requirements) Based On The Design Development Drawings And Design Parameters Including Any Revisions And Refinements As Approved And Required By The Dedvmh: A. Detailed Architectural Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). B. Detailed Structural Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). C. Detailed Electrical Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). D. Detailed Storm Drain, Sanitary And Plumbing Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). E. Detailed Mechanical Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). F. Structural Computations, Including Soil Boring Test Results And Seismic Analysis And Electrical Design Computations. G. General Notes And Technical Specifications Describing Type And Quality Of Materials And Equipment To Be Used, Manner Of Construction And The General Conditions Under Which The Project Is To Be Constructed. H. Detailed Cost Estimates, Detailed Bill Of Qualities, Bill Of Quantities, And Program Of Works Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates And Equipment Rentals. I. Summary Of Works J. All Design Output Shall Include The Following: Particulars Design Required Output Hard Copy Printed In Standard Size Paper 40 X 30 Printed And Hardbound Catalog For All Perspective Views, Architectural Finishes, Electrical Fixtures, Sanitary/plumbing Fixtures Utilizing Standard A4 Size Photo Paper Electronic Copy Electronic Copies In Standard Formats: - Designplansfile.pdf; - Designplanscadfile.dwg; - Design3dfile.skp/dwg/etc; - Powerpointpresentation.ppt; - 3d Animations (walkthrough.mp4/avi/mov/etc.) Design And Build Contractor Shall Compile All The Files And To Be Stored In 1tb External Drive Fourth And Final Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Submit The Completed Detailed Design Drawings Of The Entire Building, Within Sixty (60) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed. C. Green Building 1. Design Development Shall Consider At Least Basic Requirements For Green Building Applied To Hospital Facilities In Building Component Systems Such As Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, And Sanitary. D. 3d Animation And Walkthrough Presentations Designer Shall Prepare A 3d Walkthrough, That Is, Taking A Virtual Tour Of The Proposed Project/structure In Any Design Platform. It Shall Be Produced From Digital 3d Models That Have Been Visualized To A Photo-realistic Standard That Will Showcase All The Design Elements, Both Externally And Internally Of A Property Development And Its Spaces. Minimum Expected Output Shall Include But Not Limited To: - 3d Walkthrough Presentation That Will Show From The Main Entrance Of The Hospital Compound, Going Through The Site Where The Project Is To Be Located. From The Site, It Should Walk Through The Main Facade And Entrance Of The Ground Floor Of The Building Up To The Third Floor Showing All The Respective Floors, Its Lobbies, Hallways, Rooms And Other Support Facilities. - In Addition, The 3d Walkthrough Presentation Shall Include The Exterior Views / Facade Of The Building With Its Adjoining Structures. E. Pre-construction Pre-construction Meeting Shall Be Scheduled On The Next Day That The Completed Detailed Design Drawings Are Submitted. Key Stakeholders—including The Dedvmh, And The Design And Build Contractor (architects, Engineers, Consultants, And Contractor—must Attend). The Meeting Will Serve To:  Review And Confirm The Submitted Design Documents.  Ensure That The Designs Comply With The Project’s Specifications, Budget, And Schedule.  Address Any Necessary Adjustments Or Clarifications Before Construction Commences. After The Pre-construction Meeting, The Design And Build Contractor Shall Finalize And Submit The Following Documents For The Approval Of Dedvmh: 1. Duly Signed Construction Schedule And S-curve 2. Duly Signed Manpower Schedule 3. Duly Signed Construction Methods 4. Duly Signed Pert Cpm And Ghannt Chart Showing Per Item Of Works Of Individual Projects 5. Log Book This Submission Should Encompass All Architectural, Structural, And Mepfs Plans, Specifications, And Any Amendments From The Meeting. These Documents Will Form The Basis For Construction. Upon The Dedvmh’s Approval Of The Submitted Construction Documents, A Notice To Commence Will Be Issued. Construction Activities May Only Begin Following The Issuance Of This Notice. F. Construction As A Rule, Contract Implementation Guidelines For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects Shall Comply With Annex “e” And Guidelines For The Implementation Of Contracts For Design And Build Infrastructure Projects Shall Comply With Annex “g” Of Irr, Ra 9184. The Following Provisions Shall Supplement These Procedures: 1. Scope Of Works: Supply Of Materials, Labor, Tools And Equipment Necessary To Complete The Execution Of Architectural, Structural And Electrical And Mechanical Works. Includes All Other Necessary Works That Complete For The Fully Operational Building But Limited To The Following Work Items; A) Site Works - Provision Of Temporary Perimeter Fence - Demolition Of Existing Building/structure, Includes Hauling Of Debris Within The Hospital Compound - All Materials, Debris, Etc. Identified As Garbage As Directed By Hospital Management Shall Be Disposed Off-site - Excavation And Grading Provide Necessary Soil Protection On Excavated Portion. - Soil Poisoning And Termite Control B) Foundation Works - Foundation Of The Entire Building Includes Column Footings, Wall Footings And Other Sub-structures As Specified In The Approved Plan. C) Concrete Works - From New Foundation; Includes Slabs, Beams And Girders D) Architectural Works I) Exterior Walls – All Exterior Wall At Ground Floor Ii) Interior Walls – All Interior Wall At Functional Floors Complete With Wall Finishes Iii) Ceiling Works – All Functional Floors As Determined By Procuring Entity Iv) Floor Finish – All Functional Floors As Determined By Procuring Entity V) Doors And Windows– All Exterior Doors And Windows As Per Plan And Specifications Vi) Doors And Windows – All Functional Areas As Determined By Procuring Entity Vii) Painting Works – All Exterior Walls; Interior Walls At Functional Areas Viii) Façade And Signage E) Electrical Works I) Roughing-ins – All Necessary Roughing-ins Including Riser Conduits Including Ii) Cable Tray Iii) Panel Boards And Breakers – Main Breaker; Panel Boards From Ground Floor To Third Floor Iv) Wires And Cables – All Wires And Cables At Functional Floors Includes Installation Of Main Feeder Lines Tap To Existing Power House Including Connections To All Panel Board And Breakers V) Electrical Fixtures And Devices – All Fixtures And Wiring Devices At Functional Areas. Provision Of Usb Ready Outlets To Every Rooms. Vi) Application Of Electrical Connections/permits Shall Be Shouldered By The Contractor F) Mechanical Works I) Installation Of Automatic Fire Protection System At Functional Areas Ii) Installation Air Condition Units At Functional Areas As Determined By Professional Mechanical Engineer G) Plumbing And Sanitary Works I) Installation Of Plumbing And Sanitary System At Functional Areas, Includes; - Water Supply Pipelines - Waste Water Pipelines - Plumbing Fixtures And Accessories - Necessary Riser Pipes - Fiber Glass Pressure Tank - Provision Of Water Softener I) Electronics / Auxiliary Works - At Functional Areas: Public Address / Voice Evacuation Systems (paging Systems), Cctv, And Or Integrated Information And Communication Systems, Installation Of Fire Detection And Alarm System (fdas) At Functional Floors J) Other Works - At Dietary: Lpg Pipelines 1. No Works Shall Commence Unless The Contractor Has Submitted The Prescribed Documentary Requirements And The Dedvmh Has Given Written Approval. Work Execution Shall Be In Accordance With Reviewed And Approved Documents. The Contractor Shall Process The Approval Of Permit To Construct (ptc) Form Doh – Central Visayas Regional Office, Cebu City. In Addition To, The Contractor Shall Process The All-necessary Permits (i.e., Building Permit, Occupancy Permit And All Prerequisite Permits) Chargeable Against The Project. 2. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Obtaining All Necessary Information As To Risks, Contingencies And Other Circumstances Which May Affect The Works And Shall Prepare And Submit All Necessary Documents Specified By The Concerned Building Officials To Meet All Regulatory Approvals As Specified In The Contract Documents. 3. Any Errors, Omissions, Inconsistencies, Inadequacies Or Failure Submitted By The Contractor That Do Not Comply With The Requirements Shall Be Rectified, Resubmitted And Reviewed At The Contractor’s Cost. If The Contractor Wishes To Modify And Design Or Document Which Has Been Previously Submitted, Reviewed And Approved, The Contractor Shall Notify The Hospital Management And The Procuring Entity Within A Reasonable Period Of Time And Shall Shoulder The Cost Of Such Changes. 4. As A Rule, Changes In Design And Construction Requirements Shall Be Limited Only To Those That Have Not Been Anticipated In The Contract Documents Prior To Contract Signing And Approval. The Following Guidelines Shall Govern Approval For Change Or Variation Orders: A. Change Orders Resulting From Design Errors, Omissions Or Non-conformance With The Performance Specifications And Parameters And The Contract Documents By The Contractor Shall Be Implemented By The Contractor At No Additional Cost To The Procuring Entity. B. Provided That The Contractor Suffers Delay And/or Incurs Costs Due To Changes Or Errors In The Dedvmh Performance Specifications And Parameters, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Either One Of The Following: 1. An Extension Of Time For Any Such Delays Under Section 10 Of Annex “e” Of Irr (ra 9184); Or 2. Payment For Such Costs As Specified In The Contract Documents, Provided, That The Cumulative Amount Of The Variation Order Does Not Exceed Ten Percent (10%) Of The Original Project Cost. C. The Contract Documents Shall Include The Manner And Schedule Of Payment Specifying The Estimated Contract Amount And Installments In Which The Contract Will Be Paid. D. The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Advance Payment Subject To The Provisions Of Section 4 Of Annex “e”, Irr (ra 9184). B. The Dedvmh Shall Define The Quality Control Procedures For The Design And Construction In Accordance With The Doh Guidelines And Shall Issue The Proper Certificates Of Acceptance For Sections Of The Works Or Whole Of The Works As Provided For In The Contract Documents. C. The Contractor Shall Provide All Necessary Equipment, Personnel, Instruments, Documents And Others To Carry Out Specified Tests. D. This Design And Build Projects Shall Have A Minimum Defects Liability Period Of One (1) Year After Contract Completion Or As Provided For In The Contract Documents. This Is Without Prejudice To The Liabilities Imposed Upon The Engineer/architect Who Drew Up The Plans And Specification For Building Sanctioned Under Section 1723 Of The New Civil Code Of The Philippines. E. The Contractor Shall Be Held Liable For Design And Structural Defects And/or Failure Of The Completed Project Within The Warranty Period Of 15 Years For Permanent Structures/buildings As Specified In Section 62.2.3.2 Of The Irr (ra 9184) V. Implementation Arrangement A. Reporting Protocol Contact Person I. Nelson A. Elle, Md, Dtmph, Mscih Office Of The Medical Center Chief Ii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Ii. Joan V. Kadusale, Cpa Supervising Administrative Officer Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Iii. Leomel R. Labitad, Ce Engineer Iii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Iv. Allana Jane C. Dacoylo, Uap Architect Ii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Vi. Elegibility Requirements A. Basic 1. The Eligibility Requirements For Design And Build Scheme Shall Comply With The Applicable Provisions Of Sections 23-24 Of Irr Of Ra 9184. 2. A Modified Set Of Requirements Integrating Eligibility Documents And Criteria For Infrastructure Project And Consulting Services Shall Be Adopted In Accordance With Annex G - Guidelines For The Procurement And Implementation Of Contracts For Design And Build Infrastructure Projects Of Irr Of Ra 9184. 3. Pcab Classification Under “general Building”; License Category B “medium A” 4. Contractor Must Have Similar Project In The Amount At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Within The Past Five (5) Years. 5. Similar Projects With The Following But Not Limited To:  Low-rise Hospital Facility Project, Must Have Ongoing Or Completed Project At Least 2-storey Building.  Supply And Installation Of Hvac System. B. Specialized 1. For Pre-design And Design Phase Of The Contract, The Bidder Shall Comply The Following Professionals To Be Assigned: I. Project Coordinator • Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project Management. • Superb Oral And Written Communication Skills, Organization Skills And Excellent Administrative Abilities. Ii. Architect • The Architect Must Be A Registered And Licensed Architects (rla), With An Updated Professional Identification Card And Must Be A Member In Good Standing Of The Integrated And Accredited Professional Organization Of Architects (iapoa). • Should Have At Least 5 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Iii. Structural Engineer • Licensed Structural Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project Management. • Must Be A Member Of Accredited Structural Engineer Associations. Iv. Mechanical Engineer • Licensed Professional Mechanical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. V. Electrical Engineer • Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Vi. Sanitary Engineer • Licensed Sanitary Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Vii. Cad Operator (at Least One For Architecture And One For Each Engineering Specialty) • At Least Bachelor’s Degree In Architecture, Engineering, And/or Industrial Technology Major In Drafting • Proficient In Autocad Software Viii. Administrative Support Staff 2. For The Construction Phase Of The Contract, The Contractor Shall Assign Technical Personnel With The Following Qualification: I. Project Manager • Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project • Superb Oral And Written Communication Skills, Organization Skills And Excellent Administrative Abilities. Ii. Project Engineer (civil) • Licensed Civil Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project Iii. Project Engineer (mechanical) • Registered Mechanical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project Iv. Project Engineer (electrical) • Registered Electrical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project V. Cad Operator (at Least One For Architecture And One For Each Engineering Specialty) • At Least Bachelor’s Degree In Architecture, Engineering, And/or Industrial Technology Major In Drafting • Proficient In Autocad Software Vi. General Foreman (all Discipline) • With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As General Foreman In Medium Rise Project Vii. Skilled Workers (all Discipline) • With At Least 3 Years’ Experience In Medium Rise Project Viii. Administrative Support Staff Vii. Approved Budget Cost Project Description Approved Budget Cost Design Of Dedvmh Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities 5%-6% Of Abc Construction Of Dedvmh Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities 94%-95% Of Abc Total Abc Php 15,000,000.00 The Approved Budget For The Design-build Contract Is Fifteen Million Pesos (php 15,000,000.00) Which Is Identified As The Design And Build Of Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities. Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design Services Shall Not Seven Percent (7%) Of The Approved Budget Cost (as Per Prboa Resolution No. 6 Series Of 2016 - Architect’s Guidelines For Standards Of Professional Practice Compliances On The Methods Of Compensation And Schedule Of Fees, Pursuant To Republic Act No.9266, Published In The Official Gazette, September 19, 2016 Issue) Of The Entire Building Inclusive Of Taxes And Duties. Proposals Exceeding The Approved Budget Shall Be Automatically Rejected. Viii. Estimated Duration Of Engagement The Duration Of The Contract Is Three Hundred Sixty (240) Calendar Days From The Design Phase Up To The Completion Of The Project From The Date Of Effectivity: I. Pre-design And Design Phase - 60 Calendar Days Ii. Construction Phase - 180 Calendar Days Ix. Minimum Requirements For Construction Safety And Health A. General Requirements No Contractor Or Subcontractor Shall Require Any Employee To Work In Surroundings Or Under Working Conditions That Are Unsanitary, Hazardous, Or Dangerous To His Health Or Safety. In Order To Meet This General Requirement, The Contractor Must: 1. Initiate And Maintain Programs (written Or Otherwise) To Comply With This General Requirement. 2. Provide Frequent And Regular Inspections Of The Job Sites By Competent Persons.  Competent Person Means One Who Is Capable Of Identifying Existing And Predictable Hazards In The Surroundings Or Working Conditions Which Are Unsanitary, Hazardous, Or Dangerous To Employees, And Who Has Authorization To Prompt Corrective Measures To Eliminate Them. 3. Prohibit The Use Of Any Machinery, Tool, Material, Or Equipment That Is Not In Compliance With Applicable Requirements. 4. Permit Only Those Employees Adequately Trained To Operate Machinery Or Equipment. 5. Provide Training For All Employees In:  Recognition And Avoidance Of Unsafe Conditions  Workplace Safety And Health Requirements  Applicable Hazards, Safe Handling, And Personal Protective Equipment Necessary For Handling Poisons, Caustics, Flammables, And Other Harmful Substances Relevant To Their Job Duties.  Specific Hazards And Procedures For Entering Confined Spaces If Applicable 6. Provide Provisions For Medical Care And First Aid. 7. Develop An Effective Fire Protection And Prevention Plan. 8. Ensure Appropriate Housekeeping Measures Including Clear Walkways And Removal Of Combustible Scrap And Debris. 9. Require The Wearing Of Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment Such As Hard Hats, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Or Other Appropriate Protective Equipment In All Operations Where There Is An Exposure To Hazardous Conditions. 10. Develop An Emergency Action Plan Covering Designated Actions Employers And Employees Must Take To Ensure Employees Safety From Fire And Other Emergency.  Plan Must Be In Writing For Employers With Greater Than 10 Employees  All Employees Must Be Trained Upon Initial Assignment On The Parts Of The Plan The Employee Needs To Know In The Event Of An Emergency. 11. Provide Access To Hand Washing Facilities, Toilets, And An Adequate Supply Of Drinking Water. 12. Provide Safety And Health Signs That Are Clearly Visible To Construction Workers And Public. 13. Conduct Regular Safety Meetings. Source: Colorado State University Occupational Health And Safety Section Department Of Environmental Health Fort Collins, Colorado X. Design Technical Specifications And Requirements The Bidder Shall Submit The Following Design Deliverables In Accordance With The Design Specifications, Parameters And Drawing Checklist But Not Limited To The Following: Activity Reports And Documents Required 1. Pre-design Phase 1.1 Master Site Development Plans And Conceptual 3d Design Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Master Site Development Plans In Hard Copy (at Least 20 X 30 Paper Size In Desired Minimum Scale) And Softcopy (editable File.dwg And 3d Model.skp/cad/etc) Powerpoint Presentation And/or Walkthrough Presentation 2. Design Phase 2.1 Detailed Architecture And Engineering Designs/plans Including Applicable And/or Approved Revisions To The Satisfaction Of The Procuring Entity Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Detailed Architecture And Engineering Plans/drawing In Hard Copy (at Least 20 X 30 Paper Size In Desired Minimum Scale) And Softcopy (editable File.dwg And 3d Model.skp/cad/etc) (refer To Design Parameters And Drawing Checklists) 2.2 Construction Technical Specifications Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Construction Technical Specifications In Hard Bound Xi. Space Requirements General Floors:  Ceiling Height Should Be At Least Three Meters Clear Height For 2nd Floor And Up. Ground Floor Lobby Must Be Of Higher Ceiling.  Provision Of Utility Room Enough To House Trolley And Dirty Utilities With Floor Drain  All Floors Shall Have Direct Access To Ramp  Both Stairs Are For Service And Emergency Use  External Window At Second Floor And Up Shall Be Of Awning Type.  Provision Of Electrical Room  Ramp For Wheelchair Access (with A Clear Width Of At Least 1.22 M. 4 Ft.).  Minimum Of Two (2) Exits, Remote From Each Other, For Each Floor Of The Building.  Exits Restricted To The Following Types: Door Leading Directly Outside The Building, Interior Stair, Ramp And Exterior Stair.  Exits Terminate Directly At Open Space To The Outside Of The Building. Ground Floor – Nutrition And Dietetics Service Facilities • Hospital Staff Dining Room - This Area Is Where Hospital Staff Diners Take Their Meals. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Serving And Food Assembly Area B. Close To Dishwashing Area - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Four (4) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Auxiliary System: E. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System. • Cooking And Baking Area - This Area Is Dedicated For Cooking And Baking Food, With High Pressure Gas Piping System. Equipment And Accessory Checklist: • Hood, Exhaust • Drainage Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, 900mm High • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Single Compartment With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Double Compartment With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Shelves, Overhead • Drain, Trench Grating • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Staff Dining Room B. Close To Dietitian’s Office - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Thirteen (13) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light And Two (2) Units For Exhaust Fan With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby/emergency System: E. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: F. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System - Fire Alarm System: G. Provide At Least Three (3) Units Smoke Detector. - Gas Piping System: H. Provide High Pressure Gas Piping System. - Equipment And Accessories: I. Provide Hood, Exhaust J. Provide Range With Oven K. Provide Range With Broiler - Air Conditioning System: L. Provide Air Conditioning System. • Food Preparation Area W/ Special Diet Preparation Area - This Area Is Where Food Service Workers Prepare Food Vegetables, Slice And Cut Meat And Fish, Segregate Food, Set-up And Assemble Cooked Food, Place Food Trays And Containers On Food Conveyors To Be Taken To Wards. This Is Also Where Dietitian Puts Tags On Prepared Trays For Pay Patients. This Also Includes Space For Special Diet Preparation Area Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Work; Stainless Steel Grade 304 • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Single Compartment, With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Double Compartment, With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Counter, Food Preparation; Stainless Steel Grade 304 • Counter, Tray Set-up; Stainless Steel Grade 304 • Shelves, Overhead • Drain, Trench Grating; Stainless Steel - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Staff Dining B. Close To Dietitian’s Office - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Seven (7) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Auxiliary System: E. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System. • Blenderized And Tube Feeding Area - This Area Is Where Preparation Of Food And Equipment Needed For Blenderized And Tube Feeding. Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Work; Stainless Steel Grade 304, With Cabinets Above And Shelves Below • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Single Compartment, With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Stool, Adjustable Height • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Special Diet Preparation Area B. Close To Dietitian/nutritionist’s Office - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Three (3) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least Three (3) Units Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System. • Serving And Food Assembly Area - This Area Is Where Food Service Workers Set Up And Assemble Cooked Food, And Place Food Trays And Containers On Food Conveyors To Be Taken To Wards. Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Work; Stainless Steel Grade 304 • Stainless Steel Grade 304 Sink, Single Compartment, With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Stool, Adjustable Height • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Staff Dining Room B. Close To Dietitian/nutritionist’s Office - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System. • Food Conveyor Parking - This Space Is For Transit Station For Food Tray Truck/conveyor. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Dishwashing Area B. Adjacent To Food Assembly/tray Set-up Area - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Ventilation System: F. Provide One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Cold Storage - This Area Is For Storage Of Poultry, Meat And Dairy Products Procured, Food That Easily Spoils (egg, Vegetables, Fruits), And Of Leftover Cooked Food That Are Still Edible Equipment And Accessory Checklist: • Refrigerator, 20 Cu. Ft. • Freezer, 20 Cu. Ft. • Chiller, 20 Cu. Ft., Reach-in Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Table; Stainless Steel Grade 304; 750 X 1200mm • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Dry Storage Room B. Close To Receiving Area C. Adjacent To Dietitian’s Office - Lighting System: D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Ten (10) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Ventilation System: G. Provide One (1) Unit Exhaust Fan. • Dry Storage - This Area Is For Storage Of Food Procured, Food Intended For The Next Two Meals, Of Excess Supplies For Future Use, And Of Food That Does Not Spoil Easily. Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Work • Shelves, 400 Mm Deep • Cabinet, Lockable - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Cold Storage Room - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least Three (3) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Parallel Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Ventilation System: E. Provide One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Storage For Utensils/silverware - This Area Is For Storage Of Kitchen Utensils And Silverware Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Shelves, Open, 600mm Deep - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Dietitian’s Office - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least Two (2) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Ventilation System: D. Provide One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Delivery Receiving Area - This Area With Exhaust Fan Is Dedicated For Dietitian On Duty And Auditor Witness Weighing Of Food Delivered By Supplier, And Where Auditor Inspects And Checks Quality Of Food Items Purchased From The Market And Those Delivered By The Supplier. Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Stainless Steel • Sink, Single Compartment With Drainboard; 350-400mm Deep • Counter, Tiled • Shelves, Open • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Dietitian’s Office B. Close To Cold And Dry Storage Rooms - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Ventilation System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Dishwashing And Pots Washing Area - This Area Is For Washing Of Pots, Pans, Trays, Dishes And Other Kitchen Utensils, And Where Food Service Workers Perform Other Clean-up Activities. Equipment And Accessory Checklist: • Dishwashing Machine, Floor Unit • Wash Container, 380 Mm Dia. • Waste Bin With Black Lining Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Counter, Stainless Steel Grade 304 • Stainless Steel Sink Grade 304, Double Compartment With Drainboard • Grease Trap • Counter, With Upturned Edge • Shelves, Open • Table, Feeder, Stainless Steel 700 X 1200mm • Table, Work, Stainless Steel 700 X 2400mm • Concealed Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Food Preparation Area B. Close To Dietitian’s Office - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Parallel Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Ventilation System: F. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Orbit Fan. • Waste Holding Area - This Area Is For Food Service Workers Sort Garbage Accordingly, Pack Garbage And/or Place Sorted Garbage Into Proper Bins/container, And Where Garbage Generated For A Day Or Two Is Temporarily Stationed Prior To Being Collected For Transfer To The Waste Management Service. Equipment And Accessory Checklist: • Garbage Bin Containers • Faucet With Hose Bibb Key Furniture/fixture Checklist: • Floor Drain - Planning Relationships: A. Located In The Perimeter Of The Dietetics Area - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (gfci). Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Ventilation System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Dietitian’s Office / Staff Office - This Room Area Is Where The Chief Dietitian Calls Meetings With Staff For The Preparation Of Monthly Menu, Where Chief Dietitian And Staffs Reads, Writes And Uses Telephone In His Work Station, Dietitian And Staff Receive Visitors, Dietitian And Staff Store, File And Retrieves Records. - Planning Relationships: A. Located In The Kitchen Where It Shall Give The Dietitian Extensive/elevated View Of Work Areas And Control Over Possible Pilferage Of Dietary Supplies And Equipment. - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least Twelve (12) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector (ionization Type). - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Staff’s Dressing, Lockers, Toilet And Bath - This Room/space Is Equipped With Secure Lockers, Private Dressing Rooms, And Accessible Toilets And Showers To Support Hygiene And Comfort For Male And Female Staff. This Space, With Its Own Separate Staff Entrance, Allows For Efficient Staff Flow. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Dishwashing Area B. Adjacent To Food Assembly/tray Set-up Area - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. • Storage/closet - This Area Is For Storing Cleaning Materials Such As Detergents, Disinfectants, Brushes, Mops, And Other Sanitation Tools Used In Dietary Operations. - Planning Relationships: A. Located Within Patients Dishwashing Area. - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Power System: C. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. • Lpg Storage Area - This Area Is Well-ventilated Space Designed For The Safe Storage Of Lpg Tanks Used In Kitchen Operations. The Area Will Be Located Away From Open Flames, Heat Sources, And High-traffic Zones To Ensure Safety. It Will Feature Non-combustible Walls, A Fire Extinguisher, Proper Signage, And Adequate Lighting. The Space Will Also Include Provisions For Leak Detection, An Accessible Emergency Shut-off Valve, And Ground-level Storage To Prevent Accidental Tipping Of Lpg Tanks. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: B. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. • All Gender / Pwd Toilet & Bath - This Area Is Designed To Be Inclusive, Complying With The Updates To The Amended Irr Of Bp 344. It Ensures Accessibility For All Genders And Persons With Disabilities (pwd), Featuring Wide Doors, Support Bars, Urinal And Spacious Layout To Meet The Latest Standards For Accessibility And Comfort. - Planning Relationships: A. Accessible To All Staffs. B. Minimum Of One (1) Toilet On Each Floor Accessible To Disabled. - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • Electrical Room - Located On The Ground Floor In The Staff Hallway, It Is Strategically Placed To Maintain Separation And Safety While Ensuring Easy Access For Maintenance And Operation. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Power System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. • Common Toilet With Sink (female And Male Toilet Cubicle) - This Area, Featuring Separate Female And Male Toilet Cubicles, Will Serve Both The Dietitians/staff Office And The Hospital Staff Dining Room. It Will Be Designed For Accessibility And Include Standard Fixtures, Such As Sinks, Mirrors, And Hand Dryers Or Paper Towel Dispensers. The Space Will Prioritize Hygiene And Ease Of Maintenance With Durable, Easy-to-clean Surfaces, Adequate Lighting, And Ventilation. - Planning Relationships: A. In Between Dietitians/staff Office And Hospital Staff Dining - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 150 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. Xiv. Design Parameters (architectural) A. Codes And Standards The Architectural Works Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Laws, Codes And Standards.  Laws And Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its Latest And Amended Irr 2. Ra 9266 Or Architecture Law And Its Latest And Amended Irr 3. Ra 4226 Or Hospital Licensing Act And Its Latest And Amended Irr 4. Bp 344 Or Accessibility Law And Its Latest And Amended Irr 5. Ao 35, S. 1994 Or Ao Pertaining To The Control Of Radiation Hazards 6. Ra 9514 Fire Code Of The Philippines 7. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances. 8. And Other Laws That Applies To The Projects  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2 Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 2. Doh Technical Guidelines For Hospital & Health Facilities Planning And Design – Level 3 B. General Drawing Guidelines 1. General  All Drawings Shall Be Computer-drafted. Drawings Shall Be Submitted Both In Printed And Electronic Copies.  Keep The Same Orientation For All Plans. The North Orientation Shall Be Indicated In All Architectural Floor Plans. The Orientation Of The Architectural Plans Shall Be Consistent With All The Engineering Plans.  Existing Buildings And New Works Shall Be Clearly Indicated And Labeled In The Site Plans.  Detailed Plans Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 Meters.  Spot Detailed Plans, Elevations, And Sections Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:10 Meters.  Avoid Notes Such As ‘see Architectural Detail’ Or ‘see Structural’. Always Refer With A Callout To The Specific Detail Drawing And Sheet Number. 2. Site Plans  The Site Plans Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:500 Meters. 3. Floor Plans  All Plans Shall Be 1:100 Meters. The Same Scale Shall Be Used For The Rest Of The Architectural, Structural, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrical And Mechanical Plans, Except For Each Trade’s Site Plan, Detailed Plans And Spot Details.  Elevation Callouts Shall Be Indicated On The Floor Plans And Shall Be Consistent With The Elevation Drawing.  Section Line Callouts On The Floor Plans Shall Be Consistent With The Section Drawing.  Floor Plans Shall Be Indicated With Boxed Room Callout Numbers, Including The Callout For Floor Finishes And Wall Finishes.  Floor Elevations Shall Be Indicated In The Floor Plans. This Shall Be In Reference To The Natural Grade Line Or The Established Finished Floor Lines Of The Adjoining Existing Buildings.  The Location Of Mechanical Equipment, E.g. Air Conditioning Shall Be Indicated In The Floor Plans. This Shall Be Consistent With The Mechanical And Electrical Plans.  Door Callouts Shall Be Circles With The Proper Numbering, E.g. D-01.  Window Callouts Shall Be Hexagons With The Proper Numbering, E.g. W-01. 4. Elevations And Sections  Finish Floor Lines And Top Of Truss Lines Shall Be Consistent In All The Elevations, Sections And Structural Plans And Details. 5. Reflected Ceiling Plans  Reflected Ceiling Plans Shall Be Indicated With Boxed Room Callout Numbers, Including The Callout For Ceiling Finishes And Lighting Fixtures.  Ceiling Height Relative And In Reference To The Finish Floor Line Shall Be Indicated In The Reflected Ceiling Plans In Each Room With Boxed Dimensions. This Is To Ensure That The Ceiling Heights Of All Rooms Are Established Whether Or Not Reflected In The Sections.  The Description And Location Of The Fixtures, E.g. Lighting, Smoke Detectors, Air Condition Vents, Exhaust Fans, In The Reflected Ceiling Plans Shall Be Consistent With The Electrical And Mechanical Plans. 6. Roof Plans  Location Of All Downspouts Shall Be Indicated In The Roof Plans. 7. Doors And Windows  Door And Window Schedules Shall Indicate The Type Of Door Or Window, The Number Of Sets, The Location/s Of The Door Or Window, The Materials And Accessories Included And Other Special Specifications, E.g. Color Or Finish. All Windows Above Ground Floor Should Be Of Awning With An 45 Deg. Opening Angle. 8. Details  Provide A Minimum Of One (1) Bay Section Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 Meters For Each Major Building Preferably Cut Along The Area With Special Construction Design.  Provide Spot Detail Plans, Elevations And Sections Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:10 Meters For Special Designs With Aesthetic Treatment And Ornamentation.  Provide Detailed Plans Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 For All Areas Needing Tile Pattern, E.g. Lobby, Corridor, Entrance Walk, Showing The Position And Pattern Of Tiles.  Centerline Location Of Plumbing Fixtures Shall Be Indicated In Detailed Plans With Lines Of Reference And Its Corresponding Dimensions. This Is To Indicate The Exact Locations Of The Plumbing/sanitary Roughing-ins. C. Site Works 1. The Master Site Development Plan Of The Hospital Shall Include The Following:  Contour And Survey Of The Lot, Including Bearing And Distance Of The Property Line  Road Network And Curbs And Sidewalks  Parking Spaces  Reference Location Of Existing Trees  Reference Location And Footprint Of Existing Buildings, With The Corresponding Building Names And Dimensions, Including Distances Between Adjacent Buildings, And Distances Between Buildings And The Nearest Property Line  Reference Location Of Utilities, E.g. Water Reservoirs, Septic Tank, Wastewater Treatment Plant, Powerhouse, Transformers, Waste Storage Area, Security Outposts 2. The Layout Of The Buildings On The Site Shall Be Zoned According To The Service It Provides:  The Outer Zone Shall Include All Front-line Services, E.g. Emergency, Out-patient, X-ray, Laboratory And Other Ancillary Departments.  The Inner Zone Shall Include The Wards.  The Deep Zone Shall Include Services Like The Operating Room, Delivery Room, Nursery, Intensive Care Unit And Other Sensitive Hospital Services.  The Service Zone Shall Include Non-medical Services But Are Essential To Hospital Operations, E.g. Staff Lounge And Lockers.  There Shall Be A Separate Road Network And Entry/exit For The Public And The Service Vehicles, E.g. Ambulance, Waste Collection Vans, Delivery Trucks.  In Limited Lot Areas, Buildings Should At Least Be Spaced Four (4) Meters Apart To Allow Natural Light And Ventilation.  Covered Walkways Shall Be Provided For Access And Connection To All The Buildings.  Ramps Shall Be Provided In All Main Entrances Of The Buildings And Other Access Openings To Walkways Leading To Other Buildings. D. Building Architectural Works 1. Floor Plans  The Structural, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrical And Mechanical Designs Are Required To Refer To The Architectural Plans And Specifications In Case Of Discrepancies. If An Engineering Design Will Have Any Possible Conflict Or Interference On The Architectural Design, The Latter May Be Adjusted Provided That The Aesthetic Value Will Not Be Compromised.  The Architectural And Engineering Plans Shall Be Consistent All Throughout In Terms Of Dimensions And Locations Of Columns, Beams, Walls, Roof Line, Conduits, Ducts, Pipes, And Fixtures, Among Others. Column And Beam Grid Lines Shall Also Be Consistent In All The Architectural And Engineering Plans.  Verify And Coordinate Floor Plans With The Mechanical, Electrical And Sanitary Design With Regard To The Requirements For Mechanical Rooms, Ahu Rooms, Electrical Rooms, Pipe Chase, And Other Engineering Requirements.  Public Toilets Shall Have Provisions And Fixtures For Persons With Disability As Required By Bp 344. If Enough Space Allows, Toilets Specially Made And Designated For Persons With Disability Is Preferable. 2. Walls  Exterior Walls Shall Be 200mm. Thick, While Interior Walls Shall Be 150mm. Thick. This Is Indicative Of The Finished Wall Thickness Including The Plastering And Tile Works.  Used Soundproofed Wall Materials For Areas With Indicated “soundproofed”. Walls With An Stc Rating Of At Least 45-50 Is Recommended. In Areas Where High Confidentiality Or Privacy Is Required (e.g., Patient Rooms, Doctor’s Offices Near Noisy Zones), Consider An Stc Rating Of 55-60.  Double Layer Of Drywall: Use Two Layers Of Drywall On Either Side Of A Metal Or Wood Stud Frame For Enhanced Soundproofing.  Acoustic Insulation: Use High-density Insulation Like Mineral Wool Or Acoustic Fiberglass In Wall Cavities To Absorb Sound.  Higher Mass: Increase The Wall's Mass With Materials Like Masonry Or High-density Concrete, Which Can Significantly Reduce Sound Transmission.  Toilet Wall Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 300mm. For Areas Of Six (6) Square Meters Or Below. Toilet Wall Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 600mm. For Areas Above Six (6) Square Meters.  Layout And Work On Wall And Floor Tiles Must Be Aligned, Plumb, Level, And Square.  All Edges, Corners And Intersections Of Toilet Tiles, Including The Top-most Tile Not Reaching The Ceiling Shall Be Provided With Polyvinyl Chloride Tile Trims.  Tile Color And Design Shall Be Approved First Before Installation. 3. Floors  If Floor Tiles In Two Adjacent Rooms With Different Material, Color Or Design Meet At The Door Opening, The Cut Shall Be Located Middle Of The Door Thickness When In A Closed Position. Provide Details In The Floor Pattern Design.  Floors At The Openings Of Toilets For Persons With Disability Shall Be Sloping. Indicate In The Plans And Sections.  The Size Of The Toilet Floor Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 300mm. For Areas Of Six (6) Square Meters Or Below. Toilet Floor Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 600mm. For Areas Above Six (6) Square Meters. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Pantry/lounge Floor Tiles Shall Be 600mm. X 600mm. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Floor Tiles Of The Offices And Wards Shall Be 600mm. X 600mm, Or Bigger Depending On The Proportion To The Size Of The Room. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Floor Tiles Of The Lobby And Corridor Shall Not Be Less Than 400mm. X 400mm. The Tile Size Of 600mm. X 600mm. Is Recommended For Bigger Areas. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  Layout And Work On Wall And Floor Tiles Must Be Aligned, Plumb, Level, And Square.  All Edges, Corners And Intersections Of Toilet Tiles, Shall Be Provided With Polyvinyl Chloride Tile Trims.  Tile Color And Design Shall Be Approved First Before Installation. 4. Ceiling Works  Ceiling Height For Areas With Special Aesthetic Treatment, E.g. Lobby, Major Conference Room, Auditorium, Executive Office, Shall Be Proportional To The Area Or Room Or As Required By The Designer. However, This Shall Not Be Lower Than 2700mm. Provide Details.  If Acoustic Boards On Aluminum T-runners Would Be Used For The Ceiling, Layout Should Be On Center And Avoiding Cut Pieces. If The Remaining Perimeter Of The Ceiling Is Less Than 600mm. Wide, It Shall Be Designed Complimentary With Fiber Cement Boards On Light Gauge Metal Furring. Likewise With Acoustic Boards In Big Areas, E.g. Offices, And Wards, Shall Be Designed In A Way To Break The Redundancy. Provide Details.  Soffit Of Exterior Beams And Slabs Shall Have Drip Moulds To Prevent Damage Due To Water Sipping Into The Eaves Or Ceiling. Section Details Shall Be Required To Show The Drip-mould.  Acoustic Panels: Adding Absorptive Finishes, Such As Fabric-covered Acoustic Panels, Can Help To Dampen Internal Reflections And Improve Sound Quality Within Rooms, Although These Don’t Block Sound But Reduce Reverberation.  Non-cove Light Placement: Instead Of Cove Lighting, Use Flush-mounted Lighting Directly In The Ceiling With Sealed Housings That Prevent Dust Buildup. Fixtures Should Be Durable, Non-reflective, And Easy To Clean Without Requiring Special Maintenance Procedures. 5. Doors And Windows  Major Rooms That Require Security Shall Have Sturdy Doors E.g. Wood Panel, And Metal.  Minor Rooms That Do Not Require Security Shall At Least Have Wood Flush Doors.  Toilets And Other Wet Areas Shall Have Steel Doors.  Heavy-use Doors, E.g. Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Should Be Provided With Stainless Steel Kick Or Push Plates And Door Closers.  Fire Escape Doors Should Be Provided With Panic Hardware And Door Closers, And Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Aluminum Frames Of Glass Doors Shall Be Powder-coated.  Door Finish And Color Shall Be Approved First Before Application.  Window Sills Shall Be Slightly Sloped Outwards To Prevent Damage To Windows And Paint Due To Water Seepage. Section Details Shall Be Required To Show This Slope.  All Doors Of A High-occupancy Room Shall Swing Outwards And As Required By The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Door Jambs With No Moulding/casing Installed On Concrete Walls Shall Have Construction Grooves All Around. Provide Details.  All Doors And Windows Shall Have Reinforced Concrete Lintel Beams. Provide Details.  Door Seals And Frames: For Soundproofed Rooms, Also Use Solid-core Doors With Perimeter Seals To Prevent Sound From Leaking Through Door Frames. 6. Stairs, Ramps And Corridors  Ramps For Persons With Disability Shall Have A Slope Not Higher Than 1:12. Handrails And Clearances Shall Conform With The Requirements Of Bp 344.  Regular Stairs Shall Have Risers At 150mm. High And Treads At 300mm. Wide. Fire Stairs Could Have A Maximum Riser At 200mm. And Tread At 250mm. Handrails Shall Be 1100mm. High. Clearances Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Corridors Shall Have A Minimum Unobstructed Width Of 2450mm. This Shall Be Measured Clear From The Surface Of The Finished Wall And Not On-center Of The Rough Chb Wall.  Corridors Shall Not Be Areas For Temporary Or Permanent Storage Of Stretchers, Wheelchairs, Trolleys, Food Carts, Oxygen Tanks Or Other Movable Hospital Equipment. Storage Or Parking Spaces Shall Be Provided For These.  Corridors And Exit Doors Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines. 7. Fixtures And Accessories  Three-way Electrical Light Switches Shall Be Provided At The Foot And The Top Of The Stairs Per Floor. Likewise, At Both Ends Of A Long Corridor.  Electrical Light Switches Shall Be Located By The Knob Side Of The Door.  Electrical Switches And Outlets Shall Be Installed Plumb And Level.  Public Toilets Shall Always Be Provided With Heavy-duty Soap Dispensers And Electric Hand Dryers.  Public Toilets Shall Always Be Provided With Stainless Steel Handrails In Conformity To The Requirements Of Bp 344.  A Drainage Line Shall Be Provided For Window-type Air Conditioners. Likewise, Split-type Air Conditioners Located In The Interior Part Of The Building Shall Be Located Adjacent To Areas With Drainage Lines, E.g. Toilets, Downspouts, Balconies.  Seal Gaps And Openings: Ensure All Joints, Gaps, And Penetrations (e.g., Electrical Outlets, Ducts) Are Sealed With Acoustical Caulk Or Gaskets To Prevent Sound Leakage.  Sterile Area Lighting Type: Use Sealed, Recessed, Or Surface-mounted Led Fixtures That Are Flush With The Ceiling Surface To Prevent Dust Accumulation. 8. Roofing Works  The Section Of The Roof Gutters Shall Be Designed, In Case Of A Clogged Downspout, So That The Overflow Of Water Will Be Directed Outside Of The Building And Not Towards The Eaves Or Interior Ceiling To Prevent Any Damage. Provide Details.  Avoid Valley Or Inside Gutters In Roof Design. But In Cases Required In Aesthetic Design, Valley Or Inside Gutters Shall Be In Stainless Steel Or Concrete Gutters With Membrane-type Waterproofing, And The Section Shall Be Designed With A Capacity For Big Volume To Prevent Any Damage Due To Overflow. Provide Details.  Parapets, Designed As A Roof Protection From The Winds, Must Be Designed To Satisfy The Preceding Parameters. Provide Details.  The Slope Of The Roof Shall Not Be Less Than 30 Degrees. 9. Painting  Painted Ceiling Shall Be In Flat Latex Finish, While Cornices And Mouldings Shall Be In Gloss Enamel Finish.  Painted Interior Wall Shall Be At Least In Semi-gloss Latex Finish For Ordinary Rooms, E.g. Offices, Unless Specified To A Higher Type Of Paint.  Patient-related Rooms, E.g. Emergency Rooms, Out-patient Departments And Wards, Shall Be In Anti-bacterial And Odor-absorbent Paint Finish.  Special Rooms, E.g. Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, And Laboratories Shall Also Be In Anti-bacterial And Odor-absorbent Paint Finish.  Painted Exterior Wall Shall Be At Least In Moisture-resistant/water-repellent Solvent-based Paint Finish, Textured Or Smooth, Unless Otherwise Specified.  Paint Color And Shade Shall Be Approved First Before Application. D. Specific Requirements 1. Provide Spot Detail Plans And Sections Of The Following:  Gutter, Eaves, And Parapet  Ceiling - Covelight, Special Connections And Design, Mouldings, Valances  Stairs - Handrail, And Baluster Design  Ramps - Handrail Design And Floor Pattern  Doors, Windows And Gates - Grille Works,  Special Architectural Treatment And Design, E.g. Façade Design, Special Window And Door, Counters  Special Carpentry Works, E.g. Partitions, Cabinetry  Building And Room Signages And Wayfinding Systems  All Pwd Toilets Shall Be Labelled “all Gender / Pwd Toilet”  Other Details As May Be Required 2. Provide Room Data Sheets, Including Detail Floor Plan, Ceiling Plan And Sections Of The Following Rooms, In Coordination With The Requirements Of The Electrical, Sanitary And Mechanical Designs: A. Cooking Area, Including Furniture And Equipment With Specific Dimensions Of The Location Of Fixtures And Accessories, And In Coordination With The Requirements Of The Electrical And Mechanical Engineering Design. B. Hospital Staff Dining C. D. (all Blanks Shall Be Filled As Required By Or Applicable To The Project.) E. Summary Of Materials  Materials To Be Used Shall Be Fire-resistant, Non-toxic, Moisture-resistant And Termite-resistant, E.g. Fiber Cement Board, Light-gauge Steel Frame, Polyvinyl Chloride Ceiling Panels.  Wet Areas, E.g. Toilets, And Pantry/lounge Shall Use Non-skid/non-slip Vitrified Ceramic Floor Tiles.  Heavy Traffic Areas, E.g. Lobby, And Corridor Shall Use Heavy-duty Seamless Granite Floor Tiles Or A Higher Type Of Floor Material.  Ramps And Stairs Shall Use Non-skid/non-slip Floor Tiles, Materials As Specified.  Aluminum T-runners Shall Be Powder Coated.  Metal Rod Hangers With Adjustable Clips, And Not Galvanized Iron Wires, Shall Be Used To Support And Suspend The Aluminum T-runners And Light Gauge Metal Furrings.  Roofing Sheets Shall Be Ga.# 24 Aluminum-coated, Pre-painted, And Pre-formed. F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Doh Checklist Of Drawings. -end Of Architectural Design Parameters- Xv. Design Parameters (structural/civil Works) A. Codes And Standards The Civil/structural Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards  Codes 1. National Structural Code Of The Philippines (nscp) 2010 2. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its Revised Irr 3. Accessibility Law 4. Local Codes And Ordinances  Standards 7. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 8. Philippine National Standards (pns) 9. Dpwh Blue Book 10. American Concrete Institute (aci) 11. American Society For Testing Materials (astm) 12. American Welding Society (aws) B. Site Works Based On The Master Site Development Plan Of The Hospital, Provide Where Applicable Complete Design And Details Of Hospital Road (concrete With Curb And Gutter, Including Drainage) Network, Walkways, Parking Areas And Fencing. 1. The Main Hospital Road Shall Be Capable Of Two-way Traffic (at Least 6mts. Width) With A Minimum Thickness Of 150mm (8 Inches). Concrete Strength Should Be At Least 3000psi. Interior Roads (leading To Support Facilities) Shall Be Designed To Accommodate Delivery Vehicles, And Fire Trucks In Case Of Emergency. 2. Walkway Should Be At Least 100mm Thk. With Concrete Strength Of 2500psi. Ramps Should Be Provided, Instead Of Steps, For Any Change In Elevations. 3. Parking Area Slabs Should Be At Least 150mm Thk. With Concrete Strength Of 3000psi. 4. Fences Should Be Seen Through In Front Of The Hospital While The Tree (3) Other Sides Should Be Concrete Hollow Blocks With Minimum Height Of 2 Meters And To Be Provided With Perimeter Lighting. See-through Fence Design Will Be Made Of 32mm Square Bars Spaced At 100mm On Center And Provided With Three (3) Concrete Hollow Blocks (45mm High) Zocalo Walls. C. Buildings 1. The Hospital Buildings Should Be Designed Using A Seismic Importance Factor Of 1.5 For The Immediate Occupancy Category. Buildings Should Be Designed In Accordance With Nscp Requirements Up To Magnitude 7 For Those Near Seismic Source Type A. Seismic Gaps Between Buildings (old And New) Should Be Properly Observed. 2. The Hospital Buildings Should Be Designed Also Using Wind Importance Factor Of 1.15 (especially For Design Of Trusses/roofing System). Concrete Gutters And Parapet Walls Should Be Provided As Additional Protection To The Roofing System During Strong Typhoons. Wind Velocity Of 300-350 Kph Shall Be Considered Upon The Recommendation Of Structural Engineer 3. The Structural Designer Should Verify With Philippine Volcanology And Seismology (phivolcs) The Distance Of The Proposed Hospital To Nearest Active Fault Lines And With The Denr For Geo-hazard Mapping. 4. Soil Investigation (at Least Three Boreholes) Should Be Conducted To Determine Soil Bearing Capacity And Recommended Foundation Design (applicable Even For One Storey Structure). 5. The Structural Designer Is Encouraged To Use Fire-resistive And Non-toxic Materials. D. Details – The Following Shall Be Provided: 1. Connection Details Of Beams And Columns Following The Requirements Of Nscp On Confined Areas. 2. Connection Of Trusses To Beams And Columns. 3. Splicing Details Of Reinforcing Bars On Columns And Beams And The Required Bar Cut-off Points. 4. Details For Connection Of New Construction & Old Construction Structural Members Such As Expansions Joints For Thermal Expansion/contraction. 5. Include Thermal Expansion/contraction Prevention Methodologies Specifically On Soft Joints Areas Between Structural And Architectural Members. E. Summary Of Materials 1. Concrete Shall Be Portland Cement And Conforming To Astm Specification C150, Type I To Type Ii 2. Coarse Aggregates Shall Consist Of Washed Gravel, Crushed Stone Or Rock Or A Combination Thereof Conforming To Astm C33 3. Concrete Hollow Blocks Shall Be A Standard Product Of Recognized Manufacturer Conforming To Pns 16 With At Least 350psi Strength. 4. Reinforcing Bars Shall Conform With Pns Grade 60 For 16mm Dia. And Above And Pns Grade 40 For 12mm Dia And Below. 5. Structural Steel Shall Conform With Astm A36/a6m 6. Bolts And Studs Shall Conform With Astm A 325 7. Welding Electrodes Shall Be E60 Or E 70 And Conform With Aws F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Checklist -end Of Structural/civil Works Design Parameters- Xvi. Design Parameters (sanitary/plumbing Works) A. Codes And Standards The Sanitary/plumbing Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 2. Fire Code Of The Philippines 3. National Plumbing Code Of The Philippines (npcp) 4. Sanitation Code Of The Philippines 5. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances.  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Philippine National Standards For Drinking-water 3. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 4. Doh National \ Laboratory (nrl) 5. Doh Health Care Waste Management Manual 6. National Water Resources Board (nwrb) 7. National Plumbers Association Of The Philippines (nampap) 8. Philippine Society Of Sanitary Engineers, Inc. (psse) B. Site Works  Based On The Master Site Development Of The Hospital, The Site Works Shall Provide Complete Layout Of The Following: 1. Storm Drainage Network, Indicating Drainage Manholes And Pipe Culvert; 2. Sewerage Pipe Network, Indicating Sewage Manholes, Sewage Pipes And The Location Of The Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant; And 3. Water Supply Network, Indicating The Location Of Water Service Entrance, Cisterns, Elevated Water Tank And Proposed Pump House.  The Storm Drainage Network Shall Accommodate The Magnitude Of Peak Rates Of Surface Run-off Including Drainage Coming From The Buildings. The System Shall Be Capable Of Handling The Design Flows Routing To The Designated Outfall; For Rainfall Calculation And Sizing Of Drainage Pipes, Refer To Table-d2, Appendix-d, National Plumbing Code Of The Philippines And Current Rainfall Record From Pagasa.  The Sewerage Pipe Network Design Shall Accommodate All Sewage Coming From All The Facilities, Conveyed By Gravitational Flow Leading To The Sewage Treatment Plant; Per Capita Wastewater Demand: 100-130 Gal/capita/day Per Bed C. Building Facilities Sanitary/plumbing System 1. Sewer Line And Vent System  Provide Complete Sewer Line And Vent System From All (domestic) Plumbing Fixtures And Floor Drains, Laid By Gravity Flow Leading To The Sewage Treatment Plant (stp);  For Demand Weight Of Fixtures In Fixture Units; Refer To Appendix A, Table A-2, Npcp 2. Wastewater Line And Vent System  For All Wash Areas Dealing And Generating With Oil/grease, Provide Separate Wasteline And Vent System And Solely Tap To The Proposed Grease Trap And Then Connect Its Effluent To The Sewage Treatment Plant.  For Estimated Demand Weight Of Fixtures In Fixture Units; Refer To Appendix A, Table A-2, Npcp Waterline System  Provide Complete Cold Water Supply Pipes To All Plumbing Fixtures. From The Main Water Source, The Water Shall Be Pumped To The Elevated Water Tank (ewt) And Conveyed To The Fixtures By Gravity System And Or Distributed To Fixtures By Transfer Pumped With Constant Pressure Through A Pneumatic Storage Tank, Whichever Is Feasible. 4. Storm Drainage System  Complete Storm Drainage System Shall Be Provided For All Roofs, Canopies, Concrete Ledges And Balconies Including Condensate Drains Laid For Gravity Flow Connected To A Leader/pipe Line Leading To The Natural Ground Level Storm Drainage Network. D. Specific Requirements  Provide Details Of The Following: 1. Grease Trap (for Dietary) 2. Provision Of Water Softener 3. Fiberglass Pressure Tank E. Summary Of Materials  Sewer And Vent Pipes; Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) Extra Series 1000 (conforming To Iso 3633 Astm D2729 Including Trims And Fittings)  Storm Drainage Pipes; Downspouts, Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) Extra Series 1000 (conforming To Iso 3633 Astm D2729 Including Trims And Fittings, Bps Certified)  Drainage Pipes; 250mm Dia. And Below, Non-reinforced Concrete Pipe (nrcdp)  300mm Dia. And Above, Reinforced Concrete Pipe (rcdp)  Drainage Manholes; Street Inlet, Curb Inlet, Traffic Type Reinforced Concrete Area Drain/catch Basin, Reinforced Load Bearing Chb  Sewage Manholes; Traffic Type Reinforced Concrete With Standard Steel Brass Cover  Wastewater Pipeline; Extra Heavy (xh) Single Hub, Hub Less Cast Iron Pipes And Fittings (cip) Conforming To Astm Standard 888  Cleanouts; Cast Iron Brass With Countersunk Plug (bps Certified)  Floor Drains/deck Drains; Cast Iron Brass (bps Certified)  Gutter Drains; Cast Iron Dome Type Brass (bps Certified)  Cold Waterline Pipes; For Buildings, Polypropylene Pn10 Fusion Weld Pipes Including Trims And Fittings (bps Certified)  Hot Waterline System; For Buildings, Polypropylene Pn20 Fusion Weld Pipes Including Trims And Fittings (bps Certified)  Trench Grating; Galvanized/stainless Steel Iron Grates  Plumbing Fixtures Including Trims, Fittings And Accessories; (bps Certified)  Water Closet-tank Type Push Button Flush  Lavatory - (pedestal/counter Type) With C-spout Spray Faucet  Kitchen Sink-ga#16 Stainless Steel Seamless Bowl With Gooseneck Faucet  Urinal-wall Hung Flush Valve Type  Plumbing Fixtures At Sterile Areas; A. Scrub-up Sink-ga#16 Stainless Steel (single/double Bowl) Compartment With Knee Operated And Or Censor Controlled Spay Faucet B. Surgical Soap Dispenser-ga#16 Stainless Steel Foot Operated C. Laboratory Sink-ga# 16 Stainless Steel Deep Seated Seamless Bowl Compartment With C-spout Spray Faucet F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Doh Checklist Standards Based On Revised Irr Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) -end Of Sanitary/plumbing Works Design Parameters- Xvii. Design Parameters (mechanical Works) A. Codes And Standards The Mechanical Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 2. Fire Code Of The Philippines 3. Mechanical Engineering Code Of The Philippines (me Code) 4. Existing Local Government Codes And Ordinances.  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Philippine National Standards (pns) 3. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) And Factory Mutual (fm) 4. International Electrotechnical Commission (iec) 1988 5. National Fire Protection Association (nfpa) 6. National Fire Protection Association (nfpa) 99 Standard For Health Care Facilities. 7. American Society Of Heating, Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Engineers (ashrae). 8. Center For Disease Control And Prevention (cdc) Manual. B. Automatic Fire Sprinkler System  The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. Site Development Plan And Vicinity Map, Indicating The Location Of The Buildings, Firewater Reserve Tank, Firewater Line, Yard Loop And Private Fire Hydrant. 2. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Fire Sprinkler System And Schematic Diagram Of Alarm Monitoring System. 3. Floor Layout And Isometric Layout Of The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Indicating Pipe Sizes And The Location Of The Pipes, Valves, Sprinkler Heads, Riser Nipples, Fire Hose Cabinets, Sprinkler Main Riser, Drain Pipes, Cross Mains, Branch Lines, Inspector’s Test Connections, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Equipment Schedule, Detail Drawings, Fire Pump And Jockey Pump Layout. 5. Architectural, Structural, Electrical And Plumbing Drawings Of The Firewater Tank And Pumphouse.  An Automatic Fire Sprinkler Shall Be Provided In All Hospital Building Except For Those Fire Resistive One-storey Hospital Building.  Hazard Classification Shall Be Light Hazard Occupancy.  Area Of Coverage Shall Be 146 Square Meters And Water Density Shall Be 4.07 Lps/sq. M.  Protection Area Per Sprinkler Head Shall Be 20 Square Meters At 2.2 Meters Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers And 4.2 Meters Maximum Spacing.  All Floor Control Valves Shall Be Equipped With Supervisory Switch, Water Flow Detector And Drain System.  Water Supply Shall Be Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Fire Pump With Diesel Engine Or Ac Motor And A Vertical In-line Jockey Pump With Controller.  Firewater Reserve Tank Shall Be Ground Level Monolithic Concrete Tank Sized For A Minimum Of 30 Minutes.  Hydraulic Calculations Report Shall Be Based On Npfa-13 Format. C. Ventilation And Air Conditioning System  The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System. 2. Floor Layout Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Indicating The Capacity And Location Of The Air Conditioners And Fans. 3. Duct Layout Indicating Duct Sizes, Route And Location Of The Dampers, Diffusers, Return Air Register, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Refrigerant Piping Layout Indicating Pipe Sizes, Location Of Valves, Hangers And Sway Braces. 5. Equipment Schedule And Details Drawings Of Air Conditioners And Ventilating System.  Air Conditioning System Shall Be Provided In All Patient’s Private Rooms, Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Offices And Other Areas Where Conditioned Air Is Necessary.  Cooling Load Calculations Report Shall Be Manual Or Computer Generated, Hourly Analysis Program Which Includes Heat Transmission Coefficients, Solar Heat Gain Factors And Corrected Cooling Load Temperature Difference Calculations.  Split Type Air Conditioners Will Be Used At Areas With Larger Capacities.  Window Type Air Conditioners Shall Be Used In Areas With Exterior Wall Exposure.  Centralized Air Conditioning Will Be Used As Indicated On Space Requirements (e.g. Sterile Hallways).  Maintain An Air Change Rate Greater Than Or Equal To 12 Air Changes Per Hour Or 145 Liters Per Second Per Patient.  Ceiling Cassette Type Exhaust Fans With Integral Air Diffuser Shall Be Provided In All Toilets.  Ceiling Fans, Orbit Type With 360° Oscillation Shall Be Provided In All Non-air-conditioned Rooms, As Mentioned On Space Requirements. D. Specific Requirements  Provide Details Of The Following: 1. Lpg Pipeline 2. Kitchenhood And Smokestack E. Summary Of Materials 1. Automatic Fire Sprinkler System A. The Fire Pump Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Diesel Engine Or Electric Motor Driven, Designed Specifically Intended For An Automatic Water Sprinkler Protection System. B. The Jockey Pump Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Electric Motor Driven, 220v, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, And Electric Power Connection. C. Sprinkler Head Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Pendant, Upright Or Sidewall Unit, 83 Lpm Flow Capacity Per Head And Temperature Fusing At 57.5° C To 74°c. D. The Alarm Assembly Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Constructed And Installed That Any Flow Of Water From The Sprinkler System Equal To Or Greater Than That From The Single Automatic Head Shall Result In An Audible And Visual Sign In The Vicinity Of The Building. E. Alarm And Supervision System Of The Automatic Water Sprinkler Shall Include The Monitoring Water Flow Switch At Each Floor Of The Building, Fire Pump And Jockey Pump Running Condition And Power Supplies, Level Of Water In The Reservoir And Control Valves. F. Pipes Shall Be B.i. Schedule 40. Screw Fittings Shall Be Used For Inside Piping. 2. Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System A. Refrigerant Pipes Shall Be Copper Tubing, Type L Or K Black Steel Pipe, Schedule 40 For Size Of 100mm Diameter And Smaller. Pipe Over 100mm Shall Be Black Steel Pipe Schedule 40. B. Black Steel Pipes Shall Be Standard Seamless, Lap-welded, Or Electric Resistant Welded For Size Of 50mm Diameter And Larger, Screw Type For Size 38mm Diameter And Smaller, Fittings For Copper Tubing Shall Be Cast Bronze Fitting Designed Expressly For Brazing. C. Pipe Insulation Shall Be Performed Fiberglass Or Its Equivalent. The Insulating Materials Shall Be Covered With 100mm X. 13mm Thick Polyethelene Film, Which Shall Be Overlapped Not Less Than 50mm. D. Ducts Shall Be Galvanized Sheet Steel Of Standard Gauges. E. Ductwork Insulation Materials Shall Be Rigid Board Made Of Styropor Or Equivalent 25mm Thick For Ground And Top Floor, 13mm Thick For Intermediate Floor. -end Of Mechanical Works Design Parameters- Xviii. Design Parameters (electrical/auxiliary Works) A. Codes And Standards The Electrical System Design Parameters Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. Philippine Electrical Code 2. National Electrical Code 3. Fire Code Of The Philippines 4. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 5. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. International Electrotechnical Commission (iec) 5. Illumination Engineering Society (ies) 6. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (nema) 7. Doh Manual On Technical Guidelines For Hospital And Health Facilities Planning And Design B. Building Facilities Electrical System 1. Lighting System  Provide And Install Adequate Normal Branch Circuits For Lighting System To All Areas Using The Standard Lighting Design Analysis. Utilize The Standard Illumination Requirements Per Area Of Concern Using The Preferred Particular Type Of Luminaires. 2. Power System  Provide And Install Adequate Normal Branch Circuits For The Power System. 3. Standby/emergency System  Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuits For Lighting Or Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. 4. Auxiliary System Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System:  Communication System A. Telephone System B. Local Area Network System C. Public Address Paging System D. Private Branch Exchange (pabx) E. Master Or Cable Antenna Television  Fire Alarm System  Security System 5. Lightning Protection System  The Building Lightning Protection System Shall Include Roof-mounted Air Terminals Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, Conduits, Clamps, And Auxiliary Equipment As Required For A Complete And Operational Lightning Protection System. 6. Provide Details Of The Following:  Lighting Fixtures/luminaires  Panelboard And Circuit Breakers  Switchgear And Other Metering Devices  Electrical And Hospital Equipment  Installation And Termination Of Auxiliary And Other Special Devices And Equipment  Power And Telephone Handholes (as May Be Required)  Pedestal And Service Entrance To Bldg.  Grounding System Layout  Substation/power House And Electrical Room  Transformer And Generator Mounting  Others As May Be Required. C. Summary Of Materials  General Lighting Luminaries: Fixtures Type Shall Be As Indicated On The Lighting Layout Plan. 1. Fluorescent Lamp Shall Be Linear, Circular Or Self-ballasted Compact Fluorescent Lamps. 2. Fluorescent Lamps Shall Be Cool Or Warm White And 3. Lamp Holders Shall Be Made Of Thermosetting Plastic. 4. Fluorescent Ballast: Magnetic Or Electronic Type With High Power Factor Or High Frequency Energy Saving Type. 5. Fluorescent Fixture Housing Shall Be Steel Sheet With High Reflectance Powder Coat Paint Finish. 6. Downlights And Pin Lights Shall Be Of Heavy Gauge Spun Aluminum Equipped With Lamp As Indicated On The Drawings. 7. Other Special Lighting Requirements Shall Be As Approved By The Implementing Agency. 8. Sterile Areas/zones Lighting Specifications: A. Type: Use Sealed, Recessed, Or Surface-mounted Led Fixtures That Are Flush With The Ceiling Surface To Prevent Dust Accumulation. B. Lux Level: Aim For 300-500 Lux For General Sterile Areas; 1000 Lux Or More May Be Needed In Surgical Suites Or Examination Zones Or As Specified On Manual Of Technical Guidelines For Hospital Planning And Design (level 3)  Wiring Devices: Wiring Devices Shall Be Non-automatic Control Devices, The Contact Is Guaranteed By The Pressure Of The Special Spiral Springs. 1. Switches Shall Be Of 15a, 250v Or 300v Except As Otherwise Noted And Approved. Terminals Shall Be Screw-type Or Quick-connected Type. 2. General Use Receptacle Shall Be 15a, 240v Grounding Type Unless Otherwise Indicated On The Drawings. 3. Special Purpose Receptacles Shall Be As Called For On The Drawings. 4. Matching Plugs Shall Be Supplied.  Panelboards And Circuit Breakers: The Panelboard And Circuit Breakers Shall Be Equipped With Molded-case Circuit Breakers And Shall Be The Type As Indicated In The Panelboard Schedule And Details. 1. Provide Molded-case Circuit Breakers Of Frame, Trip Rating And Interrupting Capacity As Shown On The Drawings. The Circuit Breakers Shall Be Quick-make, Quick Break, Thermal-magnetic, Trip-indicating And Shall Have Common Trip On All Multiple Breakers With Internal Trip Mechanism. 2. All Current-carrying Parts Of The Panelboards Shall Be Plated. Provide Solid Neutral (s/n) Assembly When Required. The Assembly Shall Be Isolated From The Enclosure.  Electrical Conduits, Boxes And Fittings: All Conduits, Boxes And Fittings Shall Be Standard Rigid Steel, Zinc Coated Or Galvanized. 1. Rigid Steel Conduits (rsc) 2. Rigid Metal Conduits (rmc) 3. Intermediate Metal Conduits (imc) 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (emt) 5. Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) If Required Shall Be Schedule 40.  Conductors: Wires And Cables Shall Be Of The Approved Type And Unless Specified Or Indicated Otherwise, All Power And Lighting Conductors Shall Be Insulated For 600 Volts. 1. The Conductors Used In The Wiring System Shall Be Of Soft-annealed Copper Having A Conductivity Of Not Less Than 98% Of That Of Pure Copper And Insulated For 60° C Temperatures. 2. All Conduits Of Convenience Outlets And Wire-ways For Lighting Branch Circuit Home-runs Shall Be Wired With A Minimum Of 3.5 Mm Square In Size.  Master Antenna Television (matv) And Cable Television (catv) System: 1. Two Sources Of Tv Signals Shall Be Provided To The Building. One (1) Shall Be From A Master Antenna Installed At The Roof Or Within A Suitable Area Of The Building And The Other Will Be From A Commercial Cable Television Service. 2. The Master Antenna System Shall Consist Of Fm, Vhf And Uhf Antennas, Combiner, Distribution Amplifier, Coaxial Cables, Splitters, Tap-offs And Tv Outlets. 3. There Shall Be Individual Trunking For Master Antenna And Cable Television Rising In The Building.  Structured Cabling & Telephone System: 1. A Minimum Provision For Estimated 500 Mixed Pabx Extension And Direct Telephone Lines Shall Be Required For Tertiary Hospitals. 2. Final Details Of The System Shall Follow Specific Requirements, Quantity And Type Of Service.  Fire Detection And Alarm System: 1. The Fire Detection And Alarm System Shall Be Of Multiplex, Microprocessor- Controlled Addressable Or Zonal Conventional Fire Detection, Alarm And Communication System. 2. The System Shall Consist Of Full Integration Automatic Fire Detection, Voice Alarm Communication And Fire Fighters Telephone System. 3. The System Shall Consist Of Control Station, Mimic Panel Initiating And Indicating Devices, Control Modules And System Of Wirings. 4. Actuation Of The Protective Signaling System Shall Occur By Manual Pull Station, Automatic Smoke Or Heat Detector, Sprinkler Flow Switch And Tamper Switch. 5. The System Shall Be Able To Monitors The Status Of Flow Switches And Supervisory Switches Installed At The Sprinkler System Risers. These Monitoring Points Are Also Addressable Or The Conventional Zonal In The Same Way As The Detectors Are Making Them Easily Recognizable At The Control Panel. 6. Occupant Notification Shall Be Accomplished Automatically. Notification Will Be General, Audible Alarm Type Complying With Appropriate Section Of Nfpa. 7. The System Shall Be Installed With Provisions For Future Connection To The Nearest Fire Services Station In The Locality.  Security System: 1. The Security System Shall Include Intrusion Detection And Alarm, Cctv, Access Control Or As Maybe Required.  Ventilation And Air Conditioning System The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System. 2. Floor Layout Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Indicating The Capacity And Location Of The Air Conditioners And Fans. 3. Duct Layout Indicating Duct Sizes, Route And Location Of The Dampers, Diffusers, Return Air Register, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Refrigerant Piping Layout Indicating Pipe Sizes, Location Of Valves, Hangers And Sway Braces. 5. Equipment Schedule And Details Drawings Of Air Conditioners And Ventilating System. A) Air Conditioning System Shall Be Provided In All Patient’s Private Rooms, Radiologic And Imaging Area, Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Laboratories, Critical Care Areas, Offices And Other Areas Where Conditioned Air Is Necessary. B) Cooling Load Calculations Report Shall Be Manual Or Computer Generated, Hourly Analysis Program Which Includes Heat Transmission Coefficients, Solar Heat Gain Factors And Corrected Cooling Load Temperature Difference Calculations. C) Split Type Air Conditioners Will Be Used At Areas With Larger Capacities. D) Window Type Air Conditioners Shall Be Used In Areas With Exterior Wall Exposure. E) Centralized Air Conditioning Will Be Used Only If Feasible. F) Design Of All Critical Areas Shall Be Laminar Or Positive Pressure, Wherein The Supply Air Is 10% More Than Exhaust Air. G) All Infectious Isolation Rooms, Such As Tb And Sars, Shall Be Negative Pressure, Wherein The Exhaust Air Is More Than 10% Of The Supply Air. H) Maintain An Air Change Rate Greater Than Or Equal To 12 Air Changes Per Hour Or 145 Liters Per Second Per Patient. I) Ceiling Cassette Type Exhaust Fans With Integral Air Diffuser Shall Be Provided In All Toilets. J) Ceiling Fans, Orbit Type With 360° Oscillation Shall Be Provided In All Non-air-conditioned Rooms, Such As Patient Wards, Work Areas, Etc.  Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System 1. Refrigerant Pipes Shall Be Copper Tubing, Type L Or K Black Steel Pipe, Schedule 40 For Size Of 100mm Diameter And Smaller. Pipe Over 100mm Shall Be Black Steel Pipe Schedule 40. 2. Black Steel Pipes Shall Be Standard Seamless, Lap-welded, Or Electric Resistant Welded For Size Of 50mm Diameter And Larger, Screw Type For Size 38mm Diameter And Smaller, Fittings For Copper Tubing Shall Be Cast Bronze Fitting Designed Expressly For Brazing. 3. Pipe Insulation Shall Be Performed Fiberglass Or Its Equivalent. The Insulating Materials Shall Be Covered With 100mm X. 13mm Thick Polyethylene Film, Which Shall Be Overlapped Not Less Than 50mm. 4. Ducts Shall Be Galvanized Sheet Steel Of Standard Gauges. 5. Ductwork Insulation Materials Shall Be Rigid Board Made Of Styropor Or Equivalent 25mm Thick For Ground And Top Floor, 13mm Thick For Intermediate Floor. -end Of Electrical Works Design Parameters- Xix. Design Parameters (green And Safe Health Facilities)  Codes And Standards Green And Safe Health Facilities Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Laws, Codes And Standards.  Global Initiatives & Developments: 1. World Health Assembly Resolution On Universal Health Care (2019) 2. World Health Resolution On Climate Change And Health (2008) 3. Un Resolution On Sustainable Development Goals (2015) 4. Global Action On Patients’ Safety  Laws And Codes: 1. Sanitation Code Of The Philippines Irr Of Chapter Xvii 2. The Local Government Code Of 1991 3. Clean Water Act Of 2004 4. National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) 5. General Appropriation Act Fiscal Year 2021 (ra 11518) 6. Occupational Safety And Health (ra 11058) 7. Safe Hospital Initiative (2011) 8. Universal Health Care Act (ra 11285) 9. Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Accessibility Law (ra 344) 10. Ecological Solid Waste Management Act Of 2000 (ra 9003) 11. Climate Change Act Of 2009 (ra 9729) 12. Other Related Standards A. Guidelines The Green And Safe Hf Initiative Represents A Climate Smart Paradigm Shift, Away From Traditional Disaster Response To One That Proactively Seeks To Minimize The Health Impact Of Disasters And Emergencies Through Climate Adaptation And Mitigation Measures (including Climate-proofing And Reduction Of The Environmental Footprint), And Preparedness. Consequently, It Is Essential That This Green Manual Is Incorporated Into The Hospital And Hf Development Agenda That Are Backed With Earmarked Resources In The National Budget, And That Has Governance And Support From The Highest Levels Of Government.  The Department Of Health Shall, As Much As Possible, Promote The Greening Of Hospitals And Health Facilities, Including The Improvement Of Energy And Water Efficiency And Conservation, Sustainable Cooling Systems, And Sustainable Healthcare Waste Management In Hospitals.  In Line With Its Continuing Efforts In Green And Safe Hfs, The Doh Shall Encourage National And Local Government Hospitals And Other Hfs To Seek Green Certifications From Green Building Rating System/s For Their New Construction Or Expansion, Repair And Renovation Projects. B. Criteria And Compliance System For Outstanding Green And Safe (climate Smart) Health Facilities.  Criterion Compliance 1. Governance – Leadership And Management, Trainings, Proper Implementation, Commitment 2. Energy Efficiency – Reduction Of Energy Consumption, Use Of Renewable And Clean Energies 3. Water Efficiency, Sanitation And Hygiene – Adequate Water, Water Reuse/recycling, Water Conservation, Rainwater Harvesting. Safe Drinking Water, Proper Use And Maintenance Of Sanitary Toilet Facilities 4. Health Care Waste Management Waste – Segregation, Collection, Storage, Transport, Treatment, Proper Waste Disposal, Recycling 5. Environmentally Resilient Health Facility – Structural Member, Non-structural Member, Emergency And Disaster Preparedness Plan 6. Site Sustainability – Healing Gardens Within, Fresh Air, Herbal Plants, Accessibility, Existence Of Alternative Routes 7. Material Sustainability – Use Of Sustainable Materials, Procurement Of Sustainable And Recyclable Products, Less Use Of Hazardous And Toxic Substances 8. Indoor Environmental Quality – Lighting, Ventilation, Interior Design, Air Quality Management C. Energy Efficiency  Orientate Building & Façade Design To Mitigate Heat Gain. The East And West Facades Receive The Greatest Solar Radiation, And Should Be Designed To Avoid Direct Sun.  Use Of Glass/glazing With A Lower U-value And Shading Coefficient Reduce Solar Heat Gain.  Allow Provision For Easy Access For Maintenance And Cleaning Especially For Curtain Wall System.  Consider Lifespan, Durability And Life Cycle-costing When Selecting Façade Materials.  Install And Use Energy-efficient Lighting Fixtures I.e. Led, Cfl, Slim Type Fluorescent, Etc.  Skylights (if Applicable) And Windows To Maximize Natural Lighting And Ventilation On Selected Areas. Utilizing Daylight As Possible.  Use Of Appliance With Inverter Technology With Variable Frequency Drive Technology.  Window And Door Assemblies Shall Have Complete Gaskets, Weather Stripping, Door Bottom Sweeps And Seals.  All Operable Windows Shall Be Provided With Safety Features For Protection Against Strong Winds, Water Penetration And Protection For Building Occupants Including Child Safety And Security.  Specific Air Exchange Rates Are Usually Attained Through Artificial Ventilation. Adequate Ventilation Throughout The Facility Contributes To Maintaining A Hygienic Environment. Presence Of Functional Windows And Doors, That Allow At Least 6-8 Air Changes Per Hour For Natural Ventilation. For Airborne Infection Isolation Room/s And Er/triage Areas, Greater Or More Than 12 Air Changes Per Hour Is Recommended, While Up To 15 Air Changes Per Hour May Be Recommended For Operating Procedure, Or Delivery Rooms.  Light-colored Building Envelopes Is Also Recommended To Reduce Heat Transfer From The Outside To Inside Of The Building By Having Surfaces With High Solar Reflectance Index (sri). D. Water Efficiency, Sanitation And Hygiene  Optimize Water Conservation Through Installation Of Rainwater Harvesting Cistern Tank  Use Of Waterless Urinals And Dual Flush Water Closets.  Use Of Low-flow & Water Efficient Faucet And Hand-held Bidets.  Use Of Water-saving Shower Heads  For Hospitals, There Must Be At Least One Water Closet For Every Eight Patients In Compliance With Ra 4226 – Hospital Licensure Act.  A Separate Toilet For Male And Female Is Preferred, And Shall Be Pwd Accessible. And, A Separate Toilet For The Staff, With A Provision Of One Toilet For Every Fifteen Personnel Shall Be Applied.  Waterless Urinals Must Be Provided For Male Toilets.  There Should Be Sufficient And Functional Hand-washing Facilities. E. Environmentally Resilient Health Facility  Ground Floor Must Be Above Ground Line And Anticipated Flood Level. F. Material Sustainability  Building Materials, If Applicable, Must Be Locally Sourced To Minimize Carbon Footprint.  Rapidly Renewable And Sustainable Materials Are Also Recommended. Refer To Sec. 16.3.4 Of Doh Green And Safe Health Facilities Manual For List Of Sustainable Construction Materials That Can Be Used.  Use Of Materials (specifically Wet-applied Materials) That Are Low In Vocs (volatile Organic Compounds) G. Site Sustainability  Adopt The Development Controls Indicated In The National Building Code Of The Philippines To Establish The Extent Of The Health Facility Site Can Develop.  Biophilic Design Is Recommended To Help Reduce Stress, Improve Cognitive Function And Creativity, Improve Patients’ Well-being And Expedite Healing.  Porous Pavement Is Recommended At The Site Development To Alleviate Flooding. Landscape Swales Is Also One Solution. H. Indoor Environmental Quality  Harvest Natural Daylight If Applicable.  Acoustic Quality, Especially In Areas/rooms That Needs To Be Soundproofed, Shall Be Maintained.  Use Of Acoustic Privacy Partitions Is Required.  Separate Entrances For Ambulances And Walk-in Patients.  In Procedure Rooms With Windowless Areas, Backlit Photomurals Or Artificially Illuminated Glass Artwork Can Alleviate Feeling Of Claustrophobia.  In Wards And Recovery Rooms, Provide Windows And Natural Illumination As Much As Possible.  Provide Acoustic Privacy In Patient Rooms, Offices, And Examination Rooms With Partitions Of Sound Transmission Class (stc) Of 45.  Noise Level In The Operational Rooms Must Follow The Minimum Noise Standards In Accordance To The Doh Manual Of The Technical Guidelines For Hospital Planning And Design (level 3) Drawing Requirements: See Doh Standard Checklist Based On Revised Irr Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096). Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation. -end Of Green And Safe Health Facilities Design Parameters- Xx. Build Aspect Furnish Labour, Materials, Equipment, Paint, Tools And Other Facilities To Complete The Entire Building Including Architectural, Structural/ Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Sanitary, Communication, Fire Protection, And Other Related Works To Complete The Scope As Specified And/or As Shown On Drawings And Plans 1. General Requirement  Contractor’s Temporary Facility And Lay Down Yard.  Communication And Transmittal, Reproduction, Tarpaulin/billboard And Photos  Material Testing (rsb, Chb, Concrete, Steel)  Safety Requirements (warning Signs, Hardhat, Etc.)  As Built Plan  Demolition, Clearing Work, Permits And Licenses 2. Other Items Of Work  Demolition Of Existing Structures In Affected Areas Or Where The Proposed Project Shall Be Situated, Clearing And Disposal Of All Debris Generated During Construction.  All Serviceable Materials Shall Be Turn Over To Doh-dedvmh Through Its Representative  Soil Excavation And Soil Treatment  Restoration Of Any Damaged Properties During The Construction  Permit Fees, And Other Necessary Documents For The Project Shall Be Shouldered By The Contractor  Temporary Facilities Shall Be Provided During The Construction Period, To Be Constructed Within The Hospital Compound, Which Shall Serve As The Field Office, Storage Of Materials And Bunkhouse For The Workers.  No Implementation Of The Project Without An Approved Plan And Other Related Documents.  Strict Implementation Of (dole Guidelines And Other Standards Applicable) Health And Safety Rules.  Shall Abide By The Medical Center Hospital House Rules  Conduct Weekly Progress And Coordinative Report To The Agency Or Its Representative  Other Items Of Work Not Mentioned Herewith But It Is Very Necessary For Execution And Completion Or Works Shall Be Included And Charge To The Contractor 3. Pre-installation Requirements  All Tests To Be Conducted Shall Be Witnessed By The Hospital Representatives.  Soil Investigation  Concrete Strength Testing  Reinforcing Bar Strength Testing  Concrete Masonry Unit (cmu) Testing  All Plumbing And Sanitary System  Automatic Fire Sprinkler System  Ventilation And Air Conditioning System  All Electrical System  And Other Tests That Necessary To Perform To Ensure The Quality Of The Project  All Certifications And Reports Under Post-installation Requirement Shall Be Submitted To The Hospital Representatives.  The Contractor Shall Submit A Sample Of Materials For Approval Of The Medical Center Chief Prior To Installation.  No Implementation Or Execution Of Work In Any Discipline Without The Approval Of Medical Center Chief Or Through Its Representative  Any Request For Inspection, Approval, Concrete Pouring, Testing And Commissioning Must Be Address To Medical Center Chief Or Must Adhere To The Reporting Protocol As Mentioned Above. -end Of Build Aspect- Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Architectural Drawings (as Applicable) A – 1 (a…n) Perspective, Site Development Plan, Vicinity Map/location Plan (2.00 Kms. Radius) Table Of Contents A – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Furniture Layout When Necessary A – 3 (a…n) Four (4) Elevations (scale 1:100m Minimum) A – 4 (a…n) Two (2) Sections (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Spot Details When Necessary A – 5 (a…n) Roof Plan/s Showing Downspouts (scale 1:100m Minimum), Including Detail Of Gutter, Downspout, Etc. A – 6 (a…n) Reflected Ceiling Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum), Including Details A – 7 (a…n) Details Of Stairs, Fire Escapes/exits, Accessible Ramps, Etc. (scale 1:50m), Including Details Of Railings, Treads, Risers, Etc., In The Form Of Plans, Elevation/section A – 8 (a…n) Details Of Toilets (1:50 M) Including Accessible Toilets In The Form Of Plans, Elevation/section A – 9 (a…n) Details Of Specialized Design Features (scale 1:50 M) Such As Partitions, Cabinets, Etc. And Accessible Design Features A – 10 (a…n) Detail Of Typical Bay Section From Ground To Roof (scale 1:50 M) A – 11 (a…n) Details Of Special Elevations/section Rooms (1:50m) In Form Of Plans, A – 12 (a…n) Schedule Of Doors, Gates, Emergency Exits, Etc. (scale 1:50 M), Including Specifications For Materials And Hardware A – 13 (a…n) Schedule Of Windows (scale 1:50 M), Including Specifications For Materials And Hardware A – 14 (a…n) Schedule Of Finishes For Interior And Exterior Floors, Walls, Ceilings Architectural Technical Specifications Architectural Scope Of Works Architectural Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 1 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Architectural Interior Design Drawings (as Applicable) Aid – 1 (a…n) Floor Plans Showing Layout Of Floor Finishes (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans Showing Layout Of Furniture/finishing Partitions, Cabinets, Etc. (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 3 (a…n) Interior Elevations And Sections Showing Wall Patterns, Ceiling Sections, Etc. (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 4 (a…n) Details Of Partitions, Cabinets, Furniture, Ceiling And Other Interior Design Features (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 5 (a…n) Architectural Interior Perspective/s Architectural Interior Design Technical Specifications Architectural Interior Design Scope Of Works Architectural Interior Design Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 2 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Structural Drawings (as Applicable) S – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Construction Standards S – 2 (a…n) Site Development Plan S – 3 (a…n) Foundation Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 4 (a…n) Floor Framing Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 5 (a…n) Roof Framing Plan (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 6 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Footings And Columns S – 7 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Beams And Floor Slabs S – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Trusses S – 9 (a…n) Details Of Stairs, Ramps, Fire Exits S – 10 (a…n) Other Spot Details Structural Analysis And Design (for 2 Storey Building And Higher) Boring And Land Test Results (for 3 Storey Building And Higher) Seismic Analysis Structural Technical Specifications Structural Scope Of Works Structural Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 3 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Electrical Drawings (as Applicable) E – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends E – 2 (a…n) Location And Site Plan E – 3 (a…n) Lighting Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Details E – 4 (a…n) Power Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Details E – 5 (a…n) Auxiliary System Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including E – 6 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Loads E – 7 (a…n) Riser Diagram E – 8 (a…n) Other Detail Electrical Computation Design Analysis Electrical Technical Specifications Electrical Scope Of Works Electrical Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 4 Of 6 Electronics/auxiliary System Ready For Integrated Communications 1. Telephone System 2. Paging System 3. Lan System 4. Fire Alarm System 5. Security System Cctv 6. Integrated Communications And Systems Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Plumbing/sanitary Drawings (as Applicable) P – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends P – 2 (a…n) Location And Site Plan P – 3 (a…n) Storm Drainage Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line To Main Drainage Line P – 4 (a…n) Waterline Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line From Main Water Source When Applicable P – 5 (a…n) Sewerline Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line To Septic Tank Or Existing Sewerline P – 6 (a…n) Isometric Layout, Showing Waterline, Sewerline And Drainage Line P – 7 (a…n) Detail Of Connections, Catch Basins, Downspouts, Etc. P – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Septic Tank/sewer Treatment Plant Design Analysis Sanitary Technical Specifications Sanitary Scope Of Works Sanitary Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 5 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Mechanical Drawings (as Applicable) M – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends, Site Development Plan, Location Plans M – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Showing Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems And Other Installations M – 3 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Gas Pipeline System And Details M – 4 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Air-conditioning Systems And Details M – 5 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Fire Suppression Systems, Fire Sprinkler System, Wet Stand Pipe, Dry Standpipe And Other Installation M – 6 (a…n) Details Water Tank, Flow Diagram (scale 1:50m) M – 7 (a…n) Details Of Firewater Supply Sytem (scale 1:50m) M – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Elevators, Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Etc. (scale 1:50m) M – 9 (a…n) Detail Of Other Machinery/equipment (scale 1:50) M – 10 (a…n) Longitudinal And Transverse Section Of Building (scale 1:100m) Showing Manner Of Support Of Machines/equipment Mechanical Technical Specifications Mechanical Scope Of Works Mechanical Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 6 Of 6 General Guidelines • All Construction Works Shall Be Undertaken By Contractor In Accordance With Existing Laws And All Other Applicable Rules And Regulations. • The Contractor Shall Be Responsible In Setting Out Reference Lines, Elevations (lines And Grades) Prior And During The Execution Of The Works. All References Shall Be Maintained And Protected By The Contractor At His Own Expense. Disturbed References Shall Be Restored To Its Original Position Without Extra Cost To Devmh. • The Contractor Shall Carry Out The Works Properly And In Accordance With This Contract. The Contractor Shall Provide All Supervision, Labor, Materials, Plant And Equipment, Which May Be Required. • The Contractor Shall Commence Execution Of The Works On The Start Date And Shall Carry Out The Works In Accordance With The Approved Pert/cpm Network Diagram Submitted By The Contractor, As Updated With The Approval Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative, And Shall Complete The Works By The Intended Completion Date. • The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The Safety Of All Activities On The Site. • During On-going Construction And Before The Turn-over Of The Project, Engineering & Facilities Management Staff, End-users, Twg And Bac Shall Inspect The Works Undertaken By Contractor. Hospital Engineers And End-users Discover Any Deviations By Contractor From The Approved Construction Plans, Contractor Shall Be Required To Rectify All Such Deviations, Within Such Period Required By Client. • Contractor Shall Have Full Responsibility For Any And All Damages To Existing Hospital Facilities, Utilities, And/or Any Portion Of The Hospital’s Common Area, Due To The Works Undertaken By Contractor, Whether Accidental Or Intentional. • No Variation Order Shall Be Undertaken Unless Verified By Hospital Engineer And Approved By Executive Committee. • Contractor Shall Not Cover Or Block Stub-outs (cleanouts, Water Source, Exhaust, Sewer, Drainage, Etc.) When Not Utilized. Said Stub-outs Shall At All Times Be Free Of Obstructions And Easily Accessible. • Contractor Shall Secure A Utility Tapping Permit Prior To Tapping From Utility Provision. • Electricity And Water Consumed During Construction Shall Be Charged To Contractor. • End-users Reserves The Right To Inspect The Works At Any Time. • Contractor Shall Insure And Hold Client, Its Affiliates, Officers, Directors, Stockholders, Employees, Agents, And/or Representatives, Free And Harmless From And Against Any Injury, Losses, Claims, Damages, Liabilities, Expenses, And/or Costs Of Litigation, Resulting From Or Arising Out Of The Works Undertaken By Contractor. • In Event Of Force Majeure, The Contractor Shall Rectify, Replace Or Build The Unfinished Projects When It Is Not Yet Completed And Accepted W/o Additional Cost For The Procuring Entity. • Contractor Shall Comply With The Construction House Rules Of This Hospital.

Details: Description Ref No. Item/product Description Qty Unit Abc 1 Blood Bank Refrigerator Key Features:  Inner Light Design For Clear Display  High-tech Integrated Sensors To Display And Control Temperature  Microprocessor Controlled Forced-air Cooling With Electrical Heat Compensation System  Build-in Backup Battery To Display Temperature And To Operate Audible And Visual Alarm Systems For Up To 72 Hours Without Ac Power  Equipped With A Complete Temperature Alarm System Featuring Audible Buzzer And Visible Flashing Light  Inner Light Design For Clear Display  High-tech Integrated Sensors To Display And Control Temperature  Microprocessor Controlled Forced-air Cooling With Electrical Heat Compensation System  Build-in Backup Battery To Display Temperature And To Operate Audible And Visual Alarm Systems For Up To 72 Hours Without Ac Power  Capacity :at Least 1000 Liters, Blood Bags Capacity (450 Ml) At Least 576 Bags  Compressor : Secop  Defrosting: Automatic To Remove Moisture On Cooling Surface  Alarms: Audible And Visible Alarm , High And Low Temperature, High Ambient Temperature, Sensor Error, Low Battery, Power Failure Back-up System At Least 72 Hours  Structure : Internal: Stainless Steel; Grade 304 External: Electro-galvanized Steel With Antimicrobial Powder Coating  Number Of Drawers : At Least 12  Sound Emission : 53.6 Db  Power Consumption: 415 W  Net Weight : Not More Than 265 Kg  External Dimension: Not Bigger Than 1300x960x2130mm (wxdxh) Standard Accessories:  Safety Lock To Prevent Unauthorized Access.  Twelve (12) Drawers  One (1) Unit Avr Standard Requirements:  Loa From The Manufacturer  Supplier Must Provide One (1) Copy Of Working Manual Platelet Oscillating Incubator(platelet Agitator/incubator) Specifications:  Must Be Sus Oscillator, With Mirror Surface Sus Shelves, Box Foamed With High Density Non-cfc Material And Imported Oscillation Slide Rail  Can Store Blood Platelet Including Biological Reagent, And Chemical Products At 2-40 ℃ With Microprocessor Temperature, Inner Temperature Controlled In 22 ℃+/- 2 ℃  Compressor Must Be Cfc-free Refrigerant With Uv For Disinfection And Turns Off While Door Is Open, Temperature Printer Can Be Set Freely  Voltage : 187 To 242v, With Power On/off, Transparent Insulated Glass Door, And Digital Display, No Frost, With Forced Air-cooling System  Capacity : Not Less Than 5 L/cu.ft, Can Accommodate Not Less Than 10 Blood Bags Per Layer, Has 5 Layers, Two Alarm Style : Audible Buzzing And Visual Flashing Light  Power Consumption Not Less Than 2.69 Kwh/24h, Noise : Not More Than 49db, Ambient Temperature : 10-32 ℃, Temperature Range : 20-24 ℃, Compressor Brand : Embraco, Display : Digital Display, Voltage Frequency : 220/50hz, Power / Current : 197w/0.9a, Power Cord : Earth Leakage Protection  Material Use Must Be 304 Stainless Steel For Inside Material And Cold-rolled Steel Coated With Anti-bacteria Powder For Outside Material  Dimensions :520×640×1030 (interior), 427×360×467 (exterior), 590×695×1210 (package Size) 20gp/40gp/40hq : 24/48/96  Has Low And High Temperature Monitoring, Power Failure Alarm, Sensor Error Alarm And Door Ajar Alarm  Has Power Failure Back-up System (alarm) Of Not Less Than 72h Accessories:  Caster, Outer Foamed Glass Door, And Uv Light  One (1) Unit Avr Standard Requirements:  Supplier Must Provide One (1) Copy Of Working Manual  Supplier Must Have Ced Or Loa From The Manufacturer 1 Lot 2,079,000.00 2 Automated System For Identification And Antimicrobial Susceptibility Testing Of Gram Positive And Gram Negative Organisms Specifications:  Utilizes 96-well Microtiter Plates Using Fluorescence And Turbidimetry For Id And Susceptibility  Can Process At Least Three (3) Isolates In A Single Plate For Identification  Uses Broth Microdilution (bmd) Technique For Ast  Can Offer Cationic Mueller Hinton Broth With Tes, Htm, Camhb With Lysed Horse Blood  Can Perform Susceptibility Testing Of Colistin Using Broth Microdilution Technique As Recommended By Clsi And Eucast  Can Offer A Susceptibility Plate That Can Perform Ast For Haemophilus And S.pneumoniae Using Haemophilus Test Medium And Mueller Hinton Broth With Lysed Horse Blood Respectively  Can Offer A Susceptibility Plate For Filamentous Fungi, Yeasts, Anaerobes, Mycobacterium Tuberculosis, And Non-tb Mycobacterium  Ast Plates Can Be Read Manually, Allowing Critical Interpretation Of Unusual Patterns Eliminating The Need To Retest Invalid Results  Includes Autoinoculation Machine For Id And Ast Plates  Includes Nephelometer For Inoculum Standardization 1 Lot 2,871,000.00 3 Digital X-ray Machine With Panel Detector Product Description:  Different Types Of High Performance Generator Based On Its Own  The 4-ways Table Is Smooth, And Effortless To Float, And Consisted  With Fully Counter-balanced, The Floor-mounted Tube Stand Can  Wall Bucky Stand With Electromagnetic Lock For Easy Positioning.  User-friendly Flat Surface Control Panel.  Anatomical Programming (apr) By Morphology, View And Body  Modular Design That Saving Space To Fit Into Virtually Any Clinical Environment. Specifications: Generator  Type: High Frequency Inverter  Range: 40kw  Max. Ma/kv: 500ma/125kv  Max. Rating: 500ma@80kv  Mas Range: 0.10 - 500mas  Exposure Time: 0.001 - 6sec (81 Steps)  Apr: 288  Line Voltage & Phase: 220vac 50/60hz Single Phase Tube  Anode Heat Storage: 140 Khu  Focus Spots ( Dual): 1.0/2.0mm  Max. Ma/kv: 500ma/125kv  Target Angle: 16° (12°)  Collimator: Manual Type With Timer Tube Stand  Longitudinal Travel: 200cm  Transverse Travel: 26cm  Vertical Travel: From 40 To 190cm (from Floor Level) Bucky Table  Type: 4-way Floating Top Table  Longitudinal Travel: 90cm  Transverse Travel: 30cm  Max. Loading: 250kg  Cassette Tray: Max. 17” X 17” Wall Bucky Stand  Type: Floor Mounted  Grid: Oscillating Grid (10:1 Standard)  Vertical Travel: From 40 To 190cm (from Floor Level) Panel Detector Specifications:  Flat Panel Detector (fpd) - 14" X 17"  Console Software Image Pilot  Bone Suppression Software License Included  Scintilator Csi ( Cesium Iodide)  Pixel Size 150 Um  Aed: Autimatic Exposure Detection  Image Storage: Available ( Up To 200 Images)  Total Surface Laod 150kg  Cycle Time: First View: 4 Sec/cycle Time:10sec  Battery: Lithium Ion Battery  Battery Performance: 212 Images Or 5.9 Hours Components: 1. Aerodr Ns Flat Panel Detector  Detects X-ray And Absorbs Raditation For Image Acquisition 2. Aerodr Ns Battery Charger  Charges Battery Of The Flat Panel Detector 3. Aerodr Ns Ac Cable (for Wired Connection)  Power Supply Cable For Continuous Power Workstation: Radiologic Technologist Workstation  Branded Desktop With Core I5 Processor, 4gb Ram, 1tb Ssd,  Viewing Software  One (1) Unit 1kva Ups One (1) Unit 60kva Avr For X-ray 1 Lot 3,564,000.00 4 Medical Waste Autoclave Machine Specifications:  Vertical Pressure Vessel And Shredder Made In Stainless Steel  Two Automatic Sealed Doors  Optional Automatic Loading  Loading From The Top Of The Machine. The Total Load Will Be Placed In The Upper Chamber  The Lower Chamber Is Made Of Perforated Stainless Steel And Equipped With Temperature Control In The Heart Of The Waste (temperature Sensor) And Automatic Rotary Drawer Opening Door For The Unloading Of Waste.  Locked Door And Completely Sealed For Air, Water And Particulate  Is Equipped With A System Of Separation Of Solid And Liquid Waste  Is Equipped With A Heat Recovery System For Pre-heating Of The Water Of The Steam Generator From The Exhaust Air Of The Machine  Is Equipped With An Odor Control System, Flash Tank  Noiseless < 75db, Vibration-free And Without Harmful Radiation For The Operator  Paddle Instrument To Automatically Feed The Shredder And Avoid Jamming  Does Not Require Any Consumables Or Any Complementary Equipment Like But Not Limited To; (external Shredder, Compactor, Conveyor). Features:  Dimensions (l X L X H), Cm 200 X120 X 212  Shipping Weight, Kg 635  Max Weight When Filled With Water, For A Special Hydraulic Test. Kg 780  Stress, Kg/cm² 0.1  Steam Pressure. Bars 8  Max Steam Flow, Kg/h (existing Steam Network) 35  Compressed Air. Bars 6-7  Electricity 3*380 V 50/60 Hz, Kw 3.2 – 5.0 Operating Feature:  Average Cycle Time, Minutes 30  Process Volume Capacity, Liters 100  Average Waste Density, Kg/m³ 100-150  Average Process Weight Capacity, Kg/cycle 10-15  Waste Volume Reduction 80%  Microbial Inactivation 108 Or 8 Log 10 Consumption / Cycle - Steam. Kg 6  Electricity. Kwh 0.55  Water. Liters 5 Boiler Specifications:  Dimensions (l X L X H), Cm 100 X 100 X 145  Shipping Weight, Kg 150  Max Weight When Filled With Water, For A Special Hydraulic Test. Kg 205  Maxi Steam Pressure. Bars 8.5  Working Steam Pressure Bars 7  Boiler Volume , L 55  Water Tank Volume ,l With Preheating 100  Electricity 380 V / 50 Hz /tri Phase+ Neutral , Kw 37. Installation Requirements:  External Steam Supply Or Separate Steam Generator With Heat Recovery System  Power Supply: 3-phase 380v/440v/480v 50-60hz  Tension 3x380v-400v 50hz / Puissance 3.2kw, Terminals Connections Are Located At The Bottom Of The Control Panel.  Dimension Of Panel Control: Width: 60 Cm, Depth: 25 Cm, Height: 80cm Connections:  Solenoid Valve Of The Flash Tank X3 (3&4) 2g0,5 Mm ² - 220 Vac  Thermostat Of The Flash Tank X3 ( 1&2) 2g0,5 Mm ² - 220 Vac Site Selection:  Area Size: 6 To 9 M²  Ceiling Height: 2.35 Meters  Room Ventilation: 2 Up To 3 Time The Volume Area.  Plan An Extraction Near The Machine  Room Temperature: 4 -38°c, (35-100°f) Earth Ground:  Stress By Foot De 0.1kg/cm² Water Requirements (flash Tank):  Water: Tank Connection 1/2’’, Dn15 Female  Quantity: 15 Liters Per Cycle 30 Liters Per Hour  Flow Rate: 1-2 M³ /hour  Pressure: 1- 4 Bars, (15 To 60 Psi)  Ph: 7 Sanitary Drain:  Draining Of The Machine To The Flash Tank: Connection 2’’/ Dn50 Male  Flow Rate: 1m³ /hour  Pressure: 0, 5 Bars, (8 Psi)  Discharge Temperature: 70-90 °c, (158-194°f) Draining Of The Flash Tank 1 ’’/ Dn25 Male:  Flow: 1m³ / Hour  Pressure: 0 Bars  Temperature: 30-70 °c, (86-158°f) Adjustable By A Thermostat Vent:  The Machine Requires A Vent For Releasing The Pressure Vessel To The Atmosphere.  The First Decompression V181 Is Connected To The Flash Tank, The Second One V1018 « Decompression Free » Can Be Extend Outside The Room. * The Same Dimension Pipe From The Machine To Outside, 1/2 ‘’. Decompression V181 To The Flash Tank: Connection 1/2’’/ Dn15 Male Decompression Free V1018: Connection ½’’/ Dn15 Male:  Pressure: 0, 5 Bars, (8psi)  Discharge Temperature: 80 °c, 176°f Maximum The Shredder:  Built-in Shredder In Stainless Steel, Special Alloy Knives  Shredder With 2 Shafts With Low-speed Rotative Knives (less Than 40rpm) With An Automatic Reverse In Case Of Jam  The 2 Shafts With Knives Have Different Speeds. The Sterilization:  Sterilization Temperature: 138°c In The Heart Of The Waste  Average Pressure: 3.5 Bar  Dual Controls Of Temperature With 2 Sensors, One Is Located In The Heart Of The Waste  Reduction 8log10 Bacillus Spores (or 10-8) Steam Supply:  Steam: Connection 1/2’’ Dn15 Female Flow Rate: 65 Kg /hour Pressure: 7-8 Bars, (100 To 120 Psi) Compressed Air Requirements:  Air: Connection On The Pneumatic Box 1 /4’’ Female Or Polyamide Pipe 6/8 Flow Rate: 9m³ /hour Pressure: 6-7 Bars, (90 To 100 Psi) The Treatment:  Volume Of Waste Treated, 100 Liters Of Biomedical Waste Per Cycle  Average Cycle Duration: 30 Minutes  All In One Automated Cycle From Loading To Unloading  No Intermediate Handling Of The Waste During The Treatment Cycle  The Shredder As Well As The Upper And Lower Chambers Are Fully Sterilized At Each Cycle  Waste Volume Reduction: 80%  Waste Weight Reduction Up To 30% According To The Nature Of The Waste  The System Renders The Waste Unreusable And Safe To Dispose Of As Ordinary Municipal Waste  Gravity Unloading Safety Data:  Is Equipped With An Interlock Mechanism  Data Report Generated In Hard-copy And Soft Copy On A Memory Card For Each Treatment Cycle And The Possibility Of Transfer To A Pc Via A Wired Connection  For Security Access, Data And Program Integrity Are Password Protected  The Cycle Is Fully Automated And Controlled By Plc And A “touch Screen” Interface  The Color “touch Screen” Is Multilingual (french, English And In The Language Of The Country  The System Features An Advanced, Interactive, And Operator-definable Interface Layout For Cycle’s Progress Display, Support, Configuration, Setup, Maintenance, Troubleshooting, Alarms And Step-by-step Diagnostics Assistance  Recorded Data Include Cycle Number, Treatment Step, Cycle Ok Status, And Treatment Parameters Such As Exposure Time, Chamber Temperature, Steam Pressure, Waste Temperature And The Sterilizing Value F0  Data Report Is Generated In Both Electronic And Hard-copy Formats  For Record Keeping, The Operating Results Of Essential Parameters Are Automatically Printed For Each Treatment Cycle.  Possibility Of Manual Recovery, Via A Key, Of Some Features Of The Machine (opening, Closing, Emptying…)  Jam Prevention Protocol To Avoid Blocking The Shredder  Self-diagnostic System With Alarm  Leakage System Control For Gaskets  Automatic Greasing System Of The Shredder Mechanical Seals  Remote Control Of The Machine Via A Secure Connection Using An Industrial Vpn Router (the Router Can Be Connected Directly To The Internet Box, Otherwise The Router Also Has A 4g Connection Allowing A Link To Be Established Via The Cellular Network). International Certificates:  Asme (the American Society Of Mechanical Engineers), Ce (european Directives)  Gosstandart (russia), Mhlw (japanese Ministry Of Health, Labor & Welfare)  Mlse (china)  Standards Iso 9001: 2015 & Iso 14001: 2015 Manufacturer References In The Field Of The Infectious Waste Treatment:  Minimum Of 350 Current References.  Minimum Of 10 Years Of Experience In The Field  Maintained A Sale Record Of 20 Machines Per Year In The Last 10 Years  Presence In At Least 40 Countries. Accessories: 1. Dry Type Step-up Transformer, 50kva  Capacity: 50kva 3 Phase Delta/wye  Primary: 220vac/230vac/400vac Delta Connection  Secondary: 380vac/400vac + Neutral  Phase: 3 Phase  Hertz: 60hz  Temp Rise: 150 Degree Centigrade @40 Degree Centigrade Ambient 2. For Circuit Breaker  Input For 50kva 220 Volts, Single Phase 125 Amp.  Output Of Step Up 75 Amp 3phase. 1 Lot 17,400,000.00 5 Emergency Cart Specifications:  Size: 750mm X 475mm X 930mm Cabinet Height  Abs Body  Abs Molded Base And Top Place  With 5 Drawers 2 Small Drawers Surface Height 80mm, Inside Size 424 X 375 X 68mm 2 Medium Drawers Surface Height 120mm, Inside Size 424 X 375 X 110mm 1 Big Drawer Surface Height 240mm, Inside Size 424 X 375 X 220mm  With 3 X 3 Separator Inside The Drawer  With 5mm Guard Rubber Bumper  With 4 Pvc Luxury Noiseless Caster, 2 With Break, Anti-static  Left Side: Defibrillator Platform, Hidden Adjustable Work Table, Stuff Basket  Right Side: Hidden Height Adjustable Iv Pole, 2l Sharp Box In Basket, 2 Dustbin  Back Side: Cpr Board, Hidden Adjustable Oxygen Cyinder Holder, 5 Meters Electrical Wires  1 Pc Stainless Steel Trashcan  1 Pc Abs Cardiac Board 4 Unit 155,232.00 6 Defibrillator With Monitor Key Features:  Compact 3-in-one Integrated Design: Monitoring (ecg) Manual Defib And Aed.  7” Tft Color Display.  Intelligent Li- Ion Battery Power Supply Supporting 2.5 Hours Monitoring, 100 Shocks/ 2 Hours Pacing.  50 Mm Integrated Thermal Recorder  Large And Vivid Display With 3 Waveforms Assures Easy Ecg Viewing.  Defibrillation, Synchronized Cardioversion And Aed With Biphasic Technology  Up To 360j Escalating Dose Energy To Maximize Defibrillation Success.  Powerful Power Capacity With Battery To Support Continuous Long Time Monitoring And Shocks During Transport Without External Power Supply.  Compact, Light Weighted Design Especially For Both Hospital And Clinics Application.  Ipp4 Water And Dust Proof Level Assures D3’s Reliable Performance In All Suitable Clinical Environments.  Diagnostic Quality Measurements And Monitoring Including 3/5 Lead Ecg.  Freezing Waveforms Reviewing Of Latest 12’secg Waveforms Ensures The Expansion Detection Of Abnormal Signal And 72 Hours Trend.  Centralized Settings Of Defibrillation And Monitoring In One Page, Easy To Set All Configuration At One Time.  Powerful Data Storage Including 100 Patients Profile, 1000 Events For Each Patient And 24h Consecutive Waveform Storage Satisfies Medical Professional For Case Analysis, Clinical Statistics And Paper Research Requirements.  Observable Data Color And Color Distinguishing Buttons Simplify Manual Defibrillation With Only 1-2-3 Steps.  Large Alarm Lamp Quickly Attracts Attention For Patient’s Situation Promptly To Improve Patients Care.  Paddle Operating Buttons Makes Shock Delivery Quick And Easy By Convenient Energy Selecting, Charging And Shocking Buttons.  Rotary Knob Is Very Convenient For Input And Onscreen Navigation By Simple Turning And Pressing.  Lead Selections Button Assures Quick Access For Optimal Ecg Waveform Appearance.  Multiplex Power Supply Ac/dc/12 Voltage Dc Input, Enables Machine Working Every Places. Standard Accessories:  Paddles - The External Paddles Quickly Converted From Adult To Pediatric By Removing The Outer Surface.  Pads - Adult And Pediatric Multifunction Defibrillators Pads.  3/5 Leads Ecg Cable & Leadwire  50 Mm Thermal Paper Recorder  Defib Gel  Power Cord 1 Unit 361,350.00 7 Transport Mechanical Ventilator Physical Specification:  Dimensions (hxwxd): 354 Mmx315 Mmx255 Mm (excluding The Trolley)  Weight: Approximately 10kg (excluding The Trolley) Display:  Screen: 12.1” Color Active Matrix Tft Touch Screen  Resolution (hxv): 1280x800 Pixels  Brightness: Adjustable Trolley:  Dimensions (hxwxd): 1039 Mmx528 Mmx544 Mm  Weight: Approximately 20 Kg Communication Interface:  Rs-232, Nurse Call Connector, Vga Connector, Usb Port, Ethernet Ventilation Specifications:  Patient Type: Adult, Pediatric, Neonate  Ventilation Mode: V-a/c (volume Assist/control) P-a/c (pressure Assist/control) V-simv (volume-synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation) P-simv (pressure-synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation) Duolevel (duo Level Ventilation) Cpap (continuous Positive Airway Pressure) Psv (pressure Support Ventilation) Vs (volume Support) Aprv (airway Pressure Release Ventilation) Prvc (pressure Regulated Volume Control) Prvc-simv (prvc-synchronized Intermittent Mandatory Ventilation) Amv (adaptive Minute Ventilation) Cprv (cardio-pulmonary Resuscitation Ventilation) Ncpap (nasal Continuous Positive Airway Pressure Ventilation) Niv (non-invasive Ventilation) Apnea Ventilation Controlled Parameters:  O₂%: 21 To 100 Vol.%  Tv (tidal Volume) Adult: 100 To 2000 Ml Pediatric: 20 To 300 Ml Neonate: 2 To 100 Ml  Mv%: 25% To 350%  F: Adult / Pediatric: 1 To 100 /min Neonate: 1 To 150 /min  Fsimv (ventilation Frequency In Simv Mode): 1 To 60 /min  I:e: 1:10 To 4:1  Tinsp: 0.10 To 10.00 S  Tslope: (time Of Pressure Rising): 0.00 To 2.00 S  Thigh: 0.10 To 30.00 S  Tlow: 0.20 To 30.00 S  Tpause: Off, 5% To 60%  Flow Pattern Square, 100% Decelerating, 50% Decelerating  ∆pinsp: 1 To 80 Cmh₂o  ∆psupp: 0 To 80 Cmh₂o  Phigh: 0 To 80 Cmh₂o  Plow: 0 To 50 Cmh₂o  Peep: 0 To 50 Cmh₂o  Flow Trigger: Off, Adult/pediatric: 0.5 To 20.0 L/min; Neonate: 0.1 To 5.0 L/min  Pressure Trigger: Off, -20.0 To -0.5 Cmh₂o  Exp% (expiration Termination Level): Auto, 1% To 85%  Neg.plimit: (cprv) -30 To 0 Cmh₂o Apnea Ventilation:  Tvapnea Adult: 100 To 2000 Ml Pediatric: 20 To 300 Ml Neonate: 2 To 100 Ml  ∆papnea: 1 To 80 Cmh₂o  Fapnea: Adult / Pediatric: 1 To 80 Bpm Neonate: 1 To 150 Bpm  Apnea Tinsp: 0.10 To 10.00 S Sigh:  Sigh Switch: On, Off  Interval: 20 S To 180 Min  Cycles Sigh: 1 To 20  ∆int. Peep: Off, 1 To 50 Cmh₂o Automatic Tube Resistance Compensation:  Tube Type: Et Tube, Trach Tube, Disable Atrc  Tube I.d. Adult: 5.0 To 12.0 Mm Pediatric: 2.5 To 8.0 Mm Neonate: 2.5 To 5.0 Mm  Compensate: 0 To 100 %  Expiration Compensation Switch: On, Off O₂ Therapy  O₂%: 21 To 100 Vol.%  Flow Adult/pediatric: 2 To 80 L/min Neonate : 2 To 20 L/min Automatic Leakage Compensation:  Maximum Leakage Compensation Flow Adult: 65l/min Pediatric: 45l/min Neonate: 15l/min Intellicycle  Applicable Patient Type: Adult / Pediatric  Automatically Adjust Parameters: Trigger, Tslope, Exp%  Intellicycle Switch: On, Off Monitored Parameters:  Airway Pressure Range: Ppeak, Pplat, Pmean (range -20 To 120 Cmh₂o) Peep (range 0 To 120 Cmh₂o)  Tidal Volume Range: Tvi, Tve, Tve Spn (range 0 To 4000 Ml)  Frequency Range: Ftotal, Fmand, Fspn (range 0 To 200 /min)  Minute Volume Range: Mvi, Mve, Mvspn, Mvleak (range Adult/pediatric: 0 To 100 L/min Neonate: 0 To 30 L/min)  Leak%: 0 To 100%  Resistance: Rinsp, Rexp (range 0 To 600 Cmh₂o/l/s)  Compliance: Cstat, Cdyn (range 0 To 300 Ml/cmh₂o)  Inspired Oxygen (fio₂): 15 To 100 Vol.%  Rsbi: 0 To 9999 1/(min*l)  Wob: 0 To 100 J/min  P0.1: -20 To 0 Cmh₂o  Nif: -45 To 0 Cmh₂o  Peepi: 0 To 80 Cmh₂o  Rcexp: 0 To 10 S  Tve/ibw: 0 To 50 Ml/kg  I:e: 100:1 To1:150  Tinsp: 0.00 To 60.00s  Waveforms: Airway Pressure-time, Flow-time, Volume-time, Co₂-time , Pleth-time  Loops Paw-volume, Flow-volume, Paw-flow, Volume-co₂ Alarm Settings:  Tidal Volume: High Neo: Off, 3 To 200 Ml Ped: Off, 25 To 600 Ml Adu: Off,110 To 4000 Ml Low Neo: Off, 1 To 200 Ml Ped: Off, 10 To 600 Ml Adu: Off, 50 To 4000 Ml  Minute Volume High Neo: 0.02 To 30.0 L/min(can Be Set To Off In Ncpap) Ped: 0.2 To 60.0 L/min Adu: 0.2 To 100.0 L/min Low Neo: 0.01 To 15 L/min Ped: 0.1 To 30.0 L/min Adu: 0.1 To 50.0 L/min(can Be Set To Off In Niv)  Airway Pressure: High 10 To 85 Cmh₂o  Frequency: High Off, 1 To 160 /min  Inspired Oxygen (fio₂): High Auto, Fio₂ Exceeds The Alarm Limit For At Leastn30 S, Internal Alarm Limit: Set Value+max (7 Vol.% Or Set Value X10% ) Or 100 Vol.%, Whichever Is Lower. Low Auto, Fio₂ Lower Than The Alarm Limit For At Least 30 S, Internal Alarm Limit: Setvalue-max (7 Vol.% Or Set Valuex10%) Or 18%, Whichever Is Greater.  Apnea Alarm Time Low 5 To 60 S (can Be Set To Off In Ncpap) Trend:  Type: Tabular, Graphic  Length: 72 Hours  Content: Monitor Parameters, Setting Parameters (setting Ventilation Mode And Parameters) Log:  Type: Alarm, Operation  Max Number: 5000 Ventilator Components:  O₂ Sensor  Type: Calvanic Fuel Cell  Response Time: < 15 S Neonatal Flow Sensor:  Flow Range: 0.2 To 30 L/min  Dead Space: <0.75 Ml  Resistance: 0.9 Cmh₂o@10l/min Sidestream Co₂ Module:  Displayed Numeric: Etco₂  Measurement Range: 0 To 99 Mmhg  Resolution: 1 Mmhg  Waveforms: Co₂-time  Etco₂ High Alarm Limit: 2 To 99 Mmhg  Etco₂ Low Alarm Limit: 0 To 97 Mmhg Mainstream Co₂ Module:  Displayed Numerics: Etco₂, Veco₂, Vico₂, Vtalv, Vdaw, Vdaw/tve, Slopeco₂, Vco₂  Measurement Range: 0 To 150 Mmhg  Resolution: 1 Mmhg  Waveforms / Loop: Co₂ - Time, Volume - Co₂  System Response Time: < 2.0 S  Etco₂ High Alarm Limit: 2 To 150 Mmhg  Etco₂ Low Alarm Limit: 0 To 148 Mmhg Spo₂ Module:  Displayed Numeric: Spo₂, Pr, Pi  Spo₂ Measurement Range: 0 To 100 %  Pr Measurement Range: 20 To 254 1/min  Pi Measurement Range: 0.05 To 20 %  Waveform: Pleth  Spo₂ High Alarm Limit: 2 To 100 %  Spo₂ Low Alarm Limit: 0 To 98 %  Spo₂ Desat Alarm Limit: 0 To 98 %  Pr High Alarm Limit: 17 To 300 1/min  Pr Low Alarm Limit: 15 To 298 1/min Operation Data:  Environmental Specifications  Temperature: 5 To 40°c(operating); -20 To 60°c(storage)  Relative Humidity: 10 To 95 % (operating); 10 To 95 % (storage)  Barometric Pressure: 62 To 106 Kpa (operating); 50 To 106 Kpa (storage) Gas Supply:  Gas Type: O₂  Pipe Connector: Nist, Diss  Gas Supply Pressure: 0.28 To 0.6mpa  Peak Flow In Case Of Single Supply Gas: ≥ 210 L/min (btps)* Air Supply (blower):  Maximum Output Flow: ≥ 210 L/min (btps)*  Maximum Output Pressure: ≥ 80 Cmh₂o  Maintenance Interval 20,000 Hours Power And Battery Backup:  External Ac Power Supply Power Input Voltage: 100 To 240 V Power Input Frequency: 50/60 Hz Power Input Current: 2.7 To 1.1 A Fuse: T3.15 Ah/250 V  External Dc Power Supply Power Input Voltage: 12 V Power Input Current: 15 A  Internal Battery Number Of Batteries: One Or Two Battery Type: Build-in Lithium-ion Battery, 14.8 Vdc, 5800 Mah Battery Run Time: 180 Min (powered By One New Fully Charged Battery In Standard Working Condition)* 360 Min (powered By Two New Fully Charged Battery In Standard Working Condition) Special Functions And Procedures:  Sigh  100% O₂  Suction  Nebulization  Manual Breath  Inspiratory Hold  Expiratory Hold  Peepi  P0.1  Nif  Pv-tool  Pulmosight  Lung Recruitment Tool (si) 1 Unit 1,633,500.00 8 Infusion Pump Physical Specification:  Weight: < 2.5kg  Size: 245 X 174 X 87 Mm  Screen: 3.5-inch Tft Color Lcd, 480 X 272 Pixels  Brightness: 1-8 Levels, Adjustable  Display: Infusion Rate, Vtbi, Pressure Limit & Status, Drug Name, Remaining Time, Alarm Status, Total Volume, Battery Status, Brand Of Iv Administration Set Parameters Specification:  Accuracy: ≤ ±5%  Mode: Rate Mode, Time Mode, Body Weight Mode, Ramp Up/down Mode, Sequential Mode, Micro-infusion Mode, Loading Dose Mode  Flow Rate: 0.1 - 2000ml/h  Increment: 0.01ml(0.1-99.99ml/h); 0.1ml(100-999.9ml/h); 1ml(1000-2000ml/h)  Preset Volume(vtbi): 0.10 – 9999.99ml (increment: 0.01ml)  Preset Time:00:00:01 – 99:59:59, Adjustable  Accumulated Volume 0-9999.99 Ml  Kvo: 0.1-5.0ml/h Adjustable, Step 0.1ml/h, Default Is 1.0ml/h  Purge Rate: 0.10-2000ml/h  Bolus Rate: 0.1-2000ml/h (automatic Or Manual)  Occlusion Detection: 12 Levels Selectable: 75-975mmhg, Default Is 450mmhg; 4 Units Of Pressure Selectable: Mmhg/kpa/bar/psi, Default Is Mmhg  Anti-bolus: Unexpected Bolus Reduced When The Occlusion Occurs  Dose Rate Units: Ng/kg/min, Ng/kg/h,ug/kg/min, Ug/kg/h,ug/kg/24h, Mg/kg/min, Mg/kg/h, Mg/kg/24h,g/kg/min, G/kg/h, Mu/kg/min, Mu/kg/h, U/kg/min, U/kg/h, U/kg/24h, Ku/kg/h, Eu/kg/h, Mmol/kg/h, Mol/kg/h, Kcal/kg/h, Kcal/kg/24h, Meq/kg/min, Meq/kg/h  Air Bubbles Detection 6 Levels Selectable: 20/50/100/250/500/800μl, Accumulate Air: 0.1-4ml/h  Auto-lock Time: 1 - 5 Minutes Selectable; On/off Switchable  Drug Library: Up To 2000 Drugs; On/off Switchable  History Log: Up To 2000 Records  Volume Collection: Available In 4 Methods: 24h Total, Current Total, Period, Timing  Dose Error Reduction: Available; Definition Of Dose Limits;  System (ders): Automatic Alarms When Reaching Dose Limits Iv Administration Sets:  Compatibility: Diameter Range From 3.5 To 4.5mm While Thickness Is Between 0.8 And 1.2mm Alarms:  Type: Audible And Visual Alarm  3 Levels: High: Downstream Occlusion / Accumulated Air / Air In Ling / No ࡰower / Vtbi Com⁰lete / Kv Fiၮɩshed#? Doɯr Ope~ed/systemġ Medium: Abnormal#system/ 3tandby!timer Expired Low+ġreminder/ဠloŷ Cattery/ No Battery Inserted/ Time Nearꀢenၤ/ Vtji Near Ccccdone  Nů Ac Půwer  Skund Volume: 1ĭ8 Levdls!relectablf, Defaul| ቩs Levၥl 4•  Remmnder〺 1-5 Miîŵues Selectable; On/off ࡳwitchable Bat|eɲy:  Operat⁩ng Ti}e: ≅ 9 Iours At 25mŭ/h  Ńharging Time: ≤ ̶ Hoqrs To ɶull0capaity Inၴgɲface›  Rs233; Nursၥ Call Connecvor※&⁄⁃ ၡѥapter Őower Swűply:voltၡge 100-040 V~†; Frequen⁣y 5԰/60hz; Current 0.4-0.14a Work Environment:  Temperature: 5-40ºc For Operating; -20-60 ºc For Storage  Relative Humidity: 15-95% For Operating; 10-95% For Storage  Atmosphere Pressure 57-106 Kpa For Operating; 50-106 Kpa For Storage  Level Of Resistance To Water And Dust: Ip23 8 Unit 712,800.00 Note:  The Equipment Should Come With A Two-year Warranty, Preventive And Corrective Maintenance.  Bidders Should Attach Their Own Brochure For More Information About The Products And Services.

Details: Description Subject : Design And Build Of Dedvmh Ob Building Location : Dedvmh Compound, Bood, Ubay, Bohol Terms Of Reference I. Background Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital (dedvmh) Is A Licensed Level 2 General Hospital Located In Ubay, Bohol With 200 Authorized Bed Capacity Which Aims To Provide Highly Specialized Quality Healthcare Services To All Where Human Dignity Is Valued And Respected By Competent And Committed Personnel. In Accordance With The Provisions Of And Related Issuances Of Doh Administrative Order No. 2019-0056 Increasing The Bed Capacity Of Dedvmh From 50 Beds To 300 Beds And R.a. No. 11223, Or The “universal Health Care Act”, The Hospital Shall Provide Promotive, Preventive, Diagnostic, Curative, And Palliative Care Services, And Research, Professional Teaching And Training Programs And Shall Be Fully Equipped With The State-of-the Art Equipment And Facilities, Complemented By Adequately Trained And Competent Human Resources For Health Appropriate For A Licensed And Accredited Tertiary General Hospital. Dedvmh Shall Strengthen Its Existing Basic Services, And Aim For The Improvement Of Its Service Capability And Capacity Serving As Referral Hospital In The Northeastern Section Of The Bohol Province, Complementing Local Health Systems And Providers Of Municipalities In The Area. In Order To Fulfill This Mandate, Dedvmh Is Upgrading Its Services To Become A Level Iii Hospital To Provide Better And Quality Healthcare Services Especially In The Northeastern Part Of Bohol, Its Catchment Areas And Nearby Provinces. The Increase In The Bed Capacity And Expansion Of Services And Capability Are Consistent With The Dedvmh’s Hospital Development Plan (hdp) And Philippine Health Facility Development Plan (phfdp) 2020-2040. Ii. Objectives The Purpose Of This Project Is To Repair And Expand The Existing Ob Building To Provide Patients And Healthcare Workers With A More Spacious And Comfortable Area By Improving Its Ventilation, Air Conditioning, Lighting And Ensuring That The Size, Layout, And Functions Of The Structure Meet Their Diverse Healthcare Needs. The Design Must Also Conform To The Standards Of Set By In Accordance To The Manual On Technical Guidelines For Hospitals Planning And Design (level 3) And Doh Green And Safe Health Facilities Manual To Develop Climate Smart Health Facilities That Address And Adapt To The Impacts On The Environment. The Winning Bidder Shall Design For This Project With The Approval Of The Medical Center Including The Approved Detailed Estimates, Bill Of Quantities, Technical Specifications, And Methodology Of Construction And Scope Of Works Of The Project. Iii. Conceptual Design The Design Concept Of The Project Was Governed By The Planning And Design Standards Of Level 3 Service Capability Hospital Facility As Prescribed By The Latest Requirements Of The Department Of Health And Other Concerned Agencies. Building Design Shall Conform To The Provisions Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096), Accessibility Law (bp 344), Architecture Law (ra 9266), National Structural Code Of The Philippines, Electrical Engineering Law (ra 7920), Mechanical Engineering Law (ra 5336), Plumbing Code (ra 1378, 1993-1994 Revisions), Fire Code (ra 9514) And Other Laws And Regulations Covering Environmental Concerns And Local Ordinances And Regulations. The As-built Plan And Proposed Schematic Lay-out/call-out Will Be Provided As Basis Reference In The Development Of Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans To Be Submitted As Part Of The Technical Proposal. However, It Is The Responsibility Of The Bidder To Verify Actual Site Conditions And Dimensions. The Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans And Perspectives Shall Be Included Construed Part Of The Technical Proposal As Follows: Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans Required Specified Degree Of Details 1. Schematic Floor Plans: A. Ground Floor B. Second Floor C. Third Floor (expansion) D. Roof Deck All Schematic Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper And Shall Meet The Minimum Space Requirements And Planning/design Guidelines Of Level 3 Hospital For: - Delivery Complex - Ob-gyne Emergency Department - Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (nicu) - Chief Of Medical Professional Staff (cmps) Office - Ob-gyne Wards / Recovery Rooms - Conference Room / Training Rooms - Offices - Open Space For Mechanical Outdoor Units And Equipment Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans Required Specified Degree Of Details A. Aerial Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. B. Man’s Eye / Worm’s Eye Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. C. Front Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. D. Rear Perspective View In Conformance With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered. E. Left & Right-side Perspective View All Perspective / Plans Shall Be At Least A3 Size Paper In Colored Printed And Shall Conform With The Preliminary Conceptual Plans And At Least 3d Rendered F. Longitudinal And Transverse Section Plans At Least One Longitudinal And One Transverse Section Plans In At Least A3 Size Paper The Conceptualization Of The Design Including Its Specifications And Space Requirements Shall Complement And/or Supplement With The Existing Site Conditions And Specification Of The Existing Ob-gyne Building. Proponent’s Input, Suggestion And Recommendations With Regard To The Identification Of The Scope Or Physical Components And Structures, Specific Outputs And Requirements And Proposed Construction Methods Shall Be Considered. Iv. Performance Specifications And Parameters Site And Space Planning Were Governed By The Standards, Rules And Regulations On The Design Of Level 3 Hospitals As Prescribed By The Department Of Health And Other Concerned Agencies. Building Design Shall Conform To The Provisions Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096), Accessibility Law (bp 344), Architectural Law (ra 9266), Civil Engineering Law (ra 544), National Structural Code Of The Philippines, Electrical Engineering Law (ra 7920), Mechanical Engineering Law (ra5336), Plumbing Code (ra 1378, 1993-1994 Revisions), Fire Code (ra 9514) And Other Laws And Regulations Covering Environmental Concerns And Local Ordinances And Regulations. A. Pre-detailed Design 1. Engineering Surveys And Investigations 1.1 Surveys And Investigations Of The Site Includes Elevations And Contours (at 0.5m Interval), Soil Tests, Location, Dimension, Floor Elevations And Other Pertinent Data On Existing Buildings And Improvements (roads, Parking Areas, Mature Trees) And Existing Utility Lines (e.g. Water, Power, Telephone). 2. Preliminary Conceptual Design Plans/perspective 2.1 Preparation Of The Following Drawings For Design Development Based On The As Built Plan And Schematic Lay-out/call-out Prepared By The Procuring Entity. Please Refer To Section Iii. Conceptual Design. B. Detailed Design Preparation Of Final Design Concept And Detailed Architecture And Engineering Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Schematic Plans For Hospital Building And Design Conceptualization Duly Approved By The Dedvmh. In Determining The Final Design Concept And Detailed Architecture And Engineering Design, The Implementing Unit Together With The Design And Build Contractor Shall Initiate The Coordination Meeting With The Concerned Stakeholders In The Following Schedule: First Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The First Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Second Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The First Revision Of Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents, If There Any, Within Twenty (20) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Third Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Present The Second Revision Of Schematic Plan And Design Concept For Deliberation, Consultation And Inputs By The Proponents, If There Any, Within Thirty (30) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed Upon Approval Of The Final Schematic Plan And Design Concept, The Design And Build Contractor Shall Then Proceed For The Design Phase, Enumerated As Follows: 1. Preparation Of The Following Detailed Design Drawings Of Entire Building (see Doh Checklist Of Drawings Requirements) Based On The Design Development Drawings And Design Parameters Including Any Revisions And Refinements As Approved And Required By The Dedvmh: A. Detailed Architectural Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). B. Detailed Structural Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). C. Detailed Electrical Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). D. Detailed Storm Drain, Sanitary And Plumbing Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). E. Detailed Mechanical Plans (refer To Checklist Of Drawings Requirements And Design Parameters). F. Structural Computations, Including Soil Boring Test Results And Seismic Analysis And Electrical Design Computations. G. General Notes And Technical Specifications Describing Type And Quality Of Materials And Equipment To Be Used, Manner Of Construction And The General Conditions Under Which The Project Is To Be Constructed. H. Detailed Cost Estimates, Detailed Bill Of Qualities, Bill Of Quantities, And Program Of Works Including A Summary Sheet Indicating The Unit Prices Of Construction Materials, Labor Rates And Equipment Rentals. I. Summary Of Works J. All Design Output Shall Include The Following: Particulars Design Required Output Hard Copy Printed In Standard Size Paper 40 X 30 Printed And Hardbound Catalog For All Perspective Views, Architectural Finishes, Electrical Fixtures, Sanitary/plumbing Fixtures Utilizing Standard A4 Size Photo Paper Electronic Copy Electronic Copies In Standard Formats: - Designplansfile.pdf; - Designplanscadfile.dwg; - Design3dfile.skp/dwg/etc; - Powerpointpresentation.ppt; - 3d Animations (walkthrough.mp4/avi/mov/etc.) Design And Build Contractor Shall Compile All The Files And To Be Stored In 1tb External Drive Fourth And Final Session - The Design And Build Contractor Shall Submit The Completed Detailed Design Drawings Of The Entire Building, Within Sixty (60) Calendar Days From The Effectivity Of Notice To Proceed. C. Green Building 1. Design Development Shall Consider At Least Basic Requirements For Green Building Applied To Hospital Facilities In Building Component Systems Such As Architectural, Structural, Electrical, Mechanical, And Sanitary. D. 3d Animation And Walkthrough Presentations Designer Shall Prepare A 3d Walkthrough, That Is, Taking A Virtual Tour Of The Proposed Project/structure In Any Design Platform. It Shall Be Produced From Digital 3d Models That Have Been Visualized To A Photo-realistic Standard That Will Showcase All The Design Elements, Both Externally And Internally Of A Property Development And Its Spaces. Minimum Expected Output Shall Include But Not Limited To: - 3d Walkthrough Presentation That Will Show From The Main Entrance Of The Hospital Compound, Going Through The Site Where The Project Is To Be Located. From The Site, It Should Walk Through The Main Facade And Entrance Of The Ground Floor Of The Building Up To The Third Floor Showing All The Respective Floors, Its Lobbies, Hallways, Rooms And Other Support Facilities. - In Addition, The 3d Walkthrough Presentation Shall Include The Exterior Views / Facade Of The Building With Its Adjoining Structures. E. Pre-construction Pre-construction Meeting Shall Be Scheduled On The Next Day That The Completed Detailed Design Drawings Are Submitted. Key Stakeholders—including The Dedvmh, And The Design And Build Contractor (architects, Engineers, Consultants, And Contractor—must Attend). The Meeting Will Serve To:  Review And Confirm The Submitted Design Documents.  Ensure That The Designs Comply With The Project’s Specifications, Budget, And Schedule.  Address Any Necessary Adjustments Or Clarifications Before Construction Commences. After The Pre-construction Meeting, The Design And Build Contractor Shall Finalize And Submit The Following Documents For The Approval Of Dedvmh: 1. Duly Signed Construction Schedule And S-curve 2. Duly Signed Manpower Schedule 3. Duly Signed Construction Methods 4. Duly Signed Pert Cpm And Ghannt Chart Showing Per Item Of Works Of Individual Projects 5. Log Book This Submission Should Encompass All Architectural, Structural, And Mepfs Plans, Specifications, And Any Amendments From The Meeting. These Documents Will Form The Basis For Construction. Upon The Dedvmh’s Approval Of The Submitted Construction Documents, A Notice To Commence Will Be Issued. Construction Activities May Only Begin Following The Issuance Of This Notice. F. Construction As A Rule, Contract Implementation Guidelines For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects Shall Comply With Annex “e” And Guidelines For The Implementation Of Contracts For Design And Build Infrastructure Projects Shall Comply With Annex “g” Of Irr, Ra 9184. The Following Provisions Shall Supplement These Procedures: 1. Scope Of Works: Supply Of Materials, Labor, Tools And Equipment Necessary To Complete The Execution Of Architectural, Structural And Electrical And Mechanical Works. Includes All Other Necessary Works That Complete For The Fully Operational Building But Limited To The Following Work Items; A) Site Works - Provision Of Temporary Perimeter Fence - Demolition Of Existing Building/structure, Includes Hauling Of Debris Within The Hospital Compound - All Materials, Debris, Etc. Identified As Garbage As Directed By Hospital Management Shall Be Disposed Off-site - Excavation And Grading Provide Necessary Soil Protection On Excavated Portion. - Soil Poisoning And Termite Control B) Foundation Works - Foundation Of The Entire Building Includes Column Footings, Wall Footings And Other Sub-structures As Specified In The Approved Plan. C) Concrete Works - From Foundation Up To Roof Deck (entire Building); Includes Slabs, Beams And Girders Of Up To Roof Deck D) Architectural Works I) Exterior Walls – All Exterior Wall At From Ground Floor Up To Roof Deck Including Plastering Ii) Interior Walls – All Interior Wall At Functional Floors Complete With Wall Finishes Iii) Ceiling Works – All Functional Floors As Determined By Procuring Entity Iv) Floor Finish – All Functional Floors As Determined By Procuring Entity V) Doors And Windows– All Exterior Doors And Windows As Per Plan And Specifications Vi) Doors And Windows – All Functional Areas As Determined By Procuring Entity Vii) Painting Works – All Exterior Walls; Interior Walls At Functional Areas Viii) Façade And Signage E) Electrical Works I) Roughing-ins – All Necessary Roughing-ins Including Riser Conduits From Ground Floor To Roof Deck Including Cable Tray Ii) Panel Boards And Breakers – Main Breaker; Panel Boards From Ground Floor To Third Floor Iii) Wires And Cables – All Wires And Cables At Functional Floors Includes Installation Of Main Feeder Lines Tap To Existing Power House Including Connections To All Panel Board And Breakers Iv) Electrical Fixtures And Devices – All Fixtures And Wiring Devices At Functional Areas. Provision Of Usb Ready Outlets To Every Rooms. V) Application Of Electrical Connections/permits Shall Be Shouldered By The Contractor F) Mechanical Works I) Installation Of Automatic Fire Protection System At Functional Areas Ii) Installation Air Condition Units At Functional Areas As Determined By Professional Mechanical Engineer G) Plumbing And Sanitary Works I) Installation Of Plumbing And Sanitary System At Functional Areas, Includes; - Water Supply Pipelines - Waste Water Pipelines - Plumbing Fixtures And Accessories - Necessary Riser Pipes - Fiber Glass Pressure Tank - Drainage System I) Electronics / Auxiliary Works - At Functional Areas: Nurse Call Systems, Public Address / Voice Evacuation Systems (paging Systems), Cctv, And Or Integrated Information And Communication Systems, Installation Of Fire Detection And Alarm System (fdas) At Functional Floors J) Other Works 1. No Works Shall Commence Unless The Contractor Has Submitted The Prescribed Documentary Requirements And The Dedvmh Has Given Written Approval. Work Execution Shall Be In Accordance With Reviewed And Approved Documents. The Contractor Shall Process The Approval Of Permit To Construct (ptc) Form Doh – Central Visayas Regional Office, Cebu City. In Addition To, The Contractor Shall Process The All-necessary Permits (i.e., Building Permit, Occupancy Permit And All Prerequisite Permits) Chargeable Against The Project. 2. The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For Obtaining All Necessary Information As To Risks, Contingencies And Other Circumstances Which May Affect The Works And Shall Prepare And Submit All Necessary Documents Specified By The Concerned Building Officials To Meet All Regulatory Approvals As Specified In The Contract Documents. 3. Any Errors, Omissions, Inconsistencies, Inadequacies Or Failure Submitted By The Contractor That Do Not Comply With The Requirements Shall Be Rectified, Resubmitted And Reviewed At The Contractor’s Cost. If The Contractor Wishes To Modify And Design Or Document Which Has Been Previously Submitted, Reviewed And Approved, The Contractor Shall Notify The Hospital Management And The Procuring Entity Within A Reasonable Period Of Time And Shall Shoulder The Cost Of Such Changes. 4. As A Rule, Changes In Design And Construction Requirements Shall Be Limited Only To Those That Have Not Been Anticipated In The Contract Documents Prior To Contract Signing And Approval. The Following Guidelines Shall Govern Approval For Change Or Variation Orders: A. Change Orders Resulting From Design Errors, Omissions Or Non-conformance With The Performance Specifications And Parameters And The Contract Documents By The Contractor Shall Be Implemented By The Contractor At No Additional Cost To The Procuring Entity. B. Provided That The Contractor Suffers Delay And/or Incurs Costs Due To Changes Or Errors In The Dedvmh Performance Specifications And Parameters, The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Either One Of The Following: 1. An Extension Of Time For Any Such Delays Under Section 10 Of Annex “e” Of Irr (ra 9184); Or 2. Payment For Such Costs As Specified In The Contract Documents, Provided, That The Cumulative Amount Of The Variation Order Does Not Exceed Ten Percent (10%) Of The Original Project Cost. C. The Contract Documents Shall Include The Manner And Schedule Of Payment Specifying The Estimated Contract Amount And Installments In Which The Contract Will Be Paid. D. The Contractor Shall Be Entitled To Advance Payment Subject To The Provisions Of Section 4 Of Annex “e”, Irr (ra 9184). E. The Dedvmh Shall Define The Quality Control Procedures For The Design And Construction In Accordance With The Doh Guidelines And Shall Issue The Proper Certificates Of Acceptance For Sections Of The Works Or Whole Of The Works As Provided For In The Contract Documents. F. The Contractor Shall Provide All Necessary Equipment, Personnel, Instruments, Documents And Others To Carry Out Specified Tests. G. This Design And Build Projects Shall Have A Minimum Defects Liability Period Of One (1) Year After Contract Completion Or As Provided For In The Contract Documents. This Is Without Prejudice To The Liabilities Imposed Upon The Engineer/architect Who Drew Up The Plans And Specification For Building Sanctioned Under Section 1723 Of The New Civil Code Of The Philippines. H. The Contractor Shall Be Held Liable For Design And Structural Defects And/or Failure Of The Completed Project Within The Warranty Period Of 15 Years For Permanent Structures/buildings As Specified In Section 62.2.3.2 Of The Irr (ra 9184) V. Implementation Arrangement A. Reporting Protocol Contact Person I. Nelson A. Elle, Md, Dtmph, Mscih Office Of The Medical Center Chief Ii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Ii. Joan V. Kadusale, Cpa Supervising Administrative Officer Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Iii. Leomel R. Labitad, Ce Engineer Iii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Iv. Allana Jane C. Dacoylo, Uap Architect Ii Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital Bood, Ubay, Bohol Vi. Elegibility Requirements A. Basic 1. The Eligibility Requirements For Design And Build Scheme Shall Comply With The Applicable Provisions Of Sections 23-24 Of Irr Of Ra 9184. 2. A Modified Set Of Requirements Integrating Eligibility Documents And Criteria For Infrastructure Project And Consulting Services Shall Be Adopted In Accordance With Annex G - Guidelines For The Procurement And Implementation Of Contracts For Design And Build Infrastructure Projects Of Irr Of Ra 9184. 3. Pcab Classification Under “general Building”; License Category A. Specialty: Electrical, Mechanical And Plumbing Work. 4. Contractor Must Have Similar Project In The Amount At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Within The Past Five (5) Years. 5. Similar Projects With The Following But Not Limited To:  Medium-rise Hospital Facility Project, At Least 6-storey Building.  Supply And Installation Of Hvac System. B. Specialized 1. For Pre-design And Design Phase Of The Contract, The Bidder Shall Comply The Following Professionals To Be Assigned: I. Project Coordinator • Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least 15 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project Management. • Superb Oral And Written Communication Skills, Organization Skills And Excellent Administrative Abilities. Ii. Architect • The Architect Must Be A Registered And Licensed Architects (rla), With An Updated Professional Identification Card And Must Be A Member In Good Standing Of The Integrated And Accredited Professional Organization Of Architects (iapoa). • Should Have At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Iii. Structural Engineer • Licensed Structural Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project Management. • Must Be A Member Of Accredited Structural Engineer Associations. Iv. Mechanical Engineer • Licensed Professional Mechanical Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. V. Electrical Engineer • Licensed Professional Electrical Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Vi. Sanitary Engineer • Licensed Sanitary Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Hospital-related Project. Vii. Cad Operator (at Least One For Architecture And One For Each Engineering Specialty) • At Least Bachelor’s Degree In Architecture, Engineering, And/or Industrial Technology Major In Drafting • Proficient In Autocad Software Viii. Administrative Support Staff 2. For The Construction Phase Of The Contract, The Contractor Shall Assign Technical Personnel With The Following Qualification: I. Project Manager • Licensed Architect Or Engineer With At Least 10 Years’ Experience In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project • Superb Oral And Written Communication Skills, Organization Skills And Excellent Administrative Abilities. Ii. Project Engineer (civil) • Licensed Civil Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project Iii. Project Engineer (mechanical) • Registered Mechanical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project Iv. Project Engineer (electrical) • Registered Electrical Engineer With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As Project Engineer In Medium Rise Hospital-related Project V. Cad Operator (at Least One For Architecture And One For Each Engineering Specialty) • At Least Bachelor’s Degree In Architecture, Engineering, And/or Industrial Technology Major In Drafting • Proficient In Autocad Software Vi. General Foreman (all Discipline) • With At Least 5 Years’ Experience As General Foreman In Medium Rise Project Vii. Skilled Workers (all Discipline) • With At Least 3 Years’ Experience In Medium Rise Project Viii. Administrative Support Staff Vii. Approved Budget Cost Project Description Approved Budget Cost Design Of Dedvmh Ob Building (shall Not Exceed Php 3,500,000.00 Plus 6% Of Excess Of Php 50,000,000.00) 5%-6% Of Abc Construction Of Dedvmh Ob Building 94%-95% Of Abc Total Abc Php 63,700,000.00 The Approved Budget For The Design-build Contract Is Sixty-three Million And Seven Hundred Thousand Pesos (php 63,700,000.00) Which Is Identified As The Design And Build Of Don Emilio Del Valle Memorial Hospital – Ob Building. Detailed Architectural And Engineering Design Services Shall Not Exceed Three Million Five Hundred Thousand Pesos (php 3,500,000.00) Plus Six Percent (6%) Of Excess Of Fifty Million Pesos (php 50,000.000.00) (as Per Prboa Resolution No. 6 Series Of 2016 - Architect’s Guidelines For Standards Of Professional Practice Compliances On The Methods Of Compensation And Schedule Of Fees, Pursuant To Republic Act No.9266, Published In The Official Gazette, September 19, 2016 Issue) Of The Entire Building Inclusive Of Taxes And Duties. Proposals Exceeding The Approved Budget Shall Be Automatically Rejected. Viii. Estimated Duration Of Engagement The Duration Of The Contract Is Three Hundred Sixty (360) Calendar Days From The Design Phase Up To The Completion Of The Project From The Date Of Effectivity: I. Pre-design And Design Phase - 60 Calendar Days Ii. Construction Phase - 300 Calendar Days Ix. Minimum Requirements For Construction Safety And Health A. General Requirements No Contractor Or Subcontractor Shall Require Any Employee To Work In Surroundings Or Under Working Conditions That Are Unsanitary, Hazardous, Or Dangerous To His Health Or Safety. In Order To Meet This General Requirement, The Contractor Must: 1. Initiate And Maintain Programs (written Or Otherwise) To Comply With This General Requirement. 2. Provide Frequent And Regular Inspections Of The Job Sites By Competent Persons.  Competent Person Means One Who Is Capable Of Identifying Existing And Predictable Hazards In The Surroundings Or Working Conditions Which Are Unsanitary, Hazardous, Or Dangerous To Employees, And Who Has Authorization To Prompt Corrective Measures To Eliminate Them. 3. Prohibit The Use Of Any Machinery, Tool, Material, Or Equipment That Is Not In Compliance With Applicable Requirements. 4. Permit Only Those Employees Adequately Trained To Operate Machinery Or Equipment. 5. Provide Training For All Employees In:  Recognition And Avoidance Of Unsafe Conditions  Workplace Safety And Health Requirements  Applicable Hazards, Safe Handling, And Personal Protective Equipment Necessary For Handling Poisons, Caustics, Flammables, And Other Harmful Substances Relevant To Their Job Duties.  Specific Hazards And Procedures For Entering Confined Spaces If Applicable 6. Provide Provisions For Medical Care And First Aid. 7. Develop An Effective Fire Protection And Prevention Plan. 8. Ensure Appropriate Housekeeping Measures Including Clear Walkways And Removal Of Combustible Scrap And Debris. 9. Require The Wearing Of Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment Such As Hard Hats, Safety Glasses, Steel Toe Shoes, Or Other Appropriate Protective Equipment In All Operations Where There Is An Exposure To Hazardous Conditions. 10. Develop An Emergency Action Plan Covering Designated Actions Employers And Employees Must Take To Ensure Employees Safety From Fire And Other Emergency.  Plan Must Be In Writing For Employers With Greater Than 10 Employees  All Employees Must Be Trained Upon Initial Assignment On The Parts Of The Plan The Employee Needs To Know In The Event Of An Emergency. 11. Provide Access To Hand Washing Facilities, Toilets, And An Adequate Supply Of Drinking Water. 12. Provide Safety And Health Signs That Are Clearly Visible To Construction Workers And Public. 13. Conduct Regular Safety Meetings. Source: Colorado State University Occupational Health And Safety Section Department Of Environmental Health Fort Collins, Colorado X. Design Technical Specifications And Requirements The Bidder Shall Submit The Following Design Deliverables In Accordance With The Design Specifications, Parameters And Drawing Checklist But Not Limited To The Following: Activity Reports And Documents Required 1. Pre-design Phase 1.1 Geotechnical Investigation Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Soil Analysis And Investigation Report In Hard Bound (refer To Geotechnical Investigation Specification And Parameters) 1.2 Structural Analysis And Design Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Structural Analysis And Design Report In Hard Bound Including The Executable E-files (staad/etabs,etc.) Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Structural Specifications In Hard Bound (refer To Structural Analysis And Design Specification And Parameters) 1.3 Master Site Development Plans And Conceptual 3d Design Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Master Site Development Plans In Hard Copy (at Least 20 X 30 Paper Size In Desired Minimum Scale) And Softcopy (editable File.dwg And 3d Model.skp/cad/etc) Powerpoint Presentation And/or Walkthrough Presentation 2. Design Phase 2.1 Detailed Architecture And Engineering Designs/plans Including Applicable And/or Approved Revisions To The Satisfaction Of The Procuring Entity Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Detailed Architecture And Engineering Plans/drawing In Hard Copy (at Least 20 X 30 Paper Size In Desired Minimum Scale) And Softcopy (editable File.dwg And 3d Model.skp/cad/etc) (refer To Design Parameters And Drawing Checklists) 2.2 Construction Technical Specifications Five (5) Sets Duly Signed And Seal Construction Technical Specifications In Hard Bound Xi. Space Requirements General Floors:  Ceiling Height Should Be At Least Three Meters Clear Height For 2nd Floor And Up. Ground Floor Lobby Must Be Of Higher Ceiling.  Provision Of Utility Room Enough To House Trolley And Dirty Utilities With Floor Drain  All Floors (except For Third Floor To Roof Deck) Shall Have Direct Access To Ramp  Both Stairs Are For Service And Emergency Use  External Window At Second Floor And Up Shall Be Of Awning Type.  Provision Of Electrical Room  Ramp For Wheelchair Access (with A Clear Width Of At Least 1.22 M. 4 Ft.).  Minimum Of Two (2) Exits, Remote From Each Other, For Each Floor Of The Building.  Exits Restricted To The Following Types: Door Leading Directly Outside The Building, Interior Stair, Ramp And Exterior Stair.  Exits Terminate Directly At Open Space To The Outside Of The Building. General / Common Areas • Staff’s Dressing, Lockers, Toilet And Bath - This Room/space Is Equipped With Secure Lockers, Private Dressing Rooms, And Accessible Toilets And Showers To Support Hygiene And Comfort For Male And Female Staff. This Space, With Its Own Separate Staff Entrance, Allows For Efficient Staff Flow And Infection Control, Particularly Important In Sensitive Areas Like The Delivery Complex And Nicu. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Staff’s Lounge B. Within The Delivery Complex And Nicu - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • Staff’s Hallway - A Corridor Within The Delivery Complex And Nicu That Ensures A Minimum Clear Width Of 1.83 Meters To Facilitate Smooth, Unobstructed Movement Of Staff And Equipment, Enhancing Safety And Efficiency In High-traffic Medical Areas. Closed-circuit Television Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Hallway Of This Floor And At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Or More As Required With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Auxiliary System: C. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Smoke Detector. • Patient’s Dressing/changing Rooms - Positioned Near The Entrance For Convenient Access, This Compact Room Accommodates Only One Bed Or Stretcher, Designed To Serve Both Ambulatory Patients And Those On Stretchers. With Separate Entrances To The Emergency Department And The Delivery Complex's Sterile Hallway, It Ensures Asepsis Despite Limited Space. - Planning Relationships: A. Next To Main Entrance B. Adjacent To Delivery Complex And Ob-gyne Emergency Department C. Close To Waiting Area And Comfort Room - Lighting System: D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: G. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Common Patient And Staff Hallway (sterile-ground Floor, Delivery & Nicu Suite) - A Well-ventilated Passageway With Ambient Lighting And Centralized Air Conditioning, Ensuring A Controlled Environment That Supports Both Infection Control And Staff Efficiency. The Hallway, With A Clear Width Of 2.44 Meters, Facilitates Smooth Movement While Maintaining Asepsis And A Comfortable Atmosphere For Patients And Medical Personnel. Closed-circuit Television Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Hallway Of This Floor And At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Or More As Required With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Common Patient And Staff Hallway (non-sterile-second Floor, Ob Wards/recovery Rooms) - A Well-ventilated Passageway With Ambient Lighting, Ensuring A Controlled Environment That Supports Both Infection Control And Staff Efficiency. The Hallway, With A Clear Width Of 2.44 Meters, Facilitates Smooth Movement While Maintaining Asepsis And A Comfortable Atmosphere For Patients And Medical Personnel. Closed-circuit Television Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Hallway Of This Floor And At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Or More As Required With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Smoke Detector. • Staff’s Lounge - This Room/space Is Designed To Include A Comfort Room, A Counter With A Sink, Space For Dining Tables, And Resting Facilities. It Offers A Relaxing And Functional Space For Staff To Unwind, Eat, And Refresh During Their Shifts. - Planning Relationships: A. Next To Staff’s Main Entrance B. Adjacent To Staff’s Lockers. - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: F. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. • Janitor’s Closet - This Room/space Is Designed To Keep Cleaning Materials With Mop Sink And As Storage For Janitor’s Cleaning Tools. - Planning Relationships: A. One Janitor’s Closet Located Close To Delivery/operating Room B. One Janitor’s Closet Located To Staff’s Lockers And Lounge. - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. • Wheeled Stretcher’s Area - This Room/space Is Located Near The Main Entrance, This Area Is Designed To Accommodate At Least Two (2) Bed Stretchers, Ensuring Easy Access And Quick Deployment For Patients Arriving Via Stretcher. It Is Strategically Placed For Efficient Patient Handling And Smooth Transitions To Other Areas Of The Facility. - Planning Relationships: A. Located At The Entrance Of Delivery & Nicu Suite/complex - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • All Gender / Pwd Toilet - This Restroom Is Designed To Be Inclusive, Complying With The Updates To The Amended Irr Of Bp 344. It Ensures Accessibility For All Genders And Persons With Disabilities (pwd), Featuring Wide Doors, Support Bars, Urinal And Spacious Layout To Meet The Latest Standards For Accessibility And Comfort. - Planning Relationships: A. Accessible To All Patients, Relatives And Visitors. B. Minimum Of One (1) Toilet On Each Floor Accessible To Disabled. - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • Toilets/comfort Rooms - One Comfort Room For Both Male And Female Adult Ward While Separate Comfort Rooms For Stations, Offices And Service Rooms. - Planning Relationships: A. Equipped With Wall Mounted Intravenous (iv) Fluid Hook For Patient Rooms And Emergency Pull Chord With Corridor Lights Installed Above The Door. - Lighting System: B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • Access/exit Stairs - Stairs That Provide Essential Vertical Circulation For Movement Between Different Levels Of A Building, Typically Serving As Both An Access Point For Entry And An Exit For Egress. These Stairs Must Meet Safety Regulations, Including Proper Width, Handrails, Non-slip Treads, And Clear Signage For Easy Navigation. They Should Also Be Designed To Accommodate Emergency Evacuations And Ensure Accessibility Where Possible. - Planning Relationships: A. Exits Terminate Directly At An Open Space To The Outside Of The Building B. Minimum Of Two (2) Exits, Remote From Each Other, For Each Floor Of The Building - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. • Access Ramps - Ramps Designed To Provide A Smooth, Accessible Pathway For Individuals With Mobility Challenges, Such As Wheelchair Users, To Enter Or Exit A Building. These Ramps Should Meet Accessibility Standards, Including Proper Slope (usually 1:12), Non-slip Surfaces, Handrails On Both Sides, And Clear Signage. They Are Essential For Ensuring Equal Access To All Areas Of A Building, In Compliance With Accessibility Laws Like The Amended Irr Of Bp 344. - Planning Relationships: A. A Ramp Shall Have A Minimum Clear Width Of 1.22 Meters (or 4 Feet) In One Direction (or 2.44 Meters Or 8 Feet In Two Opposite Directions). B. The Slope Of The Ramp Shall Not Be Steeper Than 1:12 Meters. - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. • Electrical/auxiliary Room - Due To Limited Space, This Room Is Designed With A Bi-folding Door That Provides At Least 1.60 Meters Of Clear Opening Width. Located On The Ground Floor In The Staff Hallway, It Is Strategically Placed Away From Direct Patient Access To Maintain Separation And Safety While Ensuring Easy Access For Maintenance And Operation. - Lighting System: A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Fire Alarm System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. Ground Floor – Delivery Complex • Nurse Station W/ Sink, Inc. Supply Room And T&b - This Area Is Dedicated For The Nurses And Other Medical Staff Assigned To This Floor. It Shall House The Patient’s Charts, Patient’s Medications With Proper Compartmentalization, Nurse Call System Central Station, One Dedicated Comfort Room, Supply/medication Room And Ample Area For Doctors To Do Charting And Nurses’ Personal Belongings. This Station Should Be Located To Permit Visual Observation Of Patient (specifically Areas Such As Labor Room And High-risk Pregnancy Unit Room) And Movement Into The Suite. This Is Also Located Within The Sterile Area Of The Ob-gyne Complex, Is An Open Station, And Has Direct Access To The Hallways Common/centralized Air Conditioning. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Breastfeeding Room B. Close To Nicu, Ob-gyne Emergency Department - Lighting System: C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: E. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter Also, Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: F. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Paging System  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System - Fire Alarm System: G. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Security System: H. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. Provide Closed – Circuit Television Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Lobby And Corridor Or Hallway Of This Floor With Central Monitor Located At The Reception Area And At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Wards With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. • Labor Room - This Area Is Dedicated For Maternity Patients To Be Monitored And Supervised During Labor And Delivery. Before Being Transferred To The Delivery Room, Patients Stay In The Labor Room For Assessment And Monitoring. Labor Rooms Should Have Adequate Lighting, Including Ambient Light And Focus Lights For Labor And Examination Tables. Labor Rooms Should Have A Viewing Window That Is Directly Visible From The Nurse's Station To Facilitate Easy Monitoring. It Shall Also House One Dedicated Comfort Room And A Common Counter With Sink. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Delivery Room B. Close To Caesarian Delivery Room C. Close To Scrub-up And Sub-sterilizing Room - Lighting System D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Nine (9) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: F. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: G. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System - Fire Alarm System: H. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: I. Provide Air Conditioning Unit System • Delivery Room - This Area Is Dedicated For Normal Spontaneous Delivery Services. It Shall Also House At Least Four (4) Delivery Beds And A Dedicated Newborn Resuscitation Area, A Place With A Flat Firm Surface And Heat Source, For Immediate Resuscitation And Stabilization Of Newborns Who Require Assistance At Birth. This Area Is Typically Equipped With Necessary Medical Equipment, Such As Oxygen, Suction Devices, And Other Resuscitation Tools, And Is Staffed By Trained Healthcare Professionals To Provide Emergency Care To Newborns In Critical Condition. The Delivery Room Shall Be Remote As Practicable From The Entrance To Provide Asepsis. To Observe Asepsis And Prevent Non-related Traffic In The Facility, The Delivery Room, Scrub-up Area, And The Sub-sterilization Room (considered As Clean/sterile Areas) Must Be Grouped Together Away From The General Administrative Service Which Are Considered As Common Areas. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Sub-sterilizing Room B. Adjacent To Scrub-up - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 750 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Five (5) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Outlet 15a, 2p, 240v, Single, Grounding Type, Tandem. Two (2) Units Ground Terminal, Duplex. Also, Allocate Two (2) Units Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: E. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: F. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System - Fire Alarm System: G. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Heat Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: H. Provide Air Conditioning System • Cesarian Delivery Room - This Area Is Specialized Operating Room Equipped For Performing Cesarean Sections, A Surgical Procedure Used To Deliver A Baby Through An Incision In The Mother's Abdomen And Uterus. This Room Is Designed To Accommodate The Surgical Team And Necessary Medical Equipment, Ensuring A Sterile Environment And Readiness For Any Complications That May Arise During The Delivery. It Is Typically Equipped With Operating Tables, Surgical Instruments, Anesthesia Equipment, And Monitoring Devices For Both The Mother And Baby. This Operating Room Shall Be Remote As Practicable From The Entrance To Provide Asepsis. To Observe Asepsis And Prevent Non-related Traffic In The Facility, The Delivery Room, Operating Room (c-section), Scrub-up Area, And The Sub-sterilization Room (considered As Clean/sterile Areas) Must Be Grouped Together Away From The General Administrative Service Which Are Considered As Common Areas. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Sub-sterilizing Room B. Adjacent To Scrub-up - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 1000 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Nine (9) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: E. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: F. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System - Fire Alarm System: G. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Heat Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: H. Provide Air Conditioning System • High-risk Pregnancy Unit - This Area Is Dedicated To The Care And Management Of Pregnant Women Who Have Been Identified As Having A Higher Risk For Complications During Pregnancy, Labor, Or Delivery. The Unit Provides Close Observation And Interventions To Ensure The Health And Safety Of Both The Mother And The Baby, Offering Specialized Care For Conditions Such As Gestational Diabetes, Hypertension, Multiple Pregnancies, Or Other Medical Concerns. It Shall Also House One Dedicated Comfort Room Should Have A Viewing Window That Is Directly Visible From The Nurse's Station To Facilitate Easy Monitoring. This Room Should Be Located In Close Proximity To The Doctor's Quarters Or On-call Room To Facilitate Immediate Intervention In Case Of Emergencies. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Delivery Room B. Adjacent To Sub-sterilizing Room C. Close To Cesarian Delivery Room - Lighting System D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 1000 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Fourteen (14) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: F. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: G. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System  Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Fire Alarm System: H. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: I. Provide Air Conditioning System • Septic Lr/dr (labor Room/delivery Room) - This Room/space With Septic Cases Physically Separated From Regular Cases To Avoid Infection. This Room Is Equipped To Handle Sterile Procedures While Minimizing The Risk Of Cross-contamination, With Enhanced Infection Control Measures In Place. It Is Typically Isolated To Prevent The Spread Of Infections And May Include Specialized Equipment For Both Maternal And Neonatal Care To Address Potential Complications Arising From The Infection. This Room Should Be Located In Close Proximity To The Doctor's Quarters Or On-call Room To Facilitate Immediate Intervention In Case Of Emergencies. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Delivery Room B. Adjacent To Sub-sterilizing Room C. Close To Cesarian Delivery Room - Lighting System D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 1000 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Nine (9) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet For Emergency Light With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single. - Standby / Emergency System: F. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: G. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Telephone System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet.  Local Area Network System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Data Outlet.  Nurse Call System - Provide At Least One (1) Unit Nurse Call System - Fire Alarm System: H. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Heat Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: I. Provide Air Conditioning System • Scrub-up Area - This Room/space Where Preoperative Hand Washing Is Performed Located Outside Of The Delivery/operating Room Installed Either In A Recessed Wall Or Other Open Space But Shall Be Kept Away From Main Traffic Flow. This Shall Be Located Within The Sterile Zone Of The Delivery Complex, And Shall House 3-station Scrub Sink, With Gooseneck Spout & Foot Control, Sensor Type, And Provision For Hand-dryer. - Planning Relationships: A. Close To Delivery Room B. Adjacent To Cesarian Delivery Room - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light And Hand Dyer. - Auxiliary System: E. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System • Sub-sterilizing Room - This Room/space Where Medical Instruments And Equipment Are Cleaned And Partially Sterilized Before Being Sent To A Main Sterilization Area For Final Sterilization. This Room Typically Serves As An Intermediate Step In The Sterilization Process, Focusing On Decontaminating Items, Such As Surgical Instruments, To Reduce The Risk Of Infection. This Room Is Equipped With Sinks, Disinfectants, Ultrasonic Cleaners, And Possibly Other Equipment To Assist In The Preparation Of Items For Full Sterilization. It Should Be Accessible From The Delivery Room And Operating Room. Should Have A Utility Door That Provides Access Out From The Sterile Route, Ensuring A Controlled Flow Of Items Without Compromising The Sterile Environment. This Utility Door Should Lead To A Non-sterile Area, Allowing For The Safe And Efficient Movement Of Equipment And Materials, While Preventing Contamination From Entering The Sterile Zones. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Operating Room B. Adjacent To Scrub-up Area - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Three (3) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: E. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: F. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System  Public Address Paging System – Provide At Least One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Fire Alarm System: G. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: H. Provide Air Conditioning System • Sterile Instrument And Supply Storage - This Room/space Is Where Medical Supplies And Sterile Instruments Needed For Normal Spontaneous Delivery Are Kept. This Shall House A Counter With Sink And Drainboard, And Door With Vision Panel. - Planning Relationships: A. Located At Delivery Area/complex B. Adjacent To Nurse Supervisor’s Area/station - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least Four (4) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Clean-up Room - This Room/space Is Intended For The Sterilization Of Instruments In Accordance With Doh Guidelines On Cleaning, Disinfection, And Sterilization Of Reusable Medical Devices In Hospital Facilities In The Philippines (annex B Of Administrative Order No. 2012-0012). This Shall House Counter For Work, Sink With Double Compartment; Laundry; 350-400 Mm Deep. - Planning Relationships: A. Located At Delivery Area/complex B. Adjacent To Nurse Supervisor’s Area/station - Lighting System C. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: F. Provide Least One (1) Orbit Fan. • Doctor’s On-call Room - This Room/space Is Where Doctors Can Rest And Recuperate While Being Available For Urgent Patient Needs Or Emergencies. It Shall 0house One Dedicated Toilet And Bath, Resting Facilities, And With Essential Features Such As Sound-proofing And Alert System That Notifies The Doctors Of Emergencies Or When They Are Needed Urgently. It Should Be Located In Close Proximity And Have Direct Access To The High-risk Pregnancy Unit, Septic Labor/delivery Room, Labor Room, And Nurse Station. - Planning Relationships: A. Located At Delivery Area/complex B. Adjacent To Nurse Supervisor’s Area/station C. Close To High-risk Pregnancy Unit, Septic Labor/delivery Room, And Labor Room - Lighting System D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Eight (8) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System Ground Floor – Ob-gyne Emergency Department • General Requirements - This Area Should Be Located In Ground Floor To Ensure Easy Access For Patients. It Shall Also Have Separate Entrance To The Emergency, And Corridors For Access By Patient Using Bed Or Stretcher And Equipment (2.44 Meters Or 8.00 Ft. Clear Width) And A Ramp For Wheelchair Access (with A Clear Width Of At Least 1.22 M. Of 4.00 Ft.). Due To Limited Space Available, This Whole Area Only House Small Independent Nurse Station With Counter And Sink, Observation Bay And Treatment Area With Sink Or Wall-hung Lavatory, Divided By Privacy Curtains/dividers, Equipment/supply Storage For Direct Access To Resuscitation Equipment, One Dedicated Comfort Rooms, And A Patient Dressing/changing Room With Separate Entrances To The Emergency Department And Onto Delivery Complex Sterile Hallway To Provide Asepsis. • Waiting Area - This Room/space Is Where Patients, Companions, And Visitors Can Wait Comfortably. However, This May Be Located Outside Of The Birthing Clinic If There Is No Sufficient Space Provided That There Should Be An Overhead Cover. The Waiting Area Can Also Be Situated Along A Corridor Provided That The Width Of Such Corridor Shall Not Decrease Lower Than 1.83 M In Width. It Should Be Well-ventilated And Equipped With Ample Lighting To Ensure A Comfortable And Inviting Environment For Patients And Visitors. This Shall Be In Close Proximity To Other Provided Common Areas Such As Comfort Rooms And Common Counter With Sink For Hygienic Activities. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Ten (10) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: D. Provide Least Two (2) Units Orbit Fan • Nurse Station With Sink - This Area Is Located To Permit Observation Of Patient And Control Access To Entrance, Waiting Area, And Treatment Area. This Area Should Also House A Working Table And A Separate Counter With Sink. - Planning Relationships: A. Located At Ob-gyne Emergency Department B. Close To Emergency Entrance C. Adjacent To Observation Bay And Examination/treatment Room - Lighting System D. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: E. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (gfci) Outlet. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: F. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: G. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System - Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Nurse Call System – Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call System. - Fire Alarm System: H. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Security System: I. Provide Closed – Circuit Television Cctv With At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Shall Be Installed With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: J. Provide Air Conditioning System • Observation Bay - This Room/space Is Designated Area Where Patients Can Be Closely Monitored After Initial Assessment. This Space Only Houses One (1) Observation Bed Or Recliner Due To Insufficient Space Available. It Is Adjacent To Examination/treatment Room And Should Be Divided By Privacy Curtains/dividers, And Should Be In Close Proximity To Comfort Room Available. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 750 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, Allocate One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System • Examination And Treatment Area - This Room/space Where Pre- And Post-natal Check-up Is Conducted, It Is Designated Area With Clear Visibility From The Nurse Station, Efficient Equipment Placement, And Dedicated Spaces For Examination And Treatment. It Is Adjacent To Observation Bay And Should Be Divided By Privacy Curtains/dividers. This Shall Have A Sink Or A Wall-hung Lavatory And Should Be In Close Proximity To Comfort Room Available. This Space Shall Also Accommodate One (1) Procedural Bed, Similar To The Examination Bed But With Extra Support For Patients Undergoing Treatments And Space For Equipment. The Bed Should Be Adaptable For Minor Procedures Like Suturing, Drainage, Or Stabilization For Transport. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Four (4) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System - Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Equipment/supply Storage Room - This Room/space Is Essential For Maintaining Organized, Accessible, And Sterile Storage Of Medical Supplies, Instruments, And Other Necessary Materials. Due To Limited Space, Set-up Must Be Optimized To Ensure Essential Supplies Are Organized And Accessible. This Shall Also Be Temperature/humidity Controlled To Preserve The Quality Of Stored Sensitive Items. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Ventilation System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Orbit Fan. Ground Floor – Neonatal Intensive Care Unit (nicu) • General Requirements - The Nicu, Located Adjacent To The Breastfeeding Room And On The Same Floor As The Delivery Complex, Should Be Designed To Maximize Limited Space. It Will Include An Independent Nurse Station With An Attached Comfort Room For Staff Convenience. The Layout Will Accommodate Supply Storage, With Vertical Solutions To Save Space, And Provide An Ample Area For Examination Table And Essential Equipment. Infection Control Measures Will Be In Place, Including Zoning For High-risk Cases, Handwashing Stations, And Access To Ppe. Nicu Shall Be Separate But Immediately Accessible From The Delivery Room/cesarian Operating Room. The Nicu Will Be Soundproofed To Minimize Noise And Create A Quiet, Conducive Environment For Neonates' Rest And Recovery. Due To Limited Space, The Nicu Will House Only Ten (10) Bassinets. The Design Will Focus On Maximizing Available Space While Ensuring Essential Equipment, Infection Control Measures, And Patient Comfort Are Maintained. This Shall Also Include A Viewing Glass Window For Family Members To Observe Their Newborns While Maintaining The Necessary Infection Control Protocols. This Window Will Be Strategically Positioned In A Way That Provides A Clear View Of The Ten (10) Bassinets And Ensures Privacy And Security. • Nurse Station W/ Sink, Including Supply Room And Toilet - The Nicu Design Will Include An Independent Nurse Station With A Sink For Hand Hygiene, Ensuring Staff Can Maintain Cleanliness And Efficiency While Monitoring Patients. It Will Also Feature A Separate Counter With A Sink And An Additional Counter Or Table For Work Tasks. Adjacent To The Nurse Station, A Comfort Room Will Provide Convenience For Staff During Long Shifts. The Layout Will Incorporate Supply Storage With Vertical Solutions To Optimize Space And Keep Essential Equipment Organized, Maximizing The Use Of Limited Space While Ensuring Facilities For Both Patient Care And Staff Comfort. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Breastfeeding Room - Lighting System B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (gfci). Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: D. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: E. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System - Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Nurse Call System – Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call System. - Fire Alarm System: F. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Security System: G. Provide Closed – Circuit Television Cctv At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Shall Be Installed At The Wards With Central Monitor At Nurse Station - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: H. Provide Air Conditioning System • Breastfeeding Room Including Sink And Toilet - This Room, Located Adjacent To The Nicu, Will Be Designed With Its Own Counter And Sink For Hygiene And Convenience. It Will Include A Comfort Room For The Mother's Use And Ample Seating Space For Comfortable Breastfeeding. Additionally, The Room Will Feature A Foldable Diaper Changing Station, Maximizing Space While Providing Necessary Facilities. This Layout Ensures A Private And Functional Space For Mothers To Care For Their Newborns While Maintaining Proximity To The Nicu. - Planning Relationships: A. Adjacent To Nurse Station And Nicu - Lighting System B. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: C. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (gfci). Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System Ground Floor – Cmps (chief Of Medical Professional Staff’s Office) • Chief Of Medical Professional Staff’s Office - The Chief Of Medical Professional Staff’s Office Will Be Strategically Located Close To The Delivery Complex And Will Be Soundproofed (such As High-density Acoustic Panels, Insulated Walls) To Ensure Privacy And A Quiet Environment. The Office Will Include A Toilet And Bath, Archive Area, With A Hidden Access Door Connecting To The Office For Discreet Access. It Will Also Feature A Secretary And Receiving Area, A Conference Room With An Attached Comfort Room, And A Pantry For Staff Convenience. The Archives Area Will Be Situated Nearby For Easy Access To Important Documents, Ensuring A Functional And Efficient Workspace While Maintaining Privacy And Comfort. The Chief Of Medical Professional Staff’s Office Will Include A Corner With A Full-length Window, Offering A Panoramic View Of The Hospital's Vicinity. This Design Feature Will Enhance Natural Light, Provide A Sense Of Openness, And Allow The Chief To Observe The Surrounding Area. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots For Cmps Office, Two (2) Units For Secretary’s Area, Two (2) Units For Receiving Area, Six (6) Units For Conference Room And Two (2) Units For Lounge/pantry. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light, For Cmps Office, Secretary’s And Receiving Area, And Conference Room. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide Three (3) Units Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System - Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Four (4) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System Second Floor – Ob-gyne Wards / Recovery Rooms • Nurse Station With Sink, Including Supply Room, Medication Room, And Toilet - This Enclosed Area, Located On The Second Floor Intended For Wards, Recovery Rooms, And Other Service Rooms, Is Dedicated To Nurses And Medical Staff Assigned To This Floor. It Houses Patient Charts, Medications With Proper Compartmentalization, A Nurse Call System Central Station, A Dedicated Comfort Room, A Supply/medication Room, And Ample Space For Doctors To Do Charting And Nurses' Personal Belongings. The Station Allows For Visual Observation Of Key Patient Areas And Movement Into The Suite. It Is Centrally Located With Direct Access To The Common Hallways. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (gfci). Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System - Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Nurse Call System – Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call System. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Security System: F. Provide Closed – Circuit Television Cctv With At Least Two Views Or Angles Of Cctv Shall Be Installed With Central Monitor At Nurse Station. - Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System • Two (2) Private Rooms (1-bed Capacity) With Toilet And Bath - These Rooms Are Designed To Provide A Private, Comfortable Space For Patients, Each With A Single Bed, And Include An Attached Toilet And Bath For Patient Convenience And Privacy. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Semi-private Rooms (3-bed Capacity) With Shared Sink, Toilet And Bath - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate Three Patients, Offering A Semi-private Setting With A Shared Space For Comfort And Care. This Room Includes A One (1) Shared Sink, And Toilet And Bath. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Infirmary Room (1-bed Capacity) With Toilet And Bath - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate The Hospital Staff’s And/or Their Immediate Family Members. It Provides A Private Space With A Bed, Toilet, And Bath, Offering Comfort And Privacy While Supporting Basic Medical Needs During Their Stay. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Isolation Room (1-bed Capacity) With Sink, Ante Room, Toilet And Bath - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate A Single Patient In Isolation, Providing A Controlled Environment For Infectious Or High-risk Patients. It Includes A Bed, Ante Room With Sink Or Wall-hung Lavatory For Staff To Change And Prepare Before Entering, And An Attached Toilet And Bath For Patient Comfort And Hygiene. The Room Is Equipped To Prevent The Spread Of Infection, With Strict Access Control And Infection Control Measures In Place. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Teen Adolescent (6-bed Capacity) With Shared Sink, Shower And Toilet - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate Up To Six Adolescent Patients, Featuring A Shared Sink, With Separate Shower And Toilet Facilities To Ensure Privacy And Hygiene. The Shared Sink Area Allows For Efficient Use Of Space While Maintaining Cleanliness, While The Separate Shower And Toilet Provide The Necessary Amenities For Patient Comfort And Convenience. The Design Creates A Supportive And Functional Environment For Young Patients, Offering Ease Of Access To Medical Care. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Gyne Ward (7-bed Capacity) With Shared Sink, Shower And Toilet - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate Up To Seven (7) Gynecological Patients. It Includes Shared Facilities Such As A Sink, Shower, And Toilet To Efficiently Serve The Needs Of Multiple Patients While Ensuring Hygiene And Convenience. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • One (1) Ob Ward (6-bed Capacity) With Shared Sink, Shower And Toilet - This Room Is Designed To Accommodate Up To Six (6) Obstetrics Patients, Featuring Shared Sink, Shower, And Toilet Facilities. The Shared Amenities Help Optimize Space While Ensuring Patients Have Access To Essential Hygiene Facilities. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Ob Ward Extension (18-bed Capacity) With Shared Sink, Shower And Toilet - This Extension Is Designed To Accommodate Up To Eighteen (18) Obstetrics Patients, With Shared Sink, Shower, And Toilet Facilities. The Shared Amenities Ensure Efficient Use Of Space While Providing Essential Hygiene Facilities For All Patients. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Eighteen (18) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Csb Care For Small Baby Room With Toilet - This Room Is Designed For Small Or Premature Babies, With Space For Four Beds, An Attached Toilet, Foldable Diaper Changing Station, And Resting Facilities For Caregivers. It Provides A Functional And Comfortable Environment For Both Babies And Families. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Hearing Screening Room - A Dedicated Space For Conducting Hearing Tests And Screenings, Typically For Newborns Or Young Children. The Room Is Equipped With Specialized Auditory Equipment And Soundproofing To Ensure Accurate Results. It Is Designed To Provide A Quiet, Controlled Environment For Hearing Assessments, With Comfortable Seating For Patients And Their Guardians. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System • Newborn Screening Room - The Room Is Equipped With The Necessary Medical Equipment For Blood Sampling, Physical Exams, And Diagnostic Tests. It Is Designed To Provide A Safe, Comfortable Environment For Newborns And Their Parents While Ensuring The Efficient And Accurate Collection Of Screening Samples. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System • Stock Room - A Storage Area For Medical Supplies And Equipment, Organized With Proper Shelving And Labeling For Easy Access And Inventory Control. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. • Department Chair’s Office Including Secretary And Receiving Area And Toilet - Located Adjacent To The Conference Room, This Office Includes A Work Room For The Chair, A Secretary And Receiving Area, And An Attached Toilet For Convenience. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System – Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Conference Room - Located Adjacent To The Department Chair's Office, This Room Is Designed For Meetings And Presentations, Equipped With A Large Table, Seating, And Audiovisual Equipment For Effective Communication. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Floor Mounted Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type, Universal Slot. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Fire Alarm System: D. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System • Doctor’s Quarters With Shared Shower And Toilet - Due To Limited Space, This Room Accommodates Two Beds, With Shared Shower And Toilet Facilities, Providing Comfort And Privacy For Doctors During Their Shifts Or On-call Duties. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Affiliates Lounge With Toilet And Bath - A Designated Space For Hospital Affiliates To Relax, Equipped With Comfortable Seating And An Attached Toilet And Bath For Convenience. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Floor Mounted Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type, Universal Slot. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Standby / Emergency System: C. Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuit For Lighting And Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Nurse Call System - Provide One (1) Unit Nurse Call Station With Pendant Switch Each For Normal And Emergency Power Supply. - Master Or Cable Antenna Television - Provide One (1) Unit For Outlet For Television. - Fire Alarm System: E. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System Third Floor – Conference / Training Room, Office Rooms • Conference/training Room With Male And Female Toilets - A Room For Meetings Or Training, Featuring Separate Male And Female Toilets For Convenience. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Provide At Least Two (2) Units Floor Mounted Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type, Universal Slot. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least Three (3) Units Smoke Detector. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System – Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Air Conditioning System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System • Office Room 1 (research And Petru) With Sink And Toilet - A Designated Office Space For Research And Petru Activities, Equipped With A Sink And An Attached Toilet For Convenience And Hygiene, And Access To A Shared Balcony For Relaxation And View Of The Hospital Grounds. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System – Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Air Conditioning System: G. Provide Air Conditioning System • Office Room 2 (qi/ps, Quality Improvement Patient Survey) With Sink And Toilet - A Dedicated Office For Quality Improvement And Patient Survey Activities, Featuring A Sink And An Attached Toilet For Convenience And Hygiene, And Access To A Shared Balcony For Relaxation And View Of The Hospital Grounds. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System – Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Air Conditioning System: F. Provide Air Conditioning System • Office Room 3 (osm, Office Of The Strategic Management) With Sink And Toilet - A Designated Office Space For The Office Of Strategic Management, Equipped With A Sink And An Attached Toilet For Convenience And Hygiene, And Access To A Shared Balcony For Relaxation And View Of The Hospital Grounds. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 500 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least Six (6) Units Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Also, At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet Each With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, And 240v, Single For Emergency Light. - Fire Alarm System: C. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Smoke Detector. - Auxiliary System: D. Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System: • Communication System - Telephone System - Provide One (1) Unit Telephone Outlet. - Local Area Network System - Provide One (1) Unit Data Outlet. - Public Address Paging System – Provide One (1) Unit Paging System. - Air Conditioning System: E. Provide Air Conditioning System Roof Deck – Open Area • Open Areas For Mechanical Outdoor Units And Equipment - Designated Roof Deck Spaces For Housing Mechanical Units And Equipment, Ensuring Proper Ventilation And Easy Access For Maintenance. - Lighting System A. For General Illumination, Provide At Least 250 Lux. - Power System: B. Provide At Least One (1) Unit Of Outlet With Specifications Of 15a, 2p, 240v, Duplex, Grounding Type And Universal Slots. Xii. Geotechnical Investigation Specifications And Parameters A. Location Before The Conduct Of Sub-surface Soil Exploration Works, The Consultant/contractor Shall Coordinate With The Procuring Entity Technical Representative For Proper Coordination On The Location Of The Project. B. Scope Of Work The Consultant/contractor Shall Provide All The Labor, Instrument/equipment Materials And Supplies, Vehicles, Bunkhouses, Etc., Necessary To Perform Satisfactorily The Sub-surface Exploration Herein Required, Viz: 1. Field Works 2. Laboratory Testing 3. Soil Investigation And Preparation Of Report 4. Geotechnical Evaluation Report The Consultant/contractor Shall Be Held Solely Responsible For The Result Of This Boring/drilling Exploration And Other Activities Under This Terms Of Reference C. Detailed Exploration Requirements/specifications A. Field Works 1. Location And Number Three (3) Boreholes, At Different Location Shown On The Plan. 2. Depth Of Borings Twenty (20) Meters Depth Below Natural Ground Or Five (5) Meters In Bedrock/hard Strata. 3. Procedure In Sand, Clay And Silt Materials, The Boreholes Shall Be Advanced By The Wash Boring Method In Between Sampling Sections Using Side Discharged Chopping Bits. Whenever Necessary, N-size Casings Shall Be Utilized. The Washed Section Shall Be Cleaned Thoroughly Before Each Sampling Run Ensuring, However, That The Underlying Soil Is Not Disturbed. Sampling Shall Be Done At One Meter Interval From The River Bed To Hard Strata Using 5.0 Cm. Split Spoon Sampler. In A Soft Cohesive Layer, Undisturbed Samples Using Thin-walled Tube Samplers Shall Be Obtained Hydraulically. Core Drilling Shall Be Carried Out By A Diamond Rotary Drill Method In Gravelly Or Rock Formation. Core Samples Shall Be Undertaken Whenever Solid Formation Is Encountered. Cores Shall Be Placed In Core Boxes Arranged And Labeled In Accordance To Depth As Soon As These Are Extracted From The Boreholes. Drilling And Sampling Procedures Shall Comply In Accordance With Astm Standards. 4. Equipment A. Drilling Machine The Contractor Shall Utilize At Least Two (2) Drilling Machines And Set Them Up At The Project Site. The Drilling Machine Shall Be In Good Working Condition And Shall Be Of Such Capacity As To Maintain Satisfactory Progress Of Work. B. Bits The Contractor Shall Have An Ample Supply Of Different Types Of Bits To Adopt To Varying Conditions. Bottom Discharge And Stepped Bits Shall Also Be Available. C. Core Barrels Double Tube Swivel Type Core Barrels In Good Condition And Capable Of Obtaining Maximum Core Recovery Shall Be Used. D. Casing The Contractor Shall, At His Own Expense And Responsibility, Provide Casings As Required To Ensure The Stability Of The Borehole Walls. The Casing Shall Be At Least Of N-size And Shall Be In Good Condition. After A Hole Has Been Finished The Casings Shall Be Retrieved. 5. Handling And Core Of Samples The Contractor Shall Provide All The Materials, Equipment And Labor Necessary For Preserving Samples. B. Laboratory Testing The Preparation Of Samples For Testing Shall Be Made In Accordance With Aashto. The Following Tests Shall Be Made On Samples Obtained From Boring, Drilling. Standard Penetration Test The Test Shall Be Carried Out Through Ordinary Soil Encountered To The Depths Specified Above. Standard Penetration Test Shall Be Performed Using 5.0 Cm. (2.0 In.) Outside Diameter Split Spoon Sampler, Driven By A 63.6 Kg (140 Lbs.) Hammer Falling 76.0 Cm. (30 In.) At 1.50-meter Interval Or Closer If Necessary. Moisture-density Rotation This Test Method Determines The Relationship Between The Moisture Content And The Density Of Soils Compacted In A Mold. The Contractor Shall Conduct This Procedure According To Nd T 99 Or Nd T 180. Bearing Capacity Test The Test Method Covers Estimation Of The Bearing Capacity Of Soil In Place By Means Of Field Loading Tests. This Test Method Can Be Used As Part Of A Procedure For Soil Investigation For Foundation Design. It Gives Information On The Soil Only To A Depth Equal To About Two Diameters Of The Bearing Plate, And Takes Into Account Only Part Of The Effect Of Time. Sieve Analysis The Contractor Shall Conduct This Test In Accordance With Aashto T 27 And Materials Finer Than No. 200 (75 Μm) In Accordance With Aashto T 11. The Procedure Combines The Two Test Methods. Sieve Analyses Determine The Gradation Or Distribution Of Aggregate Particles Within A Given Sample In Order To Determine Compliance With Design And Production Standards. Accurate Determination Of Material Smaller Than No. 200 (75 Μm) Cannot Be Made With Aashto T 27 Alone. If Quantifying This Material Is Required, It Is Recommended That Aashto T 27 Be Used In Conjunction With Aashto T 11. Following Aashto T 11, The Sample Is Washed Through A No. 200 (75 Μm) Sieve. The Amount Of Material Passing This Sieve Is Determined By Comparing Dry Sample Masses Before And After The Washing Process. This Procedure Covers Sieve Analysis In Accordance With Aashto T 27 And Materials Finer Than No. 200 (75 Μm) In Accordance With Aashto T 11. The Procedure Includes Two Method Choices, A And B. Liquid Limit Liquid Limit Test Shall Be Performed On Material Passing The 0.425mm (#40) Sieve. Aashto T 89 & T 90 27. There Are Two Methods Approved By Aashto, Any Of The Two Methods Can Be Used By The Contractor. Blow Count Must Be Within 22-28 Blows. Liquid Limit Is A Calculation Based On Moisture Content And Number Of Blows To Closure. Soil Classification This Standard Classifies Soils From Any Geographic Location Into Categories Representing The Results Of Prescribed Laboratory Tests To Determine The Particle-size Characteristics, The Liquid Limit, And The Plasticity Index. There Should Be Assigned Group Name And Symbol(s) Along With The Descriptive Information. Practice D2488 Can Be Used To Describe A Soil To Aid In The Evaluation Of Its Significant Properties For Engineering Use. Engineering Behavior Of The Soils Must Be Seen. C. Soil Investigation And Preparation Of Report The Soil Investigation Report Must Be Done By An Accredited Geotechnical Engineer. D. Geotechnical And Evaluation Report The Contractor Shall Prepare The Geotechnical Report & Analysis In Three (3) Bound Copies In A Form And Substance To Be Submitted To Doh – Ro7, Osmeña Boulevard, Cebu City Within Fifteen (15) Calendar Days Upon Receipt Of The Notice To Proceed. The Final Report Shall Not Be Limited To The Following: A) Field Investigation And Methodology B) Borehole Drilling And Sampling C) Laboratory Testing D) Final Boring Logs (bl) E) Final Laboratory Tests Results (fltr) F) Borehole Location Plan G) Soil Profile Along Structures Showing Boring/drilling Logs H) Soil Liquefaction Investigation Report I) Soil Bearing Capacity J) Recommendation If Called For Such As Type Of Measure/structure Of Work E. Other Data To Be Submitted A. Boring Logs 1. Job, Boring, Hole Number, Date, Time, Boring/drilling, Foreman, Supervisor 2. Weather Condition 3. Depth Of Boring At Start Of Day 4. Water Level In Casing At Start Of Day 5. Method Of Penetration And Flushing System 6. Description Of Soil Strata Encountered 7. Depth Of Soil Boundaries 8. Size, Type And Depth Of Samples And Sample Number 9. Type And Depth Of In-situ Tests 10. Standard Penetration Tests Resistance, “n” Value 11. Recovery Ratios Of Samples 12. Detailed Notes On Boring/drilling Procedure, Casing Sizes And Resistance To Driving, Description Of Wash Water Or Spoil From Boring/drilling Tools 13. Depth Of Boring At End Of Day 14. Other Relevant Information Such Rqd, Percent Core Recovery, Angle Of Friction Etc. B. Photographs Photographs Showing The Borehole Drilling And Sampling At Each Proposed Sites Shall Be Taken By The Contractor And Incorporated In The Report. Photographs Shall Be Taken At Each Borehole Location Depicting The Following: 1. Equipment Used 2. Core Drilling Operation 3. Water Level Measurements 4. Performance Of Spt And Shelby Tube Sampling 5. All Cores In The Core Boxes, Spt And Shelby Tube Samples 6. Date Photographs Was Taken -end Of Geotechnical Investigation- Xiii. Structural Design And Analysis Specifications And Parameters A. Codes And Standards The Civil/structural Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards  Codes 1. National Structural Code Of The Philippines (nscp) 2010 2. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its Revised Irr 3. Accessibility Law 4. Local Codes And Ordinances  Standards 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Philippine National Standards (pns) 3. Dpwh Blue Book 4. American Concrete Institute (aci) 5. American Society For Testing Materials (astm) 6. American Welding Society (aws) B. Design Criteria Shall Be Submitted First To The Procuring Entity For Concurrence Of The Following Minimum Design Requirements: 1. Design Loads (dead Load, Live Load, Wind Load, Seismic Load And Analysis Procedure, Load Combinations) 2. Materials (concrete, Reinforcing Steel Bars, Structural Steels) 3. Foundation (allowable Foundation Pressure) 4. Design References C. Minimum Design Input File In Structural Software And Required Reports 1. Job Information 2. Joint Coordinates 3. Material Definition/specification 4. Member Property 5. Support Definition 6. Load Definition (seismic/dead/live/wind/load Combinations) 7. Analysis Procedure 8. Analysis Result 9. Load List 10. Support Reaction List 11. Design Results (footing/ Column/ Beam) 12. Load Diagrams 13. Structural Plans -end Of Structural Design And Analysis- Xiv. Design Parameters (architectural) A. Codes And Standards The Architectural Works Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Laws, Codes And Standards.  Laws And Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its Latest And Amended Irr 2. Ra 9266 Or Architecture Law And Its Latest And Amended Irr 3. Ra 4226 Or Hospital Licensing Act And Its Latest And Amended Irr 4. Bp 344 Or Accessibility Law And Its Latest And Amended Irr 5. Ao 35, S. 1994 Or Ao Pertaining To The Control Of Radiation Hazards 6. Ra 9514 Fire Code Of The Philippines 7. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances. 8. And Other Laws That Applies To The Projects  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2 Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 2. Doh Technical Guidelines For Hospital & Health Facilities Planning And Design – Level 3 B. General Drawing Guidelines 1. General  All Drawings Shall Be Computer-drafted. Drawings Shall Be Submitted Both In Printed And Electronic Copies.  Keep The Same Orientation For All Plans. The North Orientation Shall Be Indicated In All Architectural Floor Plans. The Orientation Of The Architectural Plans Shall Be Consistent With All The Engineering Plans.  Existing Buildings And New Works Shall Be Clearly Indicated And Labeled In The Site Plans.  Detailed Plans Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 Meters.  Spot Detailed Plans, Elevations, And Sections Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:10 Meters.  Avoid Notes Such As ‘see Architectural Detail’ Or ‘see Structural’. Always Refer With A Callout To The Specific Detail Drawing And Sheet Number. 2. Site Plans  The Site Plans Shall Have A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:500 Meters. 3. Floor Plans  All Plans Shall Be 1:100 Meters. The Same Scale Shall Be Used For The Rest Of The Architectural, Structural, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrical And Mechanical Plans, Except For Each Trade’s Site Plan, Detailed Plans And Spot Details.  Elevation Callouts Shall Be Indicated On The Floor Plans And Shall Be Consistent With The Elevation Drawing.  Section Line Callouts On The Floor Plans Shall Be Consistent With The Section Drawing.  Floor Plans Shall Be Indicated With Boxed Room Callout Numbers, Including The Callout For Floor Finishes And Wall Finishes.  Floor Elevations Shall Be Indicated In The Floor Plans. This Shall Be In Reference To The Natural Grade Line Or The Established Finished Floor Lines Of The Adjoining Existing Buildings.  The Location Of Mechanical Equipment, E.g. Air Conditioning Shall Be Indicated In The Floor Plans. This Shall Be Consistent With The Mechanical And Electrical Plans.  Door Callouts Shall Be Circles With The Proper Numbering, E.g. D-01.  Window Callouts Shall Be Hexagons With The Proper Numbering, E.g. W-01. 4. Elevations And Sections  Finish Floor Lines And Top Of Truss Lines Shall Be Consistent In All The Elevations, Sections And Structural Plans And Details. 5. Reflected Ceiling Plans  Reflected Ceiling Plans Shall Be Indicated With Boxed Room Callout Numbers, Including The Callout For Ceiling Finishes And Lighting Fixtures.  Ceiling Height Relative And In Reference To The Finish Floor Line Shall Be Indicated In The Reflected Ceiling Plans In Each Room With Boxed Dimensions. This Is To Ensure That The Ceiling Heights Of All Rooms Are Established Whether Or Not Reflected In The Sections.  The Description And Location Of The Fixtures, E.g. Lighting, Smoke Detectors, Air Condition Vents, Exhaust Fans, In The Reflected Ceiling Plans Shall Be Consistent With The Electrical And Mechanical Plans. 6. Roof Plans  Location Of All Downspouts Shall Be Indicated In The Roof Plans. 7. Doors And Windows  Door And Window Schedules Shall Indicate The Type Of Door Or Window, The Number Of Sets, The Location/s Of The Door Or Window, The Materials And Accessories Included And Other Special Specifications, E.g. Color Or Finish. All Windows Above Ground Floor Should Be Of Awning With An 45 Deg. Opening Angle. 8. Details  Provide A Minimum Of One (1) Bay Section Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 Meters For Each Major Building Preferably Cut Along The Area With Special Construction Design.  Provide Spot Detail Plans, Elevations And Sections Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:10 Meters For Special Designs With Aesthetic Treatment And Ornamentation.  Provide Detailed Plans Of A Scale Not Smaller Than 1:50 For All Areas Needing Tile Pattern, E.g. Lobby, Corridor, Entrance Walk, Showing The Position And Pattern Of Tiles.  Centerline Location Of Plumbing Fixtures Shall Be Indicated In Detailed Plans With Lines Of Reference And Its Corresponding Dimensions. This Is To Indicate The Exact Locations Of The Plumbing/sanitary Roughing-ins. C. Site Works 1. The Master Site Development Plan Of The Hospital Shall Include The Following:  Contour And Survey Of The Lot, Including Bearing And Distance Of The Property Line  Road Network And Curbs And Sidewalks  Parking Spaces  Reference Location Of Existing Trees  Reference Location And Footprint Of Existing Buildings, With The Corresponding Building Names And Dimensions, Including Distances Between Adjacent Buildings, And Distances Between Buildings And The Nearest Property Line  Reference Location Of Utilities, E.g. Water Reservoirs, Septic Tank, Wastewater Treatment Plant, Powerhouse, Transformers, Waste Storage Area, Security Outposts 2. The Layout Of The Buildings On The Site Shall Be Zoned According To The Service It Provides:  The Outer Zone Shall Include All Front-line Services, E.g. Emergency, Out-patient, X-ray, Laboratory And Other Ancillary Departments.  The Inner Zone Shall Include The Wards.  The Deep Zone Shall Include Services Like The Operating Room, Delivery Room, Nursery, Intensive Care Unit And Other Sensitive Hospital Services.  The Service Zone Shall Include Non-medical Services But Are Essential To Hospital Operations, E.g. Staff Lounge And Lockers.  There Shall Be A Separate Road Network And Entry/exit For The Public And The Service Vehicles, E.g. Ambulance, Waste Collection Vans, Delivery Trucks.  In Limited Lot Areas, Buildings Should At Least Be Spaced Four (4) Meters Apart To Allow Natural Light And Ventilation.  Covered Walkways Shall Be Provided For Access And Connection To All The Buildings.  Ramps Shall Be Provided In All Main Entrances Of The Buildings And Other Access Openings To Walkways Leading To Other Buildings. D. Building Architectural Works 1. Floor Plans  The Structural, Sanitary, Plumbing, Electrical And Mechanical Designs Are Required To Refer To The Architectural Plans And Specifications In Case Of Discrepancies. If An Engineering Design Will Have Any Possible Conflict Or Interference On The Architectural Design, The Latter May Be Adjusted Provided That The Aesthetic Value Will Not Be Compromised.  The Architectural And Engineering Plans Shall Be Consistent All Throughout In Terms Of Dimensions And Locations Of Columns, Beams, Walls, Roof Line, Conduits, Ducts, Pipes, And Fixtures, Among Others. Column And Beam Grid Lines Shall Also Be Consistent In All The Architectural And Engineering Plans.  Verify And Coordinate Floor Plans With The Mechanical, Electrical And Sanitary Design With Regard To The Requirements For Mechanical Rooms, Ahu Rooms, Electrical Rooms, Pipe Chase, And Other Engineering Requirements.  Public Toilets Shall Have Provisions And Fixtures For Persons With Disability As Required By Bp 344. If Enough Space Allows, Toilets Specially Made And Designated For Persons With Disability Is Preferable. 2. Walls  Exterior Walls Shall Be 200mm. Thick, While Interior Walls Shall Be 150mm. Thick. This Is Indicative Of The Finished Wall Thickness Including The Plastering And Tile Works.  Used Soundproofed Wall Materials For Areas With Indicated “soundproofed”. Walls With An Stc Rating Of At Least 45-50 Is Recommended. In Areas Where High Confidentiality Or Privacy Is Required (e.g., Patient Rooms, Doctor’s Offices Near Noisy Zones), Consider An Stc Rating Of 55-60.  Double Layer Of Drywall: Use Two Layers Of Drywall On Either Side Of A Metal Or Wood Stud Frame For Enhanced Soundproofing.  Acoustic Insulation: Use High-density Insulation Like Mineral Wool Or Acoustic Fiberglass In Wall Cavities To Absorb Sound.  Higher Mass: Increase The Wall's Mass With Materials Like Masonry Or High-density Concrete, Which Can Significantly Reduce Sound Transmission.  Toilet Wall Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 300mm. For Areas Of Six (6) Square Meters Or Below. Toilet Wall Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 600mm. For Areas Above Six (6) Square Meters.  Layout And Work On Wall And Floor Tiles Must Be Aligned, Plumb, Level, And Square.  All Edges, Corners And Intersections Of Toilet Tiles, Including The Top-most Tile Not Reaching The Ceiling Shall Be Provided With Polyvinyl Chloride Tile Trims.  Tile Color And Design Shall Be Approved First Before Installation. 3. Floors  For Sterile Areas, Delivery & Nicu Complex, Floor Finish Shall Be Roll-form Anti-static Anti-bacterial Homogeneous Vinyl With Welded Joints. It Shall Cove Upwards To The Sides Of The Wall Up To A Minimum Of 200mm. From The Floor.  If Floor Tiles In Two Adjacent Rooms With Different Material, Color Or Design Meet At The Door Opening, The Cut Shall Be Located Middle Of The Door Thickness When In A Closed Position. Provide Details In The Floor Pattern Design.  Floors At The Openings Of Toilets For Persons With Disability Shall Be Sloping. Indicate In The Plans And Sections.  The Size Of The Toilet Floor Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 300mm. For Areas Of Six (6) Square Meters Or Below. Toilet Floor Tiles Shall Be 300mm. X 600mm. For Areas Above Six (6) Square Meters. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Pantry/lounge Floor Tiles Shall Be 600mm. X 600mm. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Floor Tiles Of The Offices And Wards Shall Be 600mm. X 600mm, Or Bigger Depending On The Proportion To The Size Of The Room. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  The Size Of The Floor Tiles Of The Lobby And Corridor Shall Not Be Less Than 400mm. X 400mm. The Tile Size Of 600mm. X 600mm. Is Recommended For Bigger Areas. Indicate The Tile Pattern.  Layout And Work On Wall And Floor Tiles Must Be Aligned, Plumb, Level, And Square.  All Edges, Corners And Intersections Of Toilet Tiles, Shall Be Provided With Polyvinyl Chloride Tile Trims.  Tile Color And Design Shall Be Approved First Before Installation. 4. Ceiling Works  The Following Rooms Shall Have A Minimum Ceiling Height: A. Operating Room – 3000mm., To Accommodate The Ceiling-mounted Or Light B. Wards Of 4 Beds And Up – 3000mm., To Provide Better Natural Ventilation  Ceiling Height For Areas With Special Aesthetic Treatment, E.g. Lobby, Major Conference Room, Auditorium, Executive Office, Shall Be Proportional To The Area Or Room Or As Required By The Designer. However, This Shall Not Be Lower Than 2700mm. Provide Details.  If Acoustic Boards On Aluminum T-runners Would Be Used For The Ceiling, Layout Should Be On Center And Avoiding Cut Pieces. If The Remaining Perimeter Of The Ceiling Is Less Than 600mm. Wide, It Shall Be Designed Complimentary With Fiber Cement Boards On Light Gauge Metal Furring. Likewise With Acoustic Boards In Big Areas, E.g. Offices, And Wards, Shall Be Designed In A Way To Break The Redundancy. Provide Details.  Soffit Of Exterior Beams And Slabs Shall Have Drip Moulds To Prevent Damage Due To Water Sipping Into The Eaves Or Ceiling. Section Details Shall Be Required To Show The Drip-mould.  Acoustic Panels: Adding Absorptive Finishes, Such As Fabric-covered Acoustic Panels, Can Help To Dampen Internal Reflections And Improve Sound Quality Within Rooms, Although These Don’t Block Sound But Reduce Reverberation.  Non-cove Light Placement: Instead Of Cove Lighting, Use Flush-mounted Lighting Directly In The Ceiling With Sealed Housings That Prevent Dust Buildup. Fixtures Should Be Durable, Non-reflective, And Easy To Clean Without Requiring Special Maintenance Procedures. 5. Doors And Windows  Major Rooms That Require Security Shall Have Sturdy Doors E.g. Wood Panel, And Metal.  Minor Rooms That Do Not Require Security Shall At Least Have Wood Flush Doors.  Toilets And Other Wet Areas Shall Have Steel Doors.  Heavy-use Doors, E.g. Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Should Be Provided With Stainless Steel Kick Or Push Plates And Door Closers.  Fire Escape Doors Should Be Provided With Panic Hardware And Door Closers, And Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Aluminum Frames Of Glass Doors Shall Be Powder-coated.  Door Finish And Color Shall Be Approved First Before Application.  Window Sills Shall Be Slightly Sloped Outwards To Prevent Damage To Windows And Paint Due To Water Seepage. Section Details Shall Be Required To Show This Slope.  All Doors Of A High-occupancy Room Shall Swing Outwards And As Required By The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Door Jambs With No Moulding/casing Installed On Concrete Walls Shall Have Construction Grooves All Around. Provide Details.  All Doors And Windows Shall Have Reinforced Concrete Lintel Beams. Provide Details.  Door Seals And Frames: For Soundproofed Rooms, Also Use Solid-core Doors With Perimeter Seals To Prevent Sound From Leaking Through Door Frames. 6. Stairs, Ramps And Corridors  Ramps For Persons With Disability Shall Have A Slope Not Higher Than 1:12. Handrails And Clearances Shall Conform With The Requirements Of Bp 344.  Regular Stairs Shall Have Risers At 150mm. High And Treads At 300mm. Wide. Fire Stairs Could Have A Maximum Riser At 200mm. And Tread At 250mm. Handrails Shall Be 1100mm. High. Clearances Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines.  Corridors Shall Have A Minimum Unobstructed Width Of 2450mm. This Shall Be Measured Clear From The Surface Of The Finished Wall And Not On-center Of The Rough Chb Wall.  Corridors Shall Not Be Areas For Temporary Or Permanent Storage Of Stretchers, Wheelchairs, Trolleys, Food Carts, Oxygen Tanks Or Other Movable Hospital Equipment. Storage Or Parking Spaces Shall Be Provided For These.  Corridors And Exit Doors Shall Conform With The Requirements Of The Fire Code Of The Philippines. 7. Fixtures And Accessories  Three-way Electrical Light Switches Shall Be Provided At The Foot And The Top Of The Stairs Per Floor. Likewise, At Both Ends Of A Long Corridor.  Electrical Light Switches Shall Be Located By The Knob Side Of The Door.  Electrical Switches And Outlets Shall Be Installed Plumb And Level.  Public Toilets Shall Always Be Provided With Heavy-duty Soap Dispensers And Electric Hand Dryers.  Public Toilets Shall Always Be Provided With Stainless Steel Handrails In Conformity To The Requirements Of Bp 344.  A Drainage Line Shall Be Provided For Window-type Air Conditioners. Likewise, Split-type Air Conditioners Located In The Interior Part Of The Building Shall Be Located Adjacent To Areas With Drainage Lines, E.g. Toilets, Downspouts, Balconies.  Seal Gaps And Openings: Ensure All Joints, Gaps, And Penetrations (e.g., Electrical Outlets, Ducts) Are Sealed With Acoustical Caulk Or Gaskets To Prevent Sound Leakage.  Sterile Area Lighting Type: Use Sealed, Recessed, Or Surface-mounted Led Fixtures That Are Flush With The Ceiling Surface To Prevent Dust Accumulation. 8. Roofing Works  The Section Of The Roof Gutters Shall Be Designed, In Case Of A Clogged Downspout, So That The Overflow Of Water Will Be Directed Outside Of The Building And Not Towards The Eaves Or Interior Ceiling To Prevent Any Damage. Provide Details.  Avoid Valley Or Inside Gutters In Roof Design. But In Cases Required In Aesthetic Design, Valley Or Inside Gutters Shall Be In Stainless Steel Or Concrete Gutters With Membrane-type Waterproofing, And The Section Shall Be Designed With A Capacity For Big Volume To Prevent Any Damage Due To Overflow. Provide Details.  Parapets, Designed As A Roof Protection From The Winds, Must Be Designed To Satisfy The Preceding Parameters. Provide Details.  The Slope Of The Roof Shall Not Be Less Than 30 Degrees. 9. Painting  Painted Ceiling Shall Be In Flat Latex Finish, While Cornices And Mouldings Shall Be In Gloss Enamel Finish.  Painted Interior Wall Shall Be At Least In Semi-gloss Latex Finish For Ordinary Rooms, E.g. Offices, Unless Specified To A Higher Type Of Paint.  Patient-related Rooms, E.g. Emergency Rooms, Out-patient Departments And Wards, Shall Be In Anti-bacterial And Odor-absorbent Paint Finish.  Special Rooms, E.g. Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, And Laboratories Shall Also Be In Anti-bacterial And Odor-absorbent Paint Finish.  Painted Exterior Wall Shall Be At Least In Moisture-resistant/water-repellent Solvent-based Paint Finish, Textured Or Smooth, Unless Otherwise Specified.  Paint Color And Shade Shall Be Approved First Before Application. D. Specific Requirements 1. Provide Spot Detail Plans And Sections Of The Following:  Gutter, Eaves, And Parapet  Ceiling - Covelight, Special Connections And Design, Mouldings, Valances  Stairs - Handrail, And Baluster Design  Ramps - Handrail Design And Floor Pattern  Doors, Windows And Gates - Grille Works,  Special Architectural Treatment And Design, E.g. Façade Design, Special Window And Door, Counter/nurse Station Counter  Special Carpentry Works, E.g. Partitions, Cabinetry  Building And Room Signages And Wayfinding Systems  All Pwd Toilets Shall Be Labelled “all Gender / Pwd Toilet”  Other Details As May Be Required 2. Provide Room Data Sheets, Including Detail Floor Plan, Ceiling Plan And Sections Of The Following Rooms, In Coordination With The Requirements Of The Electrical, Sanitary And Mechanical Designs: A. Private Wards, Including Bed Head Panel Fixtures And Outlets With Specific Dimensions Of The Location Of Fixtures And Accessories, And In Coordination With The Requirements Of The Electrical And Mechanical Engineering Design. B. Nurse Station C. D. (all Blanks Shall Be Filled As Required By Or Applicable To The Project.) E. Summary Of Materials  Materials To Be Used Shall Be Fire-resistant, Non-toxic, Moisture-resistant And Termite-resistant, E.g. Fiber Cement Board, Light-gauge Steel Frame, Polyvinyl Chloride Ceiling Panels.  Wet Areas, E.g. Toilets, And Pantry/lounge Shall Use Non-skid/non-slip Vitrified Ceramic Floor Tiles.  Heavy Traffic Areas, E.g. Lobby, And Corridor Shall Use Heavy-duty Seamless Granite Floor Tiles Or A Higher Type Of Floor Material.  Vinyl Floor Tiles For Sterile Areas Of Delivery & Nicu Suite Shall Be Homogenous And Not Less 3mm. Thick.  Ramps And Stairs Shall Use Non-skid/non-slip Floor Tiles, Materials As Specified.  Aluminum T-runners Shall Be Powder Coated.  Metal Rod Hangers With Adjustable Clips, And Not Galvanized Iron Wires, Shall Be Used To Support And Suspend The Aluminum T-runners And Light Gauge Metal Furrings.  Roofing Sheets Shall Be Ga.# 24 Aluminum-coated, Pre-painted, And Pre-formed. F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Doh Checklist Of Drawings. -end Of Architectural Design Parameters- Xv. Design Parameters (structural/civil Works) A. Codes And Standards The Civil/structural Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards  Codes 1. National Structural Code Of The Philippines (nscp) 2010 2. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its Revised Irr 3. Accessibility Law 4. Local Codes And Ordinances  Standards 7. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 8. Philippine National Standards (pns) 9. Dpwh Blue Book 10. American Concrete Institute (aci) 11. American Society For Testing Materials (astm) 12. American Welding Society (aws) B. Site Works Based On The Master Site Development Plan Of The Hospital, Provide Where Applicable Complete Design And Details Of Hospital Road (concrete With Curb And Gutter, Including Drainage) Network, Walkways, Parking Areas And Fencing. 1. The Main Hospital Road Shall Be Capable Of Two-way Traffic (at Least 6mts. Width) With A Minimum Thickness Of 150mm (8 Inches). Concrete Strength Should Be At Least 3000psi. Interior Roads (leading To Support Facilities) Shall Be Designed To Accommodate Delivery Vehicles, And Fire Trucks In Case Of Emergency. 2. Walkway Should Be At Least 100mm Thk. With Concrete Strength Of 2500psi. Ramps Should Be Provided, Instead Of Steps, For Any Change In Elevations. 3. Parking Area Slabs Should Be At Least 150mm Thk. With Concrete Strength Of 3000psi. 4. Fences Should Be Seen Through In Front Of The Hospital While The Tree (3) Other Sides Should Be Concrete Hollow Blocks With Minimum Height Of 2 Meters And To Be Provided With Perimeter Lighting. See-through Fence Design Will Be Made Of 32mm Square Bars Spaced At 100mm On Center And Provided With Three (3) Concrete Hollow Blocks (45mm High) Zocalo Walls. C. Buildings 1. The Hospital Buildings Should Be Designed Using A Seismic Importance Factor Of 1.5 For The Immediate Occupancy Category. Buildings Should Be Designed In Accordance With Nscp Requirements Up To Magnitude 7 For Those Near Seismic Source Type A. Seismic Gaps Between Buildings (old And New) Should Be Properly Observed. 2. The Hospital Buildings Should Be Designed Also Using Wind Importance Factor Of 1.15 (especially For Design Of Trusses/roofing System). Concrete Gutters And Parapet Walls Should Be Provided As Additional Protection To The Roofing System During Strong Typhoons. Wind Velocity Of 300-350 Kph Shall Be Considered Upon The Recommendation Of Structural Engineer 3. The Structural Designer Should Verify With Philippine Volcanology And Seismology (phivolcs) The Distance Of The Proposed Hospital To Nearest Active Fault Lines And With The Denr For Geo-hazard Mapping. 4. Soil Investigation (at Least Three Boreholes) Should Be Conducted To Determine Soil Bearing Capacity And Recommended Foundation Design (applicable Even For One Storey Structure). 5. The Structural Designer Is Encouraged To Use Fire-resistive And Non-toxic Materials. D. Details – The Following Shall Be Provided: 1. Connection Details Of Beams And Columns Following The Requirements Of Nscp On Confined Areas. 2. Connection Of Trusses To Beams And Columns. 3. Splicing Details Of Reinforcing Bars On Columns And Beams And The Required Bar Cut-off Points. 4. Details For Connection Of New Construction & Old Construction Structural Members Such As Expansions Joints For Thermal Expansion/contraction. 5. Include Thermal Expansion/contraction Prevention Methodologies Specifically On Soft Joints Areas Between Structural And Architectural Members. E. Summary Of Materials 1. Concrete Shall Be Portland Cement And Conforming To Astm Specification C150, Type I To Type Ii 2. Coarse Aggregates Shall Consist Of Washed Gravel, Crushed Stone Or Rock Or A Combination Thereof Conforming To Astm C33 3. Concrete Hollow Blocks Shall Be A Standard Product Of Recognized Manufacturer Conforming To Pns 16 With At Least 350psi Strength. 4. Reinforcing Bars Shall Conform With Pns Grade 60 For 16mm Dia. And Above And Pns Grade 40 For 12mm Dia And Below. 5. Structural Steel Shall Conform With Astm A36/a6m 6. Bolts And Studs Shall Conform With Astm A 325 7. Welding Electrodes Shall Be E60 Or E 70 And Conform With Aws F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Checklist -end Of Structural/civil Works Design Parameters- Xvi. Design Parameters (sanitary/plumbing Works) A. Codes And Standards The Sanitary/plumbing Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 2. Fire Code Of The Philippines 3. National Plumbing Code Of The Philippines (npcp) 4. Sanitation Code Of The Philippines 5. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances.  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Philippine National Standards For Drinking-water 3. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 4. Doh National \ Laboratory (nrl) 5. Doh Health Care Waste Management Manual 6. National Water Resources Board (nwrb) 7. National Plumbers Association Of The Philippines (nampap) 8. Philippine Society Of Sanitary Engineers, Inc. (psse) B. Site Works  Based On The Master Site Development Of The Hospital, The Site Works Shall Provide Complete Layout Of The Following: 1. Storm Drainage Network, Indicating Drainage Manholes And Pipe Culvert; 2. Sewerage Pipe Network, Indicating Sewage Manholes, Sewage Pipes And The Location Of The Proposed Sewage Treatment Plant; And 3. Water Supply Network, Indicating The Location Of Water Service Entrance, Cisterns, Elevated Water Tank And Proposed Pump House.  The Storm Drainage Network Shall Accommodate The Magnitude Of Peak Rates Of Surface Run-off Including Drainage Coming From The Buildings. The System Shall Be Capable Of Handling The Design Flows Routing To The Designated Outfall; For Rainfall Calculation And Sizing Of Drainage Pipes, Refer To Table-d2, Appendix-d, National Plumbing Code Of The Philippines And Current Rainfall Record From Pagasa.  The Sewerage Pipe Network Design Shall Accommodate All Sewage Coming From All The Facilities, Conveyed By Gravitational Flow Leading To The Sewage Treatment Plant; Per Capita Wastewater Demand: 100-130 Gal/capita/day Per Bed C. Building Facilities Sanitary/plumbing System 1. Sewer Line And Vent System  Provide Complete Sewer Line And Vent System From All (domestic) Plumbing Fixtures And Floor Drains, Laid By Gravity Flow Leading To The Sewage Treatment Plant (stp);  For Demand Weight Of Fixtures In Fixture Units; Refer To Appendix A, Table A-2, Npcp 2. Wastewater Line And Vent System  For All Wash Areas Dealing And Generating With Oil/grease, Provide Separate Wasteline And Vent System And Solely Tap To The Proposed Grease Trap And Then Connect Its Effluent To The Sewage Treatment Plant.  For Estimated Demand Weight Of Fixtures In Fixture Units; Refer To Appendix A, Table A-2, Npcp Waterline System  Provide Complete Cold Water Supply Pipes To All Plumbing Fixtures. From The Main Water Source, The Water Shall Be Pumped To The Elevated Water Tank (ewt) And Conveyed To The Fixtures By Gravity System And Or Distributed To Fixtures By Transfer Pumped With Constant Pressure Through A Pneumatic Storage Tank, Whichever Is Feasible. 4. Storm Drainage System  Complete Storm Drainage System Shall Be Provided For All Roofs, Canopies, Concrete Ledges And Balconies Including Condensate Drains Laid For Gravity Flow Connected To A Leader/pipe Line Leading To The Natural Ground Level Storm Drainage Network. D. Specific Requirements  Provide Details Of The Following: 1. Fiberglass Pressure Tank (80g Minimum Capacity With Shallow Well Jet Pump Of At Least 1.5 Or 2 Hp) Located At Roof Deck 2. Stainless Steel Storage Tanks, Grade 304 Located At Roof Deck E. Summary Of Materials  Sewer And Vent Pipes; Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) Extra Series 1000 (conforming To Iso 3633 Astm D2729 Including Trims And Fittings)  Storm Drainage Pipes; Downspouts, Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) Extra Series 1000 (conforming To Iso 3633 Astm D2729 Including Trims And Fittings, Bps Certified)  Drainage Pipes; 250mm Dia. And Below, Non-reinforced Concrete Pipe (nrcdp)  300mm Dia. And Above, Reinforced Concrete Pipe (rcdp)  Drainage Manholes; Street Inlet, Curb Inlet, Traffic Type Reinforced Concrete Area Drain/catch Basin, Reinforced Load Bearing Chb  Sewage Manholes; Traffic Type Reinforced Concrete With Standard Steel Brass Cover  Wastewater Pipeline; Extra Heavy (xh) Single Hub, Hub Less Cast Iron Pipes And Fittings (cip) Conforming To Astm Standard 888  Cleanouts; Cast Iron Brass With Countersunk Plug (bps Certified)  Floor Drains/deck Drains; Cast Iron Brass (bps Certified)  Gutter Drains; Cast Iron Dome Type Brass (bps Certified)  Cold Waterline Pipes; For Buildings, Polypropylene Pn10 Fusion Weld Pipes Including Trims And Fittings (bps Certified)  Hot Waterline System; For Buildings, Polypropylene Pn20 Fusion Weld Pipes Including Trims And Fittings (bps Certified)  Trench Grating; Galvanized/stainless Steel Iron Grates  Plumbing Fixtures Including Trims, Fittings And Accessories; (bps Certified)  Water Closet-tank Type Push Button Flush  Lavatory - (pedestal/counter Type) With C-spout Spray Faucet  Kitchen Sink-ga#16 Stainless Steel Seamless Bowl With Gooseneck Faucet  Urinal-wall Hung Flush Valve Type  Plumbing Fixtures At Sterile Areas; A. Scrub-up Sink-ga#16 Stainless Steel (single/double Bowl) Compartment With Knee Operated And Or Censor Controlled Spay Faucet B. Surgical Soap Dispenser-ga#16 Stainless Steel Foot Operated C. Laboratory Sink-ga# 16 Stainless Steel Deep Seated Seamless Bowl Compartment With C-spout Spray Faucet F. Drawing Requirements: See Attached Doh Checklist Standards Based On Revised Irr Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) -end Of Sanitary/plumbing Works Design Parameters- Xvii. Design Parameters (mechanical Works) A. Codes And Standards The Mechanical Design Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 2. Fire Code Of The Philippines 3. Mechanical Engineering Code Of The Philippines (me Code) 4. Existing Local Government Codes And Ordinances.  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Philippine National Standards (pns) 3. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) And Factory Mutual (fm) 4. International Electrotechnical Commission (iec) 1988 5. National Fire Protection Association (nfpa) 6. National Fire Protection Association (nfpa) 99 Standard For Health Care Facilities. 7. American Society Of Heating, Refrigeration And Air Conditioning Engineers (ashrae). 8. Center For Disease Control And Prevention (cdc) Manual. B. Automatic Fire Sprinkler System  The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. Site Development Plan And Vicinity Map, Indicating The Location Of The Buildings, Firewater Reserve Tank, Firewater Line, Yard Loop And Private Fire Hydrant. 2. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Fire Sprinkler System And Schematic Diagram Of Alarm Monitoring System. 3. Floor Layout And Isometric Layout Of The Automatic Fire Sprinkler System Indicating Pipe Sizes And The Location Of The Pipes, Valves, Sprinkler Heads, Riser Nipples, Fire Hose Cabinets, Sprinkler Main Riser, Drain Pipes, Cross Mains, Branch Lines, Inspector’s Test Connections, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Equipment Schedule, Detail Drawings, Fire Pump And Jockey Pump Layout. 5. Architectural, Structural, Electrical And Plumbing Drawings Of The Firewater Tank And Pumphouse.  An Automatic Fire Sprinkler Shall Be Provided In All Hospital Building Except For Those Fire Resistive One-storey Hospital Building.  Hazard Classification Shall Be Light Hazard Occupancy.  Area Of Coverage Shall Be 146 Square Meters And Water Density Shall Be 4.07 Lps/sq. M.  Protection Area Per Sprinkler Head Shall Be 20 Square Meters At 2.2 Meters Minimum Distance Between Sprinklers And 4.2 Meters Maximum Spacing.  All Floor Control Valves Shall Be Equipped With Supervisory Switch, Water Flow Detector And Drain System.  Water Supply Shall Be Horizontal Split Case Centrifugal Fire Pump With Diesel Engine Or Ac Motor And A Vertical In-line Jockey Pump With Controller.  Firewater Reserve Tank Shall Be Ground Level Monolithic Concrete Tank Sized For A Minimum Of 30 Minutes.  Hydraulic Calculations Report Shall Be Based On Npfa-13 Format. C. Ventilation And Air Conditioning System  The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System. 2. Floor Layout Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Indicating The Capacity And Location Of The Air Conditioners And Fans. 3. Duct Layout Indicating Duct Sizes, Route And Location Of The Dampers, Diffusers, Return Air Register, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Refrigerant Piping Layout Indicating Pipe Sizes, Location Of Valves, Hangers And Sway Braces. 5. Equipment Schedule And Details Drawings Of Air Conditioners And Ventilating System.  Air Conditioning System Shall Be Provided In All Patient’s Private Rooms, Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Offices And Other Areas Where Conditioned Air Is Necessary.  Cooling Load Calculations Report Shall Be Manual Or Computer Generated, Hourly Analysis Program Which Includes Heat Transmission Coefficients, Solar Heat Gain Factors And Corrected Cooling Load Temperature Difference Calculations.  Split Type Air Conditioners Will Be Used At Areas With Larger Capacities.  Window Type Air Conditioners Shall Be Used In Areas With Exterior Wall Exposure.  Centralized Air Conditioning Will Be Used As Indicated On Space Requirements (e.g. Sterile Hallways).  Maintain An Air Change Rate Greater Than Or Equal To 12 Air Changes Per Hour Or 145 Liters Per Second Per Patient.  Ceiling Cassette Type Exhaust Fans With Integral Air Diffuser Shall Be Provided In All Toilets.  Ceiling Fans, Orbit Type With 360° Oscillation Shall Be Provided In All Non-air-conditioned Rooms, As Mentioned On Space Requirements. D. Summary Of Materials 1. Automatic Fire Sprinkler System A. The Fire Pump Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Diesel Engine Or Electric Motor Driven, Designed Specifically Intended For An Automatic Water Sprinkler Protection System. B. The Jockey Pump Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Electric Motor Driven, 220v, 3-phase, 60 Hertz, And Electric Power Connection. C. Sprinkler Head Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Pendant, Upright Or Sidewall Unit, 83 Lpm Flow Capacity Per Head And Temperature Fusing At 57.5° C To 74°c. D. The Alarm Assembly Shall Be Ul Listed/fm Approved, Constructed And Installed That Any Flow Of Water From The Sprinkler System Equal To Or Greater Than That From The Single Automatic Head Shall Result In An Audible And Visual Sign In The Vicinity Of The Building. E. Alarm And Supervision System Of The Automatic Water Sprinkler Shall Include The Monitoring Water Flow Switch At Each Floor Of The Building, Fire Pump And Jockey Pump Running Condition And Power Supplies, Level Of Water In The Reservoir And Control Valves. F. Pipes Shall Be B.i. Schedule 40. Screw Fittings Shall Be Used For Inside Piping. 2. Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System A. Refrigerant Pipes Shall Be Copper Tubing, Type L Or K Black Steel Pipe, Schedule 40 For Size Of 100mm Diameter And Smaller. Pipe Over 100mm Shall Be Black Steel Pipe Schedule 40. B. Black Steel Pipes Shall Be Standard Seamless, Lap-welded, Or Electric Resistant Welded For Size Of 50mm Diameter And Larger, Screw Type For Size 38mm Diameter And Smaller, Fittings For Copper Tubing Shall Be Cast Bronze Fitting Designed Expressly For Brazing. C. Pipe Insulation Shall Be Performed Fiberglass Or Its Equivalent. The Insulating Materials Shall Be Covered With 100mm X. 13mm Thick Polyethelene Film, Which Shall Be Overlapped Not Less Than 50mm. D. Ducts Shall Be Galvanized Sheet Steel Of Standard Gauges. E. Ductwork Insulation Materials Shall Be Rigid Board Made Of Styropor Or Equivalent 25mm Thick For Ground And Top Floor, 13mm Thick For Intermediate Floor. -end Of Mechanical Works Design Parameters- Xviii. Design Parameters (electrical/auxiliary Works) A. Codes And Standards The Electrical System Design Parameters Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Codes And Standards.  Codes: 1. Philippine Electrical Code 2. National Electrical Code 3. Fire Code Of The Philippines 4. National Building Code Of The Philippines And Its New Irr 5. Existing Local Codes And Ordinances  Standards: 1. Bureau Of Product Standards (bps) 2. Underwriters Laboratory (ul) 3. National Fire Protection Association 4. International Electrotechnical Commission (iec) 5. Illumination Engineering Society (ies) 6. National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association (nema) 7. Doh Manual On Technical Guidelines For Hospital And Health Facilities Planning And Design B. Building Facilities Electrical System 1. Lighting System  Provide And Install Adequate Normal Branch Circuits For Lighting System To All Areas Using The Standard Lighting Design Analysis. Utilize The Standard Illumination Requirements Per Area Of Concern Using The Preferred Particular Type Of Luminaires. 2. Power System  Provide And Install Adequate Normal Branch Circuits For The Power System. 3. Standby/emergency System  Provide And Install Adequate Life Safety And Critical Emergency Branch Circuits For Lighting Or Utilization Equipment Connected To The Alternate Power Source. 4. Auxiliary System Provide And Install The Following Auxiliary System:  Communication System A. Telephone System B. Local Area Network System C. Public Address Paging System D. Private Branch Exchange (pabx) E. Nurse Call System F. Master Or Cable Antenna Television  Fire Alarm System  Security System 5. Lightning Protection System  The Building Lightning Protection System Shall Include Roof-mounted Air Terminals Grounding Conductors, Ground Rods, Conduits, Clamps, And Auxiliary Equipment As Required For A Complete And Operational Lightning Protection System. 6. Provide Details Of The Following:  Lighting Fixtures/luminaires  Panelboard And Circuit Breakers  Switchgear And Other Metering Devices  Electrical And Hospital Equipment  Installation And Termination Of Auxiliary And Other Special Devices And Equipment  Power And Telephone Handholes (as May Be Required)  Pedestal And Service Entrance To Bldg.  Grounding System Layout  Substation/power House And Electrical Room  Transformer And Generator Mounting  Others As May Be Required. C. Summary Of Materials  General Lighting Luminaries: Fixtures Type Shall Be As Indicated On The Lighting Layout Plan. 1. Fluorescent Lamp Shall Be Linear, Circular Or Self-ballasted Compact Fluorescent Lamps. 2. Fluorescent Lamps Shall Be Cool Or Warm White And 3. Lamp Holders Shall Be Made Of Thermosetting Plastic. 4. Fluorescent Ballast: Magnetic Or Electronic Type With High Power Factor Or High Frequency Energy Saving Type. 5. Fluorescent Fixture Housing Shall Be Steel Sheet With High Reflectance Powder Coat Paint Finish. 6. Downlights And Pin Lights Shall Be Of Heavy Gauge Spun Aluminum Equipped With Lamp As Indicated On The Drawings. 7. Other Special Lighting Requirements Shall Be As Approved By The Implementing Agency. 8. Sterile Areas/zones Lighting Specifications: A. Type: Use Sealed, Recessed, Or Surface-mounted Led Fixtures That Are Flush With The Ceiling Surface To Prevent Dust Accumulation. B. Lux Level: Aim For 300-500 Lux For General Sterile Areas; 1000 Lux Or More May Be Needed In Surgical Suites Or Examination Zones Or As Specified On Manual Of Technical Guidelines For Hospital Planning And Design (level 3)  Wiring Devices: Wiring Devices Shall Be Non-automatic Control Devices, The Contact Is Guaranteed By The Pressure Of The Special Spiral Springs. 1. Switches Shall Be Of 15a, 250v Or 300v Except As Otherwise Noted And Approved. Terminals Shall Be Screw-type Or Quick-connected Type. 2. General Use Receptacle Shall Be 15a, 240v Grounding Type Unless Otherwise Indicated On The Drawings. 3. Special Purpose Receptacles Shall Be As Called For On The Drawings. 4. Matching Plugs Shall Be Supplied.  Panelboards And Circuit Breakers: The Panelboard And Circuit Breakers Shall Be Equipped With Molded-case Circuit Breakers And Shall Be The Type As Indicated In The Panelboard Schedule And Details. 1. Provide Molded-case Circuit Breakers Of Frame, Trip Rating And Interrupting Capacity As Shown On The Drawings. The Circuit Breakers Shall Be Quick-make, Quick Break, Thermal-magnetic, Trip-indicating And Shall Have Common Trip On All Multiple Breakers With Internal Trip Mechanism. 2. All Current-carrying Parts Of The Panelboards Shall Be Plated. Provide Solid Neutral (s/n) Assembly When Required. The Assembly Shall Be Isolated From The Enclosure.  Electrical Conduits, Boxes And Fittings: All Conduits, Boxes And Fittings Shall Be Standard Rigid Steel, Zinc Coated Or Galvanized. 1. Rigid Steel Conduits (rsc) 2. Rigid Metal Conduits (rmc) 3. Intermediate Metal Conduits (imc) 4. Electrical Metallic Tubing (emt) 5. Unplasticized Polyvinyl Chloride (upvc) If Required Shall Be Schedule 40.  Conductors: Wires And Cables Shall Be Of The Approved Type And Unless Specified Or Indicated Otherwise, All Power And Lighting Conductors Shall Be Insulated For 600 Volts. 1. The Conductors Used In The Wiring System Shall Be Of Soft-annealed Copper Having A Conductivity Of Not Less Than 98% Of That Of Pure Copper And Insulated For 60° C Temperatures. 2. All Conduits Of Convenience Outlets And Wire-ways For Lighting Branch Circuit Home-runs Shall Be Wired With A Minimum Of 3.5 Mm Square In Size.  Nurse Call System: 1. The Nurse Call System Shall Have The Following Control Panel, Bed Head Panel, Ancillary Call And Annunciating Equipment. 2. Wiring Shall Consist Of Data Cable And 24v Supply To Each Bed Head Unit. 3. Two Levels Of Call Will Be Provided By The System: Patient To Nurse. A Patient To Nurse Shall Be Actuated By Means Of The Wall-mounted Or Handset Mounted Call A) Push Button Of Bed Head Panel. B) Nurse To Nurse. Call Of Nurse To Nurse Shall Be Considered, As Emergency Call And Shall Be Instigated By Operation Of The Emergency Pull/push Switch Mounted On Call Units Of Bed Head Panel. C) Bedhead Panel Shall Be Of Different Type Depending On The Patient Bedroom Class And As May Be Required. Multiplexed Bedhead Panel Shall Be Available To Operate Sound Distribution System. D) Bathroom Shall Be Provided With Pull Cord Unit And Reset Unit. E) Room Indicator Lamp Shall Be Installed Above The Door Of Each Patient’s Bedroom Along The Corridor. F) Nurse Stations Shall Be Equipped With Indicator Unit To Provide Indication (audible And Visual) Of The Zone And Type Of Call. G) Emergency Indication Shall Be Included In Some Acute Areas But Arranged “for Staff Use Only” In The Event Of Urgent Assistance Being Required. H) The System Shall Be Of Solid State Switching With All Items Connected To Internal Printed Circuit Boards Readily Interchangeable For Maintenance Purpose.  Master Antenna Television (matv) And Cable Television (catv) System: 1. Two Sources Of Tv Signals Shall Be Provided To The Building. One (1) Shall Be From A Master Antenna Installed At The Roof Or Within A Suitable Area Of The Building And The Other Will Be From A Commercial Cable Television Service. 2. The Master Antenna System Shall Consist Of Fm, Vhf And Uhf Antennas, Combiner, Distribution Amplifier, Coaxial Cables, Splitters, Tap-offs And Tv Outlets. 3. There Shall Be Individual Trunking For Master Antenna And Cable Television Rising In The Building.  Structured Cabling & Telephone System: 1. A Minimum Provision For Estimated 500 Mixed Pabx Extension And Direct Telephone Lines Shall Be Required For Tertiary Hospitals. 2. Final Details Of The System Shall Follow Specific Requirements, Quantity And Type Of Service.  Fire Detection And Alarm System: 1. The Fire Detection And Alarm System Shall Be Of Multiplex, Microprocessor- Controlled Addressable Or Zonal Conventional Fire Detection, Alarm And Communication System. 2. The System Shall Consist Of Full Integration Automatic Fire Detection, Voice Alarm Communication And Fire Fighters Telephone System. 3. The System Shall Consist Of Control Station, Mimic Panel Initiating And Indicating Devices, Control Modules And System Of Wirings. 4. Actuation Of The Protective Signaling System Shall Occur By Manual Pull Station, Automatic Smoke Or Heat Detector, Sprinkler Flow Switch And Tamper Switch. 5. The System Shall Be Able To Monitors The Status Of Flow Switches And Supervisory Switches Installed At The Sprinkler System Risers. These Monitoring Points Are Also Addressable Or The Conventional Zonal In The Same Way As The Detectors Are Making Them Easily Recognizable At The Control Panel. 6. Occupant Notification Shall Be Accomplished Automatically. Notification Will Be General, Audible Alarm Type Complying With Appropriate Section Of Nfpa. 7. The System Shall Be Installed With Provisions For Future Connection To The Nearest Fire Services Station In The Locality.  Security System: 1. The Security System Shall Include Intrusion Detection And Alarm, Cctv, Access Control Or As Maybe Required.  Ventilation And Air Conditioning System The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Shall Be Composed Of Complete Plans And Drawings Of The Following: 1. General Notes, Legends And Symbols Including Schematic Diagram Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System. 2. Floor Layout Of The Ventilation And Air Conditioning System Indicating The Capacity And Location Of The Air Conditioners And Fans. 3. Duct Layout Indicating Duct Sizes, Route And Location Of The Dampers, Diffusers, Return Air Register, Hangers And Sway Braces. 4. Refrigerant Piping Layout Indicating Pipe Sizes, Location Of Valves, Hangers And Sway Braces. 5. Equipment Schedule And Details Drawings Of Air Conditioners And Ventilating System. A) Air Conditioning System Shall Be Provided In All Patient’s Private Rooms, Radiologic And Imaging Area, Operating Rooms, Delivery Rooms, Laboratories, Critical Care Areas, Offices And Other Areas Where Conditioned Air Is Necessary. B) Cooling Load Calculations Report Shall Be Manual Or Computer Generated, Hourly Analysis Program Which Includes Heat Transmission Coefficients, Solar Heat Gain Factors And Corrected Cooling Load Temperature Difference Calculations. C) Split Type Air Conditioners Will Be Used At Areas With Larger Capacities. D) Window Type Air Conditioners Shall Be Used In Areas With Exterior Wall Exposure. E) Centralized Air Conditioning Will Be Used Only If Feasible. F) Design Of All Critical Areas Shall Be Laminar Or Positive Pressure, Wherein The Supply Air Is 10% More Than Exhaust Air. G) All Infectious Isolation Rooms, Such As Tb And Sars, Shall Be Negative Pressure, Wherein The Exhaust Air Is More Than 10% Of The Supply Air. H) Maintain An Air Change Rate Greater Than Or Equal To 12 Air Changes Per Hour Or 145 Liters Per Second Per Patient. I) Ceiling Cassette Type Exhaust Fans With Integral Air Diffuser Shall Be Provided In All Toilets. J) Ceiling Fans, Orbit Type With 360° Oscillation Shall Be Provided In All Non-air-conditioned Rooms, Such As Patient Wards, Work Areas, Nurse Station, Etc.  Air Conditioning And Refrigeration System 1. Refrigerant Pipes Shall Be Copper Tubing, Type L Or K Black Steel Pipe, Schedule 40 For Size Of 100mm Diameter And Smaller. Pipe Over 100mm Shall Be Black Steel Pipe Schedule 40. 2. Black Steel Pipes Shall Be Standard Seamless, Lap-welded, Or Electric Resistant Welded For Size Of 50mm Diameter And Larger, Screw Type For Size 38mm Diameter And Smaller, Fittings For Copper Tubing Shall Be Cast Bronze Fitting Designed Expressly For Brazing. 3. Pipe Insulation Shall Be Performed Fiberglass Or Its Equivalent. The Insulating Materials Shall Be Covered With 100mm X. 13mm Thick Polyethylene Film, Which Shall Be Overlapped Not Less Than 50mm. 4. Ducts Shall Be Galvanized Sheet Steel Of Standard Gauges. 5. Ductwork Insulation Materials Shall Be Rigid Board Made Of Styropor Or Equivalent 25mm Thick For Ground And Top Floor, 13mm Thick For Intermediate Floor. -end Of Electrical Works Design Parameters- Xix. Design Parameters (green And Safe Health Facilities)  Codes And Standards Green And Safe Health Facilities Shall Be In Accordance With The Following Laws, Codes And Standards.  Global Initiatives & Developments: 1. World Health Assembly Resolution On Universal Health Care (2019) 2. World Health Resolution On Climate Change And Health (2008) 3. Un Resolution On Sustainable Development Goals (2015) 4. Global Action On Patients’ Safety  Laws And Codes: 1. Sanitation Code Of The Philippines Irr Of Chapter Xvii 2. The Local Government Code Of 1991 3. Clean Water Act Of 2004 4. National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) 5. General Appropriation Act Fiscal Year 2021 (ra 11518) 6. Occupational Safety And Health (ra 11058) 7. Safe Hospital Initiative (2011) 8. Universal Health Care Act (ra 11285) 9. Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Accessibility Law (ra 344) 10. Ecological Solid Waste Management Act Of 2000 (ra 9003) 11. Climate Change Act Of 2009 (ra 9729) 12. Other Related Standards A. Guidelines The Green And Safe Hf Initiative Represents A Climate Smart Paradigm Shift, Away From Traditional Disaster Response To One That Proactively Seeks To Minimize The Health Impact Of Disasters And Emergencies Through Climate Adaptation And Mitigation Measures (including Climate-proofing And Reduction Of The Environmental Footprint), And Preparedness. Consequently, It Is Essential That This Green Manual Is Incorporated Into The Hospital And Hf Development Agenda That Are Backed With Earmarked Resources In The National Budget, And That Has Governance And Support From The Highest Levels Of Government.  The Department Of Health Shall, As Much As Possible, Promote The Greening Of Hospitals And Health Facilities, Including The Improvement Of Energy And Water Efficiency And Conservation, Sustainable Cooling Systems, And Sustainable Healthcare Waste Management In Hospitals.  In Line With Its Continuing Efforts In Green And Safe Hfs, The Doh Shall Encourage National And Local Government Hospitals And Other Hfs To Seek Green Certifications From Green Building Rating System/s For Their New Construction Or Expansion, Repair And Renovation Projects. B. Criteria And Compliance System For Outstanding Green And Safe (climate Smart) Health Facilities.  Criterion Compliance 1. Governance – Leadership And Management, Trainings, Proper Implementation, Commitment 2. Energy Efficiency – Reduction Of Energy Consumption, Use Of Renewable And Clean Energies 3. Water Efficiency, Sanitation And Hygiene – Adequate Water, Water Reuse/recycling, Water Conservation, Rainwater Harvesting. Safe Drinking Water, Proper Use And Maintenance Of Sanitary Toilet Facilities 4. Health Care Waste Management Waste – Segregation, Collection, Storage, Transport, Treatment, Proper Waste Disposal, Recycling 5. Environmentally Resilient Health Facility – Structural Member, Non-structural Member, Emergency And Disaster Preparedness Plan 6. Site Sustainability – Healing Gardens Within, Fresh Air, Herbal Plants, Accessibility, Existence Of Alternative Routes 7. Material Sustainability – Use Of Sustainable Materials, Procurement Of Sustainable And Recyclable Products, Less Use Of Hazardous And Toxic Substances 8. Indoor Environmental Quality – Lighting, Ventilation, Interior Design, Air Quality Management C. Energy Efficiency  Orientate Building & Façade Design To Mitigate Heat Gain. The East And West Facades Receive The Greatest Solar Radiation, And Should Be Designed To Avoid Direct Sun.  Use Of Glass/glazing With A Lower U-value And Shading Coefficient Reduce Solar Heat Gain.  Allow Provision For Easy Access For Maintenance And Cleaning Especially For Curtain Wall System.  Consider Lifespan, Durability And Life Cycle-costing When Selecting Façade Materials.  Install And Use Energy-efficient Lighting Fixtures I.e. Led, Cfl, Slim Type Fluorescent, Etc.  Skylights (if Applicable) And Windows To Maximize Natural Lighting And Ventilation On Selected Areas. Utilizing Daylight As Possible.  Use Of Appliance With Inverter Technology With Variable Frequency Drive Technology.  Window And Door Assemblies Shall Have Complete Gaskets, Weather Stripping, Door Bottom Sweeps And Seals.  All Operable Windows Shall Be Provided With Safety Features For Protection Against Strong Winds, Water Penetration And Protection For Building Occupants Including Child Safety And Security.  Specific Air Exchange Rates Are Usually Attained Through Artificial Ventilation. Adequate Ventilation Throughout The Facility Contributes To Maintaining A Hygienic Environment. Presence Of Functional Windows And Doors, That Allow At Least 6-8 Air Changes Per Hour For Natural Ventilation. For Airborne Infection Isolation Room/s And Er/triage Areas, Greater Or More Than 12 Air Changes Per Hour Is Recommended, While Up To 15 Air Changes Per Hour May Be Recommended For Operating Procedure, Or Delivery Rooms.  Light-colored Building Envelopes Is Also Recommended To Reduce Heat Transfer From The Outside To Inside Of The Building By Having Surfaces With High Solar Reflectance Index (sri). D. Water Efficiency, Sanitation And Hygiene  Optimize Water Conservation Through Installation Of Rainwater Harvesting Cistern Tank  Use Of Waterless Urinals And Dual Flush Water Closets.  Use Of Low-flow & Water Efficient Faucet And Hand-held Bidets.  Use Of Water-saving Shower Heads  For Hospitals, There Must Be At Least One Water Closet For Every Eight Patients In Compliance With Ra 4226 – Hospital Licensure Act.  A Separate Toilet For Male And Female Is Preferred, And Shall Be Pwd Accessible. And, A Separate Toilet For The Staff, With A Provision Of One Toilet For Every Fifteen Personnel Shall Be Applied.  Waterless Urinals Must Be Provided For Male Toilets.  There Should Be Sufficient And Functional Hand-washing Facilities. E. Environmentally Resilient Health Facility  Ground Floor Must Be Above Ground Line And Anticipated Flood Level. F. Material Sustainability  Building Materials, If Applicable, Must Be Locally Sourced To Minimize Carbon Footprint.  Rapidly Renewable And Sustainable Materials Are Also Recommended. Refer To Sec. 16.3.4 Of Doh Green And Safe Health Facilities Manual For List Of Sustainable Construction Materials That Can Be Used.  Use Of Materials (specifically Wet-applied Materials) That Are Low In Vocs (volatile Organic Compounds) G. Site Sustainability  Adopt The Development Controls Indicated In The National Building Code Of The Philippines To Establish The Extent Of The Health Facility Site Can Develop.  Biophilic Design Is Recommended To Help Reduce Stress, Improve Cognitive Function And Creativity, Improve Patients’ Well-being And Expedite Healing.  Porous Pavement Is Recommended At The Site Development To Alleviate Flooding. Landscape Swales Is Also One Solution. H. Indoor Environmental Quality  Harvest Natural Daylight If Applicable.  Acoustic Quality, Especially In Areas/rooms That Needs To Be Soundproofed, Shall Be Maintained.  Use Of Acoustic Privacy Partitions Is Required.  Separate Entrances For Ambulances And Walk-in Patients.  In Procedure Rooms With Windowless Areas, Backlit Photomurals Or Artificially Illuminated Glass Artwork Can Alleviate Feeling Of Claustrophobia.  In Wards And Recovery Rooms, Provide Windows And Natural Illumination As Much As Possible.  Provide Acoustic Privacy In Patient Rooms, Offices, And Examination Rooms With Partitions Of Sound Transmission Class (stc) Of 45.  Noise Level In The Operational Rooms Must Follow The Minimum Noise Standards In Accordance To The Doh Manual Of The Technical Guidelines For Hospital Planning And Design (level 3) Drawing Requirements: See Doh Standard Checklist Based On Revised Irr Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096). Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation. -end Of Green And Safe Health Facilities Design Parameters- Xx. Build Aspect Furnish Labour, Materials, Equipment, Paint, Tools And Other Facilities To Complete The Entire Building Including Architectural, Structural/ Civil, Electrical, Mechanical, Sanitary, Communication, Fire Protection, And Other Related Works To Complete The Scope As Specified And/or As Shown On Drawings And Plans 1. General Requirement  Contractor’s Temporary Facility And Lay Down Yard.  Communication And Transmittal, Reproduction, Tarpaulin/billboard And Photos  Material Testing (rsb, Chb, Concrete, Steel)  Safety Requirements (warning Signs, Hardhat, Etc.)  As Built Plan  Demolition, Clearing Work, Permits And Licenses 2. Other Items Of Work  Demolition Of Existing Structures In Affected Areas Or Where The Proposed Project Shall Be Situated, Clearing And Disposal Of All Debris Generated During Construction.  All Serviceable Materials Shall Be Turn Over To Doh-dedvmh Through Its Representative  Soil Excavation And Soil Treatment  Restoration Of Any Damaged Properties During The Construction  Permit Fees, And Other Necessary Documents For The Project Shall Be Shouldered By The Contractor  Temporary Facilities Shall Be Provided During The Construction Period, To Be Constructed Within The Hospital Compound, Which Shall Serve As The Field Office, Storage Of Materials And Bunkhouse For The Workers.  No Implementation Of The Project Without An Approved Plan And Other Related Documents.  Strict Implementation Of (dole Guidelines And Other Standards Applicable) Health And Safety Rules.  Shall Abide By The Medical Center Hospital House Rules  Conduct Weekly Progress And Coordinative Report To The Agency Or Its Representative  Other Items Of Work Not Mentioned Herewith But It Is Very Necessary For Execution And Completion Or Works Shall Be Included And Charge To The Contractor 3. Pre-installation Requirements  All Tests To Be Conducted Shall Be Witnessed By The Hospital Representatives.  Soil Investigation  Concrete Strength Testing  Reinforcing Bar Strength Testing  Concrete Masonry Unit (cmu) Testing  All Plumbing And Sanitary System  Automatic Fire Sprinkler System  Ventilation And Air Conditioning System  All Electrical System  And Other Tests That Necessary To Perform To Ensure The Quality Of The Project  All Certifications And Reports Under Post-installation Requirement Shall Be Submitted To The Hospital Representatives.  The Contractor Shall Submit A Sample Of Materials For Approval Of The Medical Center Chief Prior To Installation.  No Implementation Or Execution Of Work In Any Discipline Without The Approval Of Medical Center Chief Or Through Its Representative  Any Request For Inspection, Approval, Concrete Pouring, Testing And Commissioning Must Be Address To Medical Center Chief Or Must Adhere To The Reporting Protocol As Mentioned Above. -end Of Build Aspect- Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Architectural Drawings (as Applicable) A – 1 (a…n) Perspective, Site Development Plan, Vicinity Map/location Plan (2.00 Kms. Radius) Table Of Contents A – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Furniture Layout When Necessary A – 3 (a…n) Four (4) Elevations (scale 1:100m Minimum) A – 4 (a…n) Two (2) Sections (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Spot Details When Necessary A – 5 (a…n) Roof Plan/s Showing Downspouts (scale 1:100m Minimum), Including Detail Of Gutter, Downspout, Etc. A – 6 (a…n) Reflected Ceiling Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum), Including Details A – 7 (a…n) Details Of Stairs, Fire Escapes/exits, Accessible Ramps, Etc. (scale 1:50m), Including Details Of Railings, Treads, Risers, Etc., In The Form Of Plans, Elevation/section A – 8 (a…n) Details Of Toilets (1:50 M) Including Accessible Toilets In The Form Of Plans, Elevation/section A – 9 (a…n) Details Of Specialized Design Features (scale 1:50 M) Such As Partitions, Cabinets, Etc. And Accessible Design Features A – 10 (a…n) Detail Of Typical Bay Section From Ground To Roof (scale 1:50 M) A – 11 (a…n) Details Of Special Elevations/section Rooms (1:50m) In Form Of Plans, A – 12 (a…n) Schedule Of Doors, Gates, Emergency Exits, Etc. (scale 1:50 M), Including Specifications For Materials And Hardware A – 13 (a…n) Schedule Of Windows (scale 1:50 M), Including Specifications For Materials And Hardware A – 14 (a…n) Schedule Of Finishes For Interior And Exterior Floors, Walls, Ceilings Architectural Technical Specifications Architectural Scope Of Works Architectural Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 1 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Architectural Interior Design Drawings (as Applicable) Aid – 1 (a…n) Floor Plans Showing Layout Of Floor Finishes (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans Showing Layout Of Furniture/finishing Partitions, Cabinets, Etc. (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 3 (a…n) Interior Elevations And Sections Showing Wall Patterns, Ceiling Sections, Etc. (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 4 (a…n) Details Of Partitions, Cabinets, Furniture, Ceiling And Other Interior Design Features (scale 1:100m Minimum) Aid – 5 (a…n) Architectural Interior Perspective/s Architectural Interior Design Technical Specifications Architectural Interior Design Scope Of Works Architectural Interior Design Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 2 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Structural Drawings (as Applicable) S – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Construction Standards S – 2 (a…n) Site Development Plan S – 3 (a…n) Foundation Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 4 (a…n) Floor Framing Plan/s (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 5 (a…n) Roof Framing Plan (scale 1:100m Minimum) S – 6 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Footings And Columns S – 7 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Beams And Floor Slabs S – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Trusses S – 9 (a…n) Details Of Stairs, Ramps, Fire Exits S – 10 (a…n) Other Spot Details Structural Analysis And Design (for 2 Storey Building And Higher) Boring And Land Test Results (for 3 Storey Building And Higher) Seismic Analysis Structural Technical Specifications Structural Scope Of Works Structural Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 3 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Electrical Drawings (as Applicable) E – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends E – 2 (a…n) Location And Site Plan E – 3 (a…n) Lighting Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Details E – 4 (a…n) Power Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Details E – 5 (a…n) Auxiliary System Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including E – 6 (a…n) Schedule And Detail Of Loads E – 7 (a…n) Riser Diagram E – 8 (a…n) Other Detail Electrical Computation Electrical Technical Specifications Electrical Scope Of Works Electrical Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 4 Of 6 Design Analysiselectronics/auxiliary System Ready For Integrated Communications 1. Nurse Call System 2. Telephone System 3. Paging System 4. Lan System 5. Fire Alarm System 6. Security System Cctv 7. Integrated Communications And Systems Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Plumbing/sanitary Drawings (as Applicable) P – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends P – 2 (a…n) Location And Site Plan P – 3 (a…n) Storm Drainage Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line To Main Drainage Line P – 4 (a…n) Waterline Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line From Main Water Source When Applicable P – 5 (a…n) Sewerline Layout (scale 1:100m Minimum) Including Actual Length Of Tapping Line To Septic Tank Or Existing Sewerline P – 6 (a…n) Isometric Layout, Showing Waterline, Sewerline And Drainage Line P – 7 (a…n) Detail Of Connections, Catch Basins, Downspouts, Etc. P – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Septic Tank/sewer Treatment Plant Design Analysis Sanitary Technical Specifications Sanitary Scope Of Works Sanitary Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 5 Of 6 Checklist Of Drawing Requirements In The Preparation/evaluation/approval Of Detailed Architectural And Engineering Plans And Other Documents For Infrastructure Project Implementation Reference: Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of The National Building Code Of The Philippines (pd 1096) Project : Location : Sheet Number Sheet Contents Remarks* Mechanical Drawings (as Applicable) M – 1 (a…n) General Notes And Legends, Site Development Plan, Location Plans M – 2 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Showing Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems And Other Installations M – 3 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Gas Pipeline System And Details M – 4 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Air-conditioning Systems And Details M – 5 (a…n) Floor Plans/isometric Drawings (scale 1:100m Minimum) Of Fire Suppression Systems, Fire Sprinkler System, Wet Stand Pipe, Dry Standpipe And Other Installation M – 6 (a…n) Details Water Tank, Flow Diagram (scale 1:50m) M – 7 (a…n) Details Of Firewater Supply Sytem (scale 1:50m) M – 8 (a…n) Detail Of Elevators, Escalators, Dumbwaiters, Etc. (scale 1:50m) M – 9 (a…n) Detail Of Other Machinery/equipment (scale 1:50) M – 10 (a…n) Longitudinal And Transverse Section Of Building (scale 1:100m) Showing Manner Of Support Of Machines/equipment Mechanical Technical Specifications Mechanical Scope Of Works Mechanical Bill Of Quantities * To Be Marked As Either Complying Or Non-complying/complete Or Incomplete By The Evaluator Or To Be Filled With Supporting Comments (use Additional Sheets If Necessary) Evaluated By: ____________________________________________________________ Page 6 Of 6 General Guidelines • All Construction Works Shall Be Undertaken By Contractor In Accordance With Existing Laws And All Other Applicable Rules And Regulations. • The Contractor Shall Be Responsible In Setting Out Reference Lines, Elevations (lines And Grades) Prior And During The Execution Of The Works. All References Shall Be Maintained And Protected By The Contractor At His Own Expense. Disturbed References Shall Be Restored To Its Original Position Without Extra Cost To Devmh. • The Contractor Shall Carry Out The Works Properly And In Accordance With This Contract. The Contractor Shall Provide All Supervision, Labor, Materials, Plant And Equipment, Which May Be Required. • The Contractor Shall Commence Execution Of The Works On The Start Date And Shall Carry Out The Works In Accordance With The Approved Pert/cpm Network Diagram Submitted By The Contractor, As Updated With The Approval Of The Procuring Entity’s Representative, And Shall Complete The Works By The Intended Completion Date. • The Contractor Shall Be Responsible For The Safety Of All Activities On The Site. • During On-going Construction And Before The Turn-over Of The Project, Engineering & Facilities Management Staff, End-users, Twg And Bac Shall Inspect The Works Undertaken By Contractor. Hospital Engineers And End-users Discover Any Deviations By Contractor From The Approved Construction Plans, Contractor Shall Be Required To Rectify All Such Deviations, Within Such Period Required By Client. • Contractor Shall Have Full Responsibility For Any And All Damages To Existing Hospital Facilities, Utilities, And/or Any Portion Of The Hospital’s Common Area, Due To The Works Undertaken By Contractor, Whether Accidental Or Intentional. • No Variation Order Shall Be Undertaken Unless Verified By Hospital Engineer And Approved By Executive Committee. • Contractor Shall Not Cover Or Block Stub-outs (cleanouts, Water Source, Exhaust, Sewer, Drainage, Etc.) When Not Utilized. Said Stub-outs Shall At All Times Be Free Of Obstructions And Easily Accessible. • Contractor Shall Secure A Utility Tapping Permit Prior To Tapping From Utility Provision. • Electricity And Water Consumed During Construction Shall Be Charged To Contractor. • End-users Reserves The Right To Inspect The Works At Any Time. • Contractor Shall Insure And Hold Client, Its Affiliates, Officers, Directors, Stockholders, Employees, Agents, And/or Representatives, Free And Harmless From And Against Any Injury, Losses, Claims, Damages, Liabilities, Expenses, And/or Costs Of Litigation, Resulting From Or Arising Out Of The Works Undertaken By Contractor. • In Event Of Force Majeure, The Contractor Shall Rectify, Replace Or Build The Unfinished Projects When It Is Not Yet Completed And Accepted W/o Additional Cost For The Procuring Entity. • Contractor Shall Comply With The Construction House Rules Of This Hospital.

Details: Description Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Procurement Of Goods 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Fy 2025 Preface These Philippine Bidding Documents (pbds) For The Procurement Of Goods Through Competitive Bidding Have Been Prepared By The Government Of The Philippines For Use By Any Branch, Constitutional Commission Or Office, Agency, Department, Bureau, Office, Or Instrumentality Of The Government Of The Philippines, National Government Agencies, Including Government-owned And/or Controlled Corporations, Government Financing Institutions, State Universities And Colleges, And Local Government Unit. The Procedures And Practices Presented In This Document Have Been Developed Through Broad Experience, And Are For Mandatory Use In Projects That Are Financed In Whole Or In Part By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution In Accordance With The Provisions Of The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations Of Republic Act No. 9184. The Bidding Documents Shall Clearly And Adequately Define, Among Others: (i) The Objectives, Scope, And Expected Outputs And/or Results Of The Proposed Contract Or Framework Agreement, As The Case May Be; (ii) The Eligibility Requirements Of Bidders; (iii) The Expected Contract Or Framework Agreement Duration, The Estimated Quantity In The Case Of Procurement Of Goods, Delivery Schedule And/or Time Frame; And (iv) The Obligations, Duties, And/or Functions Of The Winning Bidder. Care Should Be Taken To Check The Relevance Of The Provisions Of The Pbds Against The Requirements Of The Specific Goods To Be Procured. If Duplication Of A Subject Is Inevitable In Other Sections Of The Document Prepared By The Procuring Entity, Care Must Be Exercised To Avoid Contradictions Between Clauses Dealing With The Same Matter. Moreover, Each Section Is Prepared With Notes Intended Only As Information For The Procuring Entity Or The Person Drafting The Bidding Documents. They Shall Not Be Included In The Final Documents. The Following General Directions Should Be Observed When Using The Documents: A. All The Documents Listed In The Table Of Contents Are Normally Required For The Procurement Of Goods. However, They Should Be Adapted As Necessary To The Circumstances Of The Particular Procurement Project. B. Specific Details, Such As The “name Of The Procuring Entity” And “address For Bid Submission,” Should Be Furnished In The Instructions To Bidders, Bid Data Sheet, And Special Conditions Of Contract. The Final Documents Should Contain Neither Blank Spaces Nor Options. C. This Preface And The Footnotes Or Notes In Italics Included In The Invitation To Bid, Bid Data Sheet, General Conditions Of Contract, Special Conditions Of Contract, Schedule Of Requirements, And Specifications Are Not Part Of The Text Of The Final Document, Although They Contain Instructions That The Procuring Entity Should Strictly Follow. D. The Cover Should Be Modified As Required To Identify The Bidding Documents As To The Procurement Project, Project Identification Number, And Procuring Entity, In Addition To The Date Of Issue. E. Modifications For Specific Procurement Project Details Should Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract As Amendments To The Conditions Of Contract. For Easy Completion, Whenever Reference Has To Be Made To Specific Clauses In The Bid Data Sheet Or Special Conditions Of Contract, These Terms Shall Be Printed In Bold Typeface On Sections I (instructions To Bidders) And Iii (general Conditions Of Contract), Respectively. F. For Guidelines On The Use Of Bidding Forms And The Procurement Of Foreign-assisted Projects, These Will Be Covered By A Separate Issuance Of The Government Procurement Policy Board. Table Of Contents Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations ………………………….4 Section I. Invitation To Bid……………………………………………………..7 Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders…………………………………………...10 1. Scope Of Bid ………………………………………………………………………. 11 2. Funding Information………………………………………………………………. 11 3. Bidding Requirements ……………………………………………………………. 11 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices 11 5. Eligible Bidders…………………………………………………………………… 11 6. Origin Of Goods ………………………………………………………………….. 12 7. Subcontracts ……………………………………………………………………… 12 8. Pre-bid Conference ………………………………………………………………. 12 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents …………………………… 12 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components …………. 12 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component …………………………... 13 12. Bid Prices …………………………………………………………………………. 13 13. Bid And Payment Currencies ……………………………………………………… 14 14. Bid Security ………………………………………………………………………. 14 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids ……………………………………………………… 14 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids …………………………………………………. 14 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids ………………………………….. 15 18. Domestic Preference ……………………………………………………………… 15 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids ……………………………………. 15 20. Post-qualification ………………………………………………………………… 16 21. Signing Of The Contract …………………………………………………………… 16 Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet …………………………………………………..17 Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract ……………………...………..19 1. Scope Of Contract ………………………………………………………………… 20 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment ……………………………………….. 20 3. Performance Security ……………………………………………………………. 20 4. Inspection And Tests ……………………………………………………………… 20 5. Warranty …………………………………………………………………………. 21 6. Liability Of The Supplier ………………………………………………………….. 21 Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract ………………………………….22 Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements ……………………………………....30 Section Vii. Technical Specifications …………………………………………34 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents …………..38 Glossary Of Acronyms, Terms, And Abbreviations Abc – Approved Budget For The Contract. Bac – Bids And Awards Committee. Bid – A Signed Offer Or Proposal To Undertake A Contract Submitted By A Bidder In Response To And In Consonance With The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. Also Referred To As Proposal And Tender. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[c]) Bidder – Refers To A Contractor, Manufacturer, Supplier, Distributor And/or Consultant Who Submits A Bid In Response To The Requirements Of The Bidding Documents. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[d]) Bidding Documents – The Documents Issued By The Procuring Entity As The Bases For Bids, Furnishing All Information Necessary For A Prospective Bidder To Prepare A Bid For The Goods, Infrastructure Projects, And/or Consulting Services Required By The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[e]) Bir – Bureau Of Internal Revenue. Bsp – Bangko Sentral Ng Pilipinas. Consulting Services – Refer To Services For Infrastructure Projects And Other Types Of Projects Or Activities Of The Gop Requiring Adequate External Technical And Professional Expertise That Are Beyond The Capability And/or Capacity Of The Gop To Undertake Such As, But Not Limited To: (i) Advisory And Review Services; (ii) Pre-investment Or Feasibility Studies; (iii) Design; (iv) Construction Supervision; (v) Management And Related Services; And (vi) Other Technical Services Or Special Studies. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[i]) Cda - Cooperative Development Authority. Contract – Refers To The Agreement Entered Into Between The Procuring Entity And The Supplier Or Manufacturer Or Distributor Or Service Provider For Procurement Of Goods And Services; Contractor For Procurement Of Infrastructure Projects; Or Consultant Or Consulting Firm For Procurement Of Consulting Services; As The Case May Be, As Recorded In The Contract Form Signed By The Parties, Including All Attachments And Appendices Thereto And All Documents Incorporated By Reference Therein. Cif – Cost Insurance And Freight. Cip – Carriage And Insurance Paid. Cpi – Consumer Price Index. Ddp – Refers To The Quoted Price Of The Goods, Which Means “delivered Duty Paid.” Dti – Department Of Trade And Industry. Exw – Ex Works. Fca – “free Carrier” Shipping Point. Fob – “free On Board” Shipping Point. Foreign-funded Procurement Or Foreign-assisted Project– Refers To Procurement Whose Funding Source Is From A Foreign Government, Foreign Or International Financing Institution As Specified In The Treaty Or International Or Executive Agreement. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[b]). Framework Agreement – Refers To A Written Agreement Between A Procuring Entity And A Supplier Or Service Provider That Identifies The Terms And Conditions, Under Which Specific Purchases, Otherwise Known As “call-offs,” Are Made For The Duration Of The Agreement. It Is In The Nature Of An Option Contract Between The Procuring Entity And The Bidder(s) Granting The Procuring Entity The Option To Either Place An Order For Any Of The Goods Or Services Identified In The Framework Agreement List Or Not Buy At All, Within A Minimum Period Of One (1) Year To A Maximum Period Of Three (3) Years. (gppb Resolution No. 27-2019) Gfi – Government Financial Institution. Gocc – Government-owned And/or –controlled Corporation. Goods – Refer To All Items, Supplies, Materials And General Support Services, Except Consulting Services And Infrastructure Projects, Which May Be Needed In The Transaction Of Public Businesses Or In The Pursuit Of Any Government Undertaking, Project Or Activity, Whether In The Nature Of Equipment, Furniture, Stationery, Materials For Construction, Or Personal Property Of Any Kind, Including Non-personal Or Contractual Services Such As The Repair And Maintenance Of Equipment And Furniture, As Well As Trucking, Hauling, Janitorial, Security, And Related Or Analogous Services, As Well As Procurement Of Materials And Supplies Provided By The Procuring Entity For Such Services. The Term “related” Or “analogous Services” Shall Include, But Is Not Limited To, Lease Or Purchase Of Office Space, Media Advertisements, Health Maintenance Services, And Other Services Essential To The Operation Of The Procuring Entity. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[r]) Gop – Government Of The Philippines. Gppb – Government Procurement Policy Board. Incoterms – International Commercial Terms. Infrastructure Projects – Include The Construction, Improvement, Rehabilitation, Demolition, Repair, Restoration Or Maintenance Of Roads And Bridges, Railways, Airports, Seaports, Communication Facilities, Civil Works Components Of Information Technology Projects, Irrigation, Flood Control And Drainage, Water Supply, Sanitation, Sewerage And Solid Waste Management Systems, Shore Protection, Energy/power And Electrification Facilities, National Buildings, School Buildings, Hospital Buildings, And Other Related Construction Projects Of The Government. Also Referred To As Civil Works Or Works. (2016 Revised Irr, Section 5[u]) Lgus – Local Government Units. Nfcc – Net Financial Contracting Capacity. Nga – National Government Agency. Philgeps - Philippine Government Electronic Procurement System. Procurement Project – Refers To A Specific Or Identified Procurement Covering Goods, Infrastructure Project Or Consulting Services. A Procurement Project Shall Be Described, Detailed, And Scheduled In The Project Procurement Management Plan Prepared By The Agency Which Shall Be Consolidated In The Procuring Entity's Annual Procurement Plan. (gppb Circular No. 06-2019 Dated 17 July 2019) Psa – Philippine Statistics Authority. Sec – Securities And Exchange Commission. Slcc – Single Largest Completed Contract. Supplier – Refers To A Citizen, Or Any Corporate Body Or Commercial Company Duly Organized And Registered Under The Laws Where It Is Established, Habitually Established In Business And Engaged In The Manufacture Or Sale Of The Merchandise Or Performance Of The General Services Covered By His Bid. (item 3.8 Of Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019, Dated 23 May 2019). Supplier As Used In These Bidding Documents May Likewise Refer To A Distributor, Manufacturer, Contractor, Or Consultant. Un – United Nations. Section I. Invitation To Bid Notes On The Invitation To Bid The Invitation To Bid (ib) Provides Information That Enables Potential Bidders To Decide Whether To Participate In The Procurement At Hand. The Ib Shall Be Posted In Accordance With Section 21.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Apart From The Essential Items Listed In The Bidding Documents, The Ib Should Also Indicate The Following: A. The Date Of Availability Of The Bidding Documents, Which Shall Be From The Time The Ib Is First Advertised/posted Until The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; B. The Place Where The Bidding Documents May Be Acquired Or The Website Where It May Be Downloaded; C. The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids; And D. Any Important Bid Evaluation Criteria (e.g., The Application Of A Margin Of Preference In Bid Evaluation). The Ib Should Be Incorporated In The Bidding Documents. The Information Contained In The Ib Must Conform To The Bidding Documents And In Particular To The Relevant Information In The Bid Data Sheet. Bulacan Agricultural State College San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Invitation To Bid For 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub 1. The Bulacan Agricultural State College, Through The Gaa Capital Outlay Fy 2025 Intends To Apply The Sum Of One Billion Pesos Pesos (php1,000,000,000.00) Being The Abc To Payments Under The Contract For Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. Bids Received In Excess Of The Abc Shall Be Automatically Rejected At Bid Opening. 2. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Now Invites Bids For The Above Procurement Project. Delivery Of The Goods Is Required With Contract Duration Of 280 Calendar Days. Bidders Should Have Completed, Within The Last Five (5) Years From The Date Of Submission And Receipt Of Bids, A Contract Similar To The Project. The Description Of An Eligible Bidder Is Contained In The Bidding Documents, Particularly, In Section Ii (instructions To Bidders). 3. Bidding Will Be Conducted Through Open Competitive Bidding Procedures Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion As Specified In The 2016 Revised Implementing Rules And Regulations (irr) Of Republic Act (ra) No. 9184. Bidding Is Restricted To Filipino Citizens/sole Proprietorships, Partnerships, Or Organizations With At Least Sixty Percent (60%) Interest Or Outstanding Capital Stock Belonging To Citizens Of The Philippines, And To Citizens Or Organizations Of A Country The Laws Or Regulations Of Which Grant Similar Rights Or Privileges To Filipino Citizens, Pursuant To Ra No. 5183. 4. Prospective Bidders May Obtain Further Information From Bulacan Agricultual State College And Inspect The Bidding Documents At The Address Given Below During Office Hours From 8am To 4:30pm. 5. A Complete Set Of Bidding Documents May Be Acquired By Interested Bidders On January 16, 2025 To February 7, 2025 From The Given Address And Website(s) Below And Upon Payment Of The Applicable Fee For The Bidding Documents, Pursuant To The Latest Guidelines Issued By The Gppb, In The Amount Of Php75,000.00. The Procuring Entity Shall Allow The Bidder To Present Its Proof Of Payment For The Fees By Presenting The Receipt Upon Submission Of Their Bid Documents. 6. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference On January 24, 2025, 09:00 Am Via Zoom Platform (meeting Id: 853 1254 4715, Passcode: 578270) Which Shall Be Open To Prospective Bidders. 7. Bids Must Be Duly Received By The Bac Secretariat Through Manual Submission At The Office Address Indicated Below On Or Before 08:30 Am Of February 7, 2025. Late Bids Shall Not Be Accepted. 8. All Bids Must Be Accompanied By A Bid Security In Any Of The Acceptable Forms And In The Amount Stated In Itb Clause 14. 9. Bid Opening Shall Be On February 7, 2025, 09:00 Am At The Conference Room, Administration Building, Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Bids Will Be Opened In The Presence Of The Bidders’ Representatives Who Choose To Attend The Activity. 10. Observers Will Be Invited To Attend And Witness The Bid Proceedings. 11. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Reserves The Right To Reject Any And All Bids, Declare A Failure Of Bidding, Or Not Award The Contract At Any Time Prior To Contract Award In Accordance With Sections 35.6 And 41 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Without Thereby Incurring Any Liability To The Affected Bidder Or Bidders. 12. For Further Information, Please Refer To: Rona Angela O. Clarin Bac Secretariat Head Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan (044) 697-1240 And 0923-108-1526 Ronaangela_clarin@basc.edu.ph Www.basc.edu.ph 13. You May Visit The Following Websites: For Downloading Of Bidding Documents: Http://www.basc.edu.ph January 16, 2025 (sgd) Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo,ph.d. Bac Chairperson Section Ii. Instructions To Bidders Notes On The Instructions To Bidders This Section On The Instruction To Bidders (itb) Provides The Information Necessary For Bidders To Prepare Responsive Bids, In Accordance With The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity. It Also Provides Information On Bid Submission, Eligibility Check, Opening And Evaluation Of Bids, Post-qualification, And On The Award Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Bid The Procuring Entity, Bulacan Agricultural State College Wishes To Receive Bids For The Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub With Identification Number 2025-01g. The Procurement Project (referred To Herein As “project”) Is Composed Of Twenty-eight (28) Components The Details Of Which Are Described In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 2. Funding Information 2.1. The Gop Through The Source Of Funding As Indicated Below For Gaa Fy 2025 In The Amount Of Php1,000,000,000.00 2.2. The Source Of Funding Is: A. Nga, The General Appropriations Act Of 2025. 3. Bidding Requirements The Bidding For The Project Shall Be Governed By All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including Its Generic Procurement Manuals And Associated Policies, Rules And Regulations As The Primary Source Thereof, While The Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source Thereof. Any Amendments Made To The Irr And Other Gppb Issuances Shall Be Applicable Only To The Ongoing Posting, Advertisement, Or Ib By The Bac Through The Issuance Of A Supplemental Or Bid Bulletin. The Bidder, By The Act Of Submitting Its Bid, Shall Be Deemed To Have Verified And Accepted The General Requirements Of This Project, Including Other Factors That May Affect The Cost, Duration And Execution Or Implementation Of The Contract, Project, Or Work And Examine All Instructions, Forms, Terms, And Project Requirements In The Bidding Documents. 4. Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, And Coercive Practices The Procuring Entity, As Well As The Bidders And Suppliers, Shall Observe The Highest Standard Of Ethics During The Procurement And Execution Of The Contract. They Or Through An Agent Shall Not Engage In Corrupt, Fraudulent, Collusive, Coercive, And Obstructive Practices Defined Under Annex “i” Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Or Other Integrity Violations In Competing For The Project. 5. Eligible Bidders 5.1. Only Bids Of Bidders Found To Be Legally, Technically, And Financially Capable Will Be Evaluated. 5.2. Not Applicable. 5.3. Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No.9184, The Bidder Shall Have An Slcc That Is At Least One (1) Contract Similar To The Project The Value Of Which, Adjusted To Current Prices Using The Psa’s Cpi, Must Be At Least Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) Of The Abc Or Have Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 5.4. The Bidders Shall Comply With The Eligibility Criteria Under Section 23.4.1 Of The 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6. Origin Of Goods There Is No Restriction On The Origin Of Goods Other Than Those Prohibited By A Decision Of The Un Security Council Taken Under Chapter Vii Of The Charter Of The Un, Subject To Domestic Preference Requirements Under Itb Clause 18. 7. Subcontracts 7.1. The Procuring Entity Has Prescribed That: A. Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 8. Pre-bid Conference The Procuring Entity Will Hold A Pre-bid Conference For This Project On The Specified Date And Time At Its Physical Address As Indicated In Paragraph 6 Of The Ib. 9. Clarification And Amendment Of Bidding Documents Prospective Bidders May Request For Clarification On And/or Interpretation Of Any Part Of The Bidding Documents. Such Requests Must Be In Writing And Received By The Procuring Entity, Either At Its Given Address Or Through Electronic Mail Indicated In The Ib, At Least Ten (10) Calendar Days Before The Deadline Set For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10. Documents Comprising The Bid: Eligibility And Technical Components 10.1. The First Envelope Shall Contain The Eligibility And Technical Documents Of The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 10.2. The Bidder’s Slcc As Indicated In Itb Clause 5.3 Should Have Been Completed Within The Last Five (5) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids. 10.3. If The Eligibility Requirements Or Statements, The Bids, And All Other Documents For Submission To The Bac Are In Foreign Language Other Than English, It Must Be Accompanied By A Translation In English, Which Shall Be Authenticated By The Appropriate Philippine Foreign Service Establishment, Post, Or The Equivalent Office Having Jurisdiction Over The Foreign Bidder’s Affairs In The Philippines. Similar To The Required Authentication Above, For Contracting Parties To The Apostille Convention, Only The Translated Documents Shall Be Authenticated Through An Apostille Pursuant To Gppb Resolution No. 13-2019 Dated 23 May 2019. The English Translation Shall Govern, For Purposes Of Interpretation Of The Bid. 11. Documents Comprising The Bid: Financial Component 11.1. The Second Bid Envelope Shall Contain The Financial Documents For The Bid As Specified In Section Viii (checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents). 11.2. If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity, A Certification Issued By Dti Shall Be Provided By The Bidder In Accordance With Section 43.1.3 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 11.3. Any Bid Exceeding The Abc Indicated In Paragraph 1 Of The Ib Shall Not Be Accepted. 11.4. For Foreign-funded Procurement, A Ceiling May Be Applied To Bid Prices Provided The Conditions Are Met Under Section 31.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 12. Bid Prices 12.1. Prices Indicated On The Price Schedule Shall Be Entered Separately In The Following Manner: A. For Goods Offered From Within The Procuring Entity’s Country: I. The Price Of The Goods Quoted Exw (ex-works, Ex-factory, Ex-warehouse, Ex-showroom, Or Off-the-shelf, As Applicable); Ii. The Cost Of All Customs Duties And Sales And Other Taxes Already Paid Or Payable; Iii. The Cost Of Transportation, Insurance, And Other Costs Incidental To Delivery Of The Goods To Their Final Destination; And Iv. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, Listed In E. B. For Goods Offered From Abroad: I. Unless Otherwise Stated In The Bds, The Price Of The Goods Shall Be Quoted Delivered Duty Paid (ddp) With The Place Of Destination In The Philippines As Specified In The Bds. In Quoting The Price, The Bidder Shall Be Free To Use Transportation Through Carriers Registered In Any Eligible Country. Similarly, The Bidder May Obtain Insurance Services From Any Eligible Source Country. Ii. The Price Of Other (incidental) Services, If Any, As Listed In Section Vii (technical Specifications). 13. Bid And Payment Currencies 13.1. For Goods That The Bidder Will Supply From Outside The Philippines, The Bid Prices May Be Quoted In The Local Currency Or Tradeable Currency Accepted By The Bsp At The Discretion Of The Bidder. However, For Purposes Of Bid Evaluation, Bids Denominated In Foreign Currencies, Shall Be Converted To Philippine Currency Based On The Exchange Rate As Published In The Bsp Reference Rate Bulletin On The Day Of The Bid Opening. 13.2. Payment Of The Contract Price Shall Be Made In Philippine Pesos. 14. Bid Security 14.1. The Bidder Shall Submit A Bid Securing Declaration Or Any Form Of Bid Security In The Amount Indicated In The Bds, Which Shall Be Not Less Than The Percentage Of The Abc In Accordance With The Schedule In The Bds. 14.2. The Bid And Bid Security Shall Be Valid Until 120 Days From The Opening Of Bids. Any Bid Not Accompanied By An Acceptable Bid Security Shall Be Rejected By The Procuring Entity As Non-responsive. 15. Sealing And Marking Of Bids Each Bidder Shall Submit One Copy Of The Original Of The First And Second Components Of Its Bid And Plus Two (2) Copies Of Each Kind, Labeled As Copy 1 And Copy 2 Duly Signed By The Authorized Representative Of The Bidder. The Procuring Entity May Request Additional Hard Copies And/or Electronic Copies Of The Bid. However, Failure Of The Bidders To Comply With The Said Request Shall Not Be A Ground For Disqualification. If The Procuring Entity Allows The Submission Of Bids Through Online Submission Or Any Other Electronic Means, The Bidder Shall Submit An Electronic Copy Of Its Bid, Which Must Be Digitally Signed. An Electronic Copy That Cannot Be Opened Or Is Corrupted Shall Be Considered Non-responsive And, Thus, Automatically Disqualified. 16. Deadline For Submission Of Bids 16.1. The Bidders Shall Submit On The Specified Date And Time And Either At Its Physical Address Or Through Online Submission As Indicated In Paragraph 7 Of The Ib. 17. Opening And Preliminary Examination Of Bids 17.1. The Bac Shall Open The Bids In Public At The Time, On The Date, And At The Place Specified In Paragraph 9 Of The Ib. The Bidders’ Representatives Who Are Present Shall Sign A Register Evidencing Their Attendance. In Case Videoconferencing, Webcasting Or Other Similar Technologies Will Be Used, Attendance Of Participants Shall Likewise Be Recorded By The Bac Secretariat. In Case The Bids Cannot Be Opened As Scheduled Due To Justifiable Reasons, The Rescheduling Requirements Under Section 29 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Prevail. 17.2. The Preliminary Examination Of Bids Shall Be Governed By Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 18. Domestic Preference 18.1. The Procuring Entity Will Grant A Margin Of Preference For The Purpose Of Comparison Of Bids In Accordance With Section 43.1.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19. Detailed Evaluation And Comparison Of Bids 19.1. The Procuring Bac Shall Immediately Conduct A Detailed Evaluation Of All Bids Rated “passed,” Using Non-discretionary Pass/fail Criteria. The Bac Shall Consider The Conditions In The Evaluation Of Bids Under Section 32.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 19.2. If The Project Allows Partial Bids, Bidders May Submit A Proposal On Any Of The Lots Or Items, And Evaluation Will Be Undertaken On A Per Lot Or Item Basis, As The Case Maybe. In This Case, The Bid Security As Required By Itb Clause 15 Shall Be Submitted For Each Lot Or Item Separately. 19.3. The Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items Shall Be Indicated In Section Vii (technical Specifications), Although The Abcs Of These Lots Or Items Are Indicated In The Bds For Purposes Of The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.2.6 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. The Nfcc Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 19.4. The Project Shall Be Awarded As One Project Having Several Items That Shall Be Awarded As One Contract. 19.5. Except For Bidders Submitting A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation, All Bids Must Include The Nfcc Computation Pursuant To Section 23.4.1.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Which Must Be Sufficient For The Total Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. For Bidders Submitting The Committed Line Of Credit, It Must Be At Least Equal To Ten Percent (10%) Of The Abcs For All The Lots Or Items Participated In By The Prospective Bidder. 20. Post-qualification 20.1. Not Applicable 20.2. Within A Non-extendible Period Of Five (5) Calendar Days From Receipt By The Bidder Of The Notice From The Bac That It Submitted The Lowest Calculated Bid, The Bidder Shall Submit Its Latest Income And Business Tax Returns Filed And Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) And Other Appropriate Licenses And Permits Required By Law And Stated In The Bds. 21. Signing Of The Contract 21.1. The Documents Required In Section 37.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Shall Form Part Of The Contract. Additional Contract Documents Are Indicated In The Bds. Section Iii. Bid Data Sheet Notes On The Bid Data Sheet The Bid Data Sheet (bds) Consists Of Provisions That Supplement, Amend, Or Specify In Detail, Information, Or Requirements Included In The Itb Found In Section Ii, Which Are Specific To Each Procurement. This Section Is Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing The Specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Itb And Has To Be Prepared For Each Specific Procurement. The Procuring Entity Should Specify In The Bds Information And Requirements Specific To The Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Processing Of The Procurement, And The Bid Evaluation Criteria That Will Apply To The Bids. In Preparing The Bds, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Specifies And Complements Provisions Of The Itb Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements, If Any, To Provisions Of The Itb As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Procurement, Must Also Be Incorporated. Bid Data Sheet Itb Clause 5.3 For This Purpose, Contracts Similar To The Project Shall Be: A. Supply, Delivery, Installation, Commissioning And Set-up Of Ict Materials And Laboratory Equipment With Any Of The Two (2) Components As Follows: 1. Productivity Software And/or Licenses 2. Hardware Such As Servers, Desktops And/or Laptops 3. Closed-circuit Television (cctv) 4. Smart Solar Lighting Systems 5. Network Infrastructure B. Completed Within Three (3) Years Prior To The Deadline For The Submission And Receipt Of Bids That Is Equivalent To 50% Of Abc Or Completed At Least Two (2) Similar Contracts, The Aggregate Amount Of Which Should Be Equivalent To At Least Fifty Percent (50%) In The Case Of Non-expendable Supplies And Services Or Twenty-five Percent (25%) In The Case Of Expendable Supplies] Of The Abc For This Project; 7.1 Subcontracting Is Not Allowed. 12 The Bid Prices Of Goods And Services Supplied From Outside Of The Philippines Shall Be Quoted In Philippine Pesos. 14.1 The Bid Security Shall Be In The Form Of A Bid Securing Declaration, Or Any Of The Following Forms And Amounts: A. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php20,000,000.00 [(2%) Of The Abc] If Bid Security Is In Cash, Cashier’s/manager’s Check, Bank Draft/guarantee Or Irrevocable Letter Of Credit; Or B. The Amount Of Not Less Than Php50,000,000.00[(5%) Of The Abc], If Bid Security Is In Surety Bond. 19.3 The Project Will Be Awarded As A Single Project. 20.2 1. Income Tax Return (form 1701/1702) With Audited Financial Statement., 2. Business Tax Return (forms 2550m And 2550q) Prior To Opening Of Bids Filed Thru Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps). Only Tax Returns Filed And Taxes Paid Through The Bir Electronic Filing And Payment System (efps) Shall Be Accepted. 21.2 Not Applicable Section Iv. General Conditions Of Contract Notes On The General Conditions Of Contract The General Conditions Of Contract (gcc) In This Section, Read In Conjunction With The Special Conditions Of Contract In Section V And Other Documents Listed Therein, Should Be A Complete Document Expressing All The Rights And Obligations Of The Parties. Matters Governing Performance Of The Supplier, Payments Under The Contract, Or Matters Affecting The Risks, Rights, And Obligations Of The Parties Under The Contract Are Included In The Gcc And Special Conditions Of Contract. Any Complementary Information, Which May Be Needed, Shall Be Introduced Only Through The Special Conditions Of Contract. 1. Scope Of Contract This Contract Shall Include All Such Items, Although Not Specifically Mentioned, That Can Be Reasonably Inferred As Being Required For Its Completion As If Such Items Were Expressly Mentioned Herein. All The Provisions Of Ra No. 9184 And Its 2016 Revised Irr, Including The Generic Procurement Manual, And Associated Issuances, Constitute The Primary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract, And Thus, Applicable In Contract Implementation. Herein Clauses Shall Serve As The Secondary Source For The Terms And Conditions Of The Contract. This Is Without Prejudice To Sections 74.1 And 74.2 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 Allowing The Gppb To Amend The Irr, Which Shall Be Applied To All Procurement Activities, The Advertisement, Posting, Or Invitation Of Which Were Issued After The Effectivity Of The Said Amendment. Additional Requirements For The Completion Of This Contract Shall Be Provided In The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc). 2. Advance Payment And Terms Of Payment 2.1. Advance Payment Of The Contract Amount Is Provided Under Annex “d” Of The Revised 2016 Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 2.2. The Procuring Entity Is Allowed To Determine The Terms Of Payment On The Partial Or Staggered Delivery Of The Goods Procured, Provided Such Partial Payment Shall Correspond To The Value Of The Goods Delivered And Accepted In Accordance With Prevailing Accounting And Auditing Rules And Regulations. The Terms Of Payment Are Indicated In The Scc. 3. Performance Security Within Ten (10) Calendar Days From Receipt Of The Notice Of Award By The Bidder From The Procuring Entity But In No Case Later Than Prior To The Signing Of The Contract By Both Parties, The Successful Bidder Shall Furnish The Performance Security In Any Of The Forms Prescribed In Section 39 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184 4. Inspection And Tests The Procuring Entity Or Its Representative Shall Have The Right To Inspect And/or To Test The Goods To Confirm Their Conformity To The Project In Addition To Tests In The Scc, Section Iv (technical Specifications) Shall Specify What Inspections And/or Tests The Procuring Entity Requires, And Where They Are To Be Conducted. The Procuring Entity Shall Notify The Supplier In Writing, In A Timely Manner, Of The Identity Of Any Representatives Retained For These Purposes. All Reasonable Facilities And Assistance For The Inspection And Testing Of Goods, Including Access To Drawings And Production Data, Shall Be Provided By The Supplier To The Authorized Inspectors At No Charge To The Procuring Entity. 5. Warranty 6.1. In Order To Assure That Manufacturing Defects Shall Be Corrected By The Supplier, A Warranty Shall Be Required From The Supplier As Provided Under Section 62.1 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. 6.2. The Procuring Entity Shall Promptly Notify The Supplier In Writing Of Any Claims Arising Under This Warranty. Upon Receipt Of Such Notice, The Supplier Shall, Repair Or Replace The Defective Goods Or Parts Thereof Without Cost To The Procuring Entity, Pursuant To The Generic Procurement Manual. 6. Liability Of The Supplier The Supplier’s Liability Under This Contract Shall Be As Provided By The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines. If The Supplier Is A Joint Venture, All Partners To The Joint Venture Shall Be Jointly And Severally Liable To The Procuring Entity. Section V. Special Conditions Of Contract Notes On The Special Conditions Of Contract Similar To The Bds, The Clauses In This Section Are Intended To Assist The Procuring Entity In Providing Contract-specific Information In Relation To Corresponding Clauses In The Gcc Found In Section Iv. The Special Conditions Of Contract (scc) Complement The Gcc, Specifying Contractual Requirements Linked To The Special Circumstances Of The Procuring Entity, The Procuring Entity’s Country, The Sector, And The Goods Purchased. In Preparing This Section, The Following Aspects Should Be Checked: A. Information That Complements Provisions Of The Gcc Must Be Incorporated. B. Amendments And/or Supplements To Provisions Of The Gcc As Necessitated By The Circumstances Of The Specific Purchase, Must Also Be Incorporated. However, No Special Condition Which Defeats Or Negates The General Intent And Purpose Of The Provisions Of The Gcc Should Be Incorporated Herein. Special Conditions Of Contract Gcc Clause 1 Delivery And Documents – For Purposes Of The Contract, “exw,” “fob,” “fca,” “cif,” “cip,” “ddp” And Other Trade Terms Used To Describe The Obligations Of The Parties Shall Have The Meanings Assigned To Them By The Current Edition Of Incoterms Published By The International Chamber Of Commerce, Paris. The Delivery Terms Of This Contract Shall Be As Follows: “the Delivery Terms Applicable To This Contract Are Delivered At Basc, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Risk And Title Will Pass From The Supplier To The Procuring Entity Upon Receipt And Final Acceptance Of The Goods At Their Final Destination.” Delivery Of The Goods Shall Be Made By The Supplier In Accordance With The Terms Specified In Section Vi (schedule Of Requirements). For Purposes Of This Clause The Procuring Entity’s Representative At The Project Site Is Dr. Ma. Melanie A. Cruz And Mr. Florentino S. Casuco, Jr. Incidental Services – The Supplier Is Required To Provide All Of The Following Services, Including Additional Services, If Any, Specified In Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements: A. Performance Or Supervision Of On-site Assembly And/or Start-up Of The Supplied Goods; B. Furnishing Of Tools Required For Assembly And/or Maintenance Of The Supplied Goods; C. Furnishing Of A Detailed Operations And Maintenance Manual For Each Appropriate Unit Of The Supplied Goods; D. Performance Or Supervision Or Maintenance And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods, For A Period Of Time Agreed By The Parties, Provided That This Service Shall Not Relieve The Supplier Of Any Warranty Obligations Under This Contract; And E. Training Of The Procuring Entity’s Personnel, At The Supplier’s Plant And/or On-site, In Assembly, Start-up, Operation, Maintenance, And/or Repair Of The Supplied Goods. The Contract Price For The Goods Shall Include The Prices Charged By The Supplier For Incidental Services And Shall Not Exceed The Prevailing Rates Charged To Other Parties By The Supplier For Similar Services. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Packaging – The Supplier Shall Provide Such Packaging Of The Goods As Is Required To Prevent Their Damage Or Deterioration During Transit To Their Final Destination, As Indicated In This Contract. The Packaging Shall Be Sufficient To Withstand, Without Limitation, Rough Handling During Transit And Exposure To Extreme Temperatures, Salt And Precipitation During Transit, And Open Storage. Packaging Case Size And Weights Shall Take Into Consideration, Where Appropriate, The Remoteness Of The Goods’ Final Destination And The Absence Of Heavy Handling Facilities At All Points In Transit. The Packaging, Marking, And Documentation Within And Outside The Packages Shall Comply Strictly With Such Special Requirements As Shall Be Expressly Provided For In The Contract, Including Additional Requirements, If Any, Specified Below, And In Any Subsequent Instructions Ordered By The Procuring Entity. The Outer Packaging Must Be Clearly Marked On At Least Four (4) Sides As Follows: Name Of The Procuring Entity Name Of The Supplier Contract Description Final Destination Gross Weight Any Special Lifting Instructions Any Special Handling Instructions Any Relevant Hazchem Classifications A Packaging List Identifying The Contents And Quantities Of The Package Is To Be Placed On An Accessible Point Of The Outer Packaging If Practical. If Not Practical The Packaging List Is To Be Placed Inside The Outer Packaging But Outside The Secondary Packaging. Transportation – Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip, Or Ddp, Transport Of The Goods To The Port Of Destination Or Such Other Named Place Of Destination In The Philippines, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged And Paid For By The Supplier, And The Cost Thereof Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under This Contract To Transport The Goods To A Specified Place Of Destination Within The Philippines, Defined As The Project Site, Transport To Such Place Of Destination In The Philippines, Including Insurance And Storage, As Shall Be Specified In This Contract, Shall Be Arranged By The Supplier, And Related Costs Shall Be Included In The Contract Price. Where The Supplier Is Required Under Contract To Deliver The Goods Cif, Cip Or Ddp, Goods Are To Be Transported On Carriers Of Philippine Registry. In The Event That No Carrier Of Philippine Registry Is Available, Goods May Be Shipped By A Carrier Which Is Not Of Philippine Registry Provided That The Supplier Obtains And Presents To The Procuring Entity Certification To This Effect From The Nearest Philippine Consulate To The Port Of Dispatch. In The Event That Carriers Of Philippine Registry Are Available But Their Schedule Delays The Supplier In Its Performance Of This Contract The Period From When The Goods Were First Ready For Shipment And The Actual Date Of Shipment The Period Of Delay Will Be Considered Force Majeure. The Procuring Entity Accepts No Liability For The Damage Of Goods During Transit Other Than Those Prescribed By Incoterms For Ddp Deliveries. In The Case Of Goods Supplied From Within The Philippines Or Supplied By Domestic Suppliers Risk And Title Will Not Be Deemed To Have Passed To The Procuring Entity Until Their Receipt And Final Acceptance At The Final Destination. Intellectual Property Rights – The Supplier Shall Indemnify The Procuring Entity Against All Third-party Claims Of Infringement Of Patent, Trademark, Or Industrial Design Rights Arising From Use Of The Goods Or Any Part Thereof 2.2 The Terms Of Payment Shall Be As Follows: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 2. Campus Data Center Upgrade 3. Data Center Network Switches 4. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. Software & Networking Laboratories 8. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 9. E-library Infrastructure 10. Smart Function Hall 11. Campus Network System 12. Fiber Optics Works 13. Structured Cabling Works 14. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 15. Document Management System 16. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 2. Payroll Management System 3. Assets & Fleet Management System 4. Document Management System 5. Trouble Ticketing System 6. Queuing / Appointment System 7. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 1. Internet Connectivity 2. University Library System 3. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 1. Cloud Infrastructure 2. University Information System 3. Learning Management System 4. Executive Information System 5. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 1. Campus Network System 2. Structured Cabling Works 3. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 4. Data Center Network Switches 5. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 6. Ip-pabx System 7. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Campus Network System 15. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 16. Campus Data Center Upgrade 17. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 18. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 1. University Information System 2. Learning Management System 3. Cashiering System 4. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5. Payroll Management System 6. Assets & Fleet Management System 7. Document Management System 8. Trouble Ticketing System 9. Queuing / Appointment System 10. Executive Information System 11. Campus Portal System 12. University Library System 13. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14. Internet Connectivity 15. Campus Network System 16. Fiber Optics Works 17. Structured Cabling Works 18. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19. Campus Data Center Upgrade 20. Data Center Network Switches 21. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 22. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23. Cloud Infrastructure 24. Ip-pabx System 25. Software & Networking Laboratories 26. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27. E-library Infrastructure 28. Smart Function Hall 4 The Inspections And Tests That Will Be Conducted Are: On Site Testing Of All Items To Be Procured. Section Vi. Schedule Of Requirements The Delivery Schedule Expressed As Weeks/months Stipulates Hereafter A Delivery Date Which Is The Date Of Delivery To The Project Site. Item Number Description Quantity Delivered, Weeks/months 1 University Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 2 Learning Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 3 Innovative Cashiering System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 5 Payroll Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 7 Document Management System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 8 Trouble Ticketing System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 10 Executive Information System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 11 Campus Portal System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 12 University Library System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 14 Internet Connectivity 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 15 Campus Network System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 16 Fiber Optics Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 17 Structured Cabling Works 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 24 Ip-pabx System 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 27 E-library Infrastructure 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed 28 Smart Function Hall 1 Lot 280 Calendar Days From Receipt Of Notice To Proceed For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Section Vii. Technical Specifications Notes For Preparing The Technical Specifications A Set Of Precise And Clear Specifications Is A Prerequisite For Bidders To Respond Realistically And Competitively To The Requirements Of The Procuring Entity Without Qualifying Their Bids. In The Context Of Competitive Bidding, The Specifications (e.g. Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And After-sales Service/parts, Descriptions Of The Lots Or Items) Must Be Prepared To Permit The Widest Possible Competition And, At The Same Time, Present A Clear Statement Of The Required Standards Of Workmanship, Materials, And Performance Of The Goods And Services To Be Procured. Only If This Is Done Will The Objectives Of Transparency, Equity, Efficiency, Fairness , And Economy In Procurement Be Realized, Responsiveness Of Bids Be Ensured, And The Subsequent Task Of Bid Evaluation And Post-qualification Facilitated. The Specifications Should Require That All Items, Materials And Accessories To Be Included Or Incorporated In The Goods Be New, Unused, And Of The Most Recent Or Current Models, And That They Include Or Incorporate All Recent Improvements In Design And Materials Unless Otherwise Provided In The Contract. Samples Of Specifications From Previous Similar Procurements Are Useful In This Respect. The Use Of Metric Units Is Encouraged. Depending On The Complexity Of The Goods And The Repetitiveness Of The Type Of Procurement, It May Be Advantageous To Standardize The General Technical Specifications And Incorporate Them In A Separate Subsection. The General Technical Specifications Should Cover All Classes Of Workmanship, Materials, And Equipment Commonly Involved In Manufacturing Similar Goods. Deletions Or Addenda Should Then Adapt The General Technical Specifications To The Particular Procurement. Care Must Be Taken In Drafting Specifications To Ensure That They Are Not Restrictive. In The Specification Of Standards For Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship, Recognized Philippine And International Standards Should Be Used As Much As Possible. Where Other Particular Standards Are Used, Whether National Standards Or Other Standards, The Specifications Should State That Equipment, Materials, And Workmanship That Meet Other Authoritative Standards, And Which Ensure At Least A Substantially Equal Quality Than The Standards Mentioned, Will Also Be Acceptable. The Following Clause May Be Inserted In The Special Conditions Of Contract Or The Technical Specifications. Sample Clause: Equivalency Of Standards And Codes Wherever Reference Is Made In The Technical Specifications To Specific Standards And Codes To Be Met By The Goods And Materials To Be Furnished Or Tested, The Provisions Of The Latest Edition Or Revision Of The Relevant Standards And Codes Shall Apply, Unless Otherwise Expressly Stated In The Contract. Where Such Standards And Codes Are National Or Relate To A Particular Country Or Region, Other Authoritative Standards That Ensure Substantial Equivalence To The Standards And Codes Specified Will Be Acceptable. Reference To Brand Name And Catalogue Number Should Be Avoided As Far As Possible; Where Unavoidable They Should Always Be Followed By The Words “or At Least Equivalent.” References To Brand Names Cannot Be Used When The Funding Source Is The Gop. Where Appropriate, Drawings, Including Site Plans As Required, May Be Furnished By The Procuring Entity With The Bidding Documents. Similarly, The Supplier May Be Requested To Provide Drawings Or Samples Either With Its Bid Or For Prior Review By The Procuring Entity During Contract Execution. Bidders Are Also Required, As Part Of The Technical Specifications, To Complete Their Statement Of Compliance Demonstrating How The Items Comply With The Specification. Technical Specifications Item Specification Statement Of Compliance [bidders Must State Here Either “comply” Or “not Comply” Against Each Of The Individual Parameters Of Each Specification Stating The Corresponding Performance Parameter Of The Equipment Offered. Statements Of “comply” Or “not Comply” Must Be Supported By Evidence In A Bidders Bid And Cross-referenced To That Evidence. Evidence Shall Be In The Form Of Manufacturer’s Un-amended Sales Literature, Unconditional Statements Of Specification And Compliance Issued By The Manufacturer, Samples, Independent Test Data Etc., As Appropriate. A Statement That Is Not Supported By Evidence Or Is Subsequently Found To Be Contradicted By The Evidence Presented Will Render The Bid Under Evaluation Liable For Rejection. A Statement Either In The Bidder's Statement Of Compliance Or The Supporting Evidence That Is Found To Be False Either During Bid Evaluation, Post-qualification Or The Execution Of The Contract May Be Regarded As Fraudulent And Render The Bidder Or Supplier Liable For Prosecution Subject To The Applicable Laws And Issuances.] 1 University Information System 2 Learning Management System 3 Innovative Cashiering System 4 Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 5 Payroll Management System 6 Assets & Fleet Management System 7 Document Management System 8 Trouble Ticketing System 9 Queuing System / Appointment System 10 Executive Information System 11 Campus Portal System 12 University Library System 13 Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 14 Internet Connectivity 15 Campus Network System 16 Fiber Optics Works 17 Structured Cabling Works 18 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 19 Campus Data Center Upgrade 20 Data Center Network Switches (network Infrastructure) 21 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block & File Storage System 22 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 23 Basc Cloud Infrastructure 24 Ip-pabx System 25 Software And Networking Laboratories 26 E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 27 E-library Infrastructure 28 Smart Function Hall For Details See Terms Of Reference [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of ____________________________ Republic Of The Philippines Bulacan Agricultural State College Address: Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan Website: Https://basc.edu.ph/ Tel/fax No.: (044) 931 8660 Terms Of Reference Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub   Definition Of Terms Key Description Internet-based Application A Client/server Application That Uses Standard Internet Protocols For Connecting The Client To The Server. Acl Access Control List Ap Transmit Power Access Point Transmit Power Aec Acoustic Echo Cancellation Ad Database Active Directory Database Arp Address Resolution Protocol Awg American Wire Gauge Api Application Programming Interface Abc Approved Budget Cost Ai Rf Artificial Intelligence Radio Frequency Afms Assets & Fleet Management System Aes/ebu Audio Engineering Society / European Broadcasting Union Ah Authentication Header Ajb Auto Jitter Buffer Agc Automatic Gain Control Agronomy The Application Of Science And Technology From The Fields Of Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Ecology, Soil Science, Water Science, Pest Management, And Genetics To The Improvement And Management Of The World's Major Food Crops. Animal Husbandry The Branch Of Agriculture Is Concerned With Animals That Are Raised For Meat, Fiber, Milk, Or Other Products. It Includes Day-to-day Care, Management, Production, Nutrition, Selective Breeding, And Livestock Raising. Anpr Camera Automatic Number Plate Recognition Camera Basc Bulacan Agricultural State College Bunas Bulacan National Agricultural School Bi Dashboard Business Intelligence Dashboard Cmmi5 Capability Maturity Model Integration 5 Cpu Central Processing Unit Ca Certificate Authentication Certificate Authority Certificate Authentication Cor Certificate Of Registration Ceh Certification Certified Ethical Hacker Certification Cgeit Certified In The Governance Of Enterprise It Isc Certified Information Systems Security Professional Cpmp Certified Project Management Practitioner Cos Class Of Service Cctv Closed-circuit Television Cng Comfort Noise Generation Dtr Daily Time Record Dpa Data Privacy Act [r.a. No. 10173] Db Decibel Dbm Department Of Budget And Management Dscp Differentiated Services Code Point Dsp Digital Signal Processing Dvi Digital Visual Interface Dss Direct Station Selection Dr Drills Disaster Recovery Drills Dms Document Management System Dns Domain Name System Ddr4 Double Data Rate 4 Dfp Dynamic Fabric Provisioning Dhcp Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dps Dynamic Path Selection Ecc Employee Compensation Contribution Esp Encapsulating Security Payload Eis Executive Information System Xlr External Line Return Fpi Fabric Performance Impact Fspf Fabric Shortest Path First Foc Fiber Optic Cable Ftp File Transfer Protocol Fdmi Flat Display Mounting Interface Fhd Ir Full High Definition Infrared Camera Fqdn Fully Qualified Domain Name Fdm Fused Deposition Modeling Gbe Gigabit Ethernet Gb Gigabyte Gbps Gigabyte Per Second Gui Graphical User Interface Gddr5 Graphics Double Data Rate 5 Hdd Hard Disk Drive Hi-fi High Fidelity Hdmi High-definition Multimedia Interface Hf Amplifier High-frequency Amplifier Hris Human Resource Information System Http Hypertext Transfer Protocol Ict Information And Communications Technology Ict Information Communication Technology Itil Certification Information Technology Infrastructure Library Certification Ir Infrared Radiation Ir/rgb Infra-red/red, Green And Blue Ieee Institute Of Electrical And Electronics Engineers Ipmi Intelligent Platform Management Interface Iec Standard International Electrotechnical Commission Standard Iso International Organization For Standardization Igmp Internet Group Management Protocol Ike Internet Key Exchange Ip Internet Protocol Ipofc Internet Protocol Over Fibre Channel Ip-pabx Internet Protocol Private Branch Exchange Ipsec Internet Protocol Security Ipv4 Internet Protocol Version 4 Ipv6 Internet Protocol Version 6 Isp Internet Service Provider Isl Trunking Inter-switch Link Trunking Management Tunnel Encryption It Is A Secure Channel Or Connection Established Between A Management Station And A Network Device To Remotely Manage And Configure The Device. Intelligent Load Balancing It Is The Technique Used In Computer Networking And Server Management To Distribute Incoming Network Traffic Or Workload Across Multiple Servers Or Resources In A Way That Optimizes Resource Utilization, Improves Performance, And Ensures High Availability. Kpi Key Performance Indicator Kvm Keyboard, Video, Mouse Lms Learning Management System Ldap Lightweight Directory Access Protocol Lacp Link Aggregation Control Protocol Lan Local Area Network Lf Amplifier Low-frequency Amplifier Mac Media Access Control Mp Megapixels Ms Milliseconds Mcb Miniature Circuit Breaker Maps Monitoring And Alerting Policy Suite M-lag Multichassis Link Aggregation Group Mimo Multiple-input And Multiple-output Nhmfc National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation Nat Network Address Translation Nat-t Network Address Translation-traversal Ndi Network Device Interface Nic’s Network Interface Cards Nvme Network Address Translation Ops Open Pluggable Specification Ospf Open Shortest Path First Oem Original Equipment Manufacturer Oem Certification Original Equipment Manufacturer Certification Pppoe Point-to-point Protocol Over Ethernet Pptp Point-to-point Tunneling Protocol Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride Pdu Power Distribution Unit Poe Power Over Ethernet Pacu Precision Air-conditioning Units Pc Project Category Psc Project Sub– Category Rfid Radio Frequency Identification Ram Random Access Memory Rdp Read Diagnostics Parameter Rstp Real-time Streaming Protocol Rj Registered Jack Rdbms Relational Database Management System Rh Relative Humidity Rcs Reliable Commit Service Rog Report Of Grades Rotc Reserve Officers' Training Corps Rpm Revolutions Per Minute Rip Routing Information Protocol Srtp Secure Real-time Transport Protocol Ssl Secure Sockets Layer Ssl Vpn Secure Sockets Layer Virtual Private Network Sata Serial Advanced Technology Attachment Sp Service Provider Ssid Service Set Identifier Sip Session Initiation Protocol Stp Shielded Twisted Pair Sms Short Message Service Sns Simple Name Server Sso Single Sign-on Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sddq Slow Drain Device Quarantine Sfp Small Form-factor Pluggable Cadre A Small Group Of People Specially Trained For A Particular Purpose Or Profession. Ssd Solid State Drive Spl Sound Pressure Level Soa Statement Of Account San Storage Area Network Sqlnet Structured Query Language Network Tb Terabyte Encrypted Communication The Process Of Encoding Information In Such A Way That Only Authorized Parties Can Access And Understand It. Tat Time & Attendance Terminal Tor Transcript Of Records Tcp/ip Transmission Control Protocol/internet Protocol Tls Transport Layer Security Tftp Trivial File Transfer Protocol Uhd Ultra High Definition Ups Uninterruptible Power Supply Usb Universal Serial Bus Uis University Information System Utp Unshielded Twisted Pair Udp User Datagram Protocol Ui User Interface Vga Video Graphics Array Vram Video Random-access Memory Vlan Virtual Local Area Network Vms Virtual Machines Vpn Virtual Private Network Vad Voice Activity Detection Voip Voice Over Internet Protocol Wpa Wi-fi Protected Access Wep Wired Equivalent Privacy Wan Wireless Area Network Wi-fi Wireless Fidelity Wips Wireless Intrusion Prevention System I. Introduction A. Executive Summary The Bulacan Agricultural State College (basc) Was Established In 1952. It Started As The Community Agricultural School In Bintog, Plaridel, Bulacan With About 100 Students. The Succeeding Years Saw An Increase In The Number Of Students. Unlike Before, Students Came Not Only From The Local Community But Also From Elsewhere In The Province. With This, The School Was Aptly Named The Bulacan Provincial High School. In 1955, With A Growing Population And A Need To Accommodate The Same, Presidential Proclamation No. 163 Was Issued Allocating 200 Hectares Of Land For The School In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. Not Long After, Republic Act (r.a.) No. 948 Was Issued Changing The School’s Name To Bulacan National Agricultural School (bunas). In 1960, Tertiary Education Was Offered In Bunas With A Two-year Associate In Agriculture Program, Which Eventually Led To The Offering Of The Bachelor Of Science In Agriculture Degree With Majors In Agronomy And Animal Husbandry. Cognizant Of The Broad-based Agricultural Education And Training Needs Of The Bulakeños, Hon. Ricardo C. Silverio, And Then Representative Of District Ii Of The Province Of Bulacan Authored House Bill No. 2389 Which Moved For An Expanded Educational Program For Bunas. With The Bilateral Approval Of Both Houses, President Fidel V. Ramos Signed R.a. No. 8548, Officially Converting The Bunas Into A Chartered State College Known As The Bulacan National Agricultural State College On February 24, 1998. Its Name Was Changed To Bulacan Agricultural State College By Virtue Of R.a. No. 9249 Signed By Her Excellency Gloria Macapagal Arroyo On February 19, 2004. As Mandated By Its Charter, Basc Shall Provide Higher Professional, Technical, And Special Instructions For Special Purposes And Promote Research And Extension Services And Advanced Studies In Agriculture, Arts And Science Programs, And Other Allied Courses. It Shall Also Offer Short-term Technical And Vocational Non-degree Courses Within Its Area Of Specialization To Meet The Needs Of Its Constituents. Basc Main Campus Is Situated In Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan. It Has Three Extension Campuses – Doña Remedios Trinidad Campus; Balagtas Technical Vocational School Campus; And Fortunato Halili National Agricultural School. The Basc Board Of Trustees Is The Policy-making Body Of The College Composed Of The Following: Chairperson: Chairperson, Commission On Higher Education Vice-chairperson: President, Bulacan Agricultural State College Members: Chairperson, Senate Committee On Higher And Technical Education Chairperson, House Committee On Higher And Technical Education Director, Neda Region Iii Director, Da Region Iii President, Basc Alumni Association Faculty Trustee Student Trustee Prominent Citizen Resource Person: Director, Dost Region Iii The College Is Headed By Its President, Dr. Jameson H. Tan, And Assisted By Dr. Cecilia S. Santiago, Vice President For Academic Affairs; Dr. Ronald Reagan T. Alonzo, Vice President For Administration, Finance And Business Affairs; And Dr. Honeylet J. Nicolas, Vice President For Research, Extension, Production And Development. The Bulacan Agricultural State College Shall Strive For Excellence In Agriculture And Other Allied Disciplines. It Shall Provide For And Address Ever-changing Educational Needs And Services For Those Seeking To Expand Their Intellectual Horizons. Basc Shall Address National And International Issues And Be Established As A Major Presence And Contributor To The Progress Of The Global Community. To Ensure The Training Of Productive And Competitive Graduates In Agriculture And Other Related Disciplines, Basc Is Keen On Delivering The Following Goals/objectives. 1. Produce Quality Graduates Equipped With Knowledge And Expertise Enough To Meet The Demands And Challenges Of The Fast-changing Society. 2. Develop A Cadre Of Highly Competent Manpower To Implement The Various Academic, Research, Extension, Training, And Production Programs Of The College. 3. Undertake Relevant Research, Extension, And Training Programs To Accelerate Productivity And For Additional Income Of People In Rural And Urban Areas. 4. Promote The General Welfare Of The Faculty And Staff As Well As The Students. 5. Maintain A Wholesome Academic Community Conducive To Learning By Providing A State-of-the-art Laboratory, Information And Communication Equipment, And A Modern Library, Sports, And Other Facilities. 6. Establish Networks, Linkages, Or Collaboration With Other Stakeholders To Take Advantage Of The Synergy For Fund Sourcing. 7. Develop And Implement Resource Generation Projects To Modernize And Sustain The Operation Of The College. 8. Implement An Improved Administrative Efficiency And Financial Management System. Delivering These Goals/objectives Would Require Adding And Improving Systems As Well As Information Communication Technology (ict) Equipment For Basc To Provide Better Management, Process, Technology, And System, Thus, Achieving An Improvement For The Goals Outlined Above. The Agency Aligns Its Support Commitments To Its Core Programs Focused On The Desired Impact Of Improved Ict Equipment And Systems Using The Latest Technology And Developing A Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub. To Address These Services, Systems Are Needed To Properly Put In Place All The Information. These Systems Will Target All The Services Mentioned In Such That Each Service Will Be Dealt With One By One As Follows: 1. University Information System – A Platform That Can Oversee And Streamline All Aspects Of University Operations, From Student Admission, Enrollment, Student And Alumni Services, Faculty And Staff Management, Curriculum Management, Grades, And Academic Progress. 2. Learning Management System – It Should Integrate Course Development, Distribution, Evaluation, And Control Into A Unified, Device-compatible Interface. It Facilitates Personalized Learning Trajectories That Enhance Student Engagement And Achievement By Centralizing Communication, Content, Analytics, And Work Process Automation. 3. Cashiering System – This Is A Cutting-edge And Highly Efficient Solution To Transform Cashiering Operations Within The Basc Setting. 4. Human Resource Management System & Timekeeping System – Integrates All Human Resource (hr) Functions Into A Unified System Designed To Streamline Hr Process Workflow And Improve Data Management, Data Security, Integrity, Onboarding, Benefits Administration, Compliance, Performance Tracking, Development, And Retention. 5. Payroll Management System – This Represents A Cutting-edge Solution To Revolutionize And Simplify Payroll Management. 6. Assets & Fleet Management System – A Comprehensive Platform Designed To Assist The University In Efficiently Monitoring And Administering The University’s Valuable Assets And Fleet Of Vehicles. 7. Document Management System – A Digital Platform Designed To Consolidate And Enhance The Document Management Processes Within Basc. 8. Trouble Ticketing System – Provides Centralized Incident/problem Reporting, Coordinated Troubleshooting, Assignment, Tracking, Knowledge Base Documentation, And Customer Communication Streams To Rapidly Restore Technology Performance And Availability While Optimizing Resource Efficiency And Minimizing Disruptions Across Users And Business Operations. 9. Queueing / Appointment System – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Way Universities Handle Queues And Appointments For A Wide Range Of Services. 10. Executive Information System – Selectively Aggregate, Analyze, And Visualize Kpis On Vital Organizational Statistics From Integrated Bi Dashboards Tuned To Strategic Objectives To Reveal Insights Driving Informed Decisions And Management By Exception For Optimized, Data-driven Governance And Outcomes. 11. Campus Portal System - This Should Encompass Intranet Platforms Facilitating Single Sign-on Access For Faculty, Staff, And Administrators. These Portals Practically Incorporate Critical Academic Resources, College Services, And Administrative Systems For Their Respective Roles. 12. University Library System – Consolidates The Management Of Physical And Digital Resources On Campus. These Include Discovery Layers, Circulation, Patron Records, Book/media Cataloging, And User Usage Analytics. 13. Econference Room With Video Conferencing – A Solution Designed To Streamline And Enhance The Institution By Facilitating Seamless Real-time Communication Between Individuals Or Groups In Different Locations. Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof May Be Necessary. Ii. Project Objectives A. General Objectives The Main Objective Of Bulacan Agriculture State College (basc) Is To Enhance The Educational Experience, Improve Campus Operations, And Address The Needs Of Students, Faculty, And Staff In An Efficient, Sustainable, And Forward-thinking Way. The System Shall Be Securely Accessible By All Stakeholders Anytime And Anywhere. B. Specific Objectives The Project Aims To Provide A System With The Following Features: • The System Must Promote The Virtue Of Transparency. • The System Runs On An Internet-based Application. • The System Is Available On Both Android And Ios Mobile Devices. • The System Should Record And Track Potential Students From Their First Inquiry To Enrollment. • The System Should Record And Calculate Grades, As Well As Facilitate The Transmission Of Grades To The Dean’s And Registrar’s Office. • The System That Manages Academic Records, Courses, And Academic-related Information For Students. • The System Should Record Each Student's Class Attendance And Allow The Teachers To View It. • The System Should Have A Dashboard For Quickly Identifying The Total Quantity Of Tasks, Assignments, Tests, Quizzes, Finished Projects, And Subjects For Each User. • The System That Handles The Student’s Enrollment Charges, Accounts Receivable, Payment, And Adjustment Of Student’s Fees. • The System Should Have An Online Registration That Automatically Assesses Fees. • The System That Can Manage The Payments Of The Students Includes Printing Official Receipts And Cashier Settings. • The System Can Manage Registrar Department Transactions From The Submission Of Records, Enrollment Up To Graduation, And The Issuance Of Transcript Of Records Of Students. • The System That Can Manage And Monitor Students’ Health And Well-being. • The System Can Display Upcoming Events, Announcements, And News. • The System Handles The Alumni Master File And Enables The User To Create, Edit, And Update The Alumni Profile. • The System Can Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children. • The System Is Accessible Anywhere, Anytime. • The System That Is User-friendly. The Proposal To Be Submitted Shall Include The Following: • Executive Summary. O Cost Of The System O Advantages Of The Proposal • Company Information • Solution Overview O Solution Architecture O High-level Component Description • Process Flows • Detailed Description Of Sub-system • Technical Specification • Dimensioning • Web-based System • Mobile Web Access (android And Ios) • Project Workshop • Performance Management • Hardware And Site Information • Installation And Trainin Iii. Scope Of Work The Project Comprises Several Phases Of Development And Implementation. It Includes Not Only The Provision Of The Software Development/customization Services, Hardware, And Network With Accessories But Also Support Services, Necessary To Achieve The Project’s Objective. A. Systems Analysis This Phase Covers The Data Collection Process In Order To Improve The Efficiency Of Related Systems In Basc. The Process Includes But Is Not Limited To The Following: 1. Data Gathering, Consultation, And Evaluation Of Existing Systems-related Information Management Systems In Basc. 2. Documentation, Assessment, And Testing Of The Existing Basc Processes. 3. Preparation, Assessment, And Evaluation Of The Current Database Of The Existing Systems. 4. Identification Of Issues, System Requirements, And Development Opportunities Of The Existing Versus The Proposed System. 5. Data Migration Plan, Execution Plan, Reversion Plan, Backup Plan, And Verification Process From Existing Database To New Database. 6. Actual Migration And Verification Of Data. 7. Executions Of Backup Plan. 8. Post-migration Verifications. 9. Capacity Planning. 10. Knowledge Transfer B. Systems Design And Development Supply, Install, And Implement A System Upgrade For Availability To A Web, Desktop, And Mobile Version, Inclusive Of (2) Two Years Of Software And Maintenance Support. The Solution Shall Include The Following Modules And Sub-modules Of The System Software: The Development/customization Of The System Consists Of But Is Not Limited To The Five Functionalities: (a) Information Management; (b) Provision Of Statistical Chart On Dashboard; (c) Service Status Monitoring; (d) Security Management; (e) Reporting And Any Associated Sub-modules Thereof As May Be Necessary. B.1 Pre-requisite Setup Module ● University Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Module To Set Organizational Units With The Following Hierarchy ○ University > Campus > College > Department ○ Approval Level Hierarchy ● The Admission Setups Should Have The Following: Document Types, Application Types, Admission Limits, Entrance Exams, Entrance Exam Schedules, Interview Schedules, Medical Schedules. ● Furthermore, Clinic Records Management Setups That Play A Vital Role In University Operations. ● Clearance Management Setups ● Learning Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● It Should Have A Configuration Grading Parameters, Rubrics Matrix Of The Activities, Major Course Output (mco), Syllabus, And Lesson Plans. ● Cashiering Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Cashiering Setup: Must Allow Setting Up Customer Master Data, Accounts Group, Sub Groups, Discounts, Collection Of Terms Settings, And Interests, Fines, & Penalties Settings. ● Human Resource Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Holiday: Holiday Types And Holidays ● People Attributes: Talents, Hobbies, And People Relationships ● Hr Settings: Employment Types, Positions, And Leave Types ● Schedule Settings: Schedule Templates And Schedule Parts ● Government Settings: Withholding Tax, Sss, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, Gsis. ● Salary Grades: Salary Grades And Salary Level ● Default Leave Types: Manage Default Leave Types, Which Are Used For Easy Assignment Of Leaves To Employees (e.g., Regular, Jo, Casual, Oyster, And Part-time Employees) ● Training And Seminar: Manage Training And Seminar; Use For Easy Training, Seminar, Certification, And Workshop Creation. ● Manage Suspension Types ● Manage Termination Types ● Payroll Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Mandatory Deductions: ○ Withholding Tax ○ Philhealth Contribution ○ Pag-ibig Contributions/home Development Mutual Fund (hdmf) ○ Gsis Contribution ● Loans ○ Gsis Mpl (multi-purpose Loan) ○ Gsis Gfal (governmentfinancial Assistance Loans) ○ Gsis Housing Loan ○ Gsis Policy Loan ○ Gsis Computer Loan ○ Gsis Salary Loan ○ Gsis Consolidated Loan ○ Gsis Emergency Loan ○ Gsis Educational Loan ○ Gsis Old Loan ○ Pag-ibig Housing Loan ○ Pag-ibig Multi Purpose Loan ○ Pag-ibig Calamity Loan ○ Grocery Loan ○ Koop ○ Hospital Bills Loan ○ Psmb Fund ○ National Home Mortgage Finance Corporation(nhmfc) ○ Provident Fund ○ Land Bank Of The Philippines(lbp) Salary Loan ○ Unlimited Optional Life Insurance (uoli) ○ Development Bank Of The Philippines (dbp) Loan ● Other Deductions ○ Absences/lates ○ Sss Contribution ○ Gsis Optional Insurance ○ Pag-ibig Mpii ○ Child Support ○ Philhealth Up ○ Additional Tax ○ Basc Personnel Credit Cooperative (pcc) ○ Basc Faculty And Employee Association (fea) ● Other Income ○ Overtime (e.g., Normal O.t., Rest Day O.t., Holiday O.t., Non-working Holiday O.t., And Special Non-working Holiday O.t.) ○ Night Differential ○ Salary Adjustment ○ Pera (personnel Economic Relief Allowance) ○ Meal Allowance ○ Fitness Allowance ○ Transportation Allowance ○ Rice Allowance ○ Uniform Allowance ○ Laundry Allowance ○ Communication ○ Internet Allowance ○ 13th Month ○ Bonus Pay ○ Retirement Pay ● Assets And Fleets Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Asset Groups ● Asset Categories ● Asset Types ● Asset Articles ● Annual Procurement Plan (app) / Project Procurement Management Plan (ppmp) ● Document Management Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Delivery Type ● Document Category ● Document Security Level ● Document Type ● Process Flow ● Trouble Ticketing Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Category Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For System Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Types Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For State Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Impact Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Urgency Settings. ● The Solution Must Have A Maintenance Module For Team Settings. ● Executive Information Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Dashboard Configuration And Control ● Campus Portal Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● Themes Configurations ● University Library Settings ● Secured Access Management ● Access Control ● Library Locations ● Shelves Mapping ● Call Number/book Mapping ● Queueing/appointment Settings ● Secured Access Management ● The Solution Must Have An Office/department Setups To Manage The List Of Office/departments. ● The Solution Must Have A Service Set Up To Handle The List Of Services. ● The Solution Must Have Window Settings To Manage The Window List. ● The Solution Must Have Window-type Setups To Control The Queueing System Window Types. ● The Solution Must Have Marquee Setups To Configure The Footer Data Or Information. ● The Solution Must Have Printer Setups To Manage The List Of Printers. ● The Solution Must Have Advertisement Setups To Manage The List Of Advertisements. B.2 University Information System ● Academics ● The Solution Must Enable The Setup Of Courses, Sections, Course Programs, And Curriculum. ● The Solution Must Include A Course Master List To Manage And View Course Information, Course Program Inclusion, And Section Details. ● The Solution Must Include A Master List Of Course Programs To Streamline The Management And Viewing Of Course Program Information, Curriculum Details, And Curriculum Structure. ● The Solution Must Include A Curriculum List To Easily Manage And View Academic Progression Or Flowchart. ● Enrollment Module ● The System Must Have An Online Registration With Automatic Assessment Of Fees, Interconnected With The Other Modules To Facilitate The Automatic Course Advising. ● The System Must Have A Monitoring Of Section Fill Rates. ● The System Must Have A Post-enrollment (adding/changing/dropping) Module. ● The System Must Support Automatically Generating A “list Of Allowed Subjects And Schedules To Be Taken”. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Prevent Choosing Subjects With Prerequisites Not Yet Taken. ● The System Must Support The Ability To Show The Maximum Number Of Allowed Units A Particular Student Can Enroll In Based On Previous Semester Grades With The Capability To Add And Decrease Units By The Registrar Department. ● The System Must Support Enlistment To Rotc And Pe Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Automatic Generation Of Assessment Slips And Registration Slips. ● The System Must Have A Curriculum Auditing. ● The System Must Support Students' Online Queries Of Available Subjects. ● The System Must Support The Generation Of Reports Such As A Summary Of Enrolled Students. ● Section Management Module ● The Solution Must Be Able To Assist In Creating Multiple Sections For Courses To Accommodate Varying Class Sizes, Instructor Availability, And Scheduling Preferences. ● The System Must Aid In Managing Instructor Workloads To Ensure Equitable Distribution Of Teaching Assignments And Compliance With Contractual Obligations. ● The Solution Must Provide Real-time Updates And Notifications To Students, Faculty, And Staff Regarding Changes To Class Schedules, Room Assignments, Or Instructor Assignments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Reports On Room Utilization, Resource Usage, And Scheduling Patterns To Inform Decision-making And Resource Allocation. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Enroll Students In Courses And Sections Using Normal Scheduling Techniques While Supporting Non-standard Term Arrangements. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Schedules For Both Students And Professors. ● Admission Module ● The Solution Must Allow The Creation Of Applications For Potential Students. ● The Solution Must Contain A List Of Applicants To Easily Manage/view The Applicant’s Complete Information, Attachments, And Progress Status. ● The Solution Must Allow The Setting Of Admission Limits To Know The Number Of Allowed Applicants Quickly. ● The Solution Must Allow Applicant Pooling That Is Printable. ● Must Have A List Of Applicants Scheduled For The Entrance Exam, Interviews, And Medical. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Customize The Requirements Of Students For Admission. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Reports For The List Of Applicants. ● Grade Management Module ● The System Maintains Complete Records Of The Academic Grades Of The Students. ● The System Must Facilitate Academic Grade Crediting For Transfer Students. ● The System Must Have A Module To Handle Effortless Reviews Of Grades Submitted By Faculty Members. ● The Students Must Be Able To View Their Historical Grades Anytime Thereby Replacing Class Cards. ● Registrar Module ● Must Have Tools To Monitor And Manage Various Operations Of The Registrar Like Monitoring Screen For Records, Certification, And Documents Requested By Students And Alumni. ● Must Contain Complete Student Information, Academic Data File, And Scanned Submitted Documents Of Students. ● Must Support The Fast Generation Of Tor, Cor, Rog, And Form 9 ● Must Be Capable Of Generating A List Of Candidates For Graduation, Scholarships, And Honors. ● The Solution Must Allow The Generation Of The Following Reports: Academic Evaluation, Official List Of Enrollment, Diploma, Registration, Shiftee, Student Directory, Subject Masterlist, And Summary Of Enrollment Reports. ● Must Be Able To Apply Tags To Documents Being Submitted By New Enrollees And Remind The User Of Documents That Students Need To Submit. ● Must Have The List Of Student Subsidy And Adding Of Students For The Scholarship. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Correcting Student Grades. ■ Students With An 'incomplete' (inc) Grade Will Have One Year To Fulfill Requirements To Update Their Grades; Otherwise, The Grade Will Be Changed To A Failing Grade. ● Student Services ● Must Allow Teachers To Submit Requests For Grade Corrections In Case Of Errors Or Discrepancies In Their Recorded Grades. ● The Solution Must Facilitate Tracking The Progress Of Such Requests And Include Checks To Ensure The Necessary Supporting Documentation Is Provided. ● The Grade Correction Request Must Be Reviewed And Approved By Relevant Faculty Members And The Registrar. ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Request Essential Documents Such As Copies Of Report Cards And Academic Certifications For Various Purposes (e.g., Employment, Further Education, Or Personal Records.) ● The Solution Must Allow Students To Specify The Details Of Their Requests (e.g., Number Of Copies, Type Of Document, Purpose) And Provide Estimated Processing Times. ● The Solution Must Notify The Students About The Status Of Their Requests, From Submission To Approval And Document Issuance. ● The Solution Must Have A Feature That Supports Students To Request For Change Of Their Course Or Program Of Study. ● The Solution Must Have A Process That Involves Submitting A Detailed Request, Including The Reason For The Change And Relevant Supporting Information. ● Alumni Module ● The Solution Must Have An Alumni Module That Can Populate The Alumni Master File. ● The System Must Have A Record That Can Be Utilized To Contact The Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update Alumni Information. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Search The Directory Of Alumni. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Update The Alumni Profile. ● Scholarship Management ● The System Must Serve As A Central Repository For All Scholarships. ● The Solution Must Handle Recurring Scholarships, Including Reminders To Renew. ● The Solution Must Provide Tools To Automatically Monitor Compliance With Scholarship Conditions (e.g., Gwa Maintenance). ● The System Must Be Integrated With Academic Records And Financial Systems For Validation. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Application Status Tracking For Students. ● Awards And Distinction Management ● The System Must Provide A Streamlined Management Of Awards Through Automation. ● The System Must Be Able To Support Multiple Types Of Awards (e.g., Academic Excellence, Leadership, Research, Sports, And Cultural Activities) ● The System Must Be Able To Select Recipients By Committees. ● The System Must Be Able To Ensure Adherence To University Policies And Regulations Regarding Awards. ● The System Must Provide Fields To Define Award Qualifications (e.g., Gwa Thresholds, Competition Results, Or Nomination-based Recognitions) ● Academe Module ● The System Must Provide An Overview Of The Academic Organizational Chart Of The University's Faculties. ● Curriculum Module ● The System Must Provide Tools For Designing And Structuring Academic Programs, Including Defining Course Sequences, Corequisites, And Prerequisites ● The System Must Allow The User To Maintain A Comprehensive Catalog Of Available Academic Programs, Including Undergraduate Majors, Minors, Graduate Programs, And Certificates. ● Acts As A Map Between Program Learning Goals And Course Learning Objectives To Guarantee Coherence And Alignment Across The Curriculum. ● Block Sections Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Efficiently Manage Student Groupings (block Sections) For Better Academic And Administrative Coordination. ● This Module Manages Predetermined Groupings Of Students Who Attend Classes Together For The Entirety Of A Course Or Academic Program. ● This Module Must Be Able To Automatically Assign Students To Sections Based On Predefined Rules, Such As Enrollment Data, Course Requirements, And Class Size Limits. ● Short Courses Management Module ● This Module Offers Enrollment Information, Fees, And Course Content For Tesda Courses And Other Modules. ● The System Should Include A Student List, Class Schedules, Faculty Assignments, Assessment Results, And The Issue Of Training Certificates, As Well As Other Data On Short-term Courses. ● Clinic Records Management Module ● The System Must Have A Component Designed To Facilitate The Management Of The Clinical Records Of The Students And The Dispensing Of Clinic Items. B.3 Learning Management System ● Administration Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The Grading Transmutation. ● The System Must Allow The Customization Of The General Passing Percentage. ● Professor Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The Classes Assigned To Teachers. ● The System Must Automatically Retrieve The List Of Students Enrolled In Each Class. ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Manage The Student Attendance Records. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And The Attachment Of Related Files, Including Modules, Powerpoint Presentations, Excel Spreadsheets, Pdfs, Word Documents, Text Files, Videos, And Images. ● The System Must Permit The Addition Of User Activities, Such As Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Creating And Generating A Rubric To Provide Clear Expectations For Each Evaluation Criterion. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Generating The Student Portfolio For A Range Of 3 To 5 Years. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive The Students' Assignments, Projects, Quizzes, And Exams. ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Grade Consultation ● The System Must Allow Teachers To Set Time Limits For Activity Questions. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Preventive Measures For Cheating. (e.g. Disabling Screenshots) ● The System Must Enable The Configuration Of Date Ranges For Users To Complete Assigned Activities. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Schedules And Deadlines For Posting The Activities, And Quizzes. ● The System Must Allow The Shuffling Of Quizzes And Exam Item Numbers And Answers. ● The System Must Provide Immediate Visibility Of Scores On Activities Upon Completion. ● The System Must Allow The List Of Created Questions To Be Viewable And Editable By The Activity Creator. ● The System Must Support The Creation Of Lessons And Quizzes One At A Time, All With The Same Subject Description. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To View The Grades Of His/her Students. ● The System Must Allow The Teachers To Generate Reports For Each Class. ● Student Module ● The System Must Show Interactive Analytics ● The System Must Have A Dashboard To Easily Identify The Total Number Of Completed Activities, Assignments, Quizzes, Exams, Projects, And Subjects Per User. ● The System Must Allow Students To Change Their Passwords And Usernames During Their Initial Login. ● The System Must Provide A Newsfeed Feature To Display Upcoming Events And The School's Mission And Vision. ● The System Must Enable Students To Upload Profile Pictures. ● The System Must Support Live Chat And Messaging Functionality Between Students Of The Class. ● The System Must Automatically Post Classes In Which A Student Is Enrolled To Their User Account. ● The System Must Support User/class Attendance Tracking Within The Learning Management System (lms). ● The System Must Enable File Attachments To Lessons That Are Downloadable To The Users' Devices. ● The System Must Allow Students To View The Results Of Their Activities. ● The System Must Ensure That Detailed Activity Results Are Posted. ● The System Must Include An Activity Stream To Summarize The Recent, Upcoming, Later, And Missed Activities Providing An Overview Of A Student's Activity Status. ● The System Must Include Notifications When There’s New Activity Uploaded, Modifications, And Grade Posting. ● The System Must Provide Visibility Into Student Ranking. ● Parents Module ● The System Must Enable Parents To Monitor The Activities And Progress Of Their Children Within The System. ● The System Must Support The Addition Of Children With No Limitations, With An Auto-identification Feature. ● The System Must Comply With The Data Privacy Act. ● Student Transcript Module ● The System Must Have An Academic Record Or Course Management ● The System Must Play A Crucial Role In Managing And Organizing Academic-related Information For Students. ● The System Must Have A Module That Focuses On Tracking And Displaying Details Related To Individual Courses, Classes, And Academic Progress. B.4 Cashiering System ● Cashier Module ● The System Must Be Capable Of Setting Up The Assessment Fees. ● The System Must Be Able To Keep A Record Of A Student's Soa And Its Current Status Whether It’s An Active Soa Or Inactive. ● The System Must Be Able To Preview Or Print Student’s Soa Based On The Selected Academic Year And Semester. ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Audit Trail For Any Actions Or Activity Made Per Account. ● The System Should Support Walk-in Payments At Physical Locations Whether By Cash Or By Check. It Should Enable The Manual Entry Of Payment Details And Generate Receipts. ● The System Must Be Capable Of Identifying Eligible Students Based On Predefined Criteria And Offer A Range Of Financial Incentives, Including Scholarships, Fee Reductions, And Grants. It Must Also Establish An Efficient Application And Selection Process While Promoting Transparency And Fairness In Awarding Scholarships. B.5 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Employee Management Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Single Repository Where All Employee Records Are Stored, Updated, And Maintained. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Any Updates Or Changes Made To The Master Database Across All Modules. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Linkage Of Personnel Files To The University Information System. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare And Generate An Employee Masterlist. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Organizational Units With A Hierarchy. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Viewable Organizational Chart Of The University, Which Is Linked To The Employee Plantilla Records. ● The System Must Be Able To Manage Employees Based On Their Plantilla Numbers. ● The System Must Be Able To Organize The Employee Hierarchy By Rearranging The Plantilla Numbers Of Specific Employees Through A Drag-and-drop Interface. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Employee Self Service For The Following: ■ Request To Update Profile. ■ Receive Notifications, News, And Announcements. ■ View Attendance. ■ View Schedule. ■ View Leave Balances, Benefit Balance, And Ledgers. ■ View Monthly Net Pay Summary/payslip. ■ Request Dtr Correction. ■ Submit Requests For Leave, Overtime, Business Trip, And Six Days Of Work. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. ● Time-keeping Monitoring Modules ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Link With The Payroll Management System. ● The System Must Be Able To Do Auto-tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Attendance And Absences. ● The System Must Be Able To Prepare A Summary Of Overtime For Validation And Approval. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Calendar Of Approved And Pending Leave Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Holidays Such As But Not Limited To Recurring Regular-holidays And Special Non-working Holidays. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Up Template Schedules To Be Assigned To A Bulk/group/ Per Employee. ● The System Must Be Able To Record And Generate Audit Trail Reports. B.6 Payroll Management System ● Automated Payroll System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Analytics Of Payroll Reports With Real-time And Accurate Data. ● The System Must Be Able To Display, Create, And Manage Payroll Period/s For Generating Payroll Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Create And Manage Payroll Groups And Assign Employees To Their Payroll Groups Accordingly. ● The System Must Be Able To Set Bank Details And Salary Pertaining To The Corresponding Employee’s Job Type, Salary Grade, And Step. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Customizes And Manages Employees’ Allowances, Deductions, Loans, And Other Compensation Components. ● The System Must Be Able To Export Files For All Tables/lists Within The Payroll System (e.g., Employee Lists, Payroll Reports For A Certain Period, And Others). ● The System Must Have A User Access Control Wherein The Administrator Can Manage Who Can View, Edit, And Delete The Employee And Payroll Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Track Audit Logs Including Who Accessed The System And Made Changes. ● The System Must Have A Feature For Providing Alerts And Notifications Regarding Updates About Generating Payroll Reports And Releasing Payslips. ● The System Must Be Able To Archive Data With Complete Accessibility For Future Reference. ● The System Must Have A Feature That Allows The User To Have Backup And Recovery To Maintain Historical Payroll Records For Auditing And Compliance Purposes. ● Mandatory Deductions And Contribution Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accurately Calculate And Deduct Mandatory Contributions Such As Gsis Contribution, Philhealth, Pag-ibig, And Withholding Tax. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate With The Latest Bir Tax Tables To Ensure Compliance With Tax Regulations. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Generate Reports For Government Agencies. ● Other Deductions Module ● The System Must Allow Flexible Customization Of Other Deductions. ● The System Must Have A User-friendly Interface For Easy Input And Management Of Deduction Rules. ● Other Income Module ● The System Must Be Able To Accommodate Various Types Of Other Income. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate The Appropriate Tax. ● Loans Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Creation And Tracking Of Different Loan Types With Varying Interest Rates And Repayment Terms. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Compute Loan Amortization And Deduct Payments From Employee Salaries. ● The System Must Be Able To Automatically Update Loan Balances And Remaining Dues. ● Attendance Module ● The System Should Be Able To Record Employee Attendance And Generate Accurate Time And Attendance Reports. ● The System Must Be Able To Calculate Overtime, Night Differential, And Other Time-based Compensations. ● Bank Transmittal ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Accurate Bank Files For Payroll Disbursement. ● The System Must Be Compatible With Various Bank Formats To Ensure Seamless Integration With Banking Systems. ● Integration To Time Keeping Monitoring Module ● The System Must Be Able To Connect And Communicate With The Biometrics Attendance System. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Automated Tracking Of Sick Leave And Vacation Leave Balances Of Employees. ● The System Must Be Able To Monitor Regular And Special Holidays With The Inclusion Of An Automated Computation Of Pay Rates. ● Integration To Hris System ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With The Human Resources Information System (hris) For The Employees’ Relevant Data Including Basic Information, Job Position, Salary Grade, And Bank Details. ● The System Must Be Able To Integrate Data With Hris To Track Employee Work Hours, Including Regular Hours, Overtime, Absences, And Leave Requests. B.7 Assets & Fleet Management System ● Asset Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage The General Information, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Asset Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Asset Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Create, Update, And Delete Assets With Their Respective Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Assets, Including Physical Equipment, Software, Licenses, And Other Resources. Each Asset Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (laptops, Furniture, Or Journals) ■ Property Number ■ Assigned Number ■ Purchase Date ■ Vendor Name ■ Service Provider (optional If Different As To Vendor Name) ■ Financial Information ■ Required Documents (e.g., Purchase Request) ● The System Must Be Able To Track The Movement And Changes In The Status Of Assets. This Includes: ■ Recording Of Asset Transfers ■ Disposal ● Fleet Management System ● The System Must Be Able To Show And Manage General Information, Vehicle Registration Details, Vendor Details, Warranty Information, Financial Info, And Depreciation Info. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And The Progress Of The Fleet Requests. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Fleet Update. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Fleet Auction. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Costs And Progress Of The Repair And Maintenance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show The Operational Cost And Progress Of The Decommissioning. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Disposal. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The Fleet Issuance. ● The System Must Be Able To Show Operational Cost, And Progress Of The User Transfer. ● The System Must Be Able To Show A Statistical Overview Of Fleets According To Its Categories And Types (e.g., Motorcycles, Service Vehicles, Heavy Equipment). ● The System Must Be Able To Have An Elaborative List Of Records Of All Fleets And Their Corresponding Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Integration With The Asset Management System To Be Able To Handle Instances Of Assets Being Carried On A Vehicle, Allowing Easier Management, Monitoring, And Inventory. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A Comprehensive Inventory Of All Fleets. Each Fleet Is Typically Associated With Relevant Information Such As: ■ Article (service Vehicle, Car, Heavy Equipment) ■ Body No./ Plate No./ Conduction Sticker No. ■ Assigned Department ■ Registration Information ■ Vendor Information ■ Insurance Information ■ Financial Information ■ Depreciation Information ■ Attachments ● Requisition And Issuance Slip ● Par ● Purchase Request ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Feature That Schedules And Tracks Vehicle Maintenance, Including Oil Changes, Tire Rotation,s And Physical Inspections. ● Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Be Accountable For Tracking, Managing, And Maintaining Various Assets And Fleets Owned Or Used By The Academic Institution. ● The System Must Be Able To Maintain A Centralized Database Of University-owned Resources, Including Computers, Equipment, Furniture, And Other Tangible Assets. B.8 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● The System Must Be Able To Track Both Physical And Electronic Documents. ● The System Must Be Able To Store Electronic Documents, Such As Pdfs, Word Processing Files, And Digital Images Of Paper-based Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Be A Centralized Repository Where Documents Can Be Easily Searched, Accessed, And Updated By Authorized Business Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Define The Recipient’s Routes With Information Such As Time & Date Sent, Time & Date Received, And Remarks. ● The System Must Be Able To Save/download Uploaded Attachments. ● The System Must Be Able To Generate Tracking With A Unique Batch Number As A Tracking Reference. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Easier Identification Of Status For Users By Using Color Codes. ● The System Must Be Able To Send System Notifications On Printing Barcodes, Tracking Status Changes, Receiving Recipients, And Other System Actionable Functionalities. ● Process Flow Management ● The System Must Allow For The Customization Of Workflows To Accommodate Various Document Types And Other Business Processes. ● The System Must Offer A Visual Interface, Such As A Dashboard, To Display And Monitor Process Flows Efficiently. ● Routing Management ● The System Must Be Able To Automate The Routing Of Documents To Appropriate Individuals Or Departments Based On Predefined Rules And Flow. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow For Dynamic Routing, Where Documents Can Be Rerouted As Needed. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Real-time Notifications To Users Upon Receipt Of A Document. ● The System Must Be Able To Include A History Log To Track The Routing Path For Auditing Purposes. ● Integration To Hris ● The System Must Be Able To Seamlessly Integrate With The Organization's Hris To Access Employee Information, Such As Names, Email Addresses, And Department Affiliations. ● Barcode Printing Module ● The System Must Be Able To Print Barcode Labels In Batches With A Unique Tag/number. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Accurate Status Of The Document Based On The Printed/attached Barcode. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Record The Audit Trail For All The User Actions Inside The System. ● The System Must Provide Document Security And Access Control Depending On The Security Level. ● The System Must Be Able To Create/update Accounts And Give Them Access Rights Depending On The Business User's Role. B.9 Trouble Ticketing System ● Incident Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Incident Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Incident Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In The Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Incident Ticket Lists Based On State (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Closed, And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Incident Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Problem Ticket Management ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Create A New Problem Ticket From An Existing Incident Ticket. ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Related Tickets Or Problem Tickets Based On Category, Type, System, And Description During Creation. ● The System Must Be Able To Assign The Problem Ticket To The Appropriate Team Based On The System Defined In Assignment Rules. ● The System Must Be Able To Filter Problem Ticket Lists Based On Status (e.g., Open, In Progress, Hold, Resolved, Close,d And All). ● The System Must Be Able To Show An Overview Of Problem Ticket Statistics, I.e.; ■ Open ■ Inprogress ■ Overdue ■ Overview Of Incident Ticket By Severity And State ● The System Must Be Able To Capture The Notes, Attachments, Analysis, And Resolution Information. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Member To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned. ● The System Must Be Able To Notify The Team Manager To Whom The Ticket Is Assigned Whenever A Critical Ticket Is Created. ● Security Module ● The System Must Ensure That Only Authorized Personnel Can Access And Modify Tickets. ● The System Must Maintain A Detailed Audit Trail Of All Actions Taken On A Ticket To Ensure Accountability And Traceability. B.10 Queueing / Appointment System ● Queueing Admin Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Administrators To Manage And Monitor The Entire Queueing Process And Appointments. ● The System Must Be Able To Apply The Concept Of Calling Population To Determine And Measure The Arrival Process Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Have Its Service Counters, Its Own Common Queue, And The Probability Distribution Of Customers’ Service Time. ● The System Must Be Able To Have The First-in-first-out (fifo) Approach To Have A Systematic And Consistent Flow To Maximize The Throughput Of The Customer Service Center. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Logical Ordering Of Customers In A Queue And Determine Which Customer Will Be Chosen For Service When The Service Counter Becomes Free. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure Performance Based On Steady-state Average Delay And Steady-state Average Waiting Time In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Measure The Conversation Steady State Time Average Number In The Queue And The Steady State Time Average Number In The System. ● The System Must Be Able To Administer Parallel Management Through Multiple Counters By Navigating The Queue And Finding The Appropriate Counter For Their Needed Service. ● The System Must Be Able To Allow The Customers To Request Services Without Being Physically Present Throughout The Waiting Time Of The Lineup Of Customers. ● The System Must Be Able To Give Freedom To The Customers To Wait Outside The Premises Of The Branch Upon Enabling Virtual Sign-up. ● Admin Appointment Module ● The System Must Be Able To Manage And Oversee The Scheduling, Modification, And Cancellation Of Appointments. ● Local Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Self-service Station That Allows Users (clients, Customers, Or Employees) To Interact With The System For Tasks Like Check-ins, Appointment Booking, Ticket Printing, And Managing Their Queue Status. ● Mobile Kiosk Module ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Mobile-based Self-service Solution That Enables Users To Interact With The System Directly From Their Smartphones Or Tablets. ● Security Module ● The System Must Be Able To Offer Protection For The System And Its Users By Managing Access, Ensuring Data Privacy, And Preventing Unauthorized Actions. ● Appointment System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Users To Schedule An Appointment According To Their Needs. ● The System Must Gather Needed Information For The Services That The Customer Wants To Avail Or Request. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Canceling Or Rescheduling A Registered Appointment Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Have The Feature Of Sending Out A Notification Or Reminder To The Customer Regarding His/her Appointment. ● As An Admin/ Team Member ● The System Must Be Able To Have A Dashboard To Provide An Overview Of Queues And Appointments From The Web And Mobile Web Access Such As: ■ Currently Serving ■ Next Queue Number ■ Next Appointment Number / Priority Lane (pwd, Senior Citizens, Pregnant) ■ Summary ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Queuing List Including The Queue’s: ■ Status (unserved, Served, Canceled) ■ Queue Date And Time ■ Last Call Date And Time ■ Called By (counter, Name And Position) ■ Actions (view, Recall/call, Start/end, Cancel, Hold) ● The System Must Be Able To Identify Customer Appointment Referrals Including: ■ Id Number ■ First Name ■ Last Name ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When A Certain Appointment Needs To Be Accommodated Within A Specific Period. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notification/s When An Appointment Has Been Canceled Or Rescheduled. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide Reports And Data Exports In Excel And Pdf Formats. ● The System Must Have Customization Capabilities And A Control Console. ■ Marquee ■ Advertisements On The Tv Screen ● The System Must Be Able To Track The History Of Registered Appointments And Passed Queues. B.11 Executive Information System ● Executive Dashboard Module ● The System Must Be Able To Allow Configurable Layouts, Enabling Users To Choose, Arrange, And Resize Charts To Suit Their Preferences Or Specific Needs. ● The System Must Be Able To Reflect Almost Real-time Information, Ensuring That Executives Are Always Working With The Latest Data. ● Security Module ● The System Should Be Able To Include A Security Module To Ensure Robust Access Control, Data Protection, And Compliance, Safeguarding Sensitive Information And System Integrity Against Unauthorized Access. ● Dashboard Configuration ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Create And Configure The Layout And Content Of Dashboards To Reflect Key Business Metrics And Performance Indicators, Ensuring That The Right Data And Accurate Data Are Properly Presented. ● Access Control ● This Module Should Allow The Administrators To Assign Users Or Groups Of Users Who Will Have Access To The Different Dashboards. B.12 Campus Portal System ● Sso-based User Management System ● The System Must Have Sso (single Sign-on) To Enable Users To Authenticate Once And Automatically Gain Access To Multiple Campus Services, Eliminating The Need To Log In To Each Service Separately. This Seamless Authentication Process Must Enhance User Convenience, Improve Security By Reducing The Number Of Passwords Needed, And Streamline Access To Various Tools And Resources, Saving Time, And Effort For Both Students And Staff. ● Basc Active Directory W/ Configuration ● The System Must Allow Centralized User Management Through Active Directory (ad), Which Stores And Organizes Information About Users, Groups, Computers, And Other Network Resources. ● Web Traffic Statistic ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Monitor Standard Web Traffic Data, Such As Page Views, No. Of Visitors, Geographic Locations, Duration Of Visits, And Referrals, Integrated With Google Analytics (ga4). ● Content Management ● The System Must Allow The Administrators To Manage And Update The Contents Of The School’s Campus Portal Page. Such As Announcements, Blogs, Calendars, Articles, And Activities. B.13 University Library System ● Cataloging And Inventory Management Module ● The System Must Allow The Cataloging And Inventory Management Of The Library's Collection Of Books, Journals, Dissertations, And Other Materials. ● Circulation Module ● The System Must Allow The Librarian To Monitor The Borrowing, Returning, And Renewing Of Library Materials, Ensuring Efficient And Accurate Tracking Of Resources As They Move Between The Library And The Borrowers. ● Acquisition Module ● The System Must Allow The Processing Of Acquiring New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Allow The Management Of Book Requisitions From Students And/or Teachers. ● Student Module ● The System Must Allow Students To Access New Library Resources, Including Books, Journals, E-books, Multimedia Materials, And Other Educational Or Research Content. ● The System Must Be Able To Provide The Following Information And Services: ■ Book Details (non-dissertation) ■ Book Details (dissertation) ■ My Library Card ■ Request For Purchase/acquisition ■ Reservation ■ Notices Of Due Dates ■ Notices Of Overdue Penalties ● Librarian Module ● The System Must Have A Dashboard That Shows The Librarian’s Crucial Kpis For The Library Such As: ■ Search Word Statistics ■ Tags And Metadata Of The Book Statistics ■ Circulation Statistics ● Student Request List (book Reservation, Purchase Request, Clearance Request, Dissertation Access Request) ■ This Module Must Allow The Students To Submit Various Types Of Requests Related To Their Academic And Campus Activities. ● Book Reservation ■ This Module Must Allow The Students And Faculty To Reserve Library Books Or Materials. ● Purchase Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Purchasing Books, Equipment, Or Other Materials Needed For Academic Or Administrative Purposes. ● Clearance Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Staff To Submit Requests For Clearance. ● Dissertation Access Request ■ This Module Must Enable The Students, Faculty, Or Researchers To Request Access To Dissertations Or Theses Stored In The Library’s Collection From The Authors. ● Kiosk (self Check-in And Check-out Student) ● The System Allows The Kiosk To Provide Students With A Self-service Station For Managing Their Borrowing And Return Activities. Using Touch-screen Kiosks Or Other Interactive Devices, Students Can Quickly And Efficiently Check Out Library Materials, Return Items, And Access Various Library Services Without Requiring Staff Intervention. ● Integration With Sso Services ● The System Allows Integrating Single Sign-on (sso) Services With An Application Or System, Providing A Unified Authentication Process That Allows Users To Log In Once And Gain Access To Multiple Connected Systems Or Applications Without Needing To Log In Again For Each Service. B.14 Econference Room With Video Conferencing ● Video Conferencing System ● The System Must Be Able To Provide A Seamless And User-friendly Video Conferencing Experience. ● The System Must Enhance Remote Collaboration And Communication. ● The System Must Have Integrated Audio, Video, And Collaboration Tools For Effective Virtual Meetings. ● The System Must Ensure The Scalability And Flexibility To Accommodate Future Needs. B.15 Mobile Version Module ● Mobile Version ● The System Must Have A Mobile Version Of The Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Subsystems Website Designed For Smartphones And Tablets. It Gives Students, Professors, Staff, And Stakeholders Easy Access To University Information And Services. ● The System Should Promote Accessibility, Convenience, And A Great User Experience By Allowing Users To Communicate With The University Community Anytime. ● The System Should Accommodate Each Module's Specialized Functionalities While Staying Mobile-friendly And Focusing On Users. ● The System Must Be Able To Receive Notifications. C. Report Requirements These Are The Suggested Reports That Ought To Be Produced By The System To Analyze The Information Systems Trends In Bulacan's Colleges. It Is Recommended That The Data Be Automatically Submitted Through An Api In Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub To Give Basc Staff The Information They Need To Enhance The School Community. C.1 University Information System ● Admission Module ● List Of Applicants - The Overall List Of Potential Students With Their Personal Or Application Information. ● Registrar Module ● Academic Evaluation - Assessment Of A Student's Academic Performance, Conducted By The Institution's Instructors. ● Official List Of Enrollment - Document Provided By The Institution That Confirms The Students That Are Registered Or Enrolled For A Specific Academic Year. ● Diploma - Gives Thorough Details Regarding A Student's Academic Accomplishments And The Diploma's Presentation As Evidence Of Completion Of An Academic Program. ● Registration - A Document That Gives Information About A Student's Course Enrollment At The Institution For A Certain Term Or Semester. ● Shiftee - Document Of Proof For Students Who Are Changing Or Shifting Their Academic Programs Or Courses. ● Student Directory - Comprehensive And Manageable List Of Students Enrolled At The Institution. ● Subject Master List - A Thorough List Or Catalog Of Each Field Or Course That The Educational Institution Offers ● Summary Of Enrollment - Overview Of The Current Enrollment Status Of The Students At The Institution For A Specific Semester Or Academic Year. ● Enrollment Module ● Summary Of Enrolled Students - A Summary Of The Current Student Population, Including Enrollment Data And Demographics. ● Summary Of Unpaid School Fees - Gives A Summary Of The Unpaid Fees That Students Owe For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Summary Of Tuition Fees Collected - Gives A Summary Of The Fees Collected/received From The Students For The Current Semester Or Academic Term. ● Clinic Record Management Module ● Health Management Report - A Document That Typically Focuses On The Health And Wellness Of Its Students And Covers Various Aspects Related To Healthcare Services Offered By The University. C.2 Learning Management System ● Professor Module ● Class Report - A Summary Of The Progress, Performance, And Involvement Of The Students In A Particular Course Or Class. ● Student Transcript Module: ● Subject Modules Report - Provides Comprehensive Insights And Summaries Related To The Modules Listed In A Specific Subject. ● Lesson Plan Report - Generates A Summary Lesson Plan That Is Defined By The Institution Or Organization. C.3 Human Resource Management System And Timekeeping System ● Audit Trail Report: ● Gives A Thorough Account Of All The Actions And Modifications Conducted Within The Hr System. Monitoring User Behavior, Protecting Data Integrity, And Upholding Adherence To Hr Rules And Regulations All Depend On This Report. C.4 Payroll Management System ● Payroll Management System ● Daily Time Record (dtr) - An In-depth Record Of Employees' Daily Attendance That Includes The Total Number Of Hours Worked, The Number Of Leaves Taken, And Other Essential Time-related Data. ● Payslip/s - A Detailed Breakdown Of An Employee's Earnings And Deductions For A Specific Pay Period. ● Payroll Report For A Specific Period - A Complete Summary Of Payroll Costs And Associated Information For A Specific Pay Period. C.5 Assets & Fleet Management System ● This Applies To Both Systems ● Assets And Fleets Reporting - A Document Containing Management Insights For Different Vehicles And Assets Used For Administrative And Academic Purposes. ● Depreciation Tracking - A Detailed Overview And Monitoring Of The Decrease In Value Of Such Assets Over Time Over A Specified Period. C.6 Document Management System ● Document Management System (dms) ● List Of On-hand Documents - Displays A List Of All Of The Documents That Are Available Or Accessible At The Moment Within The System. ● List Of Incoming Documents - Provides An Inventory Of Documents That Have Been Recently Received Or Uploaded Into The System. ● List Of Received Documents - Provides A List Of All The Documents The Institution Has Received In A Given Time Frame. ● List Of Finalized Or Kept Documents - Provides An Inventory Of All The Documents That Have Been Approved, Completed, And Archived In The System. ● List Of Archived Documents - Provides Comprehensive Details About The Documents That Have Been Stored In The System's Archive. ● Details Of Document Batch Tracked - Provides Full Details On The Batches Of Documents That The System Is Tracking. Documents Pertaining To Research Projects, Financial Transactions, Student Records, Admissions, And Other Aspects Of University Operations May Be Included In These Sections. ● Audit Logs Of Documents - Detailed Log Of Every Activity And Modification Performed To Any Document In The System. C.7 Trouble Ticketing System ● Reporting And Analytics ● The Solution Must Be Able To Provide Reports In Different Formats I.e., Pie Graph, Line Graph, Or Bar Graph. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Extract The Following Data Groupings: Open Tickets, Open With Critical Severity, In Progress, Overdue, Not Updated For 7 Days And Older Than 30 Days, And Tickets By State. C.8 Queueing / Appointment System ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports Which Show The Following: ● Queue List - Presents A Summary Of The System's Appointments And Queue Status At The Given Moment. ● Visitors List - Provides A Summary Of The Visitors' List And The Appointments They Have Made Using The Appointment/queuing System. ● Advertisements - Provides An Overview Of Advertisements And The Details That Are Displayed In The System. ● Queue Service - Presents An Overview Of The Queue Service Availability And Performance Within The Queueing/appointment System. ● Audit Trail - List Of Users' Activities On Who Approves, Disapproves, Cancels, And Reschedules Appointments. C.9 Executive Information System ● Reporting And Dashboard ● All-in-one Reporting, Dash Boarding, And Analysis. The Solution Should Support Multiple Use Cases Of Visualization Software Including Reporting, Interactive Analysis, And Business Intelligence. C.10 Campus Portal System ● Web Traffic Report ● The Web Traffic Report Provides Insights Into The Usage Patterns And Trends Within The Campus Portal, Offering Valuable Information About How Users Interact With The Platform. This Report Encompasses Various Metrics And Analytics That Help Administrators And Stakeholders Understand The Effectiveness Of The Portal And Identify Areas For Improvement. Key Components Of The Web Traffic Report Include: ■ Page Views: This Metric Quantifies The Total Number Of Times Each Page Within The Portal Has Been Viewed By Users Over A Specified Period. It Helps Gauge The Popularity And Relevance Of Different Sections Or Features Of The Portal. ● Unique Visitors: Unique Visitors Represent The Number Of Distinct Individuals Who Have Accessed The Portal Within A Given Timeframe. Tracking Unique Visitors Provides A Measure Of The Portal's Reach And User Engagement. ● Traffic Sources: Understanding Where The Traffic Originates From Can Provide Insights Into The Effectiveness Of Marketing Efforts Or The Impact Of External Events. Traffic Sources May Include Direct Visits, Referrals From Other Websites, Search Engines, Or Social Media Platforms. ● Bounce Rate: The Bounce Rate Indicates The Percentage Of Visitors Who Navigate Away From The Portal After Viewing Only One Page. A High Bounce Rate May Suggest Issues With Content Relevance, User Experience, Or Site Performance. ● User Demographics: Analyzing Demographic Data Such As Geographic Location, Device Type, And Browser Preferences Can Help Tailor The Portal's Content And Optimize Its Compatibility Across Different Platforms. ● Session Duration: This Metric Measures The Average Amount Of Time Users Spend On The Portal During Each Visit. Longer Session Durations Generally Indicate Higher User Engagement And Interest In The Provided Content. ● Popular Pages: Identifying The Most Visited Pages Or Sections Of The Portal Can Inform Content Prioritization And Resource Allocation Efforts. It Also Highlights Areas Of Interest Or Importance To The User Community. ● Audit Logs Report ● The Audit Logs Report Offers A Comprehensive Overview Of All Activities And Interactions Within The Campus Portal, Serving As A Vital Tool For Monitoring Compliance, Security, And Accountability. By Maintaining Detailed Records Of User Actions, System Events, And Administrative Changes, The Audit Logs Report Enables Administrators To Track User Behavior, Detect Anomalies, And Investigate Incidents Effectively. Key Features Of The Audit Logs Report Include: ■ User Activity Tracking: Every Action Performed By Users Within The Portal, Such As Login Attempts, File Uploads, Document Downloads, And Profile Modifications, Is Logged And Timestamped For Auditing Purposes. ■ Access Control Monitoring: The Report Monitors Changes To User Permissions, Role Assignments, And Access Privileges, Ensuring That Only Authorized Individuals Can View Or Modify Sensitive Information. ■ System Events Recording: Critical System Events, Including Software Updates, Database Modifications, Error Messages, And Security Alerts, Are Recorded To Facilitate Troubleshooting And Maintain System Integrity. ■ Compliance Verification: By Documenting Compliance-related Activities, Such As Data Access Requests, Consent Agreements, And Policy Acknowledgments, The Audit Logs Report Helps Organizations Demonstrate Adherence To Regulatory Requirements And Internal Policies. C.11 University Library System ● Reporting And Analytics Module ● The System Must Enable The Library To Gather, Analyze, And Present Data Related To Its Operations And Performance. ● The Solution Must Be Able To Generate Reports That Show The List Of Patrons. D. System Requirements • Sso Should Be Able To Manage People's Information And Authentication Of Security. • Hris Should Be Able To Manage The Employee Information • The System Should Be Developed Using The Coreui Framework. • The System Shall Support Connectivity And Access To Data Stored In Relational Ms– -sql Databases. • The System Must Support Interfaces To Common Packaged Applications Via The Standard Application Interface Provided. • The System Shall Support Paperless Reporting. • The System Shall Support Mobile (android & Ios) Devices. • The System Shall Support Web Desktop And Mobile Web Access. • A System With Superior Wide Area Network (wan) Performance, Highly Secured Features/functionalities, And Uses Web–enabled Workflow Systems Available To The Offices. E. Supply, Delivery, And Implementation E.1 University Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Server Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration (qa) 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.2 Learning Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.3 Cashiering System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.4 Human Resource Information System Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance A. Must Support Up To 1,500 Fingerprints, Up To 100,000 Records, And Up To 2,000 Cards (optional). B. Must Support Multi-languages. C. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). D. Must Have High Verification Speed. E. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. 2. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in M. Must Have 1*650va Ups 3. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 4. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - Application Installation 7. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 8. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 10. One (1) Service - Data Migration 11. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 12. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 13. One (1) Service - User Training Services 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. Two (2) Years - Support 18. One (1) Year - Warranty E.5 Payroll Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Payroll Management System 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.6 Assets & Fleet Management System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.7 Document Management System Infrastructure 1. Ten (10) Units - Barcode Printer A. Should Be Capable Of Printing High-quality, Durable Barcodes On Various Label Materials. B. Should Offer Customizable Printing Options, Including Label Size, Orientation, And Font. C. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Barcode Generation And Printing. 2. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Risen Label Sticker (2688 Stickers Per Roll) A. Should Be Durable And Resistant To Wear And Tear. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer. 3. One-hundred (100) Rolls - 2 X 1 Ribbon For Risen Label Sticker (4 Rolls Sticker: 1 Ribbon) A. Should Produce Clear And Legible Barcode Prints. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Barcode Printer And Label Stickers. C. Should Provide A Long Print Life And Minimize Ribbon Wastage. 4. Twenty (20) Units - Industrial Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Capable Of High-volume, High-speed Scanning Of Various Document Types (e.g., Paper, Plastic Cards). B. Must Offer Advanced Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding, Image Enhancement, And Ocr. C. Should Be Durable And Reliable, Suitable For Heavy-duty Use In Industrial Environments. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 5. Three (3) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine A. Should Be Suitable For Lower-volume Scanning Needs In Departmental Settings. B. Must Offer Basic Image Processing Features, Such As Automatic Document Feeding And Image Enhancement. C. Should Be Compact And Easy To Use. D. Must Be Compatible With The Document Tracking System For Automated Image Capture And Indexing. 6. Twelve (12) Units -departamental Doc Imaging Machine Peripherals A. Should Include Necessary Accessories For Efficient Document Scanning, Such As Paper Trays, Feeder Units, And Cleaning Kits. B. Must Be Compatible With The Chosen Departmental Doc Imaging Machine. C. Should Be Easy To Install And Maintain. 7. Forty (40) Units -barcode Scanner A. Should Be Capable Of Accurately Scanning Various Barcode Types. B. Must Offer High-speed Scanning And Reliable Performance. C. Should Be Durable And Ergonomic, Suitable For Frequent Use. D. Must Be Easy To Integrate With The Document Management System For Automated Data Entry And Workflow Triggering. 8. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 9. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 10. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Application Installation 12. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 13. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 14. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 15. One (1) Service - Data Migration 16. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 17. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 18. One (1) Service - User Training Services 19. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 20. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 21. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 22. Two (2) Years - Support 23. One (1) Year - Warranty E.8 Trouble Ticketing System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.9 Queueing / Appointment System Infrastructure 1. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Stand With Touch Screen Monitor And Printer 2. Six (6) Units - Kiosk Audio Panel 3. Twelve (12) Units - Kiosk Interactive 65” Smart Tv 4. One Million (1m) Credits - Sms 5. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 6. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Application Installation 9. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 10. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 11. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 12. One (1) Service - Data Migration 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service -user Acceptance Testing (uat) 15. One (1) Service - User Training Services 16. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 17. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 18. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 19. Two (2) Years - Support 20. One (1) Year - Warranty E.10 Executive Information System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.11 Campus Portal System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 2. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 3. One (1) Service -installation And Configuration Services 4. One (1) Service - Application Installation 5. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 6. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 7. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 8. One (1) Service - Data Migration 9. One (1) Service -project Management Services 10. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 11. One (1) Service - User Training Services 12. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Two (2) Years - Support E.12 University Library System Infrastructure 1. One (1) Unit - Kiosk (self Check-in & Self Check-out) With Monitor And Barcode Reader. 2. Fifty Thousand (50,000) Pcs - Rfid Tags For Books 3. Two (2) Units - Rfid Reader 4. One (1) Unit - Barcode Printer 5. Twenty Five (25) Rolls - Barcode Sticker 6. One (1) Unit - Barcode 3d Scanner 7. One (1) Service - Vulnerability And Pen-testing 8. One (1) Service - Database Modelling Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Installation And Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - Application Installation 11. One (1) Service - User Workflow Integration 12. One (1) Service - Ssl And Dns Configuration 13. One (1) Service - Integration To Basc Rdbms Database 14. One (1) Service - Data Migration 15. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 16. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 17. One (1) Service - User Training Services 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. Two (2) Years - Support 22. One (1) Year - Warranty E.13 Internet Connectivity 1. Eighteen (18) Months - Speed Requirement: 5 Gbps Bandwidth A. Connection Should Be Of Cable Type, Preferably Fiber-optic; Wireless Solutions May Be Considered. B. No Limitations On Traffic/ports; Bandwidth Capacity Should Be Ensured Through A Direct Ip Connection. C. A Subnet Of At Least 14 Static Publicly Routable Ip Addresses Is Required. D. Service Reliability Must Be Ensured. Overall Uptime Should Not Be Less Than 99%. E. All Necessary Hardware, Cabling, And Software (if Required For Internet Service) Should Be Provided And Set Up By The Provider. F. Support Managed Vpn Services. G. Isp Must Be Able To Manage The Customer Premises Equipment (cpe) To Be Installed In The Bulacan Agricultural State College. H. Traffic Management, Network Monitoring, And Access To Raw Log Files. I. Fiber Optic Connectivity From The Isp To The Internet Backbone. 2. One (1) Unit - Multiple Wan Router 3. One (1) Unit - Core Routing Switch 4. Four (4) Units - Distribution Switch 5. Ten (10) Units - Qsfp+ Module Xq+cm0000-xs+ 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services Network Configuration Services 7. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 8. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 9. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 10. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 11. Two (2) Years - Support 12. One (1) Year - Defect Liability E.14 Campus Network System 1. Ninety-four (94) Units - Indoor Wireless Access Points A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/ac Wave2/ax Protocol B. Triple-band Design, Support 2*2 Mimo, 2.4g ≥570mbps, 5g ≥3200 Mbps, The Maximum Speed ≥3.8gbps. C. Support Built-in Omnidirectional Antenna D. 1 Gigabit Ethernet Port E. 1*micro-usb Port F. Support 802.3at Standard Poe Power Supply And Power Adaptor G. Ap Full Load Working Power Consumption ≤ 17.5w H. Ap Transmit Power ≤20dbm (smaller Than 100mw), And Power Can Be Adjusted (adjustment Granularity Is 1dbm, Adjustment Range Is 3dbm~27dbm) I. Protection Degree≥41 J. Operating Temperature: -10~50℃, Humidity:5%~95% Non-condensing K. Maximum Concurrent Client ≤ 256 L. Support For Ssid-based Access User Limit M. Support Virtual Ap Technology, The Number Of Ssid Per Rf ≥16, Per Ap ≥32; N. Support Hiding Of Ssid O. Support Multiple Vlans Per Ssid P. Support Standalone Mode And Controller-based Mode, The Controller Must Be On-premise. Q. Ap Supports Tunnel Mode And Bridge Mode. Each Ssid Can Choose Its Own Working Mode. R. Support Ap Zero Configuration, Support Layer 2 And Layer 3 Discovery, Dhcp Option43, Dns Domain Name, And Other Network Access Controller Automatic Discovery Mechanisms S. Supports Ap Deployment Across Layer 3 Network, Wan, And Nat, And Supports Management Tunnel Encryption With Network Access Controller. T. Support The Service Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Connection And Delay For Network Access, Dhcp, Gateway, Dns, Internet And Other Server Address U. Support The Environment Sense Via Ai Rf, Including Channel Utilization, Co-channel Ap, Interference Ssid V. Supports 802.1x, Portal, Mac Address Authentication, Ca Certificate Authentication, Qr Code Approval Authentication, Sms Authentication, App Authentication, Guest Account, Facebook, 802.1x Wep, Wpa, Wpa2, And Other Authentication Methods; W. Support 802.11i, Aes, Tkip, And Other Encryption Methods X. Support Wips/anti-phishing Wifi Via Independent Rf (non-user Connected Radio Frequency) To Conduct Real-time Detection, Alarm, And Countermeasures For Illegal Access Points. Y. Support East-west Traffic Security, By Detecting Abnormal Behavior To Block Viruses Within The Intranet Z. Support Ap Vpn, An Encrypted Communication Tunnel Can Be Established Across The Internet And Remote Wireless Controllers For Encrypted Remote Access, The Ap Vpn Should Also Support Bidirectional Access From Site To Site. Aa. Support Intelligent Load Balancing Based On The Number Of Users, Signal Strength, And Channel Utilization, And Automatically Balance The Access Pressure Between Aps Bb. Support Rf Guiding Function To Guide Wireless Terminals To Preferentially Access 5g Frequency Bands With Low Interference Cc. Supports Fit Ap Switching To Gateway Mode (non-fat Ap Mode), Supports Pppoe Dial-up, Static Ip, And Dhcp. Dd. Support Dhcp Server And Dns Proxy Ee. Support The Wireless Controller Escape Function, When The Wireless Controller Is Down, The Ap Still Can Guarantee The Normal Online Access Of Online Users, And Ensure That New Users Can Also Connect To The Wireless Network Through Authentication; 2. One (1) Lot - Network Access Controller A. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 5 Service Ports, 1 Rj45 Console Port, 1 Rj45 Manage Port, 2 Usb Ports, And 2 Expansion Slots. B. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Up To 1200 Access Points. C. The Proposed Controller Shall Support At Least 8 Built-in Captive Portal Templates. D. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Access Controller And Qos-based Applications And Urls. The Application Fingerprints In The Controller Database Should Be Larger Than 6400 At Least One Year Application And A Url Update License Should Be Included E. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Questionnaire Survey And The Survey Result Can Be Shown In The Controller F. Web Ui To Show Survey Results In The Controller G. The Proposed Controller Can Configure The Time/data Quota Policy For Wi-fi Users. H. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Topology Of The Switch. I. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Big Data Analysis For The Guests, And Staff. The Content Should Include The Favorite Application, Online Duration, Time Starts, And Checkout. J. The Proposed Controller Shall Be Capable Of Identifying Terminal Types And Assigning The Different Policy-based Terminal Types. K. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Graphical Dhcp Address Pool From The Controller And Switch And Can View The Following Information In Each Address Pool: I. Conflict Ip Address Ii. Terminal Devices Fail To Obtain An Ip Address Iii. Address Pool Utilization Iv. Ip Allocation Times Distribution L. The Proposed Controller Can Be Used As The Gateway, Support Ppoe, Nat, Policy-based Routing, Dhcp Server, Dhcp Replay, Provide Authentication And Access Controller For Both Wired And Wireless Users, M. The Proposed Software Controller Shall Support The Following: I. 802.1x Authentication Ii. Portal Authentication Iii. Mac Address-based Authentication N. Also Need To Support The Integration With Radius, Ldap, Ad, And Other Databases O. The Proposed Controller Shall Support Viewing Of The Following Status Of Ap. I. Power Supply Load Ii. System Resources (memory, Cpu) Iii. Chip Resources (mac Table, Arp Table, Acl Table, Route Table Utilization) Iv. Packet Drop Ratio V. Jumbo/normal Frame Vi. Traffic Load Vii. Packet Analysis (broadcast, Multicast, And Unicast Packets) Viii. Network Protocol Packet Receiving Rate Analysis (dhcp, Icmp, Arp, And Tcp Packet Rate) P. The Proposed Controller Shall Support A Security Log To View Switch Attack Events, Including Event Types, Attacker Mac Address, And Attack Device Types. Q. The Proposed Controller Shall Support The Binding Of Terminals To Ip Based On Switch Port Groups, And The Binding Of Terminals And Ports Based On Switch Port Groups. R. The Proposed Controller Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software. S. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 3. Forty-seven (47) Units - Access Poe Switch A. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have At Least I. 24 Gigabit Ethernet Poe Ports Ii. 4* Sfp+ Ports B. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Ieee 802.3af/at Power Supply Standard, Single Port Maximum Output Poe Power 30w, The Whole Machine Maximum Output Poe Power 370w C. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Console Port D. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Standalone Web Gui Management And Controller-based Management. E. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have A Switching Capacity Of At Least 336gbps F. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Packet Forwarding Of At Least 108mpps G. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Single-port And Aggregation Of Interfaces. H. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Source Ip Address And Mac Address. I. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Acl Policies Based On Protocols (ospf, Udp, Arp) J. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Time-based Acl Policies K. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 802.1p, Ip And Service Level, Dscp Priority Settings L. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Traffic Shaping; And Packet Forwarding Rate Setting Based On The Outbound And Inbound Directions Of Switch Ports. M. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Cos And Dscp Priority Mapping Based On Switch Groups N. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Congestion Management That Supports Multiple Scheduling Modes To Implement Traffic Based On Packet Or Port Priority. O. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Port Mirroring And Redirection. P. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Dhcp Snooping, Dhcp Server Q. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Spanning Tree Protocol (stp, Rstp, Mstp) R. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Igmp V1/v2/v3 Snooping S. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 4,000 Vlan T. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support 16,000 Mac Address U. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Dynamic Learning V. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Filtering W. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Mac Address Learning Limit X. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Link Aggregation Y. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support M-lag Technology, Cross-device Link Aggregation Z. The Proposed Equipment Shall Have Layer 3 Routing Protocols Such As Static Routing, Rip, Ospf, Vrrp Aa. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support East-west Traffic Security With Policies Based On Area Or User Role, And Prevent The Virus Spread Within The Intranet Bb. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support Topology In The Controller, Configuration And Status Checking Can Be Done By Clicking The Topology. Cc. The Proposed Equipment Shall Support The Replacement By One Click On The Controller Platform To Replace The Defective Device Dd. The Proposed Equipment Manufacturer Shall Have A Cmmi5 Certificate To Ensure The Maturity Of The Product Software Ee. The Proposed Brand Must Be Iso 9001 Certified 4. One (1) Lot - Installation Consumables 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service -network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Campus Network System Defect Liability (base Bundle Warranty-support) A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.15 Fiber Optics Works 1. Fiber Optics Passive Components A. Thirteen Thousand (13,000) Meters - Fiber Optic Cable Single Mode I. 8-core Single-mode 8 Ii. Fiber Type=g.652.d And G.657.a1, Teraspeed, Os2 Iii. Armored-type Corrugated Steel Iv. Stranded Loose-tube Cable-type V. Gel-free Sub-unit Type B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Fms Panel I. 1u Standard Size 19” Ii. Includes 6 X Lc Sm Adaptors (12f) Iii. Includes 12 X Sm Lc Pigtails Iv. Includes 12 X Splice Protectors V. With Splice Tray And Cable Glands (12 Port Loaded) C. One (1) Unit - Epx 4u Sliding Panel Splicing Cassette I. Symmetrical Body Style Ii. Sliding Shelf Iii. Splicing Type = Heat Shrink, Single Fiber Fusion Iv. Dimension: 44.45h X 482.6w X 320d Mm V. Powder Coated Finish D. Sixteen (16) Units - G2 Splice Cassette 24lc/upc With Internal Shutters Os2 With Pigtails I. Lc/upc Interface Ii. Method A Polarity Iii. Shuttered Iv. Maximum Insertion Loss = 0.25db V. Minimum Return Loss = 50db E. One Hundred Eighty-eight (188) Pcs - Fiber Patch Cords I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2, 0.9m F. Forty-seven (47) Units - Data Cabinet 15u I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm X 15u Dimension Iii. Glass Door With Lock With 8-gang Pdu G. One (1) Lot - Handhole Fabrication And Heat Shrinkable Seal Fiber Optic Splice Dome Closure I. With 24-core Pigtail Splicing Plate Termination H. One (1) Lot - Earth Ground Material And Accessories 2. Fiber Optics Active Components A. Two (2) Units - Network Core Switches I. 24-ports 10ge Layer 3 Managed Core And Aggregation Switch Ii. With 4 X 25g Ports Backward Compatible With 10g Iii. With 40g Uplink Capability Iv. With 150w Ac Power Module V. 19” Rack-mountable Vi. Steel Case B. Forty-seven (47) Units - Network Managed Switch I. 24-ports Layer 2 Managed Switch Ii. With 4 X 10g Uplink Ports Iii. 19” Rack-mountable Iv. Steel Case C. Four (4) Units - 40g Transceiver Modules I. 40g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) D. Ninety-four (94) Units - 10g Transceiver Modules I. 10g Lr Single-mode Fiber Module Ii. Qspf+ Transceiver Iii. Lc (1310nm) 3. One (1) Service - Roughing Ins Cost (piping Of Foc Per Building, Pvc/hdpe Pipes, Pullbox 10" X 10" X 6", Metal Clamps, Tox & Screws, Gi Wire) 4. One (1) Service - Labor Cost: Horizontal Direct Drilling (hdd) Wire Pulling, Roughing Ins For Expose Foc Going To Idf And/mdf 5. One (1) Service - Termination/splicing Of Pigtail Connectors/otdr Testing 6. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 7. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 10. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 11. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Network Security 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Defect Liability 18. One (1) Year - Fiber Optic Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Subscription To Licenses C. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.16 Structured Cabling Works 1. Structured Cabling Passive Components A. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 24-ports 1u Keystone-type Patch Panel With Io Assembly I. 24-ports 1u Keystone Blank Panel Ii. 24-pcs Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style B. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – Cat6+ Modular Jack I. Cat6+ Modular Jack, Rj45 Keyconnect Style Ii. T568 A/b Wiring Scheme C. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 1-meter Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination D. One Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-three (1,433) Pcs – 2 Meters Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord I. 2-meter Branded Cat6 Stranded Patch Cord Ii. T568b- Standard Machine-made Termination E. Sixty-seven (67) Units – Cable Organizer 1u I. 24 Slots Plastic With Cover F. Three Hundred Seventy-five (375) Rolls– Utp Cat6 Pure Copper I. Solid Bare-copper 24awg 4-pairs Ii. Pe-polyethylene Insulation Material Iii. 0.97 Mm Insulation Diameter Iv. Outer Jacket = Pvc Polyvinyl Chloride V. Operating Temperature = -20°c To +75°c Vi. Bending Radius = 23.2 Mm (0.913 In) G. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 15u Data Cabinet 600 X 600mm I. Wall-mounted Type Ii. 600 X 600mm Iii. Glass Door With Lock Iv. With 8-gang Pdu H. Sixty-seven (67) Sets – Fabricated Data Cabinet Bracket I. Five Hundred Fifteen (515) Pcs – Simplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 1-port Ii. Plastic-made J. One Hundred Thirty-three (130) Pcs – Duplex Faceplate I. Keyconnect Faceplates, 2-ports Ii. Plastic-made K. Six Hundred Forty-five (645) Pcs – Faceplate Box I. Standard, Rectangular 2. Structured Cabling Active Components Technical Specification A. Seventy-two (72) Units – 24-ports L2+ Gigabit Switch + 4-sfp Ports Rack-mountable Ii. 24 X Gigabit Rj45 Iii. 4 X 10g Sfp+ Ports Iv. 19” Standard Size Rack-mountable B. Eighty-one (81) Units – 24-ports L2+ High-poe Switch Gigabit, With 4-sfp Module Rack-mountable I. 24 X Gigabit Poe Ports Ii. 4 X Sfp+ Slots Iii. 19” Standards Size Rack-mountable Iv. Poe Budget: At Least 370w C. Six (6) Units – 16-ports Aggregation Switch With 16-ports 10ge Ports I. 16 X 10g Sfp+ Slots Ii. 1u Rack Mountable 19” Iii. 802.3at/af D. Three Hundred Six (306) Units – Sfp+ Module, Single Mode Lc Connector I. 1310nm Single Mode Ii. Lc Duplex Connector Iii. Up To 10km Distance E. Three Hundred Six (306) Pcs – Lc Fiber Patch Cord I. Lc-lc Patch Cord Ii. 1.6mm Duplex Iii. Riser Single Mode Os2 0.9m F. Sixty-seven (67) Units – 1kva Ups, Tower Type I. 1000va/600w Ratings Ii. 1 X 12v/9ah Battery Iii. 4 X Universal Socket Iv. Not More Than 5.3kg G. One (1) Unit – 5kva Ups 4u, Online I. 5000va/5000w Ii. Dimension: Not Bigger Than 420 X 630 X 217mm Iii. Operating Voltage = 176 To 288 Vac Iv. Maximum Allowable Voltage = 288 Vac V. Input Frequency Without Battery Operation = 40 To 70hz Vi. Factory Default Voltage = 230 Vac Vii. Waveform = Pure Sinewave Viii. Backup Time At Full Load = 7 Ix. Backup Time At Half Load = 18.5 X. Audible Noise <55dba H. Sixty-seven (67) Units– Pdu With Reset And Switch, Metal Case I. 8-gang Metal With Reset Button Ii. Standard 19’’ Rack Mountable 3. Structured Cabling Roughing-ins A. One (1) Lot – Conduiting/piping Materials B. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray, Cable Ladder And Support Assembly (noc) C. One (1) Lot – Cable Tray Support & Hangers (distribution Per Building) D. One (1) Lot – Restoration Materials E. One (1) Lot – Cable Distribution Materials F. One (1) Lot – Grounding Materials, Installation And Consumables G. One (1) Lot – External Cabling Materials 4. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation (signed By Pece) 5. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 6. One (1) Service- Switch Installation 7. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 8. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 9. One (1) Service - External Cabling 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (cable Testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. One (1) Year - Service -structured Cabling Works Defect Liability 15. One (1) Year - Structured Cabling Passive Components Support Warranty A. 1-year Warranty For All Active Devices B. 1-year Workmanship Warranty And After-sales Support E.17 It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 1. One (1) Lot – Indoor Video Wall A. One (1) Lot – Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Unit – Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Is Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters D. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. Three (3) Units – Desktop Computers I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Desktop Computers W/ Extended Monitor A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Motherboard: B760-g Wifi D5 Micro-atx Motherboard Viii. Power Supply: Modular Power Supply 850w 80+ Gold Argb Modular Psu Ix. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse X. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Xi. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Xii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xiii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in B. Six (6) Pcs For 6 Units Of Desktop – Extended Monitor I. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) C. Six (6) Units – Ups For Command Center I. Must Have Capacity 650va 3. Communication Equipment A. Six (6) Units – Desktop Computer Headphone I. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, Ii. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, Iii. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) Iv. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. B. Six (6) Units – Ip Phone Handset Note: Covered In Ip-pa System And Ip-pbx System I. Must Have The Following Physical Specifications: 2.3-inch 128x48 Pixel Dot-matrix Display, Graphical Lcd With Backlight, Keypad: 33 Keys, Including: 4soft-keys, 9 Function Keys (hold / Transfer / Voice Message / Conference / Phonebook, Mwi / Headset / Redial / Hands-free) 4 Navigation Keys, 12 Standard Phone Digits Keys, 3 Volume Control Keys (up/down/mute (microphone), Desktop Stand X1 Status Indicator Light X1 (red), Rj9/rj11 Port X2: Handset X1, Headset X1, Rj45 Port X2: Network X1, Pcx1 (bridged To Network), Security Slot X1, Dc Power Input: 5v/0.6a, Power Consumption (adapter): 0.8~1.29w, Power Consumption (poe): 1.25~1.86w, Device Dimensions: Desktop Stand (45°): 169x201.1x177.4 Mm, Desktop Stand (50°): 169x191.9x185.8 Mm, Wall Mountable: 169x120.1x213.7 Mm Ii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iii. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs Iv. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook V. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vi. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Vii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Viii. Must Have 2 X 10/100/1000 Mbps Network Rate Ix. Must Have Power Supply Poe X. Must Support Ehs Wireless Headset Xi. Must Have Desktop Stand Xii. Must Support Plantronics Wireless Headset (through Plantronics Apd-80 Ehscable) Xiii. Must Support Recording (through Server) Xiv. Must-have Physical: 10/100/1000 Mbps Ethernet, Dual Bridged Port For Pc Bypass Xv. Must Support Ip Configuration: Static Ip / Dhcp / Pppoe Xvi. Must Support The Following Protocols: Sip 2.0 Over Udp/tcp/tls, Rtp/rtcp/srtp, Stun, Dhcp, Ipv6, Lldp, Pppoe, 802.1x, L2tp, Openvpn, Sntp, Ftp/tftp, Http/https, Tr-069, Aes 128 & Aes 256 Xvii. Must-have Generic Ip Phone Features: 2siplines, Hdvoice, Poeenabled, Dot-matrix Display Screen, Handset/hands-free /headset Mode, Desktopstand/ Wall Mountable (optional), Optional External Power Supply Xviii. Must Have The Following Call Functions: Callout/ Answer/ Reject, Mute/unmute(microphone), Callhold / Resume, Callwaiting, Intercom, Caller Id Display, Speeddial, Anonymouscall(hide Caller Id), Callforward(always/busy/no Answer), Calltransfer (attended/unattended), Callparking/pick-up (depending On Server), Redial, Do-not-disturb, Auto-answering, Voicemessage(with Server), 6-wayconference, Hotline, Hot Desking. 4. Two (2) Units – Laptop A. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 5. One (1) Lot - Outdoor Video Wall W/ Smart Led Solar Powered Light A. Led Panel I. Pixel Pitch 3.91mm Ii. Pixel Configuration 1r1g1b Iii. Led Type Smd1921 Iv. Brightness (max) 5000 Nit V. Color Temperature 3500k-10000k（adjustable) Vi. Viewing Angle H140° / V120° Vii. Pixel Density 65,536 Dots/m² Viii. Module Size 500mm×250mm Ix. Module Resolution 128x64 Dots X. Cabinet Size W500mm×h1000mm×d77mm Xi. Cabinet Resolution (w×h) 128×256 Dots Xii. Cabinet Weight 17.0 Kg ± 0.5 Xiii. Cabinet Material Aluminum Xiv. Operating Temperature/ Xv. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xvi. Storage Temperature/ Xvii. Humidity -40℃~+60℃/10~80%rh Xviii. Ip Rating Front Ip68/rear Ip66 Xix. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Video Wall Display Unit (181"w X 138"h) B. Four (4) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light C. One (1) Lot - Controller Required: Quantity I. Must Have Sending Box, Receiving Card, And Light Sensor D. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable (4k) 10 Meters Iv. Two (2) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups E. One (1) Unit – Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 6. One (1) Lot – Security Software Licenses A. Access Rights Manager B. Patch Manager C. Serv-u File Transfer Protocol Server D. Serv-u Managed File Transfer Server E. Server Configuration Monitor F. Engineer's Toolset G. Ip Address Manager H. Log Analyzer I. Network Performance Monitor J. Security Event Manager K. Network Topology Mapper 7. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design (as-built Plan) 8. One (1) Service - Electronic Permit Layout And Design Signed By Pece 9. One (1) Lot - Security Software Licenses W/ Dashboard 10. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 11. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 12. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 13. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 14. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 15. One (1) Service - Installation & Configuration 16. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 17. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 18. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 19. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 20. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 21. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 22. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.18 Campus Data Center Upgrade 1. Non-electrical Components A. Seven (7) Units - Data Racks I. 1200mm Deep Static Rack Cabinet. Ii. Rack Capacity Must Be 42u Iii. Must Be Equipped With Casters And Leveling Feet Iv. Front And Back Doors Must Be Perforated V. Must Have A Load-carrying Capacity Of 950 Kg Or Higher Vi. Optional: Front And Side Stabilizers B. Three (3) Units - Gpu Server I. Must Have Warranty Support (4hr Resp) Ii. Gpu Server Add Ons Iii. Management Controller With 3-year Subscription For Server Endpoint Iv. Console Manager With 3-year Software Subscription C. One (1) Unit - Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) I. The Ttc Must Be Made With Stainless Steel (304 Or 316) Gauge 16. Ii. At Least (800mm X 500mm X 200mm), With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Iii. Water-resistant 2. Electrical Components A. One (1) Lot - Power Management System I. Design And Install Based On The Requirements Of Section 5.b (electrical Works Services) B. Fourteen (14) Lot - Power Distribution Unit I. 2 Units Shall Be Installed Per Data Rack. Ii. Input Voltage (v): 200-230 Iii. Input Plug Type: Iec 60309 32 A 2p + E Iv. Input Current Limit: 32 A V. Load Capacity: 7400 Va Vi. Network Frequency: 47...63 Hz Vii. Outlet Type And Quantity: (20) Iec 60320 C13, (4) Iec 60320 C19 C. One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva (ups) And One (1) Unit - Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva (ups) I. At Least 20kva/20kw Rackmount And 5kva/5kw Rackmount 1. Input: A) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (single-phase): 220/230/240 Vac, 3 Wire (l + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. B) Ac Input Nominal Voltage (three-phase): 380/400/415 Vac, 5 Wire (l1 + L2 + L3 + N + G), Connected Via Hardwire. C) Ac Input Voltage Range: 160 – 285 Vac (l-n) At Full Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System; Or 100 – 160 Vac (l-n) At 50% Load, While Providing Nominal Charging To The Battery System. D) Input Frequency Range: 40-70 Hz, Auto-selecting. E) Online Input Power Factor: 0.99 For 75% And 100% At 230 Vac. F) Green Mode Input Power Factor: ≥ 0.95 (for Resistive Load ≥ 25%) At 230 Vac.) At 230 Vac G) Input Current Distortion: <4% For 50% Resistive Load, <3% For 100% Resistive Load. H) Surge Protection: 600 Joules 2. Output: A) Ac Nominal Output Voltage: Single-phase B) Single-phase: 220/ 230/ 240 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 230 Vac. C) 3-phase: 380/400/415 Vac. Models Are Factory Set At 400 Vac. (for 20kva) D) Output Frequency: 50/60 +/- 4 Hz (auto-sense). 3. Battery: A) Battery Type: Maintenance-free Sealed Lead-acid Battery With Suspended Electrolyte, Leakproof. 4. Installation: A) All Materials To Be Used In The Installation Should Be Included. From The Tapping Point To Ups. D. One (1) Unit - Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) I. 50kva Generator With Built-in Ats Or Ats Ready Ii. Automatic Start, Electric Start Iii. Phase: 3-phase/1-phase Iv. Operating Mode: Silent/soundproof V. Frequency Rating (hz): 50-70 Vi. Voltage Rating (v): 220-240 Vii. Engine Type: Turbo Diesel Viii. Large Capacity Fuel Tank Ix. Cooling System: Water Cooled X. Protection System: Low Oil Alarm, Temperature Sensor Xi. Should Include Installation And Configuration Services E. One (1) Set - Precision Air Conditioning Unit (pacu) I. Cooling Capacity: 7 Tr (20kw Or 75,400 Btu/hr) Ii. Power Supply: 230 Volts/60 Hz./3 Phase/pe Iii. System Type: Air-cooled Non-inverter Compressor Iv. Air Circuit: 1. Air Direction - Downflow Vertical Discharge 2. Air Inlet Into The A/c On A Large Surface From The Top Of The Unit V. Refrigerant Circuit: 1. Equipped With An Open Refrigerant Circuit The Basic Version Consists Of The Following Components: A. Fully Hermetic, Variable-speed Dc Scroll Compressor B. Oil Separator C. High-performance Evaporator With A Large Surface Area D. Liquid Receiver With Rota Lock On-off Valve And Safety Valve E. Dehydrating Filter F. Liquid Sight Glass G. Thermostatic Electronic Expansion Valve H. High-pressure Switches With Manual Resetting I. Needle Valves For The Refrigerant Change For Pressure Control J. External Welded Connections Vi. Standard Functions: Cooling Mode, Humidification & Dehumidification Mode Vii. User Terminal: 1. 64 X 120 Pixel Backlit Lcd Display And 6 Backlit Keys To Move Between And Change Parameters. 2. Set The Operating Parameters, Monitor The Trend Of The Main Working Parameters, And Read Any Alarm Messages. 3. Capable Of Enabling The Following Functions: A. Temperature And Humidity Control B. Setting Double Temperature And Humidity Set Point C. Complete Alarm Detection System D. Alarm Event History Storage E. Automatic Restart When Power Returns After A Cutout F. Remote Switching On/off Of The Unit G. Graphical Display With Icons Displaying The State Of The Unit Components H. Time Bands For Differential Weekly Switching On/off Of The Unit I. Management Of The Local Network With Setting The Rotation Of One Or Two Units In Standby J. Alarm Sequence History With Up To 100 Alarm Events Viii. Fan Section (indoor): 1. Radial Fan With Electronically Commutated (ec) Motor 2. High-efficiency Ec Motor With Wear-resistant And Maintenance-free Ball Bearing 3. Variable Speed Motor Modulating Fan Speed According To Load Density 4. Eurovent Certification 5. Ce Certification Ix. Air Filter: 1. Made From Self-extinguishing, Synthetic Fiber Cellular Material. 2. Large Filter Surface, Small Pressure Loss, Long Service Life, And Easy Replaceability X. Condenser: 1. Connections To The Remote Condenser 2. Witha Kit Of Legs For Vertical Discharge 3. With Rota Lock Shutoff Valves 4. Regulate The Fan Speed To Ensure Trouble-free Operations F. One (1) Unit - Dehumidifier I. At Least 80 Liters Capacity Ii. Adjustable Humidistat Iii. Auto Restart Iv. Automatic Bucket Full Shut-off V. Automatic Humidistat Control Vi. Bucket Full Indicator Light Vii. External Drain Connect Viii. Removable Water Tank Ix. Washable Air Filter 3. Safety Components A. Eight (8) Units - Fire Suppression System I. Hfc236fa (fe36) / /hcfc-123 Ii. At Least 20 Lbs Iii. Non-residual Iv. Non-corrosive V. Lifetime Chemical Efficacy Vi. Built-in Sensor For Automatic Discharge Vii. Should Include Mounting Plates And Installation Service B. Two (2) Units - Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Note: Included In E-classroom, E-conference Room And Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. The Door Jamb Must Be Able To Hold The Weight Of The Metal Door. Ii. The Door Hinge Must Be Able To Contain The Stress Of The Sudden Swing Of The Metal Door Induced By The Panic Lock Mechanism. Iii. Panic Lock Mechanism Has Priority Over Electronic Security Locks For Exit. C. Four (4) Units - Environmental Monitoring System I. Temperature Sensor And Humidity Data Logger. Ii. Logging Capacity: 60000 Readings Or Higher. Iii. Alarm Status Indicator. Iv. Wired Or Wireless Connection Mode. V. Inclusion Of Cloud Access And/or Mobile Application For Data Access. Vi. Optional: Sms And/or Email Capability. 4. Warranty-three (3) Years Warranty A. Non-electrical Components I. Data Racks Ii. Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) B. Electrical Components I. Electrical Management System Ii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 20kva Iii. Uninterruptible Power Supply 5kva Iv. Power Distribution Units V. 100 Kw Generator With Automatic Transfer Switch (ats) Vi. Air Conditioning Units Vii. Dehumidifier C. Safety Components I. Fire Suppression System Ii. Metal Door With Panic Lock Mechanism Iii. Environmental Monitoring System 5. Included Supply, Installation, And Configuration Services A. Civil Works Services I. Supply And Installation Of Telephone Terminal Cabinet (ttc) (800mm X 500mm X 200mm) With Canopy And Locking Mechanism. Ii. Supply And Installation Of 2 Fire Rated Metal Door With Panic Locking Mechanisms 400mm(w) X 900mm(w) X 2100mm(h)(1-unit) Iii. Supply And Installation Of 2hr Fire-rated Wall Partition 4” Thick (40 Sqm.) Iv. Supply And Installation Of Anti-static Raised Flooring (75 Sqm.) V. Supply And Installation Of The Acoustic-type Ceiling (75 Sqm.) Vi. Supply And Installation Of Led Lighting With Complete Wiring Vii. Painting Inside The Data Center Viii. Water Proofing (covering Part Of Data Center) Ix. Supply And Installation Of Emergency Lights X. Installation Of Generator System Housing B. Electrical Works Services I. Creation And Installation Of An Electrical Design Supporting Ups Power, Air-conditioning, Emergency Light And Exhaust Fan System, With The Capability To Switch To A Generator System With Ats And Auto-start Function. Ii. Independent Circuits For Ups And Regular Power Distributed On A Per Rack Basis. Iii. Independent Circuits For Air Conditioning Systems (ahu) On A Per Unit Basis. Iv. Provision Of Ups Circuits For Security And Environment Monitoring Devices. V. Provision Of Circuits For Future Use. Vi. Installation Of Grounding Systems. Vii. Electrical Panel Boxes Should Be Equipped With Surge Suppressors, Low Voltage Detectors And Power Monitoring. C. Mechanical Works Services I. Plumbing Works For Ahu Drain System. Ii. Plumbing Works For The Dehumidifier Drain System. Iii. Supply And Installation Of Electrical Wire Ways From Main Electrical Panel To Generator Location. Iv. Supply And Installation Of Data Wire Ways For Inter-rack Connections. 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 8. One (1) Service - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 9. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 12. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 13. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost E.19 Data Center Network Switches 1. Two (2) Units - Core Switch A. Hot Swap Power Supply B. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 16 100g Qsfp28 Ports C. Open Ports Configuration With At Least 4 25g Qsfp28 Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted I. Four (4) 100 Gbit Fiber Module Ii. Four (4) 40 Gbit Fiber Module Iii. Six (6) 10 Gbit Copper Module Iv. Six (6)10 Gbit Fiber Module V. 100 Gbit Dac Cable 2. Two (2) Units - Core Fiber Switch 3. One (1) Unit - Router A. Redundant Power Supply B. Load Balancing/failover Capability For Unequal Bandwidth C. At Least 12 1gbit Ports D. All Open Ports Enabled E. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted F. One (1) Lot - X 10g Sfp+ Ports G. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Fiber Module (sfp / Sfp+ / Sfp28) H. One (1) Lot - 10gbit Copper Module 4. One (1) Unit- Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Poe Out Standard: 802.3af/at I. Max Power Output Per Port (input 18-30 V): 1000 Ma J. Max Power Output Per Port (input 30-57 V): 570 Ma K. Total Power: 700w L. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 5. One (1) Unit - Top Of Rack (tor) Switch Non-poe A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 48 Gbit Ports C. All Open Ports Enabled D. Zero License Fee For Modules Inserted E. Four (4) X 10g Sfp+ F. Two (2) 40g Qsfp+ G. 48 Poe Ports H. Six (6) 40gbit Fiber Module 6. One (1) Unit - Management Switch A. Redundant Power Supply B. At Least 24 Gbit Ports C. 10gbit Fiber Module D. Sfp+ To Sfp+ Connector 7. Two (2) Units - Access Point Cap-ac 8. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 10. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - Switch Installation 12. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services Supplier 13. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Network Switches 15. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 16. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 17. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 18. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.20 Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage 1. Eight (8) Lots - Hci Cluster: A. Form Factor: 2u Rack Server B. A Total Of Eight (8) Hci Nodes C. Must Have 2x 6426y 16c 185w 2.5ghz Processor Per Node D. Must Have A Total Of 256gb 2rx8 4800mhz Memory Per Node. Can Support Up To 8tb Of Memory E. Network Interfaces Must Have A 2x 2-ports 10gb Base-t F. Storage Drives Must Have 2.5" Cache Drives And 3.5" For The Capacity Drives G. Must Have 2x M.2 Nvme 960gb Read Intensive Pcie Gen 4 Ssd For The Boot Drive H. Must Have A Total Effective Capacity Of At Least 500 Tb And 700 Tb Raw Capacity On Rf2 With 0% Savings I. Must Have Redundant 1100w Platinum Psu J. 2u Rack Mounted K. Software Inclusion: I. Must Include Rhel For Virtual Datacenters Premium 3 Years. Ii. Must Include Microsoft Center Licenses, Cals, And Sql Server With Software Assurance For The Education Sector. L. Hypervisor Support: I. Supports Industry-standard Hypervisors Like Vmware Esxi, And Native (bundled) M. Hci Features: Ii. Hci Licenses Should Be Oem Iii. Can Support Heterogeneous Clusters And Storage Nodes Only Iv. Must Have Vm-centric Snapshots & Clones V. Must Have Data Tiering Vi. Must Have Online Cluster Grow/shrink Vii. Must Have Data Path Redundancy Viii. Up To 2 Tunable Redundancy Factor Ix. Basic Compression (lz4) - Inline And Post-process X. Deep Compression (lz4hc) - Greater Efficiency For Cold Data Xi. Cache Deduplication Xii. Capacity Deduplication Xiii. Volume Groups - For In-cluster Vms Xiv. Async Replication (rpo = 1 Hr Or Greater) Xv. Application Consistent Snapshots Xvi. Client Authentication Xvii. Centralized Management Can Support Multi-cluster Management Xviii. Infrastructure Management, Monitoring, And Health Xix. Enterprise Authentication And Rbac Xx. Rest Apis Xxi. Comprehensive Search Xxii. Management Can Support The Report Xxiii. Management Has A Customizable Dashboard Xxiv. Management Can Plan And Forecast The Capacity Xxv. Resource Inefficiency Detection And Right-sizing Xxvi. Low-code/no-code Operations Automation Xxvii. Must Have 50tib Licenses For Unified Storage N. Hardware Management Features: I. Configure An Hci Node Ii. Update An Hci Node Iii. Integrate Into External Apps Through Integrators Or Rest Apis Iv. Manage Servers, Network, And Storage V. Auto-discover Systems Vi. Monitor And Track Multiple Systems, And Handle Faults Including Call Home Or Equivalent Vii. Manage Server, Network, And Storage Updates With Policies Viii. Configure Multiple Servers With Software Patterns Ix. Install Operating Systems And Hypervisors X. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Components Xi. Encapsulation, Which Enables Us To Configure The Management Software To Change The Firewall Rules For The Devices So That Incoming Requests Are Accepted Only From The Management Software Xii. Compliant With Nist Sp 800-131a Or Fips 140-2. Hardware Management Should Support Self-signed Ssl Certificates (issued By An Internal Certificate Authority) Or External Ssl Certificates (private Or Commercial Ca). Xiii. Must Include An Audit Log That Provides A Historical Record Of User Actions, Such As Logging On, Creating Users, Or Changing User Passwords. O. Hardware Management Platform Should Have A Mobile App With The Following Features: I. View The Status Summary Of All Hardware Ii. Monitor The Detailed Status Of Each Device Iii. Monitor Inventory Of Each Device Iv. Monitor Audit Events, Hardware And Management Events, Alerts, And Jobs. V. Performs Power Actions On The Device. Vi. Act On Common System-level Tasks To Minimize The Risk Of Disruptions And Downtime. Vii. Forward Emails To Share Inventory, Alerts, And Event Information. Viii. Perform Initial Configuration Of Servers, Retrieve Diagnostic Information (virtual Lcd) And Perform Actions, Initiate Hardware Management From A Mobile Device. Ix. Monitor Hardware Inventory For Unexpected Component Changes, And Simply Log The Event Or Prevent Booting X. Enforces Cnsa 1.0 Level Security Xi. Enables Administrators To Manage And Synchronize Configurations And Firmware Levels Across Multiple Servers Xii. Should Be Available On Both Ios And Android. Xiii. The Hci Should Provide A Single Unified Management Console For The Management Of The Entire Environment Including Virtualized Environment As Well As Software Defined Storage Environment, Underlying Hardware, And Associated Components. Xiv. The Hci Should Provide Enterprise Data Services Such As Deduplication And Compression With Erasure Coding Completely In Software Without Dependency On Any Proprietary Hardware. Xv. System Management Must Be Able To Provide Proactive Alerts For Processors, Voltage Regulators, Memory, Internal Storage, Fans, Power Supplies, Raid Controllers, And Server Ambient And Sub-component Temperatures. Xvi. Must Be 100% Software-defined Without Dependency On Proprietary Hardware Or Networking Components. Xvii. Supports Differing Cpu & Memory Configurations Of Nodes Within The Same Cluster Xviii. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Fips 140-2 Certification Xix. The Hyper-converged Platform Must Have Common Criteria Security Certification. 2. One (1) Lot - Kvm Switch With Lcd Console A. 16-ports Kvm Switch And One (1) Lcd Console. Must Be The Same Brand As The Hci Nodes. B. Must Be Able To Handle 2 Concurrent Users. C. Local User Connection For Kvm: Vga + Usb D. Maximum Number Of Target Systems: 16 E. Maximum Video Resolution: 1600x1200 (4:3),1680x1050 (wide) 3. Thirty-two (32) Roll - Green Cat6 Cable 4. One (1) Service - Storage System Installation 5. One (1) Service - Storage Network Configuration Services 6. One (1) Service - System Design Services 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Compute System 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Software Warranty 16. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.21 Data Center Backup And Recovery System 1. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System - Hardware A. Must Have At Least 4410t 10c 150w 2.7ghz Processor. B. Must Have At Least 32gb 4800mhz Memory With Expansion Of Up To 8tb. C. Must Have 4-ports 10gb Base-t. D. Must Have At Least 22tb Storage Capacity. E. Must Have 2x M.2 480gb Read Intensive Sata Ssd. F. Raid Controller Should Support Raid 0,1,10,5,50,6 Configurations With 4gb Cache. G. Must Include Microsoft Windows Server Standard And Client Access Licenses (cals) For The Education Sector. 2. One (1) Lot - Enterprise On-premises Data Backup System – Software A. The Backup And Recovery Solution Should Work With Virtualized Infrastructure Based On Version 6.x, 7.0, 8.0, Microsoft Hyper V 2022 Or Higher And Later Versions, Nutanix Ahv Version 6.5 And Later, And Red Hat Virtualization Version 4.4 Sp1 (red Hat Virtualization Manager Version 4.5.0 Or Later) In A Single Product B. The Solution Should Provide A Centralized Console To Coordinate Backup, Replication, Recovery Verification And Restore Tasks. It Is Also Used To Set Up And Manage Backup Infrastructure Components. C. The Solution Must Provide Immutability To Prohibit Modification Or Deletion Of Backup Data As A Result Of Malware Activity Or Ransomware Attacks. D. Must Provide Agentless Protection Without The Need To Install Agents Inside Each Vm Running On Vmware, Hyper-v, Nutanix Ahv, And Rhv Platforms E. Must Support Direct Attached Storage, Network Attached Storage, Deduplicating Storage Appliances, And Object Storage As Backup Repositories F. Ability To Utilize Forever Forward Incremental, Forward Incremental & Reverse Incremental Backup Methodology. G. Ability To Perform Agentless Transaction Log Backup And Replay And Database Restore To Original Or New Sql Server H. Ability To Select And Choose Multiple Mssql Databases When Performing A Mass Database Export, Restore, Or Instant Recovery. I. The Solution Must Provide Automated Tests And Verification Of Each Backup Or Replica To Assure Recoverability In Case Of Production Failure. The Verification Must Include Vm Files, Os, And Applications Including Custom Testing Using Scripts J. The Solution Must Provide 105 Options To Perform Recovery. K. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms L. Included Built-in Aes 256-bit Encryption, Compression, And Deduplication In A Single Product Without An Additional Option To Purchase M. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. N. Ability To Combine One Or More Backup Repositories Or Object Storage (aws S3, Azure Blob, Gcp & Any S3 Object Compatible) Repositories And Tier Backup Data From Performance To Capacity And Archive Tier. O. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv P. Able To Provide Secure Access To The Backup Console With Optional Two-factor Authentication (2fa) That Is Based On Time-based One-time Passwords (totp) 3. Twenty-four (24) Months - Cloud-based Disaster Recovery System A. The Solution Must Have The Ability To Provide Recovery Delegation For Individual Or Group Vms B. The Solution Should Support Direct Backup To Object Storage Such As Amazon S3, Google Cloud Storage, Ibm Cloud Object Storage, Microsoft Azure Blob Storage, And Any S3-compatible Object Storage On-premise And In The Cloud. C. Provide Agent-based Data Protection For Physical Server On Windows Or Linux With Support For Bare Metal Recovery, Export As Virtual Disk & Able To Perform Instant Recovery To Vmware Platform, Microsoft Hyper-v, And Nutanix Ahv D. The Billing Of Dr Site Resources Must Only Be In Effect When The Resources Are Used. E. Must Provide For Monitoring And Periodic Conduct Of Dr Drills F. Must Have The Capability To Instantiate Test Instances For Non-disruptive Testing G. Must Be Able To Set Up And Initiate Continuous Data Replication. H. Must Provide Replication For At Least 10 Servers 4. One (1) Service - Electrical And Racking Design Services 5. One (1) Service - Network Design And Consultation 6. One (1) Service - Disaster Recovery Site Provisioning And Testing 7. One (1) Service - Application Installation 8. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 9. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 10. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 11. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization Of Data Center Backup And Recovery System 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 14. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 15. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.22 Cloud Infrastructure-as-a-service 1. Cloud Infrastructure Subscription A. Payment Terms I. Basc Shall Pay The Vendor A Fixed Monthly Fee For All Cloud-related Services. Ii. The Accumulated Payables Within The Validity Of The Subscription Period Must Not Exceed The Budget Set For This Procurement. Iii. All Activated Additional Resources Must Be Billed Not Less Than 30 Calendar Days From The Date Of Activation, Or 60 Calendar Days Should It Be Activated Beyond The Agreed “cut-off” Period. Iv. All Chargeable Costs Must Be Inclusive Of Vat. V. Basc Shall Reserve The Right To Take Over The Root Account And Pay The Billings Directly. To Avail Of This Prerogative, Basc Must Inform The Vendor In Writing At Least 3 Months Prior To Contract Expiration. B. One (1) Lot – Cloud Management Services I. The Vendor Shall Have Cloud Provider Preference, Provided That The Cloud Provider Adheres To The Standards Stated In Section 2.b. Ii. The Vendor Shall Migrate Agreed-upon Resources From The Current Cloud Computing Service Platform Or Its Current Site To The New Cloud Computing Platform In Coordination/collaboration With Basc’s It Team. Iii. The Vendor Shall Provide Counterpart Technical Support In The Setup, Configuration And Monitoring Of Cloud Infrastructure. 2. Cloud Infrastructure Standards A. Cloud Infrastructure Providers Should Have Global Presence. B. Certified For Information Security Management Systems (iso 27001) C. Certified For Code Of Practice For Information Security Controls Based On Iso/iec 27002 For Cloud Services (iso/iec 27017) D. Certified For Code Of Practice For Protection Of Personally Identifiable Information (pii) In Public Clouds Acting As Pii Processors (iso/iec 27018) 3. Data Center Standards A. Must Have The Capability To Deploy A Highly Available And Multi-zone Disaster Recovery Solution Across Multiple Data Centers Within The Asean Region B. Must Have The Ability To Provide A Managed Relational Database Service That Can Be Integrated With Any Chosen Software Solutions. C. Must Have The Capability To Deploy Standard Virtual Machines And Cloud-native Services. 4. Account Management A. The Account Ownership And Its Related Services Shall Belong To The Vendor. Access Rights Should Be Given To Basc, As Deemed Necessary, To Perform Monitoring Services Related To The Project 5. Warranty A. Cloud Management Services - One (1) Year 6. One (1) Lot - Secure Access Path A. Split Tunneling: Routes Only Specific Traffic Through The Vpn. B. Always-on Vpn: Maintains A Constant Secure Connection. C. Kill Switch: Disconnects If The Vpn Tunnel Fails. D. Dynamic Multipoint Vpn (dmvpn): For Dynamic And Scalable Vpn Networks. 7. One (1) Service - Cloud Infrastructure Design And Consultation Services 8. One (1) Service -vpn Network Design And Consultation 9. One (1) Service - Cloud Resources Provisioning And Testing 10. One (1) Service- Project Management Services 11. One (1) Service - User's Training And Knowledge Transfer 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 14. Three (3) Years - Support Warranty E.23 Ip-pa System And Ip-pabx System 1. Ip-pabx System Components A. One (1) Unit - Ip Phone System I. Base Users / Max Users Up To 300 / 500 Ii. Max Concurrent Calls 60 / 120 Iii. Base / Max Call Center Agents 300 / 500 Iv. Max Fxs Ports 16 V. Max Fxo/bri Ports 16 Vi. Max Gsm/3g/4g Ports 6 Vii. Max E1/t1/j1 Ports 2 Viii. Expandable D30 2 Ix. Nfc Read/write X. Ethernet Interfaces 2 X (10/100/1000 Mbps) Xi. Hard Disk 1 Sata (up To 2tb) Xii. Usb 1 (usb Portable Ssd, Up To 2tb) (usb Flash Drive, Up To 256) Xiii. Power Supply Ac 100-240v 50/60hz Xiv. Form Factor 1u Rackmount Xv. Environment Operation Range: 0°c To 40°c, 32°f To 104°f Storage Range: -20°c To 65°c, -4°f To 149°f Humidity: 10-90% Non-condensing B. One (1) Unit - D30 Expansion Module I. Dsp Module, Used To Expand The Capacity Of Pbx. Ii. Extensions Increase By 100 And Concurrent Calls Increase By 30 Additionally. C. One (1) Unit - Ex 08 Module I. Must Support Up To 4 Modules (8 Rj11 Ports). D. Two (2) Units - O2 Module I. Ports 2 Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Supported Model S20, S50, S100, S300 Iii. Ring Frequency Detection 15~50 Hz Iv. Ring Voltage Detection 30+ Vrms (depending On The Fxo Mode) V. Termination Pstn Lines Vi. Echo Cancellation Signaling Modes Foreign Exchange Office: 2-way Connection To Prx Or Key System Trunk. Foreign Exchange Station Defined Network: Provides Access To Major Carrier Services. Private Line Automatic Ringdown (plar)-point-to-point Unswitched Connections. E. One (1) Unit - Voip Gateway I. Rj11 Fxo Ports Ii. Lan 1 10/100mbps Iii. Protocol Sip (rfc3261), Iax2 Iv. Transport Udp, Tcp, Tls, Srtp V. Codec G.711 (alaw/ulaw), G.722, G.723, G.726, G.729a, Gsm, Adpcm Vi. Voice Capability Itu-t G.168 Lec Echo Cancellation, Dynamic Jitter Buffer, Vad, Cng, Plc Vii. Dtmf Mode Rfc2833, Sip Info, In-band Viii. Fax T.30 Ix. Qos Diffserv, Tos, 802.1 P/q Vlan Tagging X. Network Dhcp, Ddns, Openvpn, Pppoe, Static Route, Vlan Xi. Network Protocol Ftp, Tftp, Http, Https, Ssh Xii. Management Protocol Radius Xiii. Signaling Fxs Loop Start, Fxs Kewlstart Xiv. Caller Id: Bell202, Etsi (v23), Ntt (v23-japan), And Dtmf-based Cid Xv. Disconnect Methods: Busy Tone, Polarity Reversal Xvi. Fxo Connectivity: Programmable Ac Impedance, Hangup Detection, Answer Detection, Caller Id Detection Xvii. Power 12v, 1a Xviii. Mounting Desktop, Wall-mount Xix. Compatibility: Interoperable With Asterisk, Lync Server, Freepbx And Certified With Elastix F. Forty-six (46) Units - Ip Phone Handset I. Must Have A Linux Operating System Ii. Must Have 132x64 2.3” Dot-matrix Display Iii. Must Have 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Must Have At Least 600 Call Logs V. Must Have At Least 1000 Local Phonebook Vi. Must Have At Least 1000 Remote Phonebook Vii. Must Have G.722, Opus Wideband Codec Viii. Must Have G.711a/u,g.726,g.723.1, G.729a/b, Ilbc Narrowband Codec Ix. Must Have 2x10/100/1000mbps Network Rate X. Must Have Power Supply Poe Xi. Must Have An Ehs Headset Xii. Must Have Desktop Stand G. Two (2) Units - Enterprise Ip Phone I. Must Have A 3.5-inch Main Color Screen And 2.4-inch Extended Screen For Dss Keys Ii. Hd Audio On Speakerphone And Handset Iii. Support 6-way Audio Conference Iv. Line Keys On The Main Display V. 6 Dss Keys On The Extended Screen, Up To 30 Dss Keys Via 5 Pages Vi. Built-in Bluetooth 4.2, Support Bluetooth Headset; Support Wi-fi Dongle Vii. Support Ehs Wireless Headset Viii. Dual Gigabit Ports, Integrated Poe Ix. Stand With 2 Adjustable Angles Of 45 And 50 Degrees 2. Ip-pa System Components A. One (1) Unit - Digital Ip Network Broadcasting Client Management Software I. Support Each Audio Terminal’s Operation, Audio Streaming Transmission Management, Broadcasting From Each Audio Terminal, And Full Duplex Exchange Of Audio. It Adopts B /s Architecture And Supports Terminal Management, User Management, Program Broadcasting Management, Audio Files Management, Record Storage, And Internal Communication Scheduling Through Web Login. Ii. Support Program Database Sources Management, Timing Broadcast, And Real-time Media Service Vod For All Audio Terminals, Program Broadcasting For Each Terminal, And Data Interface Service For Each Audio Workstation Iii. Support Full-duplex Voice Data Exchange, Paging And Call From Each Intercom Terminal, Various Calling Modes (like One Button To Call, One Button To The Intercom, One Button To Ask For Help, One Button To Alarm, And So On), Automatic Answer, Manual Answer, And Custom Answer Tone. Iv. Support Multiple Calling Strategies, Including Call Waiting, Call Forwarding, No Answer Reminder, And Custom Setting For Time Strategy And Forwarding Strategy. It Supports Setting Up The Call Strategy Of The Intercom Terminal. It Can Customize The Call Time From 0 To 180s Or No Limit. It Can Choose Whether To Answer Automatically Or Not. It Also Supports Customizing The Choice Of Calling Ringtones And Waiting Ringtones. V. Support Terminal Short Circuit Linkage Trigger. Users Can Arbitrarily Set The Trigger Scheme And Trigger Terminal Quantity. The Trigger Scheme Includes Short Circuit Output, Music Playback, And Patrol Alarm. Vi. Support To Program Timing Tasks, Multiple Timing Programs, Support Selecting Any Terminal, And Setting Any Time. Support Timed Task Execution Test, Setting Repetition Period And A Variety Of Audio Source Selections For Timing Tasks (music Playback, Sound Card Acquisition, Terminal Acquisition). Vii. Support Multiple Schemes Of Timed Ringing To Be Enabled At The Same Time. Viii. Support Multiple Tasks To Be Carried Out At The Same Time Ix. Support All Schemes To Be Enabled/ Disabled By One Button. X. Support Bell Scheme Cloning, Task Execution, And Stop Control, Disable And Enable The Function Of A Timing Task. Xi. Support Timing Patrol, Support Execution Time And Repetition Period Of The Custom Patrol Task, 0-30s Customized Interval Of The Indicator Flashing, And External Lock-free Button Short-circuit Switch (with 3.3v Led Indicator Light). Xii. Support Today's Task List View, Which Makes It Easy To Manage All Scheduled Task Information And Execution Status Performed Today. Xiii. Support Terminal Tamper Alarm. Trigger Terminal Alarm When A Terminal Is Demolished Or Trigger Alarm For Other Terminal Linkages. Support Alarm Task To Automatically Cancel The Alarm Function. Xiv. Support External Power Management Of Audio Terminals, Timing Switch O,n And Delay Off. Xv. Support Light Control And The Light Mode Configuration. Xvi. Support All Zones, Part Of The Zones Fire Linkage, N±n Fire Mode, Manual Alarm And Digital Alarm Mixing, Alarm Configuration To Trigger Terminal Collection Tasks Xvii. Support Terminals’ Login Password Central Management, Multiple Priority Management, Easy Automatic Authorization, Task Priority, Terminal Priority, And User Priority Customization. Xviii. Support Sub-control Management Of Multi-users And Arbitrary Degrees To Achieve Remote Program Broadcasting Management. Xix. Support Multi-user, Multi-level, Specified Permissions, Specified Functions, And Specified Terminals To Classify And Manage The Background. Xx. The Terminals Support Three-wire And Four-wire Volume Control Functions; The Four-wire Volume Control Needs An External Power Supply. Xxi. Support To Set The Zones And Control The Power To The 8-channel Terminal Through Web Background Or Sub-control Client Side. Xxii. Support To Set The Time Display In The Terminals Can Set 0 - 6 Level Brightness Value, It Can Realize No Time Display Mode When The Terminal Is Offline. Xxiii. Support Broadcast, Intercom, Real-time Acquisition, Terminal Monitoring ,and Recording. Xxiv. Support Remote On-demand Operation By Remote Controller. Xxv. Support Terminal Audio Acquisition And Broadcast Function. Xxvi. Support Local Audio Collection Function, The Local File Can Be Played To Any Designated Terminal. Xxvii. Support Scheduled Offline Ringing Function, Which Enables The Terminal To Perform Scheduled Ringing Tasks When The Network Is Disconnected Xxviii. Support Offline Downloading Of Ringing Tasks; Xxix. Support To Clear The Offline Tasks On The Terminals. Xxx. Support The Telephone Broadcasting Function, Realize The Function That The Telephone Initiates All Zone Broadcasting Or Part Of The Zones Or Single Zone Broadcasting. Xxxi. Support Remote Firmware Upgrade To The Terminal, No Need To Upgrade Locally, Which Can Reduce The Maintenance Work. Xxxii. Support Background Skin Change Function, You Can Switch Skin Themes Freely According To Your Preference. Xxxiii. Support Terminal Details Exporting Function, Support To Export The Configuration Details Of The Current System Terminal By Table. Xxxiv. Support Batch Modification Of The Time Of Scheduled Tasks And Execution Terminal. Xxxv. Support Sdk Kits, Standard Mfc Dynamic Link Libraries, And Http Protocols To Achieve Integration With Third-party Platforms. Xxxvi. Support The Terminal To Self-define The Area Division, Realizing The Management Of The Terminal’s Real-time Status According To Different Zones. Xxxvii. The Log Records The System Operation Status And Records The System Operation And Terminal Working Status In Real-time. Each Paging, Call, And Broadcast Operation Is Recorded. Xxxviii. The System Is Compatible With Any Network Structure Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Xxxix. Windows Service Mode, Support Win7, Server2008, And Higher Systems. Xl. It Uses The Background System Service To Run, Which Is An Enterprise-level Standard Server Working Mode. The System Can Run Automatically When The System Is Turned On. It Has Higher Stability And Reliability Than The Software Running In The Foreground Of The Interface. B. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I7 Or Amd Ryzen7 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4gb Vram, Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in C. One (1) Unit - 2kva Ups I. Must Have Capacity 2000va Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Indicators: Battery Mode Green Lighting, Ac Mode Green Lighting Xii. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding Every 10 Seconds Xiii. Must Have A Low Battery Sounding Every Second Xiv. Must Have Overload Sounding Every 0.5 Second Xv. Must Have Fault Continuously Sounding Xvi. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection Xvii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) Xviii. Must Operating Humidity 0~90% Rh(non-condensing) D. Two (2) Units - Desktop Intercom Paging Microphone I. With Desktop Design, It’s Built-in 7-inch Resistance Touch Screen By 800 × 480 Dot Matrix K600 + Kernel 65k Color, To Fulfill Clear Display And Sensitive Touch. Ii. With Numeric And Function Keys Interface. Iii. Support Paging To Single Or Multiple Zones, All Zones. Support Direct Paging Or Intercom With Terminal, Support Environmental Monitoring To Any Terminal, With Distance Up To 5 Meters. Iv. With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology, High-speed Industrial-grade Chips. V. Built-in 1 Channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module That Supports Tcp / Ip, Udp, Igmp (multicast) Protocol To Achieve 16-bit Stereo Cd Quality Network Audio Signal Transmission. Vi. It Is Compatible With Routers, Switches, Bridges, Gateways, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, 4g, Multicast, Unicast, And Other Arbitrary Network Structures. Vii. Support Full-duplex Two-way Intercom Function, Built-in Network Echo Cancellation Module. Viii. Support Two-way Intercom Between The Terminals, With A Network Delay Of Less Than 100ms, And Suppress The Network Echo Howling Completely. Ix. Support Hints Of Asking For Help Signal Ringing And Flashing Lights, One Key To Accept The Call, Intercom, Hands-free Calls And Receive Broadcast, To Achieve Quick Links. X. Support Multiple Paging Modes, Including Paging Waiting, Paging Forwarding, And Answer Reminding. Xi. Support For Answering Automatically, Manual Answering, And Support For Custom Answer Tone. Xii. Support The User-defined Setting Of Time For Call Forwarding, No Answer, And Call Waiting. Xiii. Built-in 2w Full-frequency Hi-fi Speaker, To Fulfill Two-way Conversation And Network Monitoring. Xiv. One Φ3.5 Headphone Jack And One Φ3.5 Mic Input Socket, Matching 95% Headphones And A Portable Microphone In The Market. Xv. With One Line Output For External Amplifier Expansion, And One Line Input For More Audio Source Transmission. Xvi. One-way Alarm Output For Short Circuit Trigger Can Be Cascaded With An External Alarm Device Or Access Control; One-way Short Circuit Input Can Be Used To Trigger Preset Voice Prompts (or Alarm) And Also Can Be Used To Control The Access Control To Linkage With Input Short-circuit Signal. Xvii. The Digital Products Are More Convenient For Extension, With No Limit By The Geographical Position, No Need To Increase Management Equipment In The Control Center, Sharing Network To Save Cabling And Simple Installation. Xviii. It Supports Remote Updating To The Hardware Terminal, With No Need To Upgrade Locally, To Reduce Maintenance Work And Make Simpler Operation. Xix. With 10 Buttons, Supports Customized One-button Paging And One-button Broadcasting. E. Twenty (20) Units - Wall Mount Speakers 30w I. The Equipment Is Designed With Embedded Computer Technology And Dsp Audio Processing Technology. Ii. Built-in 1-channel Network Hardware Audio Decoding Module, Supports Tcp/ip, Udp Protocol, Realizes The Network Transmission Of 16-bit Cd Audio Signal. Iii. Supporting Poe (ieee 802.3af) Power Supply Mode, Only One Network Cable Is Needed To Connect To The Poe Switch, So The Operation Is Simple And Convenient. Iv. Equipped With A Dc 24v Standby Power Interface, It Is Suitable For Power Supply When Power Demand Is Greater Than 10w Or For Non-poe Networks. V. Digital Power Amplifiers With Intelligent Gain Adjustment, Adaptive Power Supply, And Automatic Power Adjustment Are Always In The State Of Performance Optimization And Efficiency Maximization. Vi. Full-band, High-sensitivity Amplifier Unit With Abundant Power And High Fidelity. Vii. Compatible With Any Network Architecture Such As Router, Switch, Bridge Gateway, Modem, Internet, 2g, 3g, And 4g. Viii. Supporting The Broadcasting System To Upgrade The Terminal Firmware Remotely, Without Upgrading To The Terminal Locally, So As To Reduce The Work Intensity Of Maintenance. F. Forty-six (46) Units - Outdoor Column Speaker 20w I. Outdoor Waterproof Column Speaker, Streamlined Design. Ii. The Shell Is Made Of One-piece Thickened Aluminum Alloy, Which Can Effectively Reduce The Resonance Of The Cabinet When The Sound Pressure Is High, And The Surface Adopts Outdoor Powder Spraying To Prolong The Service Life. Iii. The Mesh Cover Is Made Of Aluminum Alloy, One-piece Stamping, And Covered With A High Acoustic Sponge, Further Improving The Waterproof Performance And Increasing The Service Life. Iv. Using Six 2.5-inch Full-range Speaker Units, Bearing High Power, Low Distortion, And Excellent Vocal Performance. V. Built-in High-performance 100v Audio Transformer, Which Can Reduce The Loss In The Circuit Due To Impedance. Vi. Using High-quality Wires, It Can Be Used At Full Load For A Long Time, With Good Anti-scald And Conductivity Capabilities. Vii. L-shaped Bracket Design, Convenient And Flexible Adjustment Scheduling, User-friendly Operation, And Installation Debugging. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-in Materials 4. One (1) Lot - Scope Of Works I. Device Installation And Termination Ii. Cable Testing And Tracing Iii. Technical Configuration, Testing, Commissioning, System Configuration, Training, System Design, And System Management. 5. One (1) Service - Network Design, Consultation (signed By Pece) And Permits 6. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 7. One (1) Service - Switch & Access Point Installation 8. One (1) Service - Network Configuration Services 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Scaling And Optimization (testing And Analysis By Fluke Systems) 11. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil), Field Office 12. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 13. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 14. Two (2) Years - Warranty E.24 E-library Infrastructure 1. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen 5 Processor (or Higher) B. Memory: 8 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher C. Form Factor: Tower D. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) E. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) F. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) G. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse H. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch I. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) J. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher K. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in L. Must Have 650va Ups 2. Twenty (20) Units – Desktop Computers Headphones A. Audio Specifications Must Have, Frequency Response: 20 Hz To 20,000 Hz (standard Range For Human Hearing), Impedance: 32 Ohms (standard For Most Headsets; Higher Impedance May Be Better For High-end Audio), Sensitivity: 90-120 Db (decibels) At 1 Mw For Sound Level, Driver Size: 30-50 Mm (larger Drivers Often Provide A Better Bass Response), Sound Output: Stereo Or 7.1 Surround Sound (for Gaming And Multimedia), Total Harmonic Distortion (thd): Less Than 1% (minimizes Audio Distortion), Noise-canceling: Active (anc) Or Passive, B. Microphone Specifications Must Have, Type: Omnidirectional Or Unidirectional, Frequency Response: 100 Hz To 10,000 Hz, Sensitivity: -38 Db ± 3 Db, Noise Cancellation: Active Or Passive Noise-canceling Microphone, Mute Function: Usually Included For Easy On/off Control, C. Connectivity Wired: 3.5 Mm Audio Jack, Usb (type-a Or Type-c) D. Controls Volume Control: On-ear Cup Or Inline Volume Adjustment, Playback Control: Some Models Allow Pause/play/skip For Media. 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 5. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - User Training 7. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 8. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 9. One (1) Service- Forwarding Cost 10. One (1) - Temporary Facility (temfacil) 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.25 E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 1. Twenty (20) Units - Smart Tv A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160, Picture Quality: 4, Brightness Detection C. Ultimate Dimming, Contrast Enhancer, Adaptive Sound D. Multi-device Experience, Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port, Bluetooth E. Usb At Least One (1) Port, Wireless Lan Built-in, F. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 2. Eight (8) Unit – Smart Led Solar Powered Light I. Independent Distributed Power Supply System Ii. Solar Powered W/ Smart Sensors Iii. High Quality Lithium Battery Iv. Input Voltage Ac 110~220v (+/-10%) V. Pole-mounted Installation Vi. Mounting: Ground Structured Support For Outdoor Smart Led Solar Powered Light 3. Eleven (11) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panel Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce 4. Eleven (11) Units - Ups A. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w B. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac C. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac D. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz E. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac F. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% G. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz H. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms I. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 J. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% K. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding L. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge, And Overcharge Protection M. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) 5. Biometric And Door Access With Connectivity (restricted Rooms And Offices Only) A. Eighty-six (86) Units - Fingerprint And Card Reader I. Must Have Rs-485 Protocol1 Ii. Must Support Mifare 13.56 Mhz Card Or Fingerprint Iii. Must Store Up To 3,000 Fingerprints Iv. Must Have Watchdog Function For Tamper Detection V. Must Have Audible And Visual Indicators Vi. Must Support Surface-mount Installation Vii. Must Support Unlock Mode Ic Card, Fingerprint, Combination Viii. Must Have Card Reader Format 13.56 Mhz Mifare Ix. Must Have Response Time 0.1s B. Eighty-six (86) Units - Access Controller I. Must Have Tcp/ip Communication. Ii. Must Support Communication Protocols Rs-485 And Wiegand. Iii. Must Support Storing 100,000 User And 500,000 Card-swiping Records. Iv. Must Support Multi-door Interlock, Multi-user Unlock, Aand Nti-passback. V. Must Support Remote Unlock. Vi. Must Support Reader Tamper Alarm, Intrusion Alarm, Unlocking Timeout Vii. Must Have An Alarm, Duress Alarm, Invalid Card Exceeding Threshold Alarm, And Incorrect Password Alarm. Viii. Must Support Built-in Rtc, Manual Time Fixing, And Automatic Time Fixing. Ix. Must Support Online Upgrades. X. Must Support A Watchdog Mechanism To Ensure The Operation Stability. C. Eighty-six (86) Units - Ups I. Must Have Capacity 1500va/900w Ii. Must Support Input Rated Voltage 220vac~240vac 110vac~120vac Iii. Must Support Voltage Range 140vac~290vac 81vac~145vac Iv. Must Have A Rated Frequency Range Of 50hz Or 60hz V. Must Have Output Voltage 220/230/240 Vac 110/120 Vac Vi. Must Have Ac Voltage Regulation (batt. Mode) ±10% Vii. Must Have Frequency Range (batt. Mode) 50hz Or60hz±1hz Viii. Must Transfer Time 2-6ms Ix. Must Support Battery Type & Number 12 V/9 Ah X 2 X. Must Charging Voltage 27.4v±1% Xi. Must Have Alarm: Battery Mode Sounding, Low Battery Sounding, Overload Sounding, And Fault Continuously Sounding Xii. Must Have Protection: Full Protection Overload, Discharge And Overcharge Protection Xiii. Must Operating Temperature 0°c ~ +40°c (+32°f ~ +104°f) D. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Electromagnetic Lock I. The Casing Must Made Of Aluminum Alloy Ii. Must Have The Following Functions: Signal Output Com/no/nc, Door Status Detection 1, Relay Iii. Must Have Tension Up To 280 Kg (617.29 Lb), Tensile Force Iv. Must Have Anti-corrosion Level Basic Protection E. Ninety-eight (98) Units - Bracket For Door I. Must Support Up To 280kg Magnetic Lock Ii. Must The Material: High Strength Aluminum Alloy Iii. Must Support Door Type: Wooden, Metal, Fire Door Iv. Must Support Open Way: 90°/180° F. Eight (8) Units - Card Enrollment Reader I. Must Be Equipped With The 32-bit High-speed Processor Ii. Must Have A Built-in Audible Beeper Iii. Must Support Read Format 13.56mhz 125khz Iv. Must Have Read Range 3cm-5cm (max.) V. Must Have Communication Interface Usb To Pc Vi. Must Have Power Supply 5v Dc/100ma Vii. Must Have Ce And Fcc Certificates G. Five Hundred (500) Pcs - Laminated Integrated Circuit (ic) Card I. Must Have Read/write Function Ii. Must Be Made Of Pvc Material Iii. Must Support Standard: Mifare S50, 13.56 Mhz Iv. Must Have Range: Approximately 10 Cm (3.94 In.) H. Accessories I. Eighty-six (86) Units - Infrared Exit Button 1. Must Have Plastic Or Stainless Steel Case 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -30°c~+60°c Ii. Eighty-six (86) Units - Emergency Break Glass Button 1. Must Have Nc/no/com Ports 2. Must Support Working Temperature Is -20°c~+55°c I. One (1) Lot - Software Note: Stand-alone 1. Must Have Video Surveillance, Access Control, And Various Attendance Functions. 2. Must Built To Be Versatile, Provide Direct Access To The Web Client, And Feature P2p Linking, Real-time Monitoring, Video Playback, Event Center, Access Control And Attendance, 3. Must Have A Monitoring Screen That Can Be Viewed In Real-time On The Platform. Can Also View Snapshots Taken Of The Monitoring Screen, And Play Video Recordings. 4. Built To Work With Access Control Devices, It Can Be Used To Remotely Open And Close Doors, Access Videos From Cameras, And Remotely Configure Alarm Settings. 5. Works Together With Attendance Devices To Allow You To Manage Shifts, Handle Errors, Configure Settings For Business Trips And Leave Of Absence, And Generate Statistics On Attendance. 6. Access Control: Device Type Face Recognition Access Terminal (asi), Access Controller, (asc), Time & Attendance Terminal (asa), Number Of People 1000, Time Template 128, Time Period Up To 4, Holiday Plan Up To 16, Anti-passback Group Max. 2, First Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Multi Card Unlock Record Max. 64, Inter-door Lock Record Max. 64, Real-time Event Display Max. 100 J. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer 1. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) 2. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher 3. Form Factor: Tower 4. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) 5. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) 6. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) 7. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse 8. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch 9. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) 10. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher 11. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 12. Must Have 1*1500va Ups 6. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric For Employees With Connectivity For Time-in And Timeout A. Thirty (30) Units - Biometric - Time & Attendance I. Must Support Up To 1.500 Fingerprints, Up To 100.000 Record,s And Up To 2.000 Cards (optional). Ii. Must Support Multi-languages. Iii. Must Have Communication: Tcp/ip, Usb-host, Wi-fi (optional). Iv. Must Have High Verification Speed. V. Must Have Professional Firmware And Platform. B. One (1) Lot - Management Software Note: Included In Hris And Payroll Management System C. One (1) Unit - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Memory: 16 Gb Ddr4 Or Higher Iii. Form Factor: Tower Iv. Storage: At Least 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) V. Graphics Processing Unit (gpu): 4g Gddr5 (or Higher) Vi. Display: At Least 23.8” Hd Led Display (or Higher) Vii. Peripherals: Power Cords, Keyboard & Optical Mouse Viii. Chassis: Usb Ports, Audio Port, Mic Port, Power Switch, Reset Switch Ix. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) X. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher Xi. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in Xii. Must Have 1*650va Ups 7. One (1) Site - Electrical Works Temporary Facility (temfacil) 8. One (1) Site - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) / Roughing - In 9. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 10. One (1) Service - Smartboard Installation, Setup, And Configuration 11. One (1) Site - Installation Components (biometric Installation, Setup, And Configuration) 12. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 13. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 14. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 15. One (1) Service Mobilization Cost 16. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 17. One (1) Year - Extended Support Warranty E.26 Software And Network Laboratories 1. Twenty (20) Units - Desktop Computers A. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) B. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) C. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Or Higher D. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) E. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) F. Display: 14” Display G. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics H. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid I. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above J. Ethernet Port Or Usb K. Power Cord: At Least 45w L. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 2. Four (4) Units - Interactive Smart Tv ( 65") A. Screen Size: 65” B. Resolutions: 3840x2160 C. Picture Quality: 4 D. Brightness Detection E. Ultimate Dimming F. Contrast Enhancer G. Adaptive Sound H. Multi-device Experience I. Hdmi At Least Two (2) Port J. Usb At Least One (1) Port K. Wireless Lan Built-in L. Bluetooth M. Power-supply: Ac100-240v~ 50/60hz 3. One (1) Unit - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10;android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle 4. One (1) Unit - 1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 5. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 6. One (1) Service - Project Management 7. One (1) Service - Temporary Facility (temfacil) For 30 Days 8. One (1) Service - Smart Board Installation, Set Up, And Configuration 9. One (1) Service - Training And Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Smart Tv Installation 11. One (1) Service - Desktop Installation/software Setup And Configuration 12. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 13. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost, Demobilization 14. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 15. One (1) Service - Cabling Works 16. One (1) Lot - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 17. One (1) Year - Support Warranty E.27 Smart Function Hall 1. Smart Function Hall (audio System) A. Six (6) Units - Active Speakers I. Power: 1300w Peak, 650w Rms Ii. Lf Driver: 12" Ferrite Woofer Iii. Hf Driver: 1" Neodymium Tweeter Iv. Frequency Range: 50hz - 20khz V. Maximum Spl: 127db Vi. Mounting Options: Suspension Points, Pole Socket, Universal Yoke Mount B. One (1) Unit - Digital Mixer With Ipad Controller I. Channels: 32 Input, 40 Mix Channels Ii. Inputs: 8 X Xlr, 8 X Xlr-1/4" Combo, 1 X Dual Rca Stereo Iii. Outputs: 2 X Xlr, 1 X Xlr (mono Sum), 6 X Xlr (mix Out) Iv. Effects: Flex Fx Multi-effects Processor, 4 Effects Slots V. Control: Touch-sensitive Motorized Faders, Daw Control C. One (1) Set - Control Room Monitor Speakers I. Driver: 6.5" Composite Cone Lf, 1.25" Silk Tweeter Hf Ii. Power: 130w Rms Iii. Frequency Response: 42hz - 20khz Iv. Maximum Spl: 104db D. Two (2) Units - Wireless Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 20khz Ii. Operating Range: 300 Ft Line-of-sight Iii. Battery Life: Up To 14 Hours E. Four (4) Units - Wired Microphones With Stands I. Frequency Response: 50hz - 15khz Ii. Max Spl: 94db Spl F. One (1) Unit - Rack Mount Server I. Cpu: Intel I7 12th Gen Ii. Ram: 32gb Iii. Storage: 1tb Sata, 500gb Ssd Iv. Graphics Cards: 4 G. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Ai Auto Tracking I. Resolution: Uhd 4k, 1080p Signal Format Ii. Zoom: 30x Optical, 16x Digital Iii. Connectivity: Ethernet, Hdmi, 3g-sdi H. One (1) Unit - Ptz Camera Controller With Lcd Screen I. Control: Ndi, Ip, And Serial Control Ii. Protocols: Visca, Pelco-p & D Iii. Compatibility: Sony, Newtek Iv. Display: Lcd Screen For Real-time Status I. One (1) Lot - Cabling And Installation Smart Function Hall 2. Smart Function Hall (indoor Video Wall) A. One (1) Lot - Led Panel I. Must Have 4.2x2.025m P0.9375 Indoor Led Screen Ii. Led Lamp Parameter: Color Configuration: Rgb 3in1, Color: Red, Green, Blue, Luminance: 990-1210 Mcd, 1980-2420 Mcd, 495-605 Mcd, Viewing Angle: 160º/160º, Wavelength: 625-630 Nm, 520-525 Nm, 465-470 Nm Iii. Must Have Led Module Parameter: Pixel Pitch(mm) 0.9375, Iv. Pixel Configuration Cob, Module Size(mm) W 300 H 168.75, Module Resolution(dots) W 320 H 180, Drive Ic Icn1069 V. Must Have Led Cabinet Parameter: Cabinet Size (mm) W 600 H 337.5, Cabinet Resolution (dots) W 640 H 360, Cabinet Pixels (dots) 230400, Cabinet Material Die Casting Aluminum, Cabinet Weight (kg) 4.8 Vi. Must Have Led Screen Parameter: Screen Size(m)w 4.2 W 2.025 H, Screen Resolution(dots)w 4480 W 2160 H, Cabinet Quantity(pc)w 7 W 6 H, Pixel Density(pixel/m2) 1137778, Brightness(cd/m2) 600, Brightness Adjusted 256 Grade By Software Or By Auto-optic Induced, Driving Method 1/46 Scan Display Color 439, 804, 651, 110, Viewing Distance (m) ≥0.9375m, View Angle Horizontal 160°; Vertical 160° Color Contrast Ratio 5000:1, Gray Grade 16bit, Refresh Frequency (hz) 3840, Protective Grade Ip43, Working Temperature(ºc) -30～+70, Stored Temperature (ºc) -40～+80, Operation Humidity(rh) 0-95%, Lifetime 100,000 Hrs Maintenance Front Side Working Voltage Ac110 / Ac220v±10% 47～63hz, Power Consumption Max: 800w/㎡ ; Ave:310w/㎡" B. One (1) Lot - Controller I. Must Have Three Kinds Of Led 4k Sending Cards: (1) − H_20xrj45 Sending Card Loads Up To 13,000,000 Pixels, (2) − H_16xrj45+2xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 10,400,000 Pixels And Provides Two Opt Ports That Copy The Outputs On Ethernet Ports, (3) − H_4xfiber Sending Card Loads Up To 20,800,000 Pixels And Supports Three Working Modes, Including Independent, Copy And Backup. The Three Cards Mentioned Above Cannot Be Used Together To Load The Same Screen. Ii. Must Have Multi-capacity Configuration On A Single Card Slot: − 4x 2k×1k@60hz, − 2x 4k×1k@60hz, − 1x 4k×2k@60hz Iii. Must Have A Simple Screen Configuration Using A Single Card And Connector Iv. Must Have Online Status Monitoring Of All Input And Output Cards V. Must Have Hot-swappable Input And Output Cards Vi. Must Have An H_2xrj45 Ip Input Card That Supports Up To 512 Ip Camera Inputs And Input Mosaic. Vii. Must Have Auto Decryption Of Hdcp-encrypted Sources Viii. Must Have Decimal Frame Rates Supported Ix. Must Have Hdr10 And Hlg Processing X. Each Screen Can Have Its Own Output Resolution. Xi. Must-have Output Mosaic: Adopts The Frame Synchronization Technology, Which Ensures All The Output Connectors Output The Image Synchronously, And The Image Is Complete And Played Smoothly, Without Any Stuck, Frame Loss, Tearing, Or Piercing. Xii. Must Support Irregular Screen Configuration: Supports Irregular Rectangle Mosaic Without Any Limitations. Xiii. Must Have Input Source Grouping Management Xiv. Must Have Eye-saver Mode: Display The Image In A Warmer But Less Bright Way To Relieve Eye Strain. Xv. Lcd Bezel Compensation Xvi. Must Have Multi-layer Display: A Single Card Supports 16x 2k Layers, 8x Dl, Layers, Or 4x 4k Layers. All Layers Support Cross-connector Output And The Layer Quantity Is Not Reduced For Cross-connector Output. Xvii. Must Have High-definition Scrolling Text, Customize The Scrolling Text Content, Such As Slogans Or Notification Messages, And Set The Text Style, Scrolling Direction, And Speed. Xviii. Must Support Up To 2,000 Presets: Fade Effect And Seamless Switching Supported, Less Than 60ms Preset Switching Duration Xix. Must Have Scheduled Playback Of Preset Playlist, Set Whether To Add The Presets To Playlist, Which Is Ideal For Monitoring, Exhibitions, Presentations, And Other Applications. Xx. Must Have Osd Settings On A Single Screen And Adjustable, Osd Transparency Xxi. Must Have Bkg Settings, Bkg Images Do Not Occupy The Layer Resources. The Max Width And Height Of A Bkg Image Are Up To 15k And 8k Respectively. Xxii. Must Have Channel Logo Management: Set A Text Or Image Logo For Identifying The Input Source. Xxiii. Must Have Input Source Cropping And Renaming After Cropping, Crop Any Input Source Image And Form A New Input Source After Cropping. Xxiv. Must Have Hdr And 10-bit Video Processing, Allowing For A More Exquisite And Clear Image. Xxv. Must Have Color Adjustment: Output Connector Color And Screen Color Adjustable, Including Brightness, Contrast, Saturation, Hue, And Gamma. Xxvi. Must Have Xr Scenario Control Xxvii. Must Have Low Latency: Reduce The Latency From The Input Source To The Receiving Card To As Low As 1 Frame. Xxviii. Must Have Web Control: Real-time Response And 1000m/100m Self-adaptive Network Control, Allowing For Multi-user Collaboration. Xxix. Must Have Monitoring Of Inputs And Outputs On A Web Page Xxx. Must Support Firmware Updates On A Web Page Xxxi. Must Have Ark Visualized Management And Control Platform App Control On Pad Device. Xxxii. Must Have Self-test For Fault Detection Xxxiii. Must Have Auto-monitoring And Alarms: Supports Hardware Monitoring, Such As Fan Rotation Speed, Module Temperature And Voltage, And Running Status, And Sends Fault Alarms If Necessary. Xxxiv. Must Support An Optional Power Supply For Higher System Reliability. Xxxv. Must Have Backup Design − Backup Between Devices − Backup Between Led 4k Sending Cards. C. Accessories I. One (1) Unit - Vacuum Suction Ii. One (1) Unit - Structure/bracket 4.2x2.025m Iii. Nine (9) Units - Hdmi Cable 8k 10 Meters Iv. Six (6) Units - 1500va/900w Line Interactive Ups D. Three (3) Units - Desktop Computer I. Processor: Intel I5 Or Amd Ryzen5 Processor (or Higher) Ii. Microsoft Office: Microsoft Office Home And Student 2021 Or Microsoft Office 365 (1-year) Iii. Operating System (os): Windows 11 Pro Or Higher Iv. Memory: 16 Gb (or Higher) V. Storage: 500 Gb Ssd (or Higher) Vi. Display: 14” Display Vii. Graphic Card: Integrated Graphics Viii. Camera: 1080p Fhd Ir/rgb Hybrid Ix. Wireless: Wi-fi 6e Ax211 2x2, Bluetooth 5.1 Or Above X. Ethernet Port Or Usb Xi. Power Cord: At Least 45w Xii. Warranty: 1 Year Courier Or Carry-in 3. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 4. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 5. One (1) Service - User Training And Knowledge Transfer 6. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 7. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 8. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 9. One (1) Year- Support Warranty E.28 Econference Room With Video Conferencing 1. Six (6) Units - Interactive Smart Board A. Screen Size: 75” Or Higher I. Must Have Built-in System 1. Cpu Frequency 2.2 Ghz + 2.0 Ghz 2. Gpu Arm Mali-g52 Mp8 (8ee) 3. Operating System Android 11.0 4. Cpu Quad-core A73 + Quad-core A53 5. Ram 12 Gb (system: 8 Gb, Camera: 4 Gb) 6. Rom 64 Gb Ii. Must Support The Following Function 1. Operating System Of External Module Windows 7/8/10; Android 2. Wifi Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports 802.11 A/b/g/n/ac Wireless Frequency Range 3. Wi-fi Hotspot Dual-band 2.4 G/5 G; Supports Enabling Hotspot And Wi-fi At The Same Time Iii. Lcd Panels Must Have The Following Features 1. Response Time 8ms 2. Panel Dimensions 75-inch To 98-inch 3. Backlight Dled 4. Aspect Ratio 16:9 5. Lifespan At Least 50,000 H 6. Refresh Rate 60 Hz 7. Static Contrast Va: 4000 (typ.); Ips: 1200 (typ.) Iv. Must Have The Camera Features 1. Pixel At Least 48 Mp 2. Auto Control, Auto Flip; Auto White Balance 3. Max. Resolution 3840 × 2160@30 Fps 4. Storage 8 Gb Emmc 5. Face Detection: Yes V. Must Have Device Ports 1. Light Sensor 1 2. Front Button 1 × Power Button (right Side) 3. Front Ports 1 × Usb 3.0 (left Side) 4. Network Port 1 × Rj-45 5. Wi-fi 1 × Wi-fi; 1 × Hotspot Vi. Must Support The Following Power Features 1. Power Requirements: 100v-240v, 50-60 Hz 2. Power Consumption (normal): ≤430w 3. Power Consumption (standby): ≤0.5w 4. Usb 3 × Usb 3.0; 1 × Micro Usb 5. Rs-232 1 × Rs-232 6. Video Input 1 × Hdmi In 7. Video Output 1 × Hdmi Out 8. Audio Output 1 × 3.5 Mm (line Out) Port 9. Irda 1 10. Microphone 8 Array 11. Type-c Port 1 × Type-c Vii. Must Have The Following Touchscreen Features 1. Touch Technology Type Infrared Touch Technology 2. Response Time < 10 Ms 3. Touch Points Supports 20 Touch Points And Drawing Up To 20 Lines 4. Valid Touch 2 Mm 5. Touch Accuracy ± 1 Mm 6. Writing Mode Finger + Pen (attaches Magnetically) 7. Touch Resolution 32767 × 32767 8. Number Of Multi-user Writing Points 10 Viii. Must Have The Following Speaker Features 1. Frequency 150 Hz–20 Khz 2. Power 15 W × 3 (max.) 3. Built-in Speaker 3 Ix. Must Have Fingerprint Features 1. Fingerprint Capacity 100 2. Fingerprint Resolution 160 × 160 3. Far 0.001% X. Microphone Must Have The Following Features 1. Pick-up Distance Far-field Sound Pickup: 6 M–8 M (19.69 Ft–26.25 Ft) 2. Number Of Microphones 8 3. Agc: Yes 4. Echo Cancellation: Yes 5. Polar Pattern: Omnidirectional 6. Intelligent Noise Filtering: Yes Xi. Must Have The Following Features 1. Power Supply 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz 2. Product Material Metal Casing 3. Protective Glass Anti-dazzle Tempered Glass With A Hardness Of 7 On The Mohs Scale 4. Installation - Wall Mount; Mobile Bracket 5. Standby Power Consumption ≤ 0.5 W 6. Energy Star (except 98-inch Model); Cb; Ce B. Ops I5 8+256 Win 10 C. Screen Sharingdongle’ D. Must Have 6*1500va/900w Line-interactive Ups 2. Four (4) Lots - Microphones, Speakers And Accessories A. Four (4) Units - Full Digital Conference System Controller I. Microphone Capacity: Wired Microphone≤4096: Wireless Microphone≤300 Ii. Simultaneous Interpretation Channel: 63+1 Channels Iii. Frequency Response: 80~16khz Iv. Main Power: 100-120vac / 200-240vac By Switch V. Audio Input: Linein1: 775mvrms Balanced; 2 Output Phoenix Terminals: 775mvrms Balanced; Linein2: 775mvrms Unbalanced Vi. Audio Output: Lineout1: 1vrms Balanced; 16 Multi-function Output Phoenix Terminals: 1vrms Balanced; Lineout2: 1vrms Unbalanced Vii. Output Load >1kω Viii. Extension Port 1 For Connecting Conference System Extension Equipment Ix. Pc Network Port: 1 For Connect To The Computer X. Delegates Output Interface: 4 For Connecting Conference Speaking Units Xi. Rs-232 Interface: 2 Channels, 1 Channel For Camera Tracking, 1 Channel For Docking External Equipment Xii. Rs-485 Interface: 1 For Camera Tracking Xiii. Wired Microphone Connection Method Special Cable (6 Pins) Xiv. Rack Mountable B. Four (4) Units - Audio Processor, Afc Feedback Suppression Function I. The Panel Is Designed With Afc Touch Keys And Working Indicators. Ii. Equipped With 2 Network Ports For Connecting Wireless Ap And Communicating With The Conference Server; Connect To The Digital Conference Server Through Network Protocol To Realize Audio Data Transmission. Iii. With Automated Functions, Including Gain Sharing Type Auto-mixing And Gate Type Auto-mixing. Iv. Support Afc Feedback Suppression Function, Adopt Dual Notch + Frequency Shift Method, Automatically Grab The Howling Point, And Set The Notch Frequency, The Notch Filter Supports 12 Fixed Points + 12 Dynamic Points To Effectively Eliminate The Howling Function. V. With Automatic Gain Function, It Can Effectively Keep The Microphone Volume Within A Certain Dynamic Range. Vi. With The Microphone Voice Activation Function, Set The Tracking Threshold, And The Camera Tracking Function Can Be Realized When The Microphone Speech Reaches The Threshold. Vii. Working With The Digital Conference Server, With The Auto-mixing Function, It Can Support Up To 16 Wired Microphones And 8 Wireless Microphones At The Same Time. Viii. With 1 Xlr Balanced Output And 1 Rca Unbalanced Output. Ix. With 1 Extension Interface, Used To Connect The Extension Port Of The Digital Conference Server. X. With 1rs-232 Communication Interface (camera Tracking), Connected To The Central Controller Or The Camera Tracking Controller To Realize The Speech Camera Tracking Function. Xi. With 1 Rs-485 Communication Interface, Used To Connect Cameras To Achieve Camera Tracking. Xii. With 1 Rs-232 Communication Interface (speech Transcription), Used To Connect A Speech Transcription Server To Realize The Function Of Speech Transcription. Xiii. Simultaneous Turned-on Microphone: 16 Wired Mics + 8 Wireless Mics Xiv. Main Power Supply: 100-240ac/50-60hz Xv. Audio Output: Line Out 1: 1v Xlr Balanced Output ; Line Out 2: 1v Rca Unbalanced Output Xvi. Output Load: >1kω Xvii. Connection Method: Rj45 Network Port Xviii. Rack Mountable C. Four (4) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Chairman Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. The Chairman Unit Has A Speech Timing Function. When The Timing Speech Function Is Turned On, The Chairman Unit Is Not Restricted. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. Ix. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. X. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xi. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiii. The Chairman Has A Priority Function To Turn Off All Speaking Delegate Microphones. Xiv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xv. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. D. Sixty-eight (68) Units - 5g Wifi Full Digital Conference - Delegate Unit I. Adopt A 48khz Sampling Rate, Clear And Bright Sound. Ii. Using Advanced Processing Chip Architecture And A Unique Processing Algorithm, The Microphone Power-on Connection Time Only Takes 5 Seconds. Iii. Support Intelligent Detection Of Faults, Prompting Users Of Ap Faults, Host Communication Faults, And Low Signal Strength. Iv. Support Charging Through Type-c Port, Support 18w Fast Charging, With Smart Indicator Status. V. Support Setting Ssid Function Through Ui. Vi. Support Multi-language Switching, And Uniformly Set Through Pc Software. Vii. Support Speech Timing And Timing Speech Functions, And The Delegate Unit Has The Function Of Applying For Speech. Viii. With A Voice Control Function, The Microphone Can Be Turned On Intelligently. Ix. Support Adjusting The Sensitivity Of The Voice Control And Setting The Closing Time Through The Software. X. Support Sign-in Function, Set And Initiate Through Pc Software. Xi. Support Conference Voting Function, Five-key Voting, Three-key Voting Function, Flexible And Convenient. Xii. Adopt 128-bit Aes Encryption Technology, Support Wpa/wpa2 Wireless Security Technology, Prevent Eavesdropping And Unauthorized Access, And Provide Higher Confidentiality Of The Conference System. Xiii. Using Wireless Transmission Technology, It Only Takes Very Little Time For The Venue Layout To Carry Out Activities. Xiv. The Delegate Unit Can Apply To Speak With The Approval Of The Chairman. Xv. Equipped With A 3.5mm Headphone Jack For Connecting An External Microphone. Xvi. Built-in Lithium Battery, The Battery Capacity Supports 14 Hours Of Continuous Speech. E. Seven (7) Units - Power Charger, With 10 Usb Charger Interfaces Support 18w Charge I. All Usb Ports Of The Charger Can Be Used Simultaneously For Batch Charging Of Devices. Ii. Use A Usb Cable, Connect One End To The Charger And The Other End To The Conference Unit; Support 18w Fast Charging. Iii. With Auto Circuit Protection, All Usb Ports Support Short-circuit Protection And Self-recovery Functions F. Four (4) Units - Ap Transmitter I. Comply With The Wi-fi 6 Protocol Standard (ieee 802.11ax), Backward Compatibility With 802.11a/b/g/n/ac/wave2, Support Mu-mimo, And Allow The Ap To Receive Data From Multiple Terminals At The Same Time. The Maximum Transmission Rate Of The Whole Machine Can Reach 1.601gbps, Effectively Providing Higher-performance Wireless Access Services In Terms Of Coverage, Access Density, And Traffic Throughput. Ii. Support Ofdma Spatial Multiplexing Technology And 1024 Qam Modulation And Demodulation Algorithm, Which Can Provide Faster Wireless Internet Access And Larger Wireless Coverage. Iii. Through The Virtual Wireless Access Point (virtual Ap) Technology, Up To 32 Essids Can Be Provided. Iv. Layer 2 Isolation Can Be Performed On The Subnets Using The Same Ssid Or Under The Same Vlan To Ensure User Data Security. V. Support Wpa3 Security Protocol. Vi. Support 80/160mhz High Bandwidth Frequency Band. Vii. Support Local Power Supply And Poe Remote Power Supply. Viii. It Is Suitable For Ceiling Mounting, Wall Mounting, And Desktop Installation. G. Eight (8) Units - Speaker I. Adopt 1 Mid-woofer And 2 Cone Tweeters. Ii. 12mm Plywood Housing, Lightweight, Wear-resistant Spray Paint Treatment, And Dust-proof Net Cotton Outside. Iii. The Frequency Divider In Precise Design Optimizes The Vocal Mf Performance H. Four (4) Units - Amplifier I. 1u Cabinet Design, Small In Size And Light In Weight. Ii. Adopt The Latest Class D Digital Amplifier Design, With Low Distortion And High Efficiency. Iii. Adopt Switched Power Supply Technology, With High Efficiency. Iv. Adopt A Smart Peak Clipper To Control The Power Module And Speaker System To Work In A Safe Range. V. Designed With Standard Xlr Input Interface And Link Output Interface. Vi. Support Soft Start To Prevent Absorbing Large Currents From The Power Grid During Startup And Interfering With Other Electrical Equipment. Vii. Smart Control Forced Heat Dissipation Design, Low Fan Noise, And High Heat Dissipation Efficiency. Viii. Support Overvoltage Protection, Undervoltage Protection, Overcurrent Protection, Dc Protection, Output Short Circuit Protection, Temperature Control, Fan, And So On. I. Eight (8) Units - Professional Loudspeaker Wall - Mounted Bracket I. Fixed Panel Size: 34×34mm (length×width) Ii. Cabinet Fixed Panel Size: 110mm Iii. Weight: 0.31kg 3. One (1) Lot - Roughing-ins Materials 4. Six (6) Lots - Cabling Works 5. Six (6) Lots - Structured Cabling (including External Cabling) 6. Three (3) Licenses - Video Conferencing System 7. One (1) Service - Project Management Services 8. One (1) Service - User Acceptance Testing (uat) 9. One (1) Service - User's Training & Knowledge Transfer 10. One (1) Service - Manpower Cost 11. One (1) Service - Mobilization Cost 12. One (1) Service - Forwarding Cost 13. One (1) Year - Warranty Iv. Mandatory Technical Requirements/qualifications A. Statement Of Accumulated Similar Completed Government And Private Contracts Within The Last Five (5) Years With A Total Contract Amount Of At Least Php 500,000,000.00 Or 50% Of The Abc. A. Contract Definition Must Be Supported By The Following Documents: I. Copy Of Contract Or Po; Ii. Certificate Of Completion And Acceptance B. The Software Provider (sp) Should Be In The Business Of Software Development For At Least Five (5) Years With At Least Five (5) Completed And Accepted Combined Network And Software Projects. C. The Sp Shall Have At Least One (1) Software Accredited By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir) Either An Inventory System Or Pos System Or Accounting System. D. The Sp Should Have Delivered At Least (2) Government Projects Within The Past 3 Years. E. The Sp’s Technical Director(s) Such As Senior Project Manager, Senior System Project Manager, Senior Network Project Manager, Senior Infrastructure Project Manager Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. F. The Sp Shall Be A Partner/distributor Of The Oem Of The Devices Which Has Been In The Market For At Least 3 Years. G. The Sp’s Program Director Must Have A Project Management Experience Of At Least Five (5) Years, With Itil Service Management Certification Or Training And Fifteen (15) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture - Development, Service Delivery Management, State-of-the-art Network Infrastructure, And Delivered Project(s) In At Least One Of The 500 Fortune Companies Or At Least One Of The Telecommunication Companies In The Philippines. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. H. The Sp’s Software Architect Must Have A Devops Foundation Certification Of At Least Five (5) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. I. The Sp’s Security Lead Must Be A Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc)2 For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh) For At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience. Attach Curriculum Vitae, Diploma, Any Government Id With Signature, Relevant Certification/s And Relevant Training/s, Seminar. J. The Delivery Period Of The Project Is Two Hundred Eighty (280) Days. V. Progress Billing The Project Milestones Are Identified And Aimed At Improving The Hard, Soft, And Infrastructure Of The Basc Organization Leading To The Following Output And Outcome: 15% : Upon Submission Of Signed Contract 25% : Submission And Acceptance Of Detailed Work Plan And Systems Design 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall 26.43% 1st Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 17. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 18. Campus Data Center Upgrade 19. Data Center Network Switches 20. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 21. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 22. Ip-pabx System 23. Software & Networking Laboratories 24. E-classroom, E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 25. E-library Infrastructure 26. Smart Function Hall 27. Campus Network System 28. Fiber Optics Works 29. Structured Cabling Works 30. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 31. Document Management System 32. Queuing / Appointment System 1st Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 8. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 9. Payroll Management System 10. Assets & Fleet Management System 11. Document Management System 12. Trouble Ticketing System 13. Queuing / Appointment System 14. Campus Portal System 23.57% 2nd Batch Hardware Completion Of Equipment Deliverables For The Following Components At Basc Facility 4. Internet Connectivity 5. University Library System 6. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 2nd Batch User Acceptance Testing (uat) Completion For The Following System Components At Basc Facility 6. Cloud Infrastructure 7. University Information System 8. Learning Management System 9. Executive Information System 10. University Library System Hardware Installation, Configuration And Integration 8. Campus Network System 9. Structured Cabling Works 10. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 11. Data Center Network Switches 12. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 13. Ip-pabx System 14. E-library Infrastructure Acceptance Of Volume Testing 14. University Information System 15. Learning Management System 16. Cashiering System 17. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 18. Payroll Management System 19. Assets & Fleet Management System 20. Document Management System 21. Trouble Ticketing System 22. Queuing / Appointment System 23. Executive Information System 24. Campus Portal System 25. University Library System 26. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing : Completion Of Training 19. University Information System 20. Learning Management System 21. Cashiering System 22. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 23. Payroll Management System 24. Assets & Fleet Management System 25. Document Management System 26. Trouble Ticketing System 27. Queuing / Appointment System 28. Executive Information System 29. Campus Portal System 30. University Library System 31. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 32. Campus Network System 33. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 34. Campus Data Center Upgrade 35. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 36. Smart Function Hall 10% : Project Acceptance And Turnover 29. University Information System 30. Learning Management System 31. Cashiering System 32. Human Resource Management System & Time Keeping System 33. Payroll Management System 34. Assets & Fleet Management System 35. Document Management System 36. Trouble Ticketing System 37. Queuing / Appointment System 38. Executive Information System 39. Campus Portal System 40. University Library System 41. Econference Room W/ Video Conferencing 42. Internet Connectivity 43. Campus Network System 44. Fiber Optics Works 45. Structured Cabling Works 46. It Security Operations Center & Network Operations Center 47. Campus Data Center Upgrade 48. Data Center Network Switches 49. Data Center Compute System & Data Center Block And File Storage System 50. Data Center Backup And Recovery System 51. Cloud Infrastructure 52. Ip-pabx System 53. Software & Networking Laboratories 54. E-classroom And E-room Infrastructure And Smart Led Solar Powered Light 55. E-library Infrastructure 56. Smart Function Hall Vi. Warranties And Guarantees A. Software – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon The First Day Of Acceptance. B. Network And Hardware Support – At Least 1-year Warranty In Parts And Labor Upon Acceptance, Onsite 24x7x365. C. Db Services – At Least 1-year License Coverage, Starts Upon Delivery And Installation. D. Implementation Services – At Least 1 Year Of License Coverage With 1,000 Users. E. Technical Support – Local 24x7x365 Online/onsite Support For At Least 1 Year. F. Onsite Support – Within 8 Hours From Receipt Of The Notice, Spare Parts Ready If Necessary. G. Supply Of Spare Parts – Availability Of Parts Shall Be Within 72 Hours. H. Provision Of Service Units If The Repair Will Exceed 3 Days. I. Sp Shall Provide A Testing Facility For Functionality Demonstration. Vii. Training The Project Supports The Capacity Building For Top-level Managers, Trainers, Developers, Network/systems/database/security Administrators, Hardware Maintenance And Troubleshooting. Training For A Minimum Of 10 Persons Per Component/system For The Following Categories: A. 3 -top-level Management – Designed For The Basc Executives B. 10 - Trainers – Specifically For The Trainers Of The Basc To Ensure Continuous Training To End-users. C. 10 - Network/systems/database/security Administrators - Training Designed For Administrators To Ensure 24x7x365 Monitoring Of The Services As Well As Prompt Response As Needed. D. 10 - End-user Training Is Designed For The Users Of The System And/or Encoders. Viii. Manpower The Proposed Project Team Shall Be Composed Of Experts And Specialists As Indicated In The Table Below. The Roster Shall Include A Minimum Of 19 Distinct Physical Persons. There Shall Be No Overlapping Of Functions. In This Respect, The Persons’ Names And Functions Shall Be Explicitly Specified. However, The Sp Has The Option To Add More Personnel Depending On His Work Strategy. The Curriculum Vitae Shall Be Signed By The Person. They Will Closely Collaborate And Coordinate With The Project Management Team Of The Basc. Personnel Role / Qualification Min. No. Program Director Point Person For Issues And Concerns About The Contract And Deliverables. With Project Management Experience Of At Least Ten (10) Years, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Seven (7) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Business Analysts. With Servicenow Certification For Certified System Administrator. 1 Senior System Project Manager With Project Management Experience Spanning Five (5) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Itil Service Management Certification, Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Network Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Planning, Implementing, And Maintaining It Networks. With A Network Cable Installer Certification And A Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Infrastructure Project Manager With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Taking Charge Of The Planning, Implementation, And Maintenance Of Infrastructure And Service Delivery Management. With A Microsoft Certified Professional Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Senior Project Manager For Peripherals With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Project Management With A Focus On It Networks, Infrastructure, And Peripherals (biometrics, Cctv, And Alarm Systems). With A Fiber Optic Preparation & Splicing And Jablotron 100+ Alarm System Training Course Certification With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Business Analyst Person In Charge Of The Business And System Specifications With Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Enterprise/ Software Architect Person In Charge Of System Architecture And Structural Design With At Least Ten (10) Years Of Experience In Software Architecture And Development. Microsoft Office Sharepoint Server 2007, Application Development Certification Of At Least Three (3) Years Or Openspan Certified Developer Certification Of At Least Ten (10) Years. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Systems Analyst/ Developers Person In Charge Of The System Specifications With At Least Three (3) Years Of Experience In Systems Analysis And Design. Basic React Programming Certification Or With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 9 Senior Database Administrator Person In Charge Of Installing, Administering, Maintaining, And Performance Tuning Databases With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In Rdbms. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Senior Security Analyst Person In Charge Of Securing And Administering Smart Campus Security System With At Least Seven (7) Years Of Experience In It Security. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. Certified Information Systems Security Professional (isc) And Certified Ethical Hacker (ceh). 1 Quality Assurance Manager With Quality Assurance Experience Spanning Three (3) Years And A Leadership Role, Also Have Experience Managing Teams Of Project Managers And Developers. With A Cs/it/engineering Degree Or Equivalent. 4 Operations Support Lead With Operations Support Experience Spanning Three (3) Years Of The Same Role In A Customer Service, Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 1 Help Desk And Technical Support With Operations Support Experience Spanning Two (2) Years Of The Same Role In A Help Desk, Technical Support, And/or Call Center. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 5 Senior Trainers With Trainer Or Teaching Experience Spanning Five (5) Years Of The Same Role In Education Institutions. With A Bachelor's Degree Or Equivalent. 2 Total (minimum Physical Count) 36 Section Viii. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents Notes On The Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents The Prescribed Documents In The Checklist Are Mandatory To Be Submitted In The Bid, But Shall Be Subject To The Following: A. Gppb Resolution No. 09-2020 On The Efficient Procurement Measures During A State Of Calamity Or Other Similar Issuances That Shall Allow The Use Of Alternate Documents In Lieu Of The Mandated Requirements; Or B. Any Subsequent Gppb Issuances Adjusting The Documentary Requirements After The Effectivity Of The Adoption Of The Pbds. The Bac Shall Be Checking The Submitted Documents Of Each Bidder Against This Checklist To Ascertain If They Are All Present, Using A Non-discretionary “pass/fail” Criterion Pursuant To Section 30 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184. Checklist Of Technical And Financial Documents I. Technical Component Envelope Class “a” Documents Legal Documents ⬜ (a) Valid Philgeps Registration Certificate (platinum Membership) (all Pages);or ⬜ (b) Registration Certificate From Securities And Exchange Commission (sec), Department Of Trade And Industry (dti) For Sole Proprietorship, Or Cooperative Development Authority (cda) For Cooperatives Or Its Equivalent Document, And ⬜ (c) Mayor’s Or Business Permit Issued By The City Or Municipality Where The Principal Place Of Business Of The Prospective Bidder Is Located, Or The Equivalent Document For Exclusive Economic Zones Or Areas; And ⬜ (d) Tax Clearance Per E.o. No. 398, S. 2005, As Finally Reviewed And Approved By The Bureau Of Internal Revenue (bir). Technical Documents ⬜ (f) Statement Of The Prospective Bidder Of All Its Ongoing Government And Private Contracts, Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started, If Any, Whether Similar Or Not Similar In Nature And Complexity To The Contract To Be Bid; And ⬜ (g) Statement Of The Bidder’s Single Largest Completed Contract (slcc) Similar To The Contract To Be Bid, Except Under Conditions Provided For In Sections 23.4.1.3 And 23.4.2.4 Of The 2016 Revised Irr Of Ra No. 9184, Within The Relevant Period As Provided In The Bidding Documents; And ⬜ (h) Original Copy Of Bid Security. If In The Form Of A Surety Bond, Submit Also A Certification Issued By The Insurance Commission; Or Original Copy Of Notarized Bid Securing Declaration; And ⬜ (i) Conformity With The Technical Specifications, Which May Include Production/delivery Schedule, Manpower Requirements, And/or After-sales/parts, If Applicable; And ⬜ (j) Original Duly Signed Omnibus Sworn Statement (oss); And If Applicable, Original Notarized Secretary’s Certificate In Case Of A Corporation, Partnership, Or Cooperative; Or Original Special Power Of Attorney Of All Members Of The Joint Venture Giving Full Power And Authority To Its Officer To Sign The Oss And Do Acts To Represent The Bidder. Financial Documents ⬜ (k) The Supplier’s Audited Financial Statements, Showing, Among Others, The Supplier’s Total And Current Assets And Liabilities, Stamped “received” By The Bir Or Its Duly Accredited And Authorized Institutions, For The Preceding Calendar Year Which Should Not Be Earlier Than Two (2) Years From The Date Of Bid Submission; And ⬜ (l) The Prospective Bidder’s Computation Of Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc); Or A Committed Line Of Credit From A Universal Or Commercial Bank In Lieu Of Its Nfcc Computation. Class “b” Documents ⬜ (m) If Applicable, A Duly Signed Joint Venture Agreement (jva) In Case The Joint Venture Is Already In Existence; Or Duly Notarized Statements From All The Potential Joint Venture Partners Stating That They Will Enter Into And Abide By The Provisions Of The Jva In The Instance That The Bid Is Successful. Other Documentary Requirements Under Ra No. 9184 (as Applicable) ⬜ (n) [for Foreign Bidders Claiming By Reason Of Their Country’s Extension Of Reciprocal Rights To Filipinos] Certification From The Relevant Government Office Of Their Country Stating That Filipinos Are Allowed To Participate In Government Procurement Activities For The Same Item Or Product. ⬜ (o) Certification From The Dti If The Bidder Claims Preference As A Domestic Bidder Or Domestic Entity. 25 Financial Component Envelope ⬜ (a) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Financial Bid Form; And ⬜ (b) Original Of Duly Signed And Accomplished Price Schedule(s). Bid Form Date: ____________ Project Identification No. 2025-01g To: Bulacan Agricultural State College Brgy. Pinaod, San Ildefonso, Bulacan 3010 Gentlemen And/or Ladies: Having Examined The Bidding Documents Including Bid Bulletin Numbers______ [insert Numbers], The Receipt Of Which Is Hereby Duly Acknowledged, We, The Undersigned, Offer To Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hubin Conformity With The Said Bidding Documents For The Sum Of __________________________________________________________(php____________)[total Bid Amount In Words And Figures] Or Such Other Sums As May Be Ascertained In Accordance With The Schedule Of Prices Attached Herewith And Made Part Of This Bid. We Undertake, If Our Bid Is Accepted, To Deliver The Goods In Accordance With The Delivery Schedule Specified In The Schedule Of Requirements. If Our Bid Is Accepted, We Undertake To Provide A Performance Security In The Form, Amounts, And Within The Times Specified In The Bidding Documents. We Agree To Abide By This Bid For The Bid Validity Period Specified In The Bidding Documents Provisions And It Shall Remain Binding Upon Us And May Be Accepted At Any Time Before The Expiration Of That Period. Commissions Or Gratuities, If Any, Paid Or To Be Paid By Us To Agents Relating To This Bid, And To Contract Execution If We Are Awarded The Contract, Are Listed Below: Name And Address Of Agent Amount And Currency Purpose Of Commission Or Gratuity (if None, State “none”) Until A Formal Contract Is Prepared And Executed, This Bid, Together With Your Written Acceptance Thereof And Your Notice Of Award, Shall Be Binding Upon Us. We Understand That You Are Not Bound To Accept The Lowest Calculated Bid Or Any Bid You May Receive. We Certify/confirm That We Comply With The Eligibility Requirements As Per The Bidding Documents. We Likewise Certify/confirm That The Undersigned, [for Sole Proprietorships, Insert: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of Name Of Bidder, Has The Full Power And Authority To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract, On The Latter’s Behalf For The Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity] [for Partnerships, Corporations, Cooperatives, Or Joint Ventures, Insert: Is Granted Full Power And Authority By The Name Of Bidder, To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract On The Latter’s Behalf For Name Of Project Of The Name Of The Procuring Entity]. We Acknowledge That Failure To Sign Each And Every Page Of This Bid Form, Including The Attached Schedule Of Prices, Shall Be A Ground For The Rejection Of Our Bid. Dated This ________________ Day Of ________________ 2022. [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _______________________ Price Schedule Name Of Bidder ____. Invitation To Bid Number 2025-01g Page _____ Of______. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Item Description Country Of Origin Quantity Unit Price Exw Per Item Transportation And Insurance And All Other Costs Incidental To Delivery, Per Item Sales And Other Taxes Payable If Contract Is Awarded, Per Item Cost Of Incidental Services, If Applicable, Per Item Total Price, Per Unit (col 5+6+7+8) Total Price Delivered Final Destination (col 9) X (col 4) 1 Grand Total (in Words) (in Figures) [signature] [in The Capacity Of] Duly Authorized To Sign Bid For And On Behalf Of _________________________ [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Location Of The Project : San Ildefonso, Bulacan List Of All Ongoing Government & Private Contracts Including Contracts Awarded But Not Yet Started Business Name : Business Address :______________________________________________________________________ Name Of Contract/ Project Cost A. Owner’s Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Date Awarded B. Date Started C. Date Of Completion % Of Accomplishment Value Of Outstanding Works / Undelivered Portion Description % Planned Actual Government Private Note: This Statement Shall Be Supported With: Total Cost 1 Notice Of Award (for Government Projects) 2 Notice To Proceed (for Government Projects) 3 Contract Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : Date : [bidder’s Letterhead] Name Of The Procuring Entity : Bulacan Agricultural State College Project: 2025-01g: Supply, Delivery, And Installation Of Digital Harvest: Transforming Bulacan Agricultural State College Into A Digital Innovation Hub Statement Of Single Largest Completed Contracts (slcc) In The Last Five (5) Years Business Name : Business Address : Name Of Contract A. Owner Name B. Address C. Telephone Nos. Nature Of Work Bidder’s Role A. Amount At Award B. Amount At Completion C. Duration A. Date Awarded B. Contract Effectivity C. Date Completed Description % Government Private Attached Herewith Are The Following Documents: Contract Agreement, Notice Of Award, Notice To Proceed, Official Receipt/invoice, Certificate Of Final Inspection, Certificate Of Good Performance And Certificate Of Acceptance, As Evidences In Support Of The Foregoing Information. Submitted By : (printed Name & Signature) Designation : ____________________________________________ Contract Agreement Form This Agreement Made The _____ Day Of __________ 20_____ Between [name Of Procuring Entity] Of The Philippines (hereinafter Called “the Entity”) Of The One Part And [name Of Supplier] Of [city And Country Of Supplier] (hereinafter Called “the Supplier”) Of The Other Part: Whereas The Entity Invited Bids For Certain Goods And Ancillary Services, Viz., [brief Description Of Goods And Services] And Has Accepted A Bid By The Supplier For The Supply Of Those Goods And Services In The Sum Of [contract Price In Words And Figures] (hereinafter Called “the Contract Price”). Now This Agreement Witnesseth As Follows: 1. In This Agreement Words And Expressions Shall Have The Same Meanings As Are Respectively Assigned To Them In The Conditions Of Contract Referred To. 2. The Following Documents Shall Be Deemed To Form And Be Read And Construed As Part Of This Agreement, Viz.: (a) The Supplier’s Bid, Including The Technical And Financial Proposals, And All Other Documents/statements Submitted (e.g. Bidder’s Response To Clarifications On The Bid), Including Corrections To The Bid Resulting From The Procuring Entity’s Bid Evaluation; (b) The Schedule Of Requirements; (c) The Technical Specifications; (d) The General Conditions Of Contract; (e) The Special Conditions Of Contract; (f) The Performance Security; And (g) The Entity’s Notice Of Award. 3. In Consideration Of The Payments To Be Made By The Entity To The Supplier As Hereinafter Mentioned, The Supplier Hereby Covenants With The Entity To Provide The Goods And Services And To Remedy Defects Therein In Conformity In All Respects With The Provisions Of The Contract 4. The Entity Hereby Covenants To Pay The Supplier In Consideration Of The Provision Of The Goods And Services And The Remedying Of Defects Therein, The Contract Price Or Such Other Sum As May Become Payable Under The Provisions Of The Contract At The Time And In The Manner Prescribed By The Contract. In Witness Whereof The Parties Hereto Have Caused This Agreement To Be Executed In Accordance With The Laws Of The Republic Of The Philippines On The Day And Year First Above Written. Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Entity) Signed, Sealed, Delivered By The (for The Supplier) Omnibus Sworn Statement Republic Of The Philippines ) City/municipality Of ______ ) S.s. Affidavit I, [name Of Affiant], Of Legal Age, [civil Status], [nationality], And Residing At [address Of Affiant], After Having Been Duly Sworn In Accordance With Law, Do Hereby Depose And State That: 1. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: I Am The Sole Proprietor Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am The Duly Authorized And Designated Representative Of [name Of Bidder] With Office Address At [address Of Bidder]; 2. Select One, Delete The Other: If A Sole Proprietorship: As The Owner And Sole Proprietor, Or Authorized Representative Of [name Of Bidder], I Have Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached Duly Notarized Special Power Of Attorney; If A Partnership, Corporation, Cooperative, Or Joint Venture: I Am Granted Full Power And Authority To Do, Execute And Perform Any And All Acts Necessary To Participate, Submit The Bid, And To Sign And Execute The Ensuing Contract For [name Of The Project] Of The [name Of The Procuring Entity], As Shown In The Attached [state Title Of Attached Document Showing Proof Of Authorization (e.g., Duly Notarized Secretary’s Certificate, Board/partnership Resolution, Or Special Power Of Attorney, Whichever Is Applicable;)]; 3. [name Of Bidder] Is Not “blacklisted” Or Barred From Bidding By The Government Of The Philippines Or Any Of Its Agencies, Offices, Corporations, Or Local Government Units, Foreign Government/foreign Or International Financing Institution Whose Blacklisting Rules Have Been Recognized By The Government Procurement Policy Board; 4. Each Of The Documents Submitted In Satisfaction Of The Bidding Requirements Is An Authentic Copy Of The Original, Complete, And All Statements And Information Provided Therein Are True And Correct; 5. [name Of Bidder] Is Authorizing The Head Of The Procuring Entity Or Its Duly Authorized Representative(s) To Verify All The Documents Submitted; 6. Select One, Delete The Rest: If A Sole Proprietorship: The Owner Or Sole Proprietor Is Not Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Partnership Or Cooperative: None Of The Officers And Members Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; If A Corporation Or Joint Venture: None Of The Officers, Directors, And Controlling Stockholders Of [name Of Bidder] Is Related To The Head Of The Procuring Entity, Members Of The Bids And Awards Committee (bac), The Technical Working Group, And The Bac Secretariat, The Head Of The Project Management Office Or The End-user Unit, And The Project Consultants By Consanguinity Or Affinity Up To The Third Civil Degree; 7. [name Of Bidder] Complies With Existing Labor Laws And Standards; And 8. [name Of Bidder] Is Aware Of And Has Undertaken The Following Responsibilities As A Bidder: A) Carefully Examine All Of The Bidding Documents; B) Acknowledge All Conditions, Local Or Otherwise, Affecting The Implementation Of The Contract; C) Made An Estimate Of The Facilities Available And Needed For The Contract To Be Bid, If Any; And D) Inquire Or Secure Supplemental/bid Bulletin(s) Issued For The [name Of The Project]. 9. [name Of Bidder] Did Not Give Or Pay Directly Or Indirectly, Any Commission, Amount, Fee, Or Any Form Of Consideration, Pecuniary Or Otherwise, To Any Person Or Official, Personnel Or Representative Of The Government In Relation To Any Procurement Project Or Activity. In Witness Whereof, I Have Hereunto Set My Hand This __ Day Of ___, 20__ At ____________, Philippines. _____________________________________ Bidder’s Representative/authorized Signatory Subscribed And Sworn To Before Me This ___ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution], Philippines. Affiant/s Is/are Personally Known To Me And Was/were Identified By Me Through Competent Evidence Of Identity As Defined In The 2004 Rules On Notarial Practice (a.m. No. 02-8-13-sc). Affiant/s Exhibited To Me His/her [insert Type Of Government Identification Card Used], With His/her Photograph And Signature Appearing Thereon, With No. ________ And His/her Community Tax Certificate No. _______ Issued On ____ At ______. Witness My Hand And Seal This ___ Day Of [month] [year]. Name Of Notary Public Serial No. Of Commission _______________ Notary Public For _______ Until __________ Roll Of Attorneys No. __________________ Ptr No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Ibp No. ______ [date Issued], [place Issued] Doc. No. _____ Page No. _____ Book No. _____ Series Of _____ * This Form Will Not Apply For Wb Funded Project Bid Securing Declaration Form Republic Of The Philippines) City Of _______________________) S.s. X------------------------------------------------------x Bid Securing Declaration Invitation To Bid: [insert Reference Number] To: [insert Name And Address Of The Procuring Entity] I/we , The Undersigned, Declare That: 1. I/we Understand That, According To Your Conditions, Bids Must Be Supported By A Bid Security, Which May Be In The Form Of A Bid-securing Declaration. 2. I/we Accept That: (a) I/we Will Be Automatically Disqualified From Bidding For Any Contract With Any Procuring Entity For A Period Of Two (2) Years Upon Receipt Of Your Blacklisting Order; And, (b) I/we Will Pay The Applicable Fine Provided Under Section 6 Of The Guidelines On The Use Of Bid Securing Declaration, Within Fifteen (15) Days From Receipt Of The Written Demand By The Procuring Entity For The Commission Of Acts Resulting To The Enforcement Of The Bid Securing Declaration Under Sections 23.1(b), 34.2, 40.1 And 69.1, Except 69.1(f), Of The Irr Of Ra 9184; Without Prejudice To Other Legal Action The Government May Undertake. 3. I/we Understand That This Bid Securing Declaration Shall Cease To Be Valid On The Following Circumstances: (a) Upon Expiration Of The Bid Validity Period, Or Any Extension Thereof Pursuant To Your Request; (b) I Am/we Are Declared Ineligible Or Post-disqualified Upon Receipt Of Your Notice To Such Effect, And (i) I/we Failed To Timely File A Request For Reconsideration Or (ii) I/we Filed A Waiver To Avail Of Said Right; (c) I Am/we Are Declared The Bidder With The Lowest Calculated Responsive Bid, And I/we Have Furnished The Performance Security And Signed The Contract. In Witness Whereof, I/we Have Hereunto Set My/our Hand/s This ____ Day Of [month] [year] At [place Of Execution]. [insert Name Of Bidder’s Authorized Representative] [insert Signatory’s Legal Capacity] Affiant Financial Documents For Eligibility Check Year 20 1 Total Assets 2 Current Assets 3 Total Liabilities 4 Current Liabilities 5 Net Worth (1-3) 6 Net Working Capital (2-4) The Net Financial Contracting Capacity (nfcc) Based On The Above Data Is Computed As Follows: Nfcc = [(current Assets – Current Liabilities) (15)] Minus Value Of All Outstanding Or Uncompleted Portions Of The Projects Under Ongoing Contracts Including Awarded Contracts Yet To Be Started Coinciding With The Contract To Be Bid. The Values Of The Domestic Bidder’s Current Assets And Current Liabilities Shall Be Based On The Latest Audited Financial Statements Submitted To The Bir. Nfcc = Php Submitted By: Name Of Bidder Signature Of Authorized Representative Over Printed Name Date: